Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
R2004-152 09-13-04
RESOLUTION NO. R2004-152 A RESOLUTION OF THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS, AWARDING A BID FOR THE PURCHASE AND INSTALLATION OF A SCADA SYSTEM. BE IT RESOLVED BY THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS: Section 1. That the City opened bids for the purchase and installation of a SCADA System, and such bids have been reviewed and tabulated. Section 2. That the City Council hereby awards the bid to Boyer, Inc., in the amount of $525,095.00. Section 3. The City Manager or his designee is hereby authorized to execute a contract for the purchase and installation of a SCADA System. PASSED, APPROVED and ADOPTED this the 13th day of September , A.D., 2004. ATTEST: ~(~J[J NG L(~t~II(~FI~M C~ YSEC~TARY v APPROVED AS TO FORM: DARRIN M. COKER CITY ATTORNEY TOM REID MAYOR ( MWH August 3 I, 2004 Jerry Bums Public Works Director City of Pearland 3501 East Orange Street Pearland, Texas 77581 Peadand, TX City of Pearland Wastewater SCADA System Evaluation of Bids received August 18, 2004 City of Pearland Bid Number 2004-070 Mr. BUrns: The design of the Wastewater SCADA System for the City culminated in advertising City of Pearland Bid Number 2004070 for proposals on July 28, 2004. Due to the high technology nature of this project, the City determined that proposals should be primarily evaluated on the basis of qualifications and value to the City. As stated in the Invitation for Statement of Qualifications, "The City shall evaluate qualifications pursuant to the roles for high technology procurements contained in TEX, LOC. GOVT. CODE §252.021 and shall cOnduct negotiations with the successful CONTRACTOR." Following a pre-bid meeting and site visit with potential bidders on August 11, 2004, the City received proposals on August 18, 2004. MWH distributed a total of 8 sets of plans and specifications to potential bidders, not including the local area Associated General Contractors, Dodge, and other plan distribution agencies. The City received 2 proposals to construct the project on August 18th. A bid tabulation is shown in Table 1: . ' 1801 California Street, Sulle 2900 'tel: 303 291 2222 Denver, Colorado Fax: 30~ 291 2221 8O2O2 O~ltvexlng Inno~l~ve Proiects & Solu;~ons Worldwide Table I - BID TABULATION City of Pearland SCADA Implementation Project Bid Number 2004-70 Bid date August 18, 2004 ,~ogy I__ossler Electric touch / KST -~ter-Ow~, ns Electric &l Electric y 185 2 N WA NIA WA N WA NH WA N WA [ WA [ WA N WA , WA WA N WA WA ,, ~^ y $528~000.00 295 I Note 1: Calculated from schedule provided by Bidder In anticipation of receiving proposals, MWH prepared a proposal evaluation criteria worksheet for the City staff to use in assigning a numerical score that reflected the responsiveness of each of the proposals. The worksheet includes both quantitative and qualitative scoring sections. After tabulating the information received in the proposals, lVlWH reviewed the furnished information and provided the evaluation in Table 2 to the City's Proposal Evaluation Team. The City's Evaluation Team used the worksheets and the Engineer's evaluation information and independently scored each of the proposals. The two proposals received the following evaluation scores: Jerry Bums 73 ... 88 .... Bobby Whisenant 71 91 Steve Admire 77 87 ..... All reviewers scored the Bo)er, Inc proposal highest, and decided to' request a meeting with representatives of Bo) er, Inc. to c~scuss the proposal in accordance with the high technology procurement rules. In preparation for the meeting, and with the City's concurrence, lVlWH prepared and transmitted tho following questions to Bo)er (paraphrased responses are included): 1. The City of Pearland's initial decision to meet with Boyer, Inc is based in part on the aggressive schedule shown in proposal, as this will potentially save the City money- did you make any assumptions that will be tough to execute in this time frame? a. Boyer, Inc. is committed to the schedule shown in the proposal. The schedule is based on real delivery dates and work schedules and, barring any extreme weather, is exactly how the work is expected to be executed. 2. Any areas of concern in the plans and specs that impacted your proposed price? a. No, Boyer is very comfortable with the level of information and detail in the plans and specifications, and agrees with the construction sequence and overall approach to the project. 3. Boyer provided a constructablllty review early in the design of the project. What additions and changes were included the final design documents that you feel affected the overall project cost? a. The early specifications and drawings did not have detailed specifications for the programmable logic controllers, some of the sitework, and details of the main antenna installation. 4. What parts of the project or requirements could be modified to reduce the overall project cost, yet keep the final product quality the same? a. A significant savings could be provided if the following items were deleted: i. Use small pull boxes Instead of manholes for long underground conduit runs (This was actually a misunderstanding - only 18" x 18" x 18" pull boxes were called for.) ii. Eliminate the concrete encasement on buried conduits iii. Modify the specification on some instruments to provide other brands that are acceptable to the City. b. (Boyer, Inc provided an alternate proposal with these cost reductions, as discussed below) 5. Please bring MWBE supporting documents to the meeting. a. Boyer, Inc brought their certification noting their status as an MWBE contractor (previously accepted by TWDB). b. 6. What are the overall non-labor (i.e. furnished hardware} costs, overhead, and profit in your current proposal? a. This was discussed at the meeting, and will be furnished as requested following entering into an agreement with the City of Pearland for this project. The Engineer evaluated the alternate proposal provided by Boyer, Inc. The cost savings reflected in the alternate proposal for the items recommended by the Engineer resulted in a modified proposed lump sum price to complete this work of Five hundred twenty-five thousand ninety five dollars ($525,095.00). Boyer, Ine.'s alternate proposal is $31,000.00 less than the original bid, and $2,905.00 less than the other proposal. In addition to the savings proposed in the alternate proposal, Boyer's qtiick completion time will save the City additional costs. Boyer, Inc has committed to a shortened completion period of 6 months versus the contract maximum of 12 months. Boyer's completion time is also 3 ½ months shorter than the other proposal. The shortened construction period may result in a savings in Engineering construction inspection and administration costs of as much as $25,000. The City will also experience less interruption in the normal day-to-day operation of the wastewater collection system due to construction activities and involvement of the operations personnel in the project. Based on all of the information gathered, the MWH recommends that the City of Pearland award the contract to Boyer, Inc. for the lump sum price of $525,095.00. Following the City's approval of thc contract and with the City's consent, MWI-I will arrange a pre~Construction meeting with the Contractor and move this project into the construction phase. MWH is looking forward to working with the City of Pearland and Boyer, Inc. to successfully complete this project. Sincerely, Philip E. Smith, P.E, MWH Project Manager SECTION 00500 -AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the day of in the year 20 by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER) and (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. ' • c2C0(-1- I sa CONTRACTOR shall complete the W( i in the OWNER's Contract Documents entitled WASTEWATER Sl L The WORK is generally described as f% - Furnish and install a radio-based system for critical components of the wastewater collection system. ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT TIMES. The WORK shall be completed wit Bment date stated in the Notice to Proceed. 2 ak ARTICLE 3. LIQUIDATED DAMA' %' tJ0ti42' C(0 `� ' ► reement and that OWNER and the CONTRACTOR i '�� 9 the OWNER will suffer financial lc : time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensioi 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize tl ��� in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffei I k )mpleted on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring a � c1CTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay(t II pay the OWNER $500 for each day that expires afi Further, as liquidated damages fo :cord Drawings, its Schedule of Values, or its CPM S OWNER$100 for each day that expires after the tim , 1311 of the General Requirements but in no event more than $5,000 for each submittal. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds the amount set forth in the Bid Schedule(s). ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall-submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in the General Conditions. MWH-062504 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK consist of this Agreement (pages 00500-1 to 00500-3, inclusive) and the following attachments to this Agreement: o Notice Inviting SOQs (page 00030-1 to 00030- , inclusive). o . Instructions to Bidders (pages 00100-1 to 00100- ,inclusive). o Bid Forms including the Bid, Bid Schedule(s), Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits(pages 00300-1 to 00300- , inclusive). o TWDB Contract Conditions (pages 00450-1 to 00450- , inclusive). o Performance Bond (pages 00610-1 to 00610- , inclusive). o Payment Bond (pages 00620-1 to 00620- , inclusive). o General Conditions (pages 00700-1 to 00700- , inclusive). o Supplementary General Conditions (pages 00800-1 to 00800- , inclusive), o Technical Specifications consisting of Divisions and pages, as listed in the Table of Contents. o Drawings consisting.of sheets, as listed in the Table of Contents/List of Drawings. o Addenda numbers to , inclusive. o Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Paragraph 3.5 of the General Conditions. MWH-062504 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT ARTICLE 7. ASSIGNMENT No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent(except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants,agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. OWNER CONTRACTOR By By [CORPORATE SEAL] Attest Attest Address for giving notices Address for giving notices License No. Approved as to Form: Agent for service of process: (Signature) (Title) MWH-062504 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF ) ) SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 20_, by and between this Corporation and City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation,and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this , day of •, 20 . Secretary (SEAL) • MWH-062504 • 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) STATE OF ) ) SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 20 , by and between this Partnership and City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of 20 Partner (SEAL) MWH-062504 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 20 , by and between this Joint Venture and City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of 20 . Managing Partner (SEAL) - END OF AGREEMENT- MWH-062504 1610296 CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT • fable 2 Engineer's Proposal IteNiew Notes Proposal. Item 1M 1&I Electric Industries Boyer, Inc 1. Signed introduction letter Included • Included • 2. Price Proposal/Bid.Forms Price proposal- Included, no exceptions, Price proposal-Included,no exceptions, • $538,000 $556,095 Addenda form-Addenda acknowledged Addenda form-Addenda acknowledged Bid Certificate-Included Bid Certificate-Included List of subs—Included,states"none"(L&W is List of subs—Included, states"none"geotech shown as radio/communications supplier),no work will be done in-house. geotech subcontractor named Named equipment—Included Named equipment—Included Proposed substitutions—Included,Enclosures Proposed substitutions—Included,yagi, —B-Line SWEC mast,terminal block Req'd information—Included Req'd information—Included Noncollusion affidavit—Included Noncollusion affidavit—Included 3. Insurance information Included Included 4. Qualifications Company overview Included—Marine and heavy electrical,with Included—Instrumentation and controls is a controls.Very little municipal work,and no division of Electrical&Mechanical group— radio experience listed. Included subcontractor radio specifically mentioned. information(L&W)has all the radio, and much more PLC/HMI experience. Detailed organization chart 'Included. Project Manager. (PM)not identified. Included.Project Manager identified as Stacy -Minimal municipal SCADA experience Jordan. Significant radio and municipal SCADA included experience Office location Houston Houston Quality assurance procedures Not specifically addressed. Reference to ISO QA statement included—basically a re-write of furnished 9000 • spec-type requirements,elaborates on commitment. BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT, AND TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS • FOR CONSTRUCTION OF BID NUMBER 2004-070 WASTEWATER SCADA SYSTEM a lx' 4(1200"oi 4fkA6. 'Vutu iim R T i��,o�enot `mu ',"a.` hill�€ 'illl ri.l tt. OF's.+. s r. s i lt :1�reee: a C ofevo x;` ? �^s iI Xi; {ice` .�N,�! tasovc MWH Americas, Inc. .�� �'1� � /,.: ttp „sr ie July 2004 • City of Pearland 1610296—SCADA Implementation Project SECTION 00010-TITLE PAGE CONSTRUCTION OF SUPERVISORY CONTROL AND DATA ACQUISITION (SCADA) SYSTEM BID NUMBER 2004-070 VOLUME 1: BIDDING REQUIREMENTS & FORMS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS AND APPENDICES VOLUME 2 CONTRACT DRAWINGS Clyk\ MWH Americas, Inc. 5100 Westheimer, Suite 580 Houston, Texas 77056 Bids will be received at the office of the Purchasing Division of the City of Pearland located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581, until 3:00 P.M. on August 18, 2004. MWH-071604 TITLE PAGE 1620296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00010-1 SCADA SYSTEM SECTION 00020 - CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT Sections Pages BIDDING REQUIREMENTS AND FORMS 00030 Invitation for SOQ 00030-1 - 00030-6 00100 Instructions to Bidders 00100-1 - 00100-5 00300 Bid Forms 00300-1 - 00300-12 CONTRACT FORMS 00450 TWDB Contract Conditions 00450-1 - 00450-15 00500 Agreement 00500-1 - 00500-6 00610 Performance Bond 00610-1 - 00610-2 00620 Payment Bond 00620-1 - 00620-3 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT 00700 General Conditions 00700-1 - 00700-40 00800 Supplementary General Conditions 00800-1 - 00800-10 00820 Prevailing Wage Rates 00820-1 - 00820-2 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 01010 Summary of Work 01010-1 - 01010-7 01070 Abbreviations of. Institutions 01070-1 - 01070-4 01090 Reference Standards 01090-1 - 01090-2 01300 Contractor Submittals 01300-1 - 01300-6 01400 Quality Control 01400-1 - 01400-2 01505 Mobilization 01505-1 - 01505-1 01510 Temporary Utilities 01510-1 - 01510-3 01530 Protection of Existing Facilities 01530-1 - 01530-5 01550 Site Access and Storage 01550-1 - 01550-3 01560 Temporary Environmental Controls 01560-1 - 01560-2 01600 Products, Materials, Equipment, and Substitutions 01600-1 - 01600-5 01660 Equipment and System Testing and Plant Startup 01660-1 - 01660-3 01700 Project Closeout 01700-1 - 01700-2 MWH-071604 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 161096— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00020-1 SCADA SYSTEM DIVISION 16- ELECTRICAL 16050 Electrical Work, General 16050-1 - 16050-10 16110 Electrical Raceway Systems 16110-1 - 16110-8 16111 Underground Raceway Systems 16111-1 - 16111-3 16120 Wires and Cables 16120-1 - 16120-5 16140 Wiring Devices 16140-1 - 16140-3 16950 Electrical Tests 16950-1 - 16950-3 DIVISION 17- INSTRUMENTATION 17520 Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) 17520-1 - 17520-9 17600 SCADA System 17600-1 - 17600-34 17620 SCADA Radio Communication System 17620-1 - 17620-10 APPENDIX A SITE ADDRESS AND COORDINATES 1 Page APPENDIX B INPUT/OUTPUT LIST 23 Pages APPENDIX C INSTRUMENT LIST 2 Pages APPENDIX D RADIO LINE OF SIGHT TOPOGRAPHICAL PROFILES 11 Pages APPENDIX E MISCELLANEOUS FORMS 5 Pages APPENDIX F ADDENDA 40 Pages VOLUME 2 CONTRACT DRAWINGS Drawings Numbered 1-01 and I-01A through I-30 MWH-07062004 CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TABLE OF CONTENTS 161096 — CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00020-2 SCADA SYSTEM SECTION 0030— INVITATION FOR STATEMENT OF QUALIFICATIONS COP PN: RFP 2004-070 (411'` INVITATION FOR SOQs CITY OF PEARLAND, TEXAS BID No.: 2004-070 Statement of Qualifications (SOQ) will be received, in duplicate, referencing the following project in the office of the Purchasing Officer, the City of Pearland, City Hall located at 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland, Texas 77581 until 3:00 p.m., August 18, 2004, at which time they will be opened for the construction of: Installation of the Supervisory.Control and Data Acquisition System City of Pearland, Texas . COP PN: RFP 2004-070 The project will entail furnishing and installing SCADA hardware, communications, and wiring for four wastewater plants and six primary lift stations with the City of Pearland. The project also entails construction of SCADA communications and networking systems in the Central Control Center located at the existing Southwest Environmental Center (SW EC). Texas Water Development Board Financial Assistance Requirements Any contract awarded under this Invitation to Bid is expected to be funded in part by a loan from the Texas Water Development Board (TWBD). Neither the State of:Texas nor any of its departments, agencies, or employees are or will be a party of this Invitation for Bid or any resulting contract. The construction contract is contingent upon release of funds from the TWDB. Equal Opportunity in Employment - All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap or national origin. Bidders on this work will be required to comply with the President's Executive Order No. 11246, as amended by Executive Order 11375, and as supplemented in Department of Labor regulations 41 CFR Part 60." "This contract includes a goal for MWBE participation. TWDB document SRF-52, Minority and Women's Business Enterprise Guidance, describes the requirements of this program. The Contractor must provide the City with the information required for MWBE Certification and Participation Summary, TWDB document SRF-373, prior to award of the contract, or provide documentation of a good-faith effort to meet the MWBE goal." Information and Bid Documents: Copies of Contract Documents and Technical Specifications and Plans are on file at the following locations for review: City of Pearland, City Hall . (281) 652-1600 3519 Liberty.Drive Pearland, Texas 7758.1. MWH-071604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX INVITATION TO BIDDERS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00030-1 COP PN: The Associated General Contractors of America, Inc. (713) 334-7100 2400 Augusta, Suite 180 Houston, TX 77057 Associated Builders & Contractors of Greater Houston (713) 523-6222 3910 Kirby, Suite 131 Houston, TX 77098 Dodge Reports (713) 529-4895 4101 Greenbriar, Suite 320 Houston, TX 77098 Bidders may obtain a complete set of the Contract Documents, Technical Specifications and Plans from the office of the Engineer, MWH AMERICAS, 5100 Westheimer, Suite 580, Houston, Texas 77056. 713-403-1600, ATTN: Telal Gholkar,upon request and payment of a plan fee in the amount of one hundred and fifty dollars ($150.00) per set. The document set will include a CD-ROM with a copy of the documents in PDF format. The plan fee will NOT be refunded. The BID PRICE CONTAINED IN THE SOQ SHALL REMAIN OPEN for a period of 90 calendar days from the date of receipt of the SOQ. The Bidder shall guarantee the bid priced contained in the SOQ during this period. Introduction The City of Pearland Public Works Department (City) is inviting statement of qualifications (SOQ) in response to this Request for Proposal (RFP) for construction and implementation of its Water and Wastewater Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System (SCADA System). It is the intention of the City to select a single CONTRACTOR based on their qualifications and price for a turnkey system that includes implementation of work described in the Scope of Work. The City shall evaluate qualifications received pursuant to the rules for high technology procurements contained in TEX. LOC. GOVT. CODE §252.021 and shall conduct negotiations with the successful CONTRACTOR. Proposals will be opened in accordance with Local Government Code Section 252.042(a) Proposals for High Technology Procurement. All vendors and interested persons are encouraged and welcome to attend the public opening. Proposals will be opened and registered but contents not read aloud. Proposals will not be opened for public inspection during the evaluation period however; proposals will be available for public inspection after award of contract. Proposals will be evaluated in accordance with the Local Government Code Section 252.042 Proposals for High Technology Procurement. Award of contract shall be made to the offeror whose proposal is determined to be the most advantageous to the City taking into consideration the relative importance of price and other evaluation factors set out in the request for proposal documents. The City reserves the right to award a contract based on proposals as submitted or after discussions and revisions, if any, with qualified Offeror allowed by the Local Government Code Section 252.042(a) Proposals for High Technology Procurement to determine the best and final offer. 071604 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00030-2 SCADA SYSTEM COP PN: The City has retained MWH Americas as the SCADA design contractor. Successful CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with MWH Americas for implementation of SCADA system in accordance with the attached drawings, specifications, and contract documents. SOQs must conform to all requirements set forth in this RFP: Each SOQ shall be demonstrate the company's capabilities to construct a fully installed and operational SCADA System and shall include all hardware procurement, software, system configuration and related documentation, construction, startup and support services as defined in the RFQ. The successful System Provider must demonstrate through their SOQ that they can supply, install and startup the products and services requested and provide technical support. All information supplied in the SOQ will become the property of the City and will be retained for internal use. The City shall be the sole final judge of the SOQ. SOQ may be rejected at the sole discretion of the City. The City reserves the right to withdraw this RFP at any time and shall not be liable for any expenses, costs, loss, or damage incurred or suffered by any CONTRACTOR because of withdrawal. Proposals in response to this RFP shall be delivered on or before 3:00PM, August 18, 2004 to the mailing address given below. The SOQ shall be sealed and shall be clearly labeled "City of Pearland Water and Wastewater SCADA System Qualifications." Each System Provider assumes full responsibility for the delivery and deposit of the completed proposal on or before the deadline. The City is not responsible for any loss or delay with respect to the delivery of the SOQ. Any SOQ received after the date and time specified will not be considered. SOQs conforming to the format detailed in SOQ Contents shall be delivered to the following address: City of Pearland Office of the City Secretary Suite 309 3519 Liberty Drive Pearland, TX 77581 SOQ Content The proposal shall consist of one bound volume. CONTRACTORS shall submit five (5) copies of their SOQ. This proposal shall contain the following documents 1) Introductory letter of interest with the authorizing signature for the SOQ. 2) Price Proposal on Completed Bid Forms 3) Certificate of Insurance 4) Firm Qualifications A) Overview of the company proposing as the CONTRACTOR. B) Project specific organization chart with the names of the personnel as well as their positions. C) The office location from which the project will be executed. 071604 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00030-3 SCADA SYSTEM COP PN: D) Quality assurance procedures shall be provided. E) The SOQ shall include project descriptions of similar projects that are either ongoing or that have been completed. The project descriptions shall include the date of performance, dollar value of the project and client references. F) Qualifications of the key personnel shall be provided. Commitment letter of key personnel for project duration shall be provided. G) Overview schedule listing start, major milestones, and completion H) Previous Work Experience with MWH Americas 5) Bonds, as listed below Bonds: Bidder's Bond in the form of Cashier's Check or Certified Check payable to the City of Pearland in the amount of 5% of the total base bid price must accompany each proposal. The successful bidders must furnish Performance and Payment Bonds as required by law (Article 5160, Vernon's Texas Civil Statutes, as amended) on an acceptable form in the amount of one hundred percent (100%) of the contract price, such bonds to be executed by a corporate surety duly authorized to do business in the State of Texas, and named in the current list of 'Treasury Department Circular No. 570", payable to the City of Pearland, Texas. Additionally, the successful bidder will be required to provide a one year Maintenance Bond for the improvements installed as part of this work. Site Visits All System Providers may attend a site visit to be held on August 11, 2004 beginning at 8:00 a.m. at Pearland's SWEC Wastewater Treatment Plant located on Harkey Road. SOQ Interviews All SOQ shall be evaluated by a recommendation committee from within the City. The Committee may choose to invite up to three (3) CONTRACTORS to attend individual interview sessions. The interview sessions will allow members of the Committee to ask questions and to further evaluate the SOQs and for the CONTRACTORS to present additional information. Evaluation Criteria City of Pearland reserves the right to evaluate any or all proposals it receives. The CONTRACTOR will be rated according to their ability to meet the requirements of the RFP. Emphasis will be placed on the CONTRACTOR"s ability to provide the specified SCADA System but also on their ability to meet the delivery schedule and support requirements set forth in the RFP. Specific factors for evaluating the SOQ are as follows: 1. The ability to provide quality SCADA projects, as indicated by the project descriptions and client references of similar projects, with the specified schedule and within bid price 2. The capabilities, experience, and commitment of the proposed key staff members in SCADA Implementation. 3. CONTRACTOR' bid price to provide the required SCADA system 4. Ability to meet or better requested schedule. rTh 071604 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00030-4 SCADA SYSTEM COP PN: The recommendation committee will use the following weighted rating system to evaluate System Provider proposals: Ability to provide quality SCADA projects 25% Experience and Commitment of Key Staff 10% Bid Price 55% Schedule 10% SCOPE OF WORK The City is developing a new master SCADA System for their Water and Wastewater facilities. As part of the first Phase of this project, the SCADA System for the four existing wastewater treatment plants and six critical primary lift stations will be constructed. In this Phase, a new Central Control Center (CCC) will be implemented. In subsequent phases, another eight groundwater plants and 63 secondaryy lift stations are planned to be integrated into the SCADA System. The CONTRACTOR will implement the construction of the SCADA System and coordinate with MWH Americas for software configuration. The CONTRACTOR will be responsible for construction and installation of the equipment, including the CCC computer system. The System Provider will also work in the SCADA System to integrate the Phase 1 facilities into the CCC system. The CONTRACTOR will complete services for the testing and start-up of the SCADA System. The CONTRACTOR will provide testing of all PLC I/O points and of operation of the facilities. This work will include the verification of communications link and remote communications between the CCC and components PLCs. The CONTRACTOR will assist MWH Americas with functionally testing all PLC programs and HMI software configurations and the CONTRACTOR is responsible for providing a functional and operational system. Equal Opportunity in Employment: All qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, or national origin. The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to accept any proposal deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland, or to negotiate with any bidder as advantageous to the City of Pearland. 071604 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00030-5 SCADA SYSTEM COP PN: The City of Pearland reserves the right to reject any or all proposals, to accept any proposal deemed advantageous to the City of Pearland, or to negotiate with any bidder as advantageous to the City of Pearland. Trade secrets and confidential information will not be opened for public inspection. All trade secrets must be clearly identified and listed under separate cover for this purpose. All quotations are to be submitted less Federal Excise and State of Texas Sales Taxes. Tax exemption certificates will be executed upon request. The City's federal tax identification number is 74-6028909. Gordon Island Purchasing Officer Date - END OF NOTICE INVITING BIDS - 071604 INVITATION TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00030-6 SCADA SYSTEM SECTION 00100- INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1. DEFINED TERMS Terms used in these Instructions to Bidders and the Notice Inviting SOQs which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. The term "Bidder" means one who submits a SOQ directly to OWNER, as distinct from-a sub-bidder, who submits a price or quote to a Bidder. 2. LOCAL BUSINESS .LICENSE.;. All CONTRACTORS, including Subcontractors, not already having a local business license for the work contemplated, will be required to secure the appropriate license before a Contract can be executed. 3. INTERPRETATIONS AND ADDENDA 3.1 All questions about the meaning or intent of the Contract Documents are to be directed to the ENGINEER. Additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents considered necessary by the ENGINEER in response to such questions will be issued by Addenda mailed or delivered to all parties recorded by the ENGINEER or OWNER as having received the Contract Documents. Questions received less than 14 days prior to the date of Bids may.not be:answered. Only answers to such questions issued by formal written Addenda will be binding. Oral and other interpretations or clarifications will be without.legal effect 3.2 Addenda may also be issued to_ make other additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents. - 3.3 Bidders shall make no,special interpretation or inference of,intent from differing formats in the Technical Specifications. 4. BIDDER'S EXAMINATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SITE C*N' 4.1 It is the responsibility of each Bidder before submitting a Bid A. To examine thoroughly the Contract.Documents and other related data identified in the Bidding Documents (including "technical" data referred to below); B. To visit the site to become familiar with local conditions that may affect cost, progress, or performance, of the WORK; C. To consider federal, state, and local Laws-and Regulations that may affect cost, progress, or performance of the WORK; D. To study and carefully,correlate the Bidder's observations with the Contract Documents; and E. To notify the ENGINEER of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, or -discrepancies in or between the Contract Documents and such other related data. 4.2 Reference is made to the Supplementary General Conditions for identification of: A. Those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the site which have been utilized.by the ENGINEER in the preparation of.the.Contract Documents. B. Those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface C111.\ conditions (except Underground Utilities).which are at or contiguous to the site have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. MWH-062504 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ' -PAGE 00100-1 SCADA SYSTEM C. Those environmental reports or drawings relating to Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCBs, Petroleum, and/or Radioactive Materials identified at the site which have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. D. The ENGINEER makes no representation as to the completeness of the reports or drawings referred to in Paragraphs 4.2A, 4.2B, and 4.2C. above or the accuracy of any data or information contained therein. The Bidder may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings. However, the Bidder may not rely upon any interpretation of such technical data, including any interpretation or extrapolation thereof, or any non-technical data, interpretations, and opinions contained therein. 4.3 Copies of reports and drawings referred to in Paragraph 4.2 will be made available by the OWNER to any-Bidder on request, if said reports and drawings are not bound herein. Those reports and drawings are not part of the Contract Documents, but the technical data contained therein upon which the Bidder is entitled to rely, as provided in Paragraph SGC- 4.2 of the Supplementary General Conditions, are incorporated herein by reference. 4.4 Information and data reflected in the Contract Documents with respect to Underground Utilities at or contiguous to the site are based upon information and data furnished to the OWNER and the ENGINEER by the owners of such Underground Utilities or others, and the OWNER does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness thereof unless it is expressly provided otherwise in the Supplementary General Conditions or Section 01530- Protection of Existing Facilities. 4.5 Provisions concerning responsibilities for the adequacy of data furnished to prospective Bidders on subsurface conditions, Underground Utilities, and other physical conditions, and possible changes in the Contract Documents due to differing conditions appear in Paragraphs 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4 of the General Conditions. 4.6 Before submitting a Bid, each Bidder will, at Bidder's own expense, make or obtain any additional examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies and obtain any additional information and data which pertain to the physical conditions (surface, subsurface, and Underground Utilities) at or contiguous to the site or otherwise which may affect cost, progress, or performance of the WORK and which the Bidder deems necessary to determine its Bid for performing the WORK in accordance with the time, price, and other terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. 4.7 On request a minimum of 2 days in advance, the OWNER will provide each Bidder access to the site to conduct such examinations, investigations, explorations, tests, and studies as each Bidder deems necessary for submission of a Bid. Location of any excavation or boring shall be subject to prior approval of OWNER and applicable agencies. Bidder shall fill all holes, restore all pavement to match existing structural section, and shall clean up and restore the site to its former condition upon completion of such explorations. OWNER reserves the right to require Bidder to execute an Access Agreement with the OWNER prior to accessing the site. 4.8 The lands upon which the WORK is to be performed, rights-of-way, and easements for access thereto and other lands designated for use by the CONTRACTOR in performing the WORK are identified in the Contract Documents. All additional lands and access thereto required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment are to be provided by the CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing structures are to be obtained and paid for by the OWNER unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. MWH-062504 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00100-2 SCADA SYSTEM 4.9 The submission of a Bid will constitute an incontrovertible representation by the Bidder that the Bidder has complied with every requirement of this Paragraph 4 and the following: A. That the Bid is premised upon performing the WORK required by the Contract Documents without exception and such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction (if any) as maybe required by the Contract Documents; B. That Bidder has given the ENGINEER written notice of all conflicts, errors, ambiguities, and discrepancies in the Contract Documents and the written resolution thereof by the ENGINEER is acceptable to the Bidder; and C. That.the Contract Documents are sufficient.in •.scope and detail to indicate and convey understanding of all terms and conditions for performance of the WORK. 5. BID FORMS... The Bid shall be submitted on the Bid Forms bound herein and the pages shall not be removed from the bound. volume. ' All blanks on the Bid Forms shall be completed in ink. All names,must be printed below the signatures. The SOQ shall be submitted in a sealed envelope which shall be plainly marked in the upper left hand corner with the name and address of the Bidder and shall bear the words "SOQ FOR" followed by the title of.the Contract Documents for the WORK, the name of the OWNER, the address where SOQs are to be delivered or mailed to, and the date and hour of opening of SOQs. 6. BID CERTIFICATES 6.1 Bids by corporations must be executed in the corporate name by the president, a vice- president, or other corporate officer. .Such Bid.shall be accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to' sign, attested by the secretary or assistant secretary, and with the corporate seal affixed., The corporate address and state of incorporation must appear below the signature. . 6.2 Bids by partnerships must be executed in the .partnership name and be signed by a managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must appear.under the signature and,the official address of the partnership must appear below the signature. 6.3 Bids by joint ventures must be executed in the joint venture name and be signed by a joint venture managing partner, accompanied by the enclosed Certificate of Authority to sign, and his/her title must- appear under,the signature and the official address of the joint venture must appear below the signature. 7. DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS. More -than one Bid from an individual, firm, partnership, corporation,.or association under the same or different names will not be considered. If the OWNER believes that any Bidder is interested in more than one Bid for the WORK contemplated, all:Bids in which such Bidder is interested will be rejected. If the OWNER believes that collusion exists among the Bidders, all Bids will be rejected. A party who has quoted prices to.a Bidder is not hereby disqualified from quoting prices to other Bidders, or from submitting a Bid directly for the WORK. 8. QUANTITIES OF,WORK. The quantities of work or material stated in.unit price items of the Bid are supplied only to.give an indication: of the.general.scope .of the WORK; the OWNER does not expressly or by implication agree that the actual amount-of work or material will correspond therewith, and reserves the right after award to increase or decrease the quantity of any unit price -item of ,the WORK by an amount up to and including 25 percent of any Bid item, without a change in the unit price, and shall include MWH-062504 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX . PAGE 00100-3 SCADA SYSTEM the right to delete any Bid item in its entirety, or'to add additional Bid items up to and including an aggregate total amount not to exceed 25.percent of the Bid price. 9. SUBSTITUTE OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS. Whenever materials or equipment are specified or described in the Contract Documents by using the name of a particular Manufacturer and the name is followed by the words "or equal", the Bidder may write the name of a substitute manufacturer (which the Bidder considers as an "or equal") in the List of Proposed Substitutions in the Bid Forms. These substitute manufacturers will only be considered after award of the Contract. The procedure for the submittal of substitute or"or equal" products is specified in Section 01600 - Products, Materials, Equipment, and Substitutions. The Bidder shall not be relieved of any obligations of the Contract Documents or be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price in the event any proposed substitute manufacturer is not subsequently approved. 10. COMPETENCY OF BIDDERS. In selecting the Bidder by the rules established under high tech procurement and outlined in Section 00030— Notice Inviting SOQs, consideration will be given not only to the financial standing but also to the general competency of the Bidder for the performance of the WORK covered by the Bid. To this end, each Bid shall be supported by a statement of the Bidder's experience as of recent date on the form entitled "INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER" bound herein. 11. SUBMISSION OF BIDS. The Bid shall be delivered by the time and to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting SOQs. It is the Bidder's sole responsibility to see that its Bid is received in proper time and at the proper place. 12. BID SECURITY, BONDS, AND INSURANCE. Each Bid shall be accompanied by a certified or cashier's check or approved Bid Bond in the amount stated in the Notice Inviting Bids. Said check or bond shall be made payable to the OWNER and shall be given as a guarantee that the Bidder, if awarded the WORK, will enter into an Agreement with the OWNER, and will furnish the necessary insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond; each of said bonds to be in the amount stated in the Supplementary General Conditions. In case of refusal or failure to enter into said Agreement, the check or Bid Bond, as the case may be, shall be forfeited to the OWNER. If the Bidder elects to furnish a Bid Bond as its Bid security, the Bidder shall use the Bid Bond form bound herein, or one conforming substantially to it in form. Bid Bonds shall comply with the requirements applicable to payment and performance bonds in the General Conditions. 13. DISCREPANCIES IN BIDS. In the event there is more than one Bid item in a Bid Schedule, the Bidder shall furnish a price for all Bid items in the Schedule, and failure to do so will render the Bid non-responsive and may cause its rejection. In the event there are unit price Bid items in a Bidding schedule and the amount indicated for a unit price Bid item does not equal the product of the unit price and quantity, the unit price shall govern and the amount will be corrected accordingly, and the BIDDER shall be bound by said correction. In the event there is more than one Bid item in a Bid Schedule and the total indicated for the Schedule does not agree with the sum of the prices Bid on the individual items, the prices Bid on the individual items shall govern and the total for the Schedule will be corrected accordingly, and the BIDDER shall be bound by said correction. 14. MODIFICATIONS AND UNAUTHORIZED ALTERNATIVE BIDS. Unauthorized conditions, limitations, or provisos attached to the Bid shall render it informal and may cause its rejection as being non-responsive. The Bid forms shall be completed without interlineations, alterations, or erasures in the printed text. Alternative Bids will not be considered unless called for. Oral, telegraphic, or telephonic Bids or modifications will not 1.7 be considered. MWH-062504 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00100-4 SCADA SYSTEM 15. WITHDRAWAL OF BID. The Bid may be withdrawn by the Bidder by means of a written request, signed by the Bidder or its properly authorized representative. Such written request must be delivered to the place stipulated in the Notice Inviting Bids for receipt of C.\ Bids prior to the scheduled closing time for receipt of Bids. 16. AWARD OF CONTRACT. Award of the contract, if awarded, will be made to the Bidder whose Bid complies with the requirements of the Contract Documents and in accordance with the rules of Bidder selection outlined in Section 00030 — Notice Inviting SOQs. Unless otherwise specified, any such award will be made within the period stated in the Notice Inviting Bids that the bids are to remain open. Unless otherwise indicated, a single award will be made for all the Bid items in an individual Bid Schedule. In the event the WORK is contained in more than one Bid Schedule, the OWNER may award Schedules individually or in combination. In the case of two Bid Schedules which are alternative to each other, only one of such alternative schedules will be awarded. 17. RETURN OF BID SECURITY. Within 30 days after award of the contract, the OWNER will, if requested, return the Bid securities accompanying such Bids that are not being considered in making the award. All other Bid securities will be held until the Agreement has been finally executed. They will then be returned, if requested, to the respective Bidders whose Bids they accompany. 18. EXECUTION OF AGREEMENT. The Bidder to whom award is made shall execute a written Agreement with the OWNER on the form of agreement provided, shall secure all insurance, and shall furnish all certificates and bonds required by the Contract Documents within 14 calendar days after receipt of the agreement forms from the OWNER. Failure or refusal to enter into an Agreement as herein provided or to conform to any of the stipulated requirements in connection therewith shall be just cause for annulment of the award and forfeiture of the Bid security. 19. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. Provisions for liquidated damages, if any, are set forth in the Agreement. - END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS - MWH-062504 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAGE 00100-5 SCADA SYSTEM SECTION 00300 - BID FORMS BID (.11%'\ BID TO: CITY OF PEARLAND 1. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into and Agreement with the OWNER in the form included in the Contract Documents to perform the WORK as specified or indicated in said Contract Documents entitled Installation of the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition (SCADA) System 2. Bidder accepts all of the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, including without limitation those in the Notice Inviting Bids and Instructions to Bidders, dealing with the disposition of the Bid security. 3. This Bid will remain open for the period stated in the "Invitation to Bid" unless otherwise required by law. Bidder will enter into an Agreement within the time and in the manner required in the " Invitation to Bid " and the "Instructions to Bidders", and will furnish the insurance certificates, Payment Bond, and Performance Bond required by the Contract Documents. 4. • Bidder has examined copies of all the Contract Documents including the following addenda (receipt of all of which is hereby acknowledged): Number Date Failure to acknowledge addenda shall render the bid non-responsive and shall be cause for its rejection. 5. Bidder has familiarized itself with the nature and extent of the Contract Documents, WORK, site, locality where the WORK is to be performed, the legal requirements (federal, state and local laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations), and the conditions affecting cost, progress or performance of the WORK and has made such independent investigations as Bidder deems necessary. To all the foregoing, and including all Bid Forms contained in this Bid, said Bidder further agrees to complete the WORK required under the Contract Documents within the Contract Time stipulated in said Contract Documents, and to accept in full payment therefor the Contract Price based on the Total Bid Price(s) named in the aforementioned Bid Forms. Dated: Bidder: By: (Signature) Cul.\ Title: MWH-070704 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-1 BID CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF ) SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the a corporation existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 ,the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as President of this Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated 20_,to the City of Pearland by this Corporation and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of this Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this - , day of , 20 Secretary (SEAL) r.") MW H-070704 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-2 BID CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) STATE OF SS: • COUNTY OF ) • I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Partners of the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of • • , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as General Partner of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated , 20 - ;to the City_ofPearland . by this Partnership and that his/her execution thereof,.attested by the General.Partner shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." • I further certify that said resolution is now in full,force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set:my hand this , day of 20 General Partner (SEAL) MWH-070704 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID.FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-3 BID CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 ,the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Bid dated 20' , to the City of Pearland by this Joint Venture and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture. I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 20 Managing Partner (SEAL) • MWH-070704 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-4 BID SCHEDULE- LUMP SUM • Schedule of prices for construction of Installation of the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System in accordance with the Contract Documents. -- Item Description - Price in Figures 1. Lump Sum Bid Item $ 546,095 2. Contract Allowance, to be used solely at the discretion of $10,000 the OWNER: IAdditional approved antenna height in 5' increments, over that shown on the drawings, including extra pole length, deeper foundation, and required materials, all inclusive: 5 feet:$250 10 feet: $500 - 15 feet: $1000 20 feet: $1500 25 feet:$2000 TOTAL BID PRICE FOR ITEMS 1 AND 2: �r, For the Lump Sum of$ 556,095.00 � (Price in Figures) II Five Hundred Fifty-Six Thousand Ninety-Five Dollars and no cents (Price in Words) • I I, I I• I MWH-070704 1610296 CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-5 J LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS • The Bidder shall list below the name and the location of the place of business of each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a Subcontractor who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater.The Bidder shall also list below the portion of the WORK which will be performed by each Subcontractor under its contract. The prime contractor shall list only one Subcontractor for each portion as is defined by the prime contractor in its bid. The Bidder's attention is directed to the provisions of Paragraph entitled "Subcontract Limitations," of the Supplementary General Conditions which stipulates the percent of the WORK to be performed with the Bidder's own forces. Failure to comply with this requirement will render the Bid non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Subcontr. Percent License of Total Work to be Performed Number Bid Subcontractor's Name &Address 1 None 2. /-4) 3. 4. 5. Note: Attach additional sheets if required. MW H-070704 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-6 9318 Reid Lake • Houston,Texas 77064 Telephone: (713)466-5395 • Fax: (713)466-8198 • www.boverinc.com Clarifications and Modifications to Proposal City or Pearland Wastewater SCADA System BID NUMBER: 2004-070 Original Total Bid Price: $556,095.00 Pullboxes (Clarification): In lieu of providing full size electrical vaults similar to the existing at SWEC, a smaller pull box is the intent of the specification. Brooks Model No. 66 Body with Brooks Model No. 66 Cast Iron Cover is proposed. See the attached drawing of the Brooks Pull Box. Credit for Pullboxes: ($13,500.00) Underground Raceway System (Modification): In lieu of providing concrete encased duct bank system as the specified method for underground raceway systems, a direct buried conduit system is proposed. Schedule 80 PVC will be direct buried. The raceway system will have 24" of cover with warning tape at 12"below finished grade. Concrete/Pavement sawcutting and replacement per plans and specifications still apply. Credit for Underground Raceway System Modification: ($9,000) Pressure Transmitter (Modification): In lieu of providing Rosemount Model 3051 TG as specified for the (9) nine pressure transmitters, an equivalent Foxboro pressure transmitter is proposed. The Foxboro Model IGPI0- A22D 1 F model that meets the Performance and Feature specification of the Rosemount 3051TG model will be used as a direct replacement. See the attached Foxboro Specification. Credit for Pressure Transmitter Modification: ($8,500) C.h\ Total Credit Available: ($31,000) New Total Bid Price with all Credits: $525,095 Name: Stacy Jordan Date: September 1, 2004 rb\ LIST OF SUBCONTRACTORS The Bidder shall list below the name and the location of the place of business of each Subcontractor who will perform work or labor or render service to the prime contractor in or about the construction of the work or improvement, or a Subcontractor who, under subcontract to the prime contractor, specially fabricates and installs a portion of the work or improvement according to detailed drawings contained in the plans and specifications, in an amount in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or, in the case of bids or offers for the construction of streets or highways, including bridges, in excess of one-half of 1 percent of the prime contractor's total bid or ten thousand dollars ($10,000), whichever is greater. The Bidder shall also list below the portion of the WORK which will be performed by each Subcontractor under its contract. The prime contractor shall list only one Subcontractor for each portion as is defined by the prime contractor in its bid. The Bidder's attention is directed to the provisions of Paragraph entitled "Subcontract Limitations," of the Supplementary General Conditions which stipulates the percent of the WORK to be performed with the Bidder's own forces. Failure to comply with this requirement will render the Bid non-responsive and may cause its rejection. Subcontr. Percent License of Total Work to be Performed Number Bid Subcontractor's Name &Address 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Note: Attach additional sheets if required. MW H-070704 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-6 ILIST OF NAMED EQUIPMENT/MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS • IThe Bidder shall indicated below which manufacturer the. Bidder intends to use for each item of equipment or material listed on this for by writing in one of the named manufacturers specified in the Clir.''' Technical Specifications for that equipment or material. (Proposed substitutes may be listed on the List of Proposed Substitutions buy will only be considered after the award of the Contract.) If no manufacturer is named in the Technical Specifications, the Bidder may list any manufacturer whose product meets all of the requirements and technical criteria specified. The listing of more than.one 1 manufacturer for each item of equipment/material to be furnished with the words "and/or" will not be permitted. Failure to comply with this requirement may render the Bid non-responsive and may cause its rejection. I Specification Manufacturer Section Equipment/Material (List Only One) 1 [ 17520-2.1.F PLC Processor SLC I ] LC 5/03 and 5/05 by AllenBradley I [ 17520-2.1.G.1] [ PLC Discrete Input ] Allen Bradley [ 17520-2.1.G.2] [ PLC Discrete Output . ] Allen Bradley I [ 17520-2.1.G.3] [ PLC Analog Input ] ' Allen Bradley 1 [ 17520-2.1.K ] [ PLC Programming Soft. ] RS Logix 500 by Allen Bradley [ 17520-2.2.B ] [ PLC Programming Hard. ] ---Allen Bradley I [ 17600-2.2.A� , ] [ Server Rack ]- Hoffman Enclosures [ 17600-2.5.C-] [ SWEC UPS ] - APC [ 17600-2.6.0 ] [ Power Supplies ] Mean Well 1 [ 17600-2.6.0 ] [ Remote Sites UPS - ] - APC [ 17600-2.4.L ] [ Pressure Transmitter ] Rosemount 3051TG 1 [ 17600-2.4.0 ] - [ Current Transmitter ] API CTX-ACR I [ 17600-2.4.P ] [ Phase Monitor Relay ] ATC SLM [ 17620-2.1.E ] [ System Radios ] MDS transNET900 [ 17620-2.1.G.2.a] [ Master Antenna Mast ] - Whitco 100'Anchor Base Pole [ 17620-2..1.G.2.b] [ Remote Antenna Mast ] Lonestar Prestress Mfg., Inc. (h.\ MWH-070704 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-7 LIST OF NAMED PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS The Bidder proposes the following substitute or"or equal" products identified below: Substitute Manufacturer Specification Substitute (List Only One For'Each Section Equipment or Material Equipment or Material) 17600-2.6.D.2 Enclosures and Back Pans B-Line Note: Substitute products will only be considered after award of the Contract. The procedure for the submittal of substitute or"or equal" products is specified in the General Requirements. MWH-070704 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-8 INFORMATION REQUIRED OF BIDDER The Bidder shall furnish the following information. Additional sheets shall be attached as required. Failure to complete Item Nos. 1, 3, and 6, will cause the Bid to be non-responsive and may ' cause 'Its rejection. In any'event, no award will:be made until all of the Bidder's General Information is delivered to the OWNER. (1) CONTRACTOR's name and address: • Boyer, Inc. 9318 Reid Lake Houston, TX 77065 (2) CONTRACTOR's telephone number: 713-466-5395 CONTRACTOR's fax number: 713-466-8198 (3) CONTRACTOR's license: Primary classification State License No. and Expiration Date Specialty classifications held, if any: I\_ ,�., Name of Licensee, if different from (1) above: (4) Name, address, and telephone number of surety company and agent who will 1 provide the required bonds on this contract: SAFECO Ins. Company b# America P.O. Box 34526 Seattle, WA 98124 . , - (5) ATTACH TO THIS BID a financial statement, references, and other information, sufficiently comprehensive to_ permit an appraisal of CONTRACTOR's current financial condition: 1 (6) ATTACH TO THIS BID a list of a minimum 3 projects completed by the Contractor during the last 5 years involving work of similar type, complexity, and comparable value in order to demonstrate experience in projects such as this I MWH-070704 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-9 one. This experience and information are required in order to be considered for award. A single reference project may not have all the elements of similarity in type and complexity, but as a whole - the Bidder's must have an overall experience with such projects. The term "similar type and complexity" to this WORK is defined as those projeC that are considered SCADA system projects (including instrumentation anc, control) and that include the following elements: • Similar type of engineering and design effort and level of_ complexity in producing the documents and complying with the Contractor Submittals requirements of Division 1 and 17 of these specifications. • Similar packaging of programmable logic controller(PLC) panels • Similar type and complexity of field instrumentation and installation requirements • Similar type and level of complexity of radio communication field test and installation requirements. • Similar effort of SCADA system checking, calibration, startup requirements, and installation verification Each of the projects on the list shall include the following information as a minimum: o Names, address, and telephone number of owner. o Name of project. P.-*) o Location of project. o Brief description of the work involved. o Contract amount. o Date of completion of contract. • o Name, address, and telephone number of architect or engineer. o Name of owner's project engineer. In addition,the BIDDER shall include in this attachment(i.e.for this item (6))the name of the communication (Radio) engineer proposed for this project and his/her resume. This person shall have a minimum of 3 years of related experience with projects having similar type of communication medium and system as in this project. The resume should also include, as a minimum, a list of 3 projects of similar size, scope and complexity (as defined above) in which the communication engineer participated in a similar role and met the same requirements as specified in section titled"SCADA Radio Communication System" (Div 17) in this project. Participation in these projects can be while working with the firm submitting this Bid as well as with prior employers. MWH-070704 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-10 NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID Ci STATE OF ) ) ss. COUNTY OF ) , being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is of the party making the foregoing bid that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay, any fee to any corporation, partnership, company association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid. Signed: (11"\ Subscribed and sworn to before me this day of , 20_ Notary Public in and for the County of State of (SEAL) MWH-070704 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-11 BID BOND KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, Ci That as Principal, and as Surety, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland, hereinafter called "OWNER," in the sum of dollars, for the payment of which sum, well and truly to be made, we jointly and severally bind ourselves, our heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns firmly by these presents. WHEREAS, said Principal has submitted a Bid to said OWNER to perform the WORK required under the bidding schedule(s) of the OWNER's Contract Documents entitled Installation of the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System NOW THEREFORE, if said Principal is awarded a contract by said OWNER and, within the time and in the manner required in the "Notice Inviting Bids" and the "Instructions to Bidders" enters into a written Agreement on the form of agreement bound with said Contract Documents, furnishes the required certificates of insurance, and furnishes the required Performance Bond and Payment Bond, and performs in all other respects the agreement created by this bid, then this obligation shall be null and void, otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect. The Surety stipulates and agrees that the obligation of said Surety shall in no way be impaired or affected by an extension of the time within which the OWNER may accept such bid and Surety further waives notice of any such extension. In the event suit is brought upon this bond by said OWNER and OWNER prevails, said Principal and Surety shall pay all costs incurred by said OWNER in such suit, including reasonable attorney's fees and costs to be fixed by the court. (42 \' SIGNED AND SEALED, this day of , 20 (SEAL) (SEAL) (Principal) (Surety) By: By: (Signature) (Signature) (SEAL AND NOTARIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF SURETY) - END OF BID FORMS - 7N' MW H-070704 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX BID FORMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00300-12 ED-4 (10/30/97) SECTION 00450 -TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS 1. PRIVITY OF CONTRACT This contract is expected to be funded in part with funds from the Texas Water Development Board. Neither the State of Texas nor any of its departments, agencies or employees is, or will be, a party to this contract or any lower tier contract. This contract is subject to regulations contained in-31 TAC Chapter 363 in effect on the date this contract is executed. 2. DEFINITION The term "TWDB" means the Executive Administrator of the Texas Water Development Board, or other person who may be at the time acting in the capacity or authorized to perform the_functions of such Administrator, or the authorized representative thereof. 3. PROGRESS AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE (a) The Contractor shall submit for approval immediately after execution of the Agreement, a carefully prepared Progress Schedule, showing the proposed dates of starting and completing each of the various sections of the work, the anticipated monthly payments to become due the Contractor, and the accumulated percent of progress each month. (b) The following paragraph applies only to contracts awarded on a lump sum contract price: COST BREAKDOWN -The Contractor shall submit to the Owner a breakdown of his estimated cost of all work to be accomplished under the contract, so arranged and itemized as to meet the approval, of the Owner in at least the detail provided by form ED-102. This breakdown shall be submitted promptly after execution of ' the agreement and before any payment'is made to the Contractor for the work performed under the Contract. After approval by the. Owner the unit prices established in the breakdown shall be used in estimating the amount of partial payments to be made to the Contractor. 4. PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR (a) Progress Payments (1) The Contractor shall prepare his requisition for progress payment as of the last day of the month and submit it, with -the required number of copies, to the Engineer for his review: The amount of the payment due the Contractor shall be determined by adding to the total value of work completed to date, the value of materials properly stored on the site and deducting (1) five percent (5%) of the total amount, as a retainage and (2) the amount of all previous payments. The total value of work completed to date shall be based on the estimated quantities of work completed and on the unit prices contained in the agreement (or cost breakdown approved pursuant to section 3.b relating to lump sum bids) and adjusted MWH-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM - PAGE 00450-1 ED-4 (10/30/97) by approved change orders. The value of materials properly stored on the site shall be based upon the estimated quantities of such materials and the invoice prices. Copies of all invoices shall be available for inspection by the Engineer. (2) The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and protection of all materials and work upon which payments have been made until final acceptance of such work and materials by the Owner. Such payments shall not constitute a waiver of the right of the Owner to require the fulfillment of all terms of the Contract and the delivery of all improvements embraced in this Contract complete and satisfactory to the Owner in all details. (3) The five percent (5%) retainage of the progress payments otherwise due to the Contractor may not be reduced until the building of the project is substantially complete and a reduction in the retainage has been authorized by the OWNER and the TWDB. (4) The following clause applies only to contracts where the total price at the time of execution is $400,000 or greater and the retainage is greater than 5%. The Owner shall deposit the retainage in an interest-bearing account, and the interest earned on such retainage funds shall be paid to the Contractor after completion of the contract and final acceptance. (b) Withholding Payments. The Owner may withhold from any payment otherwise due the Contractor so much as may be necessary to protect the Owner and, if so elects, may also withhold any amounts due from the Contractor to any subcontractors or material dealers, for work performed or material furnished by them. The foregoing provisions shall be construed solely for the benefit of the Owner and will not require the Owner to determine or adjust any claims or disputes between the Contractor and his subcontractors or material dealers, or to withhold any moneys for their protection unless the Owner elects to do so. The failure or refusal of the Owner to withhold any moneys from the Contractor shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties under any bond or bonds furnished under this Contract. (c) Payments Subject to Submission of Certificates. Each payment to the Contractor by the Owner shall be made subject to submission by the Contractor of all written certifications required of him and his subcontractors by general or special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (d) Final Payment. (1) After final inspection and acceptance by the Owner of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare his requisition for final payment which shall be based upon the carefully measured or computed quantity MW H-062304 /—) 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-2 ED-4 (10/30/97) of .each item of work at the applicable unit prices stipulated in the Agreement or cost breakdown (if lump sum), as adjusted by approved change orders. The total amount of the final payment due the Contractor under this contract shall be the amount computed as described above less all previous payments. Final payment to the Contractor shall be made subject to his furnishing the Owner with a release in satisfactory form of all claims against the Owner arising under and by virtue of this contract, other than such claims, if any, as may be specifically excepted by the Contractor from the operation of the release as provided under general and special conditions elsewhere in this contract. (2) The Owner, before paying the final estimate, may require the Contractor to furnish releases or receipts from all subcontractors having performed any work and all persons having supplied materials, equipment (installed under this contract) and services to the Contractor, if the Owner deems the same necessary in order to protect the Owner's interests. The Owner,_however,may if it deems such action advisable make payment in part or, in full .to the Contractor without requiring the furnishing of such releases or receipts and any payments so made shall in no way impair the obligations of any surety or sureties furnished under this Contract. (3) The retainage and its interest earnings, if any, shall not be paid to the Contractor until the TWDB has authorized a reduction in, or release of, retainage on the contract work. (4) Withholding of any amount due the Owner, under general and/or special conditions regarding "Liquidated Damages," shall be deducted from the (1.6*\ final payment due the Contractor. 5. REVIEW BY OWNER AND TWDB (a) The Owner, authorized representatives and agents of the Owner, and the TWDB shall, at all times have access to and be permitted to observe and review all work, materials, equipment, payrolls, personnel records, employment conditions, material invoices, and other relevant data and records pertaining to this Contract, provided, however that all instructions and approval with respect to the work will be given to the Contractor only by the Owner through authorized representatives or agents. . (b) Any such inspection or review by the TWDB shall not subject the state of Texas to any action for damages. 6. FLOOD HAZARD INSURANCE . This provisions applies to any contract which will construct structures that are insurable under the National Flood Insurance Program of the Federal Emergency Management Agency. The Contractor shall apply for flood insurance on all insurable structures that will be built under this contract. A copy of the completed application must be provided to the owner before commencing construction of the project. The Contractor shall obtain MWH-062304 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS. SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-3 ED-4 (10/30/97) the flood hazard insurance as soon as possible and submit a copy of the policy to the Owner. 7. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS AND TRAINING (a) The Contractor shall obtain installation, operation, and maintenance manuals from manufacturers and suppliers for equipment furnished under the contract. The Contractor shall submit three copies of each complete manual to the Engineer within 90 days after approval of shop drawings, product data, and samples, and not later than the date of shipment of each item of equipment to the project site or storage location. (b) Each manual is to be bound in a folder and labeled to identify the contents and project to which it applies. The manual shall contain the following applicable items: (1) A listing of the manufacturer's identification, including order number, model, serial number, and location of parts and service centers. (2) A list of recommended stock of parts, including part number and quantity. (3) Complete replacement parts list. (4) Performance data and rating tables. (5) Specific instructions for installation, operation, adjustment, and maintenance. (6) Exploded view drawings for major equipment items. (7) Lubrication requirements. (8) Complete equipment wiring diagrams and control schematics with terminal identification. (c) Operations and maintenance manuals specified herein are in addition to any operation, maintenance, or installation instructions required by the Contractor to install, test, and start-up the equipment. (d) The Owner shall require the Engineer to promptly review each manual submitted, noting necessary corrections and revisions. If the Engineer rejects the manual, the Contractor shall correct and resubmit the manual until it is acceptable to Engineer as being in conformance with design concept of project and for compliance with information given in the Contract Documents. Owner may assess Contractor a charge for reviews of same items in excess of three (3) times. Such procedure shall not be considered cause for delay. Acceptance of manuals by Engineer does not relieve Contractor of any requirements or terms of the Contract. MWH-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-4 ED-4 (10/30/97) (e) The Contractor shall provide the services of trained, qualified technicians to check final equipment installation, to assist as required in placing same in operation, and to instruct operating personnel in the proper manner of performing routine operation and maintenance of the equipment. 8. AS-BUILT.DIMENSION & DRAWINGS (a) Contractor shall make appropriate daily measurements of facilities constructed and keep accurate records of location (horizontal and vertical) of all facilities. (b) Upon completion of each facility, the Contractor shall furnish Owner with one set of direct prints, marked with red pencil, to show as-built dimensions and locations of all work constructed. As a minimum, the final drawings shall include the following: (1) Horizontal and vertical locations of work. (2) Changes in equipment and dimensions due to substitutions. (3) "Nameplate" data on all installed equipment. (4) Deletions, additions, and changes to scope of work. (5) Any other changes made. 9. ARCHEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES No activity which may affect a State Archeological Landmark is authorized until the _ Owner has complied with the provisions of the Antiquities Code of Texas. The Owner has previously coordinated with the appropriate agencies and impacts to known cultural or archeological deposits have been avoided or mitigated. However,the Contractor may encounter unanticipated cultural or archeological deposits during construction. If archeological sites or historic structures are discovered after construction operations are begun, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in that particular area and notify the Owner, the TWDB, and the Texas Historical Commission, (512-463-6096). The Contractor shall take reasonable steps to protect and preserve the discoveries until they have been inspected by the Owner's representative and the TWDB. The Owner will promptly coordinate with the Texas Historical Commission and any other appropriate agencies to obtain any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue. The Contractor shall not resume work in the area of the discovery until authorized to do so by the Owner. 10. ENDANGERED SPECIES No activity is authorized that is likely to jeopardize the continued existence of a threatened or endangered species as listed or proposed for listing under the Federal Endangered Species Act (ESA), and/or the State of Texas Parks and Wildlife Code on Endangered Species, or to destroy or adversely modify the habitat of such species. MW H-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND,'TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-5 ED-4 (10/30/97) If a threatened or endangered species is encountered during construction, the Contractor shall immediately cease work in the area of the encounter and notify the Owner, who will immediately implement actions in accordance with the ESA and applicable State statutes. These actions shall include reporting the encounter to the TWDB, the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Texas Parks and Wildlife Department, obtaining any necessary approvals or permits to enable the work to continue, or implement other mitigative actions. The Contractor shall not resume construction in the area of the encounter until authorized to do so by the Owner. 11. LAWS TO BE OBSERVED In the execution of the Contract, the Contractor must comply with all applicable Local, State and Federal laws, including but not limited to laws concerned with labor, safety, minimum wages, and the environment. The Contractor shall make himself familiar with and at all times shall observe and comply with all Federal, State, and Local laws, ordinances and regulations which in any manner affect the conduct of the work, and shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner, the TWDB, and their representatives against any claim arising from violation of any such law, ordinance or regulation by himself or by his subcontractor or his employees. 12. EMPLOYMENT OF LOCAL LABOR This condition applies only to construction contracts which receive funding from the TWDB's Economically Distressed Areas Program. The contractor shall to the maximum feasible extent employ local labor for construction of the project. The Contractor and every subcontractor undertaking to do work on the project which is, or reasonably may be done as on-site work, shall employ, in carrying out such contract work, qualified persons who regularly reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and the economically distressed area where the project is located, except: (a) To the extent that qualified persons regularly residing within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner and economically distressed area are not available. (b) For the reasonable needs of any such Contractor or subcontractor, to employ supervisory or specially experienced individuals necessary to assure an efficient execution of the contract. (c) For the obligation of any such Contractor or subcontractor to offer employment to present or former employees as the result of a lawful collective bargaining contract, provided that in no event shall the number of non-resident persons employed under this subparagraph exceed twenty percent of the total number of employees employed by such Contractor and his/her subcontractors on such project. Every such Contractor and subcontractor shall furnish the Owner and the Local Texas Employment Commission Office with a list of all positions for which it may from time to time require laborers, mechanics, and other employees, the estimated numbers of MWH-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-6 ED-4 (10/30/97) employees required in each classification, and the estimated dates on which such' employees will be required. (1.*'\ The Contractor shall give full consideration to all qualified job applicants referred by the local employment service, but is not required to employ any job applicants referred whom the Contractor does not consider qualified to perform the classification of work required. The payrolls maintained by the Contractor shall contain the following information: The employee's full name, address, and social security number, and a notation indicating whether the employee does, or does not, normally reside within the political subdivision boundary of the Owner or the economically distressed area. Copies of the payroll records shall be provided to the Owner. The Contractor shall include the provisions of this condition in every subcontract for work which is, or reasonably may be, done as on-site work. 13. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Materials utilized in the project shall be free of any hazardous materials, except as may be specifically provided for in the specifications. If the Contractor encounters existing material on sites owned or controlled by the Owner or in material sources that are suspected by visual observation or smell to contain hazardous materials, the Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer and the Owner. The Owner will be responsible for the testing for and removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. The Owner may suspend the work, wholly or in part during the testing, removal or disposition of hazardous materials on sites owned or controlled by the Owner. 14. EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY During the performance of this contract, the Contractor agrees as follows: (a) The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, _sex, age, handicap, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment advertising; layoff or termination; rates of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. (b) The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive considerations for employment without regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, handicap, or national origin. MW H-062304 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-7 ED-4 (10/30/97) (c) The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agreement or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided advising the said labor union or workers' representatives of the Contractor's commitments under this section, and shall post copies of the notice in conspicuous places available to employees and applicants for employment. (d) The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967,29 U.S.C.A. 621 (1985), Executive Order 12250 of November 2, 1980, the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, 29 U.S.C.A. 701 et seq. (1985), and of the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor. (e) The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administering agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders. (f) In the event of the Contractor's noncompliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further Government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts in accordance with procedures authorized in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. (g) The Contractor will include the portion of the sentence immediately preceding paragraph 1. and the provisions of paragraphs 1. through 7. in every subcontract or purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or orders of the Secretary of Labor issued pursuant to section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The Contractor will take such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisions, including sanctions for noncompliance: PROVIDED, HOWEVER, That in the event a Contractor becomes involved in, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administering agency the Contractor may request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interest of the United States. (h) The Contractor will comply with Executive Order 11246 based on its implementation of the Equal Opportunity Clause, specific affirmative action obligations required by the Standard Federal Equal Employment Opportunity Construction Contract Specifications, as set forth in 41 CFR Part 60-4 and its efforts to meet the goals established for the geographical area where the Contract is to be performed. The hours of minority and female employment and MWH-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-8 ED-4 (10/30/97) training must be substantially uniform throughout the length of the Contract, and in each trade, and the Contractor shall make a good faith effort to employ CI"'IL\ minorities and women evenly on each of its projects. The transfer of minority or female employees or trainees from Contractor to Contractor or from project to project for the sole purpose of meeting the Contractor's goals shall be a violation of the Contract, the.Executive Order, and the regulations in 41 CFR Part 60-4. The goals are expressed as percentages of the total hours of employment and training of minority and female utilization the Contractor should reasonably be able to achieve in each construction trade in which it has employees in the covered area. Goals are published periodically in the Federal Register in notice form, and such notices may be obtained from any office of federal contract compliances programs office or from federal procurement contracting officers (512) 229-5835. The Contractor is expected to make substantially uniform progress toward its goal in each craft during the period specified. Whenever the Contractor,.or any subcontractor at any tier, subcontracts a portion of the work involving any construction trade, it shall physically include in each subcontract in excess of $10,000 the provisions of these specifications and the notice which contains the applicable goals set for minority and female participation and which is set forth in the solicitations from which this contract resulted. (1.11 MW H-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-9 SRF-52 (10/01/93) MINORITY AND WOMEN'S BUSINESS ENTERPRISE GUIDANCE Texas Water Development Board State Revolving Fund A goal-oriented system has been established to promote minority and women's business enterprises (MWBE) participation on State Revolving Fund (SRF) funded wastewater treatment projects. The MWBE fair share goal is eight percent (8%) of the total SRF funded project cost. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE) 7% Women's Business Enterprise(WBE) 1% It is the applicant's responsibility to demonstrate that a "good faith effort" was made in offering fair opportunity for participation by MWBE firms (including engineers, contractors, legal and fiscal firms) in SRF funded projects. A. The Loan applicant must take, but is not limited to, the following affirmative steps: 1. including qualified minority and women's business on solicitation list; 2. assuring that minority and women's businesses on solicited whenever they are potential sources; 3. dividing total requirements, when economically feasible, into small tasks or quantities to permit maximum participation of minority and women's businesses; 4. establishing delivery schedules, when requirements of the work permits, which will encourage participation by minority and businesses; 5. using services and assistance of the Office of Minority Business Enterprise of the U.S. Department of Commerce, as appropriate; and 6. if any consultant or contractor awards sub-agreements, requiring them to take the affirmative steps required in A., 1-5. B. The loan applicant must submit a completed SRF 10 MWBE Affirmative Action Plan as part of the application(prior to loan commitment). PRIOR to loan closing and prior to receiving authorization to award subsequent contracts, the applicant must submit a complete SRF 373 form identifying the MWBE firm to be used, certifying that the firms are fide minority or women's business enterprises, certifying that all consultants or contractors will comply with the six affirmative steps outlined in this guidance, and including supporting documents such as contracts, solicitation documents, letters of intent, etc. MWH-062304 / 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-10 C. If the loan applicant is unable to meet the 8% goal, it is their responsibility to demonstrate that a good faith effort has been made: This effort must include such documentation as certified letters to several bona fide MWBE firms, correspondence with MWBE associations, evidence that adequate MWBE (4111 solicitation was included in invitations for bids, etc. . D. Failure to meet the (8%) goal or adequately document a good faith effort could result in loss of SRF eligibility. II. Definitions A. Fair Share Goal - The fair share goal has been determined to be 8% of the SRF funded wastewater treatment project cost. A fair share does not constitute an absolute quota but a stated intent on the part of the loan recipient to attempt to use minority and women's businesses by carrying out the six affirmative steps outlined in I.A. of this guidance. The loan recipient must document the actions taken to comply with the affirmative steps. B. Minority Business Enterprise (MBE)-A business which is: 1. certified as socially and economically disadvantaged by the Small Business Administration, 2. an independent business concern which is at least 51% owned and controlled by minority group member(s) a. A minority group member is an individual who is a citizen of the United States and on of the following: 1) Black American; 2) Hispanic American 3) Native American 4) Asian - Pacific American; b. The minority owner's interest must be real, substantial and continuing. This would include such characteristics as risk of loss/share of profit commensurate with proportional ownership and receipt of the customary incidents of owership, such as salary decisions, policymaking, ect. c. A minority owner have control of business decisions such as authority to sign bids and contracts, decisions in price negotiations, incurring liabilities for the firm, making staffing decisions, policymaking, ect. d. A qualified MBE firm must perform a useful business function according to custom and practice in the industry. Acting merely as a passive conduit of funds to some other firm such action is unnecessary to accomplish the project does not constitute a useful business function to practice in the industry. MWH-062304 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-11 C. Women's Business Enterprise (WBE) -A women's business is an independent business concern which is at lest 51% owned by a woman or women having the same interests and controls identified in Section I B of this guidance. (MBE). Only United States citizen will be deemed eligible to be WBE's. III. Attachments: SRF- 10 Affirmative Action Plan for meeting SRF MWBE Participation Goal SRF-373 MWBE Certification and Participation Summary IV. Information Direct Inquiries to Bruce Hobbs, MWBE Coordinator, (512) 463-8505 • MWH-062304 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-12 SRF-373 6/01/01 TEXAS WATER DEVELOPMENT BOARD LOAN/GRANT PARTICIPATION SUMMARY A. TWDB B. ENTITY NAME C. PROGRAM,TYPE (Check One) PROJECT NO. DRINKING WATER SRF(DWSRF) ❑ CLEAN WATER SRF(CWSRF) 0 COLONIA WASTEWATER(CWTAP) ❑ Other(Describe) 0 D.PROCUREMENT BY(Check One): APPLICANT/ENTITY ❑ PRIME CONTRACTOR ❑ E.COMPLETE IF PROCUREMENT BY PRIME PRIME CONTRACTOR NAME TWDB CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT NO. Description(Proj. Name,Work Order#, Project#., etc.) F.ALL ACTUAL CONTRACTS/PROCUREMENTS MADE" . 1. List the full name, street address, city, state, and zipcode for each BUSINESS. 2. Enter one of the following contract/procurement categories: Construction; Supplies; Equipment; or Services. 3. Enter Type of Business: SBE; MBE;WBE; SBRA; or Other. 4. Enter the contract amount. 5. Enter date contract executed and/or goods procured. 6. Enter type of Certification(state, private certifier, or self)attached for SMWBE contractors. 5:Contract 6.Type 3.Type 4. Contract Execution Certification 1:Name&Address of Business 2. Category Business Amount Date Attached 3oyer,Inc. Construct WBE $525,095.00 10/01/2004 State. 9318 Reid Lake Houston,TX 77064 I certify the above listed firms were procured to work on this project. I will inform the TWDB if any small, minority,or women-owned firms are terminated from the project. G.,SIGNATURE AUTHORIZED ENTITY REPRESENTATIVE TITLE DATE i10-1 T? a t r�•� � tit F* ;� 1 �a>T*Dx3lJSE ONLY-COMPLETION CHECK BY.REVIEW ENGINEER SIGNATURq "A �" ' r`�' 1\*~`e/. DATE "« t R€/IE fiNI i PPROVAL BY SMWBE ADMINISTRATOR SIGNATURE DATE • 6 (2/22/93) CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF,.ASSURANCE'.'L,,:::: - _ STATE OF TEXAS' — COUNTY OF, ; - BEFORE ME: Patricia R.Taylor, a Notary Public duly commissioned arid qualified in and for the County of Harris in the State of Texas dame and appeared Bayer Inc , as represented by Mark L. Bayer , the corporation's President , who declares he/she is.aUthofted to • - . represent Bayer, Inc -pursuant to provisions of a resolution adopted by said corporation on the 28th . day of. -Sept. , , 2004 (a duly certified copy of such resolution is attached to and is hereby made a part of this document). Mark L. Boyer , as the representative of Boyer, Inc. , declares that Boyer, Inc - assures the Texas Water Development Board that it will construct SCADA System project at Parland ,Texas, - in accordance with sound construction practice, all laws of the State of Texas, and the rules of the Texas Water Development Board. 7 t GIVEN UNDER MY HAND and seal of office this 1st day of Oct. , 2004 A.D. Prirded Naine Patricia R. Taylor •-., — 2 November-4, 2007_ My Commission expires . _ PATROcIAR TAYLOR WAril MY Commission EXOWS V f4EI7 November 4,2007 - - MWH-062304 1610296—CITY OF PEAR-LAND; TX - ••• TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS :=.-- SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-14 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Partnership) Ch\ STATE OF SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of.the Partners of.the a partnership existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that - , as of the Partnership, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 20 , by and between this Partnership and City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Partnership." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of 20 Partner (SEAL) MW H-062504 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00500-5 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Joint Venture) STATE OF ) SS: COUNTY OF ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Principals of the a joint venture existing under the laws of the State of , held on , 20 ,the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that , as of the Joint Venture, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 20 , by and between this Joint Venture and City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the shall be the official act and deed of this Joint Venture." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand this , day of , 20 Managing Partner (SEAL) - END OF AGREEMENT- MWH-062504 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00500-6 ED-104 � (9/19/94) ( li CONTRACTOR'S ACT OF ASSURANCE RESOLUTION Name Lyda Boyer, Secretary I hereby certify that it was RESOLVED by a quorum of the directors of the Boyer, Inc. _name.of corporation meeting on the day of Sept. 28 , 2004_, that Mark L. Boyer , be, and hereby is, authorized to act on behalf of Boyer, Inc. , name of corporation as its representative, in all business transactions conducted in the State of Texas, and; That all above resolution was unanimously ratified by the Board of Directors at said meeting and that the resolution has not been rescinded or amended and is now in full forces and effect; and; In authentication of the adoption of this resolution, I subscribe my name and affix the seal of the corporation this 1s` day of Oct. , 2004. Secretary (seal) Lyda Boy retary - END OF TBWD CONTRACT CONDITIONS - flab' MW H-062304 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TWDB CONTRACT CONDITIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00450-15 ��.,'4 `— 'ICI lIIl'� �> ii 41 (. 1.‘ Cr ------1 'r*:-• . ..:.>-: • 122 ice'mc.) Iitfi 115).110 • \ 9 - r" h i Sf af r of rxas 1%471 4‘ A: - Historically Underutilized Business , Certification and Compliance Program ,, ,1 E o .n. c;s.off-4 ,k0 .n. w o0 _III t1 G7.. ,;` The Texas Building & Procurement Commission (TBPC), hereby certifies that BOYER INC has successfully met the established requirements of the State of Texas Historically Underutilized Business (HUB) Certification and Compliance Program to be recognized as a HUB. This certificate, printed 09-AUG-2003, supersedes any registration and certificate previously issued by the TBPC's HUB Certification and Compliance Program. If there are any changes regarding the information (i.e., business structure, ownership, day-to-day management, operational control, addresses, phone and fax numbers or authorized signatures) provided in the submission of the business' application for registration/certification as a HUB, you must immediately (within 30 days of such changes) notify the TBPC's HUB program in writing. The Commission reserves the right to conduct a compliance review at any time to confirm HUB eligibility. HUB certification may be suspended or revoked upon findings of ineligibility. (aul A. c - Certificate/VID Number: 1 7601 81 025600 Paul A. Gibson FileNendor.Number: 12290 HUB Certification & Compliance Supervisor ' Approval Date: 05-AUG-2003 Texas Building & Procurement Commission Expiration Date: 05-AUG-2007 (512) 305-9071 Note: In order for State agencies and institutions of higher education (universities) to be credited for utilizing this business as a HUB, they must award payment under the CertificateNID Number identified above. Agencies. and universities are encouraged to validate HUB certification prior to issuing a notice of award by accessing the Internet(http://www.tbpc.state.tx.us) or by contacting the TBPC's HUB Certification and Compliance Program at(888) 863-5881 or(512) 463-5872. SECTION 00500- AGREEMENT THIS AGREEMENT is dated as of the_ S‘. day of OCAO\Z.r in the year 2004 by and between City of Pearland (hereinafter called OWNER) and Boyer, Inc. (hereinafter called CONTRACTOR). OWNER and CONTRACTOR, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter set forth, agree as follows: ARTICLE 1. WORK. CONTRACTOR shall complete the WORK as specified or indicated in the OWNER's Contract Documents entitled WASTEWATER SCADA SYSTEM The WORK is generally described as follows: Furnish, install, and place into service a radio-based Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition for critical components of the wastewater collection system. ARTICLE 2. CONTRACT TIMES. The WORK shall be completed within 185 successive days from the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. ARTICLE 3. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. OWNER and the CONTRACTOR recognize that time is of the essence of this Agreement and that 9 9 the OWNER will suffer financial loss if the WORK is not completed within the time specified in Article 2 herein, plus any extensions thereof allowed in accordance with Article 12 of the General Conditions. They also recognize the delays, expense, and difficulties involved in proving in a legal proceeding the actual loss suffered by the OWNER if the WORK is not completed on time. Accordingly, instead of requiring any such proof, the OWNER.and the CONTRACTOR agree that as liquidated damages for delay (but not as a penalty) the CONTRACTOR shall pay the OWNER $500 for each day that expires after the time specified in Article 2 herein: Further, as liquidated damages for CONTRACTOR's delay in submitting its Record Drawings, its Schedule of Values, or its CPM Schedules, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the OWNER $100 for each day that expires after the time specified in Sections 01300, 01301, and 01311 of the General Requirements but in no event more than $5,000 for each submittal. ARTICLE 4. CONTRACT PRICE. OWNER shall pay CONTRACTOR for completion of the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents in current funds the amount set forth in the Bid Schedule(s). ARTICLE 5. PAYMENT PROCEDURES. CONTRACTOR shall submit Applications for Payment in accordance with Article 14 of the General Conditions. Applications for Payment will be processed by ENGINEER as provided in rk.'\ the General Conditions. MWH-062504 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00500-1 ARTICLE 6. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. The Contract Documents which comprise the entire agreement between OWNER and CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK consist of this Agreement (pages 00500-1 to 00500-6, inclusive) and the following attachments to this Agreement: o Notice Inviting SOQs (page 00030-1 to 00030- 6 , inclusive). o Instructions to Bidders (pages 00100-1 to 00100- 5 tinclusive). o Bid Forms including the Bid, Bid Schedule(s), Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates and affidavits (pages 00300-1 to 00300: 12 , inclusive). o TWDB Contract Conditions (pages 00450-1 to 00450- 15 , inclusive). o Performance Bond (pages 00610-1 to 00610- 2 , inclusive). o Payment Bond (pages 00620-1 to 00620- 3 , inclusive). o General Conditions (pages 00700-1 to 00700- 40 , inclusive). o Supplementary General Conditions (pages 00800-1 to 00800- 10 , inclusive), o Technical Specifications consisting of 3 Divisions and 130 pages, as listed in the Table of Contents. o Drawings consisting of 31 sheets, as listed in the Table of Contents/List of Drawings. o Addenda numbers 1 to 3 , inclusive. o . Change Orders which may be delivered or issued after Effective Date of the Agreement and are not attached hereto. There are no Contract Documents other than those listed in this Article 6. The Contract Documents may only be amended by Change Order as provided in Paragraph 3.5 of the General Conditions. MWH-062504 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00500-2 ARTICLE 7. ASSIGNMENT No assignment by a party hereto of any rights under or interests in the Contract Documents will be binding on another party hereto without the written consent of the party sought to be bound; and specifically but without limitation monies that may become due and monies that are due may not be assigned without such consent (except to the extent that the effect of this restriction may be limited by law), and unless specifically stated to the contrary in any written consent to an assignment, no assignment will release or discharge the assignor from any duty or responsibility under the Contract Documents. OWNER and CONTRACTOR each .binds itself, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to the other party hereto, its partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives in respect of all covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, OWNER and CONTRACTOR have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and year first above written. OWNER City of earl an CONTRAC O oyer, . al'yl- BY Tom Reid, Mayor By .Mark L. Boyer Pre ent ORP SEAL] Attest -1,^ Attest \� a ei sha annon-Scott, Lyda :o , Secretary Deputy City Secretary - Address for giving notices Address for giving notices - 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearl and, TX X 9318 Reid Lake Houston, TX 77064 77581 License No. App ed as to Form: Agent for service of process: (Signature) City Attorney _ (Title) MWH-062504 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00500-3 AGREEMENT CERTIFICATE (if Corporation) STATE OF Harris SS: COUNTY OF Texas ) I HEREBY CERTIFY that a meeting of the Board of Directors of the Boyer, Inc. a corporation existing under the laws of the State of Texas , held on September 28 , 20 04 , the following resolution was duly passed and adopted: "RESOLVED, that Mark L. Boyer , as Boyer, Inc President of the Corporation, be and is hereby authorized to execute the Agreement dated 20_, by and between this Corporation and City of Pearland and that his/her execution thereof, attested by the Secretary of the Corporation, and with the Corporate Seal affixed, shall be the official act and deed of this Corporation." I further certify that said resolution is now in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the official seal of the corporation this 15` , day of October , 20 04 . Secretary a Boyer (SEAL) MW H-062504 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AGREEMENT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00500-4 Bond No. 6307554 . CITY OF PEARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND SECTION 00610 PERFORMANCE BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Boyer, Inc. of the City of Houston ,County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner),in the penal sum of Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand and Ninety Five Dollars ($525,095.00=--=) for the payment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs,:administrators, executors,successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of Odcthia,c , 20&k _, to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: Installation of the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System COP PN: Pearland,Brazoria County,Texas which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the said Principal shall faithfully perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully observe and perform all and singular the covenants,conditions and agreements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed,and according to the true intent and meaning of said Contract and Plans and Specifications hereto annexed,then this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED,HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety,for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract,ur to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications, or drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby 4/00 00610-1 CITY OF PI✓ARLAND PERFORMANCE BOND waive notice of any such change,extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this day of Oc11012-P-v' , 20 Oy . Principal Surety Boyer, Inc. -. .. Safeco Insurance Company of America B () a Y' Mark L.Boyer, Inc. C. A. McClure Title: President Title: Attorney-in-Fact Address: Address: ^� j 9318 Reid Lake 7600 W. Tidwell, Suite 708 r Houston, Texas 77064 Houston, Texas 77040 Telephone: ( 713) 466-5395 Telephone: (713) 744-1779 Fax: (713 ) 466-8198 Fax: ( 713) 744-1780 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Southern American Insurance Agency, Inc., 8203 Willow Place So., #500, Houston, Texas 77070 END OF SECTION 4/00 00610-2 Bond No. 6307554 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND SECTION 00620 PAYMENT BOND STATE OF TEXAS § COUNTY OF BRAZORIA § KNOWN ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: That Boyer, Inc. of the City of Houston , County of Harris , and State of Texas, as principal, and Safeco Insurance Company of America authorized under the laws of the State of Texas to act as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound unto City of Pearland (Owner), in the penal sum of Five Hundred Twenty Five Thousand and Ninety Five Dollars (S525.095.00---) for the payment whereof,the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns,jointly and severally,by these presents: WHEREAS,the Principal has entered into a certain written contract with the Owner, dated the day of Oc peg , 206k ,to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows: (ilh\ Installation of the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System COP PN: B2002-047 Pearland,Brazoria County,Texas which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW THEREFORE,THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH,that if the said Principal shall pay all claimants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontractor in the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligation shall be void; otherwise to remain in full force and effect; PROVIDED,HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisions of Chapter 2253 of the Texas Government Code as amended and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of said Statute to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety,for value received, stipulates and agrees that no change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the plans, specifications,or M W H-02172000 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAYMENT BOND SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00620-1 CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND fl drawings accompanying the same, shall in any way affect its obligation on this bond, and it does hereby waive notice of any such change, extension of time, alteration or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed thereunder. MW H-02172000 �--, 1610296 —CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAYMENT BOND SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00620-2 • CITY OF PEARLAND PAYMENT BOND -" IN WITNESS WHEREOF,the said Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instrument this 1.- day of Oe ictiL2A, , 20(21-1 . Principal Surety Boyer, Inc. 1 Safeco Insurance Company of America By: . Q Mark L. Boyer C. A. McClure Title:Pres i dnet Title: Attorney-in-Fact Address: Address: 9318 Reid Lake 7600 W. Tidwell, Suite 708 Houston, Texas 77064 Houston, Texas 77040 Telephone: ( 713) 466-5395 Telephone: (713 ) 744-1779 Fax: ( 713) 466-8198 Fax: (713 ) 744-1780 The name and address of the Resident Agent of Surety is: Southern American Insurance Agency, Inc., 8203 Willow Place So., #500, Houston, Texas 77070 END OF SECTION MW H-02172000 1610296 — CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PAYMENT BOND SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00620-3 POWER SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA S A F E C O" GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA OF ATTORNEY HOME OFFICE: SAFECO PLAZA SEATTLE,WASHINGTON 98185 No. 6847 KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS: That SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,each a Washington corporation, does each hereby appoint KENNETH L.MEYER;C.A.MCCLURE,KELLY J.BROOKS;WILLIAM C.ICASSAB;EVELYN E.STROUD,Cypress,Texas its true and lawful attomey(s)-in-fact, with full authority to execute on its behalf fidelity and surety bonds or undertakings and other documents of a similar character issued in the course of its business,and to bind the respective company thereby. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA have each executed and attested these presents this 30th day of May , 2003 /14:i //t j.1 CHRISTINE MEAD,SECRETARY MIKE MCGAVICK,PRESIDENT CERTIFICATE Extract from the By-Laws of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA: "Article V,Section 13.-FIDELITY AND SURETY BONDS...the President,any Vice President,the Secretary,and any Assistant Vice President appointed for that purpose by the officer in charge of surety operations,shall each have authority to appoint individuals as attorneys-in-fact or under other appropriate titles with authority to execute on behalf of the company fidelity and surety bonds and other documents of similar character issued by the company in the course of its business...On any instrument making or evidencing such appointment,the signatures may be affixed by facsimile. On any instrument conferring such authority or on any bond or undertaking of the company, the seal, or a facsimile thereof, may be Impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced; provided, however,that the seal shall not be necessary to the validity of any such instrument or undertaking." Extract from a Resolution of the Board of Directors of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA adopted July 28,1970. 'On any certificate executed by the Secretary or an assistant secretary of the Company setting out, (I) The provisions of Article V,Section 13 of the By-Laws,and (ii) A copy of the power-of-attorney appointment,executed pursuant thereto,and (iii) Certifying that said power-of-attorney appointment is in full force and effect, the signature of the certifying officer may be by facsimile,and the seal of the Company may be a facsimile thereof." I,Christine Mead,Secretary of SAFECO INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA and of GENERAL INSURANCE COMPANY OF AMERICA,do hereby certify that the foregoing extracts of the By-Laws and of a Resolution of the Board of Directors of these corporations,and of a Power of Attorney issued pursuant thereto, are true and correct,and that both the By-Laws,the Resolution and the Power of Attorney are still in full force and effect. IN WITNESS WHEREOF,I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the facsimile seal of said corporation this day of , 2004 . 400 COMpw. MAPORRE �. 3 SEAL S SEAL E. a, ts53 �>ia M! Cps CHRISTINE MEAD,SECRETARY S-09741SAEF 2101 ®A registered trademark of SAFECO Corporation 05/3012003 PDF C SAFECO State of Texas Surety Bond Claim Notice In accordance with Section 2253.021(f) of the Texas Government Code and Section 53.202(6) of the Texas Property Code, any notice of claim to the named surety under this bond(s) should be sent to: SAFECO Surety Adams Building rib) 4634 154th PL NE Redmond, WA 98052 Mailing Address: SAFECO Surety PO Box 34526 Seattle, WA 98124 Phone: (425) 376-6535 Fax: (425) 376-6533 www.SAFECO.com • IMPORTANT NOTICE TO SURETY BOND CUSTOMERS REGARDING THE TERRORISM RISK INSURANCE ACT OF 2002 As a surety bond customer of one of the SAFECO insurance companies(SAFECO Insurance Company of America,General Insurance Company of America, First National Insurance Company of America,American States Insurance Company or American Economy Insurance Company), it is our duty to notify you that the Terrorism Risk Insurance Act of 2002 extends to"surety insurance".This means that under certain circumstances we may be eligible for reimbursement,of certain surety bond losses by the United States government under a formula established by this Act. Under this formula, the United States government pays 90%of losses caused by certified acts of terrorism that exceed a statutorily established deductible to be paid by the insurance company providing the bond.The Act also establishes a$100 billion cap for the total of all losses to be paid by all insurers for certified acts of terrorism. Losses on some or all of your bonds may be subject to this cap. This notice does not modify any of the existing terms and conditions of this bond,the underlying agreement guaranteed by this bond, any statutes governing the terms of this bond or any generally applicable rules of law. At this time there is no premium change resulting from this Act. 1 j , 0 41, ���� = 4 id ill 011 1 /--*-A -I ' :A: �8\1\�lC�d .�\'1oc ,' °+ J ;! . oOo 6d oNS Si1WWW cSsoVI ool 3N, CM Niv o� � � , r��. ®WAN�p1� dN I.dW��aad���Weal 1Nao sa�o��oa n� 7:, ,k retp-‘..1/40as44 00\i.kos15\11104` sso oO(to,' 5t ;.,5 1��y0 000�0� 11 0 108cg�giN%'�W�0SN�04 19o�31' ,>3F a._ QQQ 5t 9t, `OIL '11d O1 03.0 00 •�u\ gg9`'� oV'�d 3 toot, ��1�N i L��dso d 0�W pp�'�,,,vn- ` o p pp�r� d SNO�S���SN Npd�o�o�sn SNP 6�,0Z'0,,6\pZZ I E, \seoo o�1d�\a0��y�d�' o��b�SN` `vOttu III) r�s o41.1StICAL oN o'�d�\oN `¢¢a�¢a°.•101 4\ .009Sd pUeVi O�, 0 »o1SNl�nn1 OA 01 910 sIW Q oN�oNd aoo¢1r Sv\31r6\1 aOf" stA ��� �' o¢ayo0 aoVe�o oW aloo dad Stock ti ��, evil Iiii 6p66\ aay1o31 s`� 3� �� ' 10 1.101. ,„._ =; "K Client#:7446 BOYERINC ACORD,. CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE( 04Dmm PRODUCER THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION BraUiy,Chapman,Holland&Assoc. ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER.THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AMEND,EXTEND OR CP.O.Box 922019 ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. He liston,TX 77292-2019 713i\688-1500 INSURERS AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC# / INSURE INSURER A: Amerisure Mutual Ins Co(Formerly Mi 23396 I Boyer,Inc. INSURER B: Amerisure Insurance Companies 19488 \ 9318 Reid Lake INSURER C: Centennial Insurance Company(Atlant 19909 1 Houston,TX 77064 INSURER D: INSURER E: COVERAGES T,HE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED.NOTWITHSTANDING kNY REQUIREMENT,TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN,THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS,EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH 'POLICIES.AGGREGATE LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. INSR ADM NUM NUMBER POLICY EFFECTIVE POLICY EXPIRATION LIMITS LTR N [ TYPE OF INSURANCE POLICYDATE IMMIDD/YYI DATE(MM/DD/YYl A GENERAL LIABILITY 2011908000 07/26/04 07/26/05 EACH OCCURRENCE $1,000,000 NTED X COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY DAMAGE TO Ma occurrence) $100,000. CLAIMS MADE El OCCUR MED EXP(Any one person) $5,000 X PD Ded:5,000 PERSONAL 8 ADV INJURY $1,000,000 GENERAL AGGREGATE $2,000,000 GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER: PRODUCTS-COMP/OP AGG $1,000,000 7 POLICY 1 JECT El LOC A AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY CA20119070002 07/26/04 07/26/05 COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $1 OOO,OOO X ANY AUTO (Ea accident) r ALL OWNED AUTOS BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ _ SCHEDULED AUTOS X HIRED AUTOS BODILY INJURY $ X NON-OWNED AUTOS (Peracadent) PROPERTY DAMAGE $ m.' —' (Per accident) GARAGE LIABILITY AUTO ONLY-EA ACCIDENT $ R ANY AUTO OTHER THAN EA ACC $ AUTO ONLY: AGG $ B EXCESS/UMBRELLA LIABILITY CU20119090001 07/26/04 07/26/05 EACH OCCURRENCE $4,000.000 OCCUR El CLAIMS MADE AGGREGATE $4,000,000 $ DEDUCTIBLE $ X RETENTION $10000 $ A WORKERS COMPENSATION AND WC2011910000 07/26/04 07/26/05 X TORY T)M(TS I OFT EMPLOYERS'LIABILITY EL.EACH ACCIDENT $1,000,000 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVE OFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? E.L.DISEASE-EA EMPLOYEE $1,000,000 If yes,descr be under SPECIAL PROVISIONS below E.L.DISEASE-POLICY LIMIT $1,000,000 C OTHER Equipment 259026793 07/26/04 07/26/05 Installation$2,800,000 Leased/Rented$300,000 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS/LOCATIONS I VEHICLES I EXCLUSIONS ADDED BY ENDORSEMENT I SPECIAL PROVISIONS Re:City of Pearland Wastewater SCADA System City of Pearland,The Engineer for above referenced job,and their consultants and subconsultants and their officers,directors,agents and employees and MWH Americas,Inc(formerly known as Montgomery Watson (See Attached Descriptions) CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION City of Pearland DATE THEREOF,THE ISSUING INSURER WILL ENDEAVOR TO MAIL '0 DAYS WRITTEN Wastewater SCADA System NOTICE TO THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER NAMED TO THE LEFT,BUT FAILURE TO DO SO SHALL 3519 Liberty Dr. IMPOSE NO OBLIGATION OR LIABILITY OF ANY KIND UPON THE INSURER,ITS AGENTS OR Pearland,TX 77581 REPRESENTATIVES. AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE ACORD 25(2001/08)1 of 3 #M9599 D 1 0 ACORD CORPORATION 1988 s. IMPORTANT If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED,the policy(ies)must be endorsed. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy,certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). DISCLAIMER The Certificate of Insurance on the reverse side of this form does not constitute a contract between the issuing insurer(s), authorized representative or producer,and the certificate holder, nor does it affirmatively or negatively amend, extend or alter the coverage afforded by the policies listed thereon. (1111.1 ACORD 25-S(2001/08) 2 of 3 #M9599 , . DESCRIPTIONS (Continued from Page 1) Americas,Inc.)are named as additional insureds on the Auto and General liability coverages-primary/noncontributory basis,as required by -.'written contract. Auto,Workers Compensation and General Liability coverages provides waiver of subrogation for City of Pearland,The Engineer for above referenced job, and their consultants and subconsultants and their officers,directors, agents and employees and MWH Americas,Inc(formerly known as Montgomery Watson Americas,Inc.,as required by written contract. Endts attached. (11111.1 AMS 25.3(2001108) 3 of 3 #M9599 � s POLICY NUMBER CPP 2011908 01 COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CG 02 05 01 96 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS CHANGES -AMENDMENT OF CANCELLATION PROVISIONS OR COVERAGE CHANGE This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART LIQUOR LIABILITY COVERAGE PART OWNERS AND CONTRACTORS PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART POLLUTION LIABILITY COVERAGE PART _ PRODUCTS/COMPLETED OPERATIONS LIABILITY COVERAGE PART RAILROAD PROTECTIVE LIABILITY COVERAGE PART In the event of cancellation or material change that reduces or restricts the insurance afforded by this Coverage Part,we agree to mail prior written notice of cancellation or material change to: SCHEDULE 1. Name: BLANKET-ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM THE NAMED INSURED HAS ENTERED INTO A WRITTEN CONTRACT WHICH REQUIRES THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION BE GIVEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION. 2. Address: 3. Number of days advance notice: *30 • (If no entry appears above,information required to complete this endorsement will be shown in the Declarations as applicable to this endorsements.) *EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF CANCELLATION FOR NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM WHERE 10 DAYS NOTICE SHALL BE GIVEN. CG 02 05 01 96 Copyright, Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 1 of 1 ❑ INSURED: BOYER POL#CPP2011908 POLICY TERM: 7/26/04-05 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. (1111' TEXAS CONTRACTOR'S BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM All of the terms,provisions,exclusions,and limitations of the coverage form apply except as specifically stated below. SECTION II-WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an insured any person or organization,called an additional insured in this endorsement: 1. Whom you are required to add as an additional insured on this policy under a written contract or agreement relating to your business;however 2. The written contract or agreement must be: • (a) Currently in effect or become effective during the term of this policy;and (b) Executed prior to the"bodily injury","property damage",personal injury",or"advertising injury"giving rise to a claim under this policy;however,if"your work"was commenced under a letter of intent or work order,subject to a subsequent reduction to writing within 30 days from such commencement and with customers whose customary contracts require they be named as additional insureds,we will provide additional insured status as specified in this endorsement. 3. If the additional insured is: (a) An individual,their spouse is also an additional insured. (b) A partnership or joint venture,members,partners,and their spouses are also additional insureds. (c) A limited liability company,members and managers are also additional insureds. (d) An organization other than a partnership,joint venture or limited liability company, executive officers and directors of the organization are also additional insureds. Stockholders are also additional insureds,but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. (e) A trust,you are an insured. Your trustees are also insureds,but only with respect to their duties as trustees. The insurance provided to the additional insured is limited as follows: 1. That person or organization is only an additional insured with respect to liability arising out of: (a) Premises you own,rent,lease,or occupy,or (b) "Your work"for that additional insured. Premises,as respects this provision,shall include common or public areas about such premises if so required in the written contract or agreement. C Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2002 CG 70 85 07 02 Page 1 of 2 2. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are the least of those specified in the written contract or C":7, - agreement or in the Declarations for this policy. If you also carry an Umbrella policy,and the written contract or agreement requires that the additional insured status also apply to such Umbrella policy,the limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured under this policy shall be those specified in the Declarations of this policy. The limits of insurance applicable to the additional insured are inclusive of and not in addition to the limits of insurance shown in the Declarations. Theinsurance provided to the additional insured does not apply to"bodily injury","property damage","personal injury",or "advertising injury"arising out of an architect's,engineer's,or surveyor's rendering of or failure to render any professional services including but not limited to: 1. The preparing,approving,or failing to prepare or approve maps,drawings,opinions,reports,surveys,change orders, design specifications;and 2. Supervisory,inspection,or engineering services. Any coverage provided in this endorsement is excess over any other valid and collectible insurance available to the additional insured whether primary,excess,contingent,or on any other basis unless the written contract,agreement,or certificate of insurance requires that this insurance be primary,in which case this insurance will be primary without contribution from such other insurance available to the additional insured. . Fi-. a,,.t J Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.2002 Page2of2 CG70850702 s _ INSURED: BOYER POLICY#CPP2011908 POLICY TERM: 7/26/04-05 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. TEXAS CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL LIABILITY EXTENSION ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance,provided under the following: COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE FORM Throughout this endorsement the words"you"and"your"refer to the Named Insured shown in the Declarations. The words "we,""us".and"our"refer to the Company providing this insurance. The word"insured"means any person or organization qualifying as such under Provision B.WHO IS AN INSURED of this endorsement. Under SECTION I-COVERAGE A.,ITEM 2.EXCLUSIONS,provisions 1.through 5.of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: • 1. LIQUOR LIABILITY . Exclusion c.is deleted: 2. NONOWNED WATERCRAFT Exclusion g.,subparagraph(2)is deleted and replaced with the following: . (2) A watercraft you do not own that is: . (a) Less than 51 feet long;and (b) Not being used to carry persons or property for a charge. 3. PREMISES ALIENATED • A. Exclusion j.subparagraph(2)is deleted. B. The following paragraph is deleted from Exclusion j.; Paragraph(2)of this exclusion does not apply if the premises are"your work"and were never occupied,rented or held for rental by you. 4. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY-ELEVATORS AND SIDETRACK AGREEMENTS A. Exclusion j.paragraphs(3),(4),.and(6)do not apply to the use of elevators. B. Exclusion k:does not apply to: 1. The use of elevators;or 2. Liability assumed under a sidetrack agreement. 5. PROPERTY DAMAGE LIABILITY-BORROWED EQUIPMENT • A. Exclusion j.,Item(4)does not apply to"property damage"to borrowed equipment while at a jobsite and not being used to perform operations. B. With respect to any one borrowed equipment item,Paragraph A.above does not apply to property damage" which exceeds$25,000. The insurance afforded by reason of provisions 1.through 5.of this endorsement is excess over any valid and collectible insurance(including any deductible)available to the insured whether primary,excess or contingent,and SECTION IV. cow\ OTHER INSURANCE,CONDITION 4.is changed accordingly. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2002 CG 70 63 07 02 Page 1 of 7 6. CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY-PERSONAL AND ADVERTISING INJURY Under SECTION 1 -COVERAGE B., ITEM 2-Exclusions e.Contractual Liaiblity ty is deleted. 7. SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS Under SECTION I-SUPPLEMENTARY PAYMENTS-COVERAGES A AND B,Item 1.b is deleted-and replaced : with the following: 1.b. Up to$2,500 for cost of bail bonds required because of accidents or traffic law violations arising out of the use of any vehicle to which the Bodily Injury Liability Coverage applies. We do not have to furnish these bonds. 8. BROADENED WHO IS AN INSURED SECTION II-WHO IS AN INSURED is deleted and replaced with the following: 1. If you are designated in the Declarations as: - - a. An individual,you and your spouse are insureds,but only with respect to the conduct of a business of which you are the sole owner. b. A partnership or joint venture,you are an insured. Your members,your partners,and their spouses are also insureds,but only with respect to the conduct of your business. . c. A limited liability company,you are an insured. Your members are also insureds,but only with respect to the conduct of your business. Your managers are insureds,but only with respect to their duties as your managers. V "d. An organization other than a partnership,joint venture or limited liability company,you are an insured. Your "executive officers"and directors are insureds,but only with respect to their duties as your officers or directors. Your stockholders are also insureds,but only with respect to their liability as stockholders. 2. Each of the following is also an insured: a. Your"employees,"other than either your"executive officers,"(if you are an organization other than a partnership,joint venture or limited liability company)or your managers(if you are a limited liability company),but only for acts within the scope of their employment by you or while performing duties related to - the conduct of your business. However,none of these"employees"is an insured for. (1) "Bodily injury"or"personal injury": (a) .To you,to your partners or members(if you are a partnership or joint venture),to your members(if you are a limited liability company),or to a co-"employee"while that co-"employee"is either in the course of his or her employment or performing duties related to the conduct of your business; (b) To the spouse,child,parent,brother or sister of that coo-"employee"as a consequence of paragraph(1)(a)above; _ (c) For which there is any obligation to share damages with or repay someone else who must pay damages because of the injury described in paragraphs(1)(a)or(b)above;or (d) Arising out of his or her providing or failing to provide professional health care services except as provided in Provision 9.of this endorsement. (2) "Property damage"to property: V (a) Owned,occupied or used by; Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc., 1994 Page 2 of 7 CG 70 63 07 02 • (b) Rented to,in the care,custody or control of,or over which physical control is being exercised for • any purpose by you,any of your"employees,"any partner or member(if you are a partnership or joint venture),or any member(if you are a limited liability company). b. Any person(other than your"employee"),or any organization while acting as your real estate manager. c. Any person or,organization having proper temporary custody of your property if you die,but only; (1) With respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that property;and (2) Until your legal representative has been appointed. d. Your legal representative if you die,but only with respect to duties as such. That representative will have all your rights and duties under this Coverage Form. e. Your subsidiaries if: (1) They are legally incorporated entities;and (2) _ You own more than 50%of the voting stock in such subsidiaries as of the effective date of this policy. If such subsidiaries are not shown in the Declarations,you must report them to us within.180 days of the inception of your original policy. f. Any person or organization other than an architect,engineer,or surveyor,which requires in a"work contract" that such person or organization be made an insured under this policy. However,such person or organization shall be an insured only with respect to covered"bodily injury,""property damage,""personal injury"and"advertising injury"which results from"your work"under that"work contract." The coverage afforded to such people or organization will continue only for a period of thirty(30)days after 4 the effective date of the applicable"work contract"or,until the end of the policy term,whichever is earlier. However,if you report to us within the period the name of the person or organization,as well as the nature of the"work contract"involved,the coverage afforded under this Coverage Form to such people or organization shall continue until the expiration of this policy. g. Any person or organization to whom you are obligated by virtue of a written contract to provide insurance such as is afforded by this policy,but only with respect to liability arising out of the maintenance or use of that part of any premises leased to you. However,no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1).. Any"occurrence"that takes place after you cease to occupy those premises;or (2) Structural alterations,new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of such insured. h. Any state or political subdivision but only as respects legal liability incurred by the state or political subdivision solely because it has issued a permit with respect to operations performed by you or on your behalf. . However,no state or political subdivision is an insured with respect to: (1) "Bodily injury","property damage","personal injury"or"advertising injury"arising out of operations performed for the state or municipality;or Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2002 CG 70 63 07 02 Page 3 of 7 (2) "Bodily injury"or"property damage"included within the"products-completed operations hazard." I. Any person or organization who is the lessor of equipment leased to you,but only with respect to their liability arising out of the maintenance,operation or use by you of such equipment. However,no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1). Any"occurrence"which takes place after the equipment lease expires;or (2) "Bodily injury"or"property damage"arising out of the sole negligence of that person or organization. j. Any architect,engineer,or surveyor engaged by you but only with respect to liability arising out of your premises or "your work." However,no architect,engineer,or surveyor is an insured with respect to"bodily injury,""property damage," "personal injury,"or"advertising injury"arising out of the rendering of or the failure to render any professional services by or for you,including: (1) The preparing,approving,or failing to prepare or approve maps,drawings,opinions,reports,surveys, change orders,designs or specification;or (2) Supervisory,inspection,or engineering services. k. Any manager,owner,lessor,mortgagee,assignee or receiver of premises,including land leased to you,but only with respect to liability arising out of the ownership,maintenance or use of that part of the premises or land leased to you. However,no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: (1) Any"occurrence"which takes place after you cease to occupy that premises,or cease to lease the land;or (.1111 (2) Structural alteration,new construction or demolition operations performed by or on behalf of that person or organization. 3. With respect to"mobile equipment"registered in your name under any motor vehicle registration law,any person is an insured while driving such equipment along a public highway with your permission. Any other person or organization responsible for the conduct of such person is also an insured,but only with respect to liability arising out of the operation of the equipment,and only if no other insurance of any kind is available to that person or organization for this liability. However,no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. "Bodily injury"to a co-"employee"of the person driving the equipment;or b. "Property damage"to property owned by,rented to,in the charge of or occupied by you or the employer of any person who is an insured under this provision. 4. Any organization you newly acquire or form,other than a partnership,joint venture or limited liability company and over which you maintain ownership or majority interest,will qualify as a Named Insured if there is no other similar insurance available to that organization. However. a. Coverage under this provision is afforded only until the 180th day after you acquire or form the organization or the end of the policy period,whichever is earlier; b. Coverage A does not apply to"bodily injury"or"property damage"that occurred before you acquired or formed the organization;' Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,1994 Page 4 of 7 CG 70 63 07 02 • c. Coverage B does not apply to"personal injury"or"advertising injury"arising out of an offense committed before you acquired or formed the organization. 5. Any person or organization with whom you agreed,because of a written contract or agreement to provide insurance,but only with respect to"bodily injury"or"property damage"arising out of"your products"which are distributed or sold in the regular course of the vendor's business. However,no such person or organization is an insured with respect to: a. "Bodily injury"or"property damage"for which the vendor is obligated to pay damages by reason of the assumption of liability in a contract or agreement. This exclusion does not apply to liability for damages that the vendor would have in the absence of the contract or agreement. b. any express warranty unauthorized by you; c. any physical or chemical change in the product made intentionally by the vendor; d. repackaging,unless unpacked solely for the purpose of inspection,demonstration,testing,or the substitution of parts under instructions from the manufacturer,and then repackaged in the original container; • e. demonstration,installation,servicing or repair operations,except such operations performed at the vendor's premises in connection with the sale of the product; f. products which,after distribution or sale by you,have been labeled or relabeled or used as a container,part or ingredient of any other thing or substance by or for the vendor. This insurance does not apply to any insured person or organization,from whom you have acquired such products,or any ingredient,part of container,entering into,accompanying or containing such products. No person or organization is an insured with respect to the conduct of any current or past partnership,joint venture or limited liability company that is not shown as a Named Insured in the Declarations. 9. INCIDENTAL MALPRACTICE LIABILITY A. Under WHO IS AN INSURED(Section II),paragraph 2.a.(1)(d) does not apply to any nurse,emergency medical technician or paramedic employed by you to provide medical or paramedical services. B. This provision 9.does not apply: 1. If you are engaged in the business or occupation of providing any services referred to in A.above. 2. If the employee has any other insurance that would also cover claims arising under this provision,whether the other insurance is primary,excess,contingent or on any other basis. Under SECTION III-LIMITS OF INSURANCE,provisions 10.and 11.of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: 10. AGGREGATE LIMITS PER PROJECT The General Aggregate Limit applies separately to each of your projects away from premises owned by or rented to you. • 11. INCREASED MEDICAL PAYMENTS A. Paragraph 7.,the Medical Expense Limit is subject to all the terms of LIMITS OF INSURANCE(Section III)and is the higher of: 1. $10,000;or 2. The amount shown in the Declarations for Medical Expense Limit. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2002 CG 70 63 07 02 Page 5 of 7 B. This provision 11.does not apply if Coverage C. MEDICAL PAYMENTS is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. 12. LEGAL LIABILITY(SPECIFIC PERILS) A. The word fire is changed to"specific perils"where it appears in: 1. The Limits of Insurance section of the Declarations; 2. The last paragraph of(Section(),OVERAGE A.2.Exclusions. . 3. SECTION IV;ITEM 4.b.of the Other Insurance condition; B. The limit of insurance shown in the Declarations will apply to all damage proximately caused by the same event, whether such damage results from a"specific peril"or any combination of"specific perils." C. The Fire Damage Limit in ITEM 6.,LIMITS OF INSURANCE(Section III),is replaced by a new"Specific Peril" Limit which is the higher of: (1) $300,000;or (2) the amount shown in the Declarations for Fire Damage Limit.D. This provision 12.does not apply if the Fire Damage Legal Liability of COVERAGE A(Section I)is excluded either by the provisions of the Coverage Form or by endorsement. Under SECTION IV-COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS,provisions.13. through 17.of this endorsement amend the policy as follows: ' 13. -KNOWLEDGE OF OCCURRENCE ITEM 2.-Duties In The Event Of Occurrence,Offense,Claim,Or Suit-item a.is deleted and replaced by the following: a. You must see to it that we are notified as soon as practicable of an"occurrence"or an offense which may result in a claim. Knowledge of an"occurrence"or an offense by your employees shall not,in itself,constitute knowledge to you unless your partners,members,executive officers,directors,or managers shall have knowledge of the "occurrence"or offense. To the extent possible,notice should include: ' (1) How,when and where the"occurrence"or offense took place; ' (2) The names and addresses of any injured persons and witnesses;and (3) The nature and location of any injury or damage arising out of the"occurrence"or offense. 14. KNOWLEDGE OF HAZARDS Item 6.-Representations is deleted and replaced with the following: . 6. Representations By accepting this policy,you agree: a. The statements in the Declarations are accurate and complete; b. Those statements are based upon representations you made to us;and C. We have issued this policy in reliance upon your representations. Any knowledge of an error or omission in the description of,or failure to completely describe any premises or operations intended to be covered by the Coverage Form will not invalidate or affect coverage for those premises or operations. You must report such error oromission to us as soon as practicable after its discovery. However,this provision does not affect our right to collect additional premium or exercise our right of cancellation or nonrenewal. 15. WAIVER OF SUBROGATION Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,1994 Page 6 of 7 S CG 70 63 07 02 ` y {� Item 8.-Transfer of Rights Of Recovery Against Others To Us-is deleted and replaced with the following: 8. If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Form,those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request,the insured will ck bring"suit"or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. However,if the insured has waived rights to recover through a written contract,or if"your work"was commenced under a letter of intent or work order,subject ')n r v to a subsequent reduction to writing with customers whose customary contracts require a waiver,we waive any ►iV right of recovery we may have under this Coverage Form. 16. MOBILE EQUIPMENT REDEFINED Under SECTION V-DEFINITIONS,item 12.,"mobile equipment",paragraph c, be 0 F(1)(a)(b)(c)does not apply to self-propelled vehicles of less than 1,000 pounds gross vehicle weight. 17. DEFINITIONS SECTION V-DEFINITIONS is amended to add the following definitions: • 23. "Specific Perils"means fire:lightning;explosion;windstorm or hail;smoke;aircraft or vehicles;riot or civil commotion;vandalism;leakage from fire extinguishing equipment;weight of snow,ice or sleet;or"water damage." 24. 'Water damage"means accidental discharge or leakage of water or steam as the direct.result of the breaking or cracking of any part of a system or appliance containing water or steam. 25. "Work contract"means a written agreement between you and one or more parties into which you enter for work to be performed by you or on your behalf. • • • Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office,Inc.,with its permission. Copyright Insurance Services Office, Inc.,2002 CG70630702 Page7of7 TE 99 01 B ADDITIONAL INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below: Endorsement Effective Policy Number CA 2011907 01 • Named Insured Countersigned by (Authorized Representative) The provisions and exclusions that apply to LIABILITY COVERAGE also apply to this endorsement. (Enter Name and Address of Additional Insured.) BLANKET ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM THE NAMED INSURED HAS ENTERED INTO A WRITTEN CONTRACT WHICH REQUIRES YOU NAME THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION AS AN INSURED ON YOUR POLICY. � (CERTIFICATES TO BE FILED WITH THE COMPANY) (4.1 is an insured, but only with respect to legal responsibility for acts or omissions of a person for whom Liability Coverage is afforded under this policy. The additional insured is not required to pay for any premiums stated in the policy or earned from the policy. Any return premium and any dividend, if applicable, declared by us shall be paid to you. You are authorized to act for the additional insured in all matters pertaining to this insurance. We will mail the additional insured notice of any cancellation of this policy. If the cancellation is by us, we will give ten days notice to the additional insured. The additional insured will retain any right of recovery as a claimant under this policy. Cab' FORM TE 99 01B- ADDITIONAL INSURED Texas Standard Automobile Endorsement Prescribed March 18, 1992 • TE 02 02A CANCELLATION PROVISION OR COVERAGE CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM GARAGE COVERAGE FORM TRUCKERS COVERAGE FORM This endorsement changes the policy effective on the inception date of the policy unless another date is indicated below: Endorsement Effective Policy Number CA 2011907 01 Named Insured Countersigned by (Authorized Representative) *30 days before this policy is cancelled or materially changed to reduce or restrict coverage we will mail notice of the cancellation or change to: (Enter Name and Address) BLANKET ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WITH WHOM THE NAMED INSURED HAS ENTERED INTO A WRITTEN CONTRACT WHICH REQUIRES THAT PERSON OR ORGANIZATION BE GIVEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION. (CERTIFICATES TO BE FILED WITH THE COMPANY) *EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF CANCELLATION FOR NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM WHERE 10 DAYS NOTICE SHALL BE GIVEN. FORM TE 02 02A- CANCELLATION PROVISION OR COVERAGE CHANGE ENDORSEMENT Texas Standard Automobile Endorsement Prescribed March 18, 1992 a - WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 06 01 (Ed. 7-84) TEXAS NOTICE OF MATERIAL CHANGE ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. In the event of cancellation or other material change of the policy, we will mail advance notice to the person or organization named in the Schedule. The number of days advance notice is shown in the Schedule. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. Schedule 1. Number of days advance notice: 30 *EXCEPT IN THE EVENT OF CANCELLATION FOR NON-PAYMENT OF PREMIUM FOR WHICH 10 DAYS SHALL BE GIVEN. 2. Notice will be mailed to:BLANKET-ANY PERSON OR ORGANIZATION WHICH REQUIRES BY CONTRACT TO BE GIVEN NOTICE OF CANCELLATION. This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium $ Insurance Company Countersigned by WC 42 06 01 Hart &i4 Services 7-84) Reorder s86 WORKERS COMPENSATION AND EMPLOYERS LIABILITY INSURANCE POLICY WC 42 03 04 A (Ed. 1-00) TEXAS WAIVER OF OUR RIGHT TO RECOVER FROM OTHERS ENDORSEMENT This endorsement applies only to the insurance provided by the policy because Texas is shown in Item 3.A. of the Information Page. We have the right to recover our payments from anyone liable for an injury covered by this policy. We will not enforce our right against the person or organization named in the Schedule, but this waiver applies only with respect to bodily injury arising out of the operations described in the Schedule where you are required by a written contract to obtain this waiver from us. This endorsement shall not operate directly or indirectly to benefit anyone not named in the Schedule. The premium for this endorsement is shown in the Schedule. Schedule 1. ( )Specific Waiver Name of person or organization (X)Blanket Waiver Any person or organization for whom the Named Insured has agreed by written contract to furnish this waiver. oiaku, •2. Operations: 3. Premium The premium charge for this endorsement shall be 0.020 percent of the premium developed on payroll in connection with work performed for the above person(s) or organization(s) arising out of the operations described. 4. Advance Premium $9,254 This endorsement changes the policy to which it is attached and is effective on the date issued unless otherwise stated. (The information below is required only when this endorsement is issued subsequent to preparation of the policy.) Endorsement Effective Policy No. Endorsement No. Insured Premium $ Insurance Company Countersigned by SECTION 00700 - GENERAL CONDITIONS TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Number ARTICLE 1 -- DEFINITIONS Addenda 1 Agreement 1 Application for Payment 1 Asbestos 1 Bid 1 Bonds 1 Change Order 1 Clarification 1 Contract Documents 1 Contract Price 1 Contract Times 1 CONTRACTOR 1 Day 1 Defective Work 1 Drawings 2 Effective Date of the Agreement - 2 ENGINEER 2 Field Order 2 General Requirements 2 Hazardous Waste 2 (1.111n\ Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations 2 Lien or Mechanic's Lien 2 Milestone 2 Notice of Award 2 Notice of Completion 2 Notice to Proceed 2 OWNER 3 Partial Utilization 3 PCBs 3 Petroleum 3 Project 3 Radioactive Material 3 Resident Project Representative 3 Samples 3 Shop Drawings 3 Site 3 Specifications 3 Stop Notice 3 Subcontractor 3 Substantial Completion 3 Supplementary General Conditions 4 Supplier 4 Technical Specifications 4 Utilities 4 WORK 4 MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-i SCADA SYSTEM ARTICLE 2 -- PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND INSURANCE CERTIFICATES 4 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS 4 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED 4 2.4 STARTING THE WORK 4 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE 4 ARTICLE 3-- INTENT AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 INTENT 5 3.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 5 3.3 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 5 3.4 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6 3.5 AMENDING OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 6 3.6 REUSE OF DOCUMENTS 6 ARTICLE 4-- SITE OF THE WORK 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS 6 4.2 REPORTS OF PHYSICAL CONDITIONS 7 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS - UNDERGROUND UTILITIES 7 4.4 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS 7 4.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 8 4.6 REFERENCE POINTS 9 ARTICLE 5-- BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 BONDS 9 5.2 INSURANCE 10 ARTICLE 6 -- CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 COMMUNICATIONS 12 76.2 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE 12 6.3 LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT 12 6.4 SCHEDULE 13 6.5 SUBSTITUTES OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS 13 6.6 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS 13 6.7 PERMITS 13 6.8 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES 13 6.9 LAWS AND REGULATIONS 14 6.10 TAXES 14 6.11 USE OF PREMISES 14 6.12 SAFETY AND PROTECTION 14 6.13 EMERGENCIES 15 6.14 SUBMITTALS 16 6.15 CONTINUING THE WORK 16 6.16 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE 16 6.17 INDEMNIFICATION 17 6.18 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS 18 ARTICLE 7-- OTHER WORK 7.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE 18 7.2 COORDINATION 18 ARTICLE 8 -- OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 COMMUNICATIONS 19 8.2 PAYMENTS 19 MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-ii SCADA SYSTEM 8.3 LANDS, EASEMENTS, AND SURVEYS 19 8.4 REPORTS AND DRAWINGS 19 8.5 CHANGE ORDERS 19 8.6 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 19 (1'", 8.7 SUSPENSION OF WORK 19 8.8 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT 19 8.9 LIMITATION OF OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 19 8.10 UNDISCLOSED HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION 19 ARTICLE 9 -- ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 20 9.2 OBSERVATIONS ON THE SITE 20 9.3 PROJECT REPRESENTATION 20 9.4 CLARIFICATIONS 20 9.5 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK 20 9.6 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK 20 9.7 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS 20 9.8 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES 21 9.9 LIMITATION ON ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 21 ARTICLE 10-- CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 GENERAL 21 10.2 ALLOWABLE QUANTITY VARIATIONS 22 ARTICLE 11 -- CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 GENERAL 22 11.2 COSTS RELATING TO WEATHER 23 11.3 COST OF WORK(BASED ON TIME AND MATERIALS) 23 11.4 CONTRACTOR'S OVERHEAD AND PROFIT 26 11.5 EXCLUDED COSTS 26 11.6 CONTRACTOR'S EXTRA WORK REPORT 27 ARTICLE 12 --CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 GENERAL 27 12.2 EXTENSIONS OF CONTRACT TIMES FOR DELAY DUE TO WEATHER 27 ARTICLE 13-- INSPECTIONS AND TESTS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 NOTICE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 28 13.2 ACCESS TO WORK 28 13.3 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS 28 13.4 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK 29 13.5 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK 29 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK 30 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK 30 13.8 CORRECTION PERIOD 30 ARTICLE 14-- PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (LUMP SUM PRICE BREAKDOWN) 31 14.2 UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE 31 14.3 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 31 14.4 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE 32 14.5 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT 32 (1111'1'. 14.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 33 MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-iii SCADA SYSTEM 14.7 PARTIAL.UTILIZATION 33 14.8 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT 33 14.9 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE 33 14.10 RELEASE OF RETAINAGE AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS 34 ARTICLE 15-- SUSPENSION OF WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY OWNER 34 15.2 TERMINATION OF WORK BY OWNER FOR DEFAULT 35 15.3 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE 35 15.4 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY CONTRACTOR 36 ARTICLE 1.6-- MISCELLANEOUS 16.1 GIVING NOTICE 36 16.2 TITLE TO MATERIALS FOUND ON THE WORK 36 16.3 RIGHT TO AUDIT 36 16.4 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS 37 16.5 CONTROLLING LAW 37 16.6 SEVERABILITY 37 16.7 WAIVER 37 MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-iv SCADA SYSTEM ARTICLE 1 -- DEFINITIONS Wherever used in these General Conditions or in the other Contract Documents, the following terms have the meanings indicated in this Article 1 which meanings are applicable to both the singular and plural thereof. If a word which is entirely in upper case in these definitions is found in (.1*\, lower case in the Contract Documents, then the lower case word will have its ordinary meaning. Addenda Written or graphic instruments issued prior to the opening of Bids which make additions, deletions, or revisions to the Contract Documents. Agreement - The written contract between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR covering the WORK to be performed; other documents are attached to the Agreement and made a part thereof as provided therein. Application for Payment - The form accepted by the ENGINEER which is to be used by the CONTRACTOR to request progress payments orr final payment and which is to be accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. Asbestos - Any material that contains more than .one percent asbestos and is friable or is releasing asbestos fibers into the air above current action levels established by the United States Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Bid -The offer or proposal of the Bidder submitted on the prescribed form setting forth the price or prices for the WORK. :. Bonds- Bid, Performance, and Payment Bonds and other instruments of security. Change Order - A document recommended by the ENGINEER, which is signed by the C116.\ CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, and authorizes an addition, deletion, or revision in the WORK, or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times, issued on or after the Effective Date of the Agreement. Clarification - A document issued by the ENGINEER to the CONTRACTOR that interprets the requirement(s) and/or design intent of the Contract Documents, which may not represent an addition, deletion, or revision in the WORK or an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Contract Times. . Contract Documents- The Notice Inviting Bids, Instructions to Bidders, Bid Forms (including the Bid, Bid Schedule(s), Information Required of Bidder, Bid Bond, and all required certificates, affidavits and other documentation), Agreement, Performance Bond, Payment Bond, General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, Technical Specifications, Drawings, all Addenda, and Change Orders executed .pursuant:to the provisions of the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings are not Contract Documents. Contract Price-The total monies payable by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR under the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents. . Contract Times - The number or numbers of successive calendar.days. or dates stated in the Contract Documents for the completion of the WORK. CONTRACTOR - The individual, partnership, corporation, joint-venture, or other legal entity with whom the OWNER has executed the Agreement. Day-A calendar day of 24 hours measured from midnight to the next midnight. MWH-042604 .. GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-1 SCADA SYSTEM Defective Work - Work that is unsatisfactory, faulty, or deficient; or that does not conform to the Contract Documents; or that does not meet the requirements of any inspection, reference standard, test, or approval referred to in the Contract Documents; or work that has been damaged prior to the ENGINEER's recommendation of final payment. Drawings - The drawings, plans, maps, profiles, diagrams, and other graphic representations which indicate the character, location, nature, extent, and scope of the WORK and which have been prepared by the ENGINEER and are included and/or referred to in the Contract Documents. Shop Drawings are not Drawings as so defined. Effective Date of the Agreement - The date indicated in the Agreement on which it becomes effective, but if no such date is indicated it means the date on which the Agreement is signed and delivered by the last of the two parties to sign and deliver. ENGINEER - The individual, partnership, corporation,joint-venture, or other legal entity named as such by the OWNER as set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions. Field Order-A written order issued by the ENGINEER which may or may not involve a change in the WORK. General Requirements - Division 1 of the Technical Specifications. Hazardous Waste-The term Hazardous Waste shall have the meaning provided in Section 1004 of the Solid Waste Disposal Act (42 USC Section 6903) as amended from time to time. Laws and Regulations; Laws or Regulations - Any and all applicable laws, rules, regulations, ordinances, codes, and/or orders of any and all governmental bodies, agencies, authorities and courts having jurisdiction. Lien or Mechanic's Lien - A form of security, an interest in real property, which is held to secure the payment of an obligation. When related to public works construction, Lien or Mechanic's Lien may be called Stop Notice. Milestone - A principal event specified in the Contract Documents relating to an intermediate completion date of a separately identifiable part of the WORK or a period of time within which the separately identifiable part of the WORK should be performed prior to Substantial Completion of all the WORK. Notice of Award - The written notice by the OWNER to the apparent successful bidder stating that upon compliance by the apparent successful bidder with the conditions precedent enumerated therein within the time specified, the OWNER will enter into an Agreement. Notice of Completion - A form signed by the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR recommending to the OWNER that the WORK is Substantially Complete and fixing the date of Substantial Completion. After acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER's governing body, the form is signed by the OWNER and filed with the County Recorder. This filing starts the 30 day lien filing period on the WORK. Notice to Proceed - The written notice issued by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR authorizing the CONTRACTOR to proceed with the WORK and establishing the date of commencement of the Contract Times. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-2 SCADA SYSTEM OWNER - The public body or authority, corporation, association, firm, or person with whom the CONTRACTOR has entered into the Agreement and for whom the WORK is to be provided. Partial Utilization - Use by the OWNER of a substantially completed part of the WORK for the purpose for which it is intended prior to Substantial Completion of all the WORK. PCBs - Polychlorinated biphenyls. Petroleum - Petroleum, including crude oil or any fraction thereof which is liquid at standard conditions of temperature and pressure (60 degrees Fahrenheit and 14.7 pounds per square inch absolute), such as oil, petroleum, fuel oil, oil sludge, oil refuse, gasoline, kerosene, and oil mixed with other non-Hazardous Wastes and crude oils. Project - The total construction project of which the WORK to be provided under the Contract Documents may be the whole, or a part as indicated elsewhere in the Contract Documents. Radioactive Material - Source, special nuclear, or byproduct material as defined by the Atomic Energy Act of 1954 (42 USC Section 2011 et seq.) as amended from time to time. Resident Project Representative - The authorized representative of the ENGINEER who is assigned to the Site or any part thereof. Samples - Physical examples of materials, equipment, or workmanship that are representative of some portion of the WORK and which establish the standards by which such portion of the WORK will be judged. Shop Drawings - All drawings, diagrams, illustrations, schedules, and other data which are specifically prepared by or for the CONTRACTOR and submitted by the CONTRACTOR to illustrate some portion of WORK. Site - Lands or other areas designated in the Contract Documents as being furnished by the OWNER for the performance of the construction, storage, or access. Specifications - (Same definition as for Technical Specifications hereinafter). Stop Notice -A legal remedy for subcontractors and suppliers who contribute to public works, but who are not paid for their work, which secures payment from construction funds possessed by the OWNER. In some states, for public property, the Stop Notice remedy is designed to substitute for a mechanic's lien. Subcontractor - An individual, partnership, corporation, joint-venture, or other legal entity having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any other Subcontractor for the performance of a part of the WORK at the Site. Substantial Completion - The time at which the WORK (or specified part) has progressed to the point where it is sufficiently complete, in accordance with the Contract Documents, as evidenced by Notice of Completion (or Notice of Partial Utilization) so that the WORK (or specified part) can be utilized for the purposes for which it is intended; or, if no such notice is issued, when final payment is due in accordance with Paragraph 14.8. The terms "substantially complete" and "substantially completed" as applied.to any work refer to substantial completion thereof. Supplementary. General Conditions - The part of the Contract Documents which make additions, deletions, or revisions to these General Conditions. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-3 SCADA SYSTEM Supplier - A manufacturer, fabricator, distributor, materialman, or vendor having a direct contract with the CONTRACTOR or with any Subcontractor to furnish materials, equipment, or product to be incorporated in the WORK by the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor. Technical Specifications - Divisions 1 through 17 of the Contract Documents consisting of the General Requirements and written technical descriptions of products and execution of the WORK. Utilities - All pipelines, conduits, ducts, cables, wires, tracks, manholes, vaults, tanks, tunnels, or other such facilities or attachments, and any encasements containing such facilities which have been installed underground or above the ground to furnish any of the following services or materials: water, sewage, sludge, drainage, fluids, electricity, gases, steam, liquid petroleum products, telephone or other communications, cable television, traffic control, or other control systems. WORK - The entire completed construction or the various separately identifiable parts thereof required to be furnished under the Contract Documents. WORK is the result of performing or furnishing labor and furnishing and incorporating materials and equipment into the construction, and performing or furnishing services and furnishing documents, all as required by the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 2— PRELIMINARY MATTERS 2.1 DELIVERY OF BONDS AND INSURANCE CERTIFICATES A. When the CONTRACTOR delivers the signed Agreement to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall also deliver to the OWNER such Bonds and insurance policies and certificates as the CONTRACTOR may be required to furnish in accordance with the Contract Documents. 2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS fJ. A. The OWNER will furnish to the CONTRACTOR the required number of copies of the Contract Documents specified in the Supplementary General Conditions. 2.3 COMMENCEMENT OF CONTRACT TIMES; NOTICE TO PROCEED A. The Contract Times will start to run on the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed. 2.4 STARTING THE WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall begin to perform the WORK on the commencement date stated in the Notice to Proceed, but no work shall be done at the Site prior to said commencement date. B. Before undertaking each part of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall review the Contract Documents in accordance with Paragraph 3.3. 2.5 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE A. The CONTRACTOR is required to attend a preconstruction conference. This conference will be attended by the OWNER, ENGINEER, and others as appropriate in order to discuss the WORK in accordance with the applicable procedures specified in Section 01010 - Summary of Work. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-4 SCADA SYSTEM B. The CONTRACTOR's initial schedule submittals for shop drawings, obtaining permits, and Plan of Operation and CPM Schedule will be reviewed and finalized. As a minimum, the CONTRACTOR's representatives should include its project manager and schedule expert. The CONTRACTOR should plan on this meeting taking no less than 8 hours. If the 1 submittals are not finalized at the.end of the-meeting, additional meetings will be held so that the submittals can be finalized prior to the submittal of the first Application for Payment. No Application for Payment will be processed prior to receiving acceptable initial submittals from the CONTRACTOR. ARTICLE 3 -- INTENT AND USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 3.1 . INTENT A. The Contract Documents comprise the entire agreement between the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR concerning the WORK. The Contract Documents are complementary; what is called for by one is as binding as if called for by all. The Contract Documents will be construed in accordance with the law of the State in which the Project is located. B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to describe the WORK, functionally complete, to be constructed in accordance with the Contract Documents. Any labor, documentation, services, materials, or equipment that may reasonably be inferred from the Contract Documents or from prevailing custom or trade usage as being required to produce the intended result will be provided whether or not called for specifically. C. When words or phrases which have. a well-known technical or construction industry or trade meaning are used to describe work, materials, or equipment such words or phrases shall be interpreted in accordance with that meaning unless a definition has been provided in Article 1 of the General Conditions. 3.2 REFERENCE TO STANDARDS A. Reference to standard specifications, manuals, or codes of any technical society, organization, or association, or to the Laws or Regulations of any governmental authority, whether such reference be specific or by implication, shall mean the latest standard specification, manual, code, or Laws or.Regulations in effect at the time of opening of Bids, except as may be otherwise specifically stated. However, no provision of any referenced standard specification, manual or code shall be effective to change the,duties and responsibilities of the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, or any of their consultants, agents, or employees, from those set forth in the Contract Documents, nor shall it be effective to assign to OWNER, ENGINEER, or any of ENGINEER's consultants, agents, or employees any duty or authority to direct the performance of the WORK or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility inconsistent with the provisions of the Contract Documents. 3.3 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. If, during the performance of the WORK, CONTRACTOR discovers any conflict, error, ambiguity or discrepancy. within, the Contract Documents or between the Contract Documents and any, provision of any such Law or Regulation applicable to the performance of the WORK or of any such standard, specification, manual, or code, or of any instruction of any Supplier, CONTRACTOR shall report it to ENGINEER in writing at once, and CONTRACTOR shall not proceed with the work affected thereby (except in an emergency as authorized by Paragraph 6.12) until a Clarification, Field Order, or Change Order to the Contract Documents has been issued. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-5 SCADA SYSTEM 3.4 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. In resolving conflicts resulting from errors or discrepancies in any of the Contract Documents, the order of precedence shall be as follows: 1. Permits from other agencies as may be required by law 2. Change Orders 3. Agreement 4. Addenda 5. Contractor's Bid (Bid Form) 6. Supplementary General Conditions 7. Notice Inviting Bids 8. Instructions to Bidders 9. General Conditions 10. Technical Specifications 11. Referenced Standard Specifications 12. Drawings B. With reference to the Drawings the order of precedence is as follows: 1. Figures govern over scaled dimensions 2. Detail drawings govern over general drawings 3. Addenda/Change Order drawings govern over any other drawings 4. Drawings govern over standard drawings 1.5 AMENDING CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The Contract Documents may be amended to provide for additions, deletions, and revisions in the WORK or to modify the terms and conditions thereof by a Change Order (pursuant to Article 10). 1.6 REUSE OF DOCUMENTS A. Neither the CONTRACTOR, nor any Subcontractor or Supplier, nor any other person or organization performing any of the WORK under a contract with the OWNER shall have or acquire any title to or ownership rights in any of the Drawings, Technical Specifications, or other documents used on the WORK, and they shall not reuse any of them on the extensions of the Project or any other project without written consent of OWNER. ARTICLE 4— SITE OF THE WORK 4.1 AVAILABILITY OF LANDS A. The OWNER will furnish, as indicated in the Contract Documents, the lands upon which the WORK is to be performed, rights-of-way and easements for access thereto, and such other lands which are designated for the use of the CONTRACTOR. Easements for permanent structures or permanent changes in existing facilities will be obtained and paid for by the OWNER, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. Nothing contained in the Contract Documents shall be interpreted as giving the CONTRACTOR exclusive occupancy of the lands or rights-of-way provided. The CONTRACTOR shall provide for all additional lands and access thereto that may be required for temporary construction facilities or storage of materials and equipment; provided, that the CONTRACTOR shall not enter upon nor use any property not under the control of the MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-6 SCADA SYSTEM OWNER until a written temporary construction easement agreement has been executed by the CONTRACTOR and the property owner, and a copy of said easement furnished to the ENGINEER prior to said use; and, neither the. OWNER nor the ENGINEER will be liable for any claims or damages resulting from the CONTRACTOR's trespass on or use of any such properties. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER with a signed release from the property owner confirming that the lands have been satisfactorily restored upon completion of the WORK. 4.2 REPORTS OF PHYSICAL CONDITIONS A. Subsurface Explorations: Reference is made to the Supplementary General Conditions for identification of those reports of explorations and tests of subsurface conditions at the Site that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. - B. Existing Structures: Reference is made to the Supplementary General Conditions for identification of those drawings of physical conditions in or relating to existing surface and subsurface structures (except underground Utilities referred to in Paragraph 4.3 herein) which are at or contiguous to the Site that have been utilized in the preparation of the Contract Documents. C. Neither the OWNER nor ENGINEER makes any representation as to the completeness of the reports or drawings referred to in Paragraph 4.2 A or B above or the accuracy of any data or information contained therein. The CONTRACTOR may rely upon the accuracy of the technical data contained in such reports and drawings. However, the CONTRACTOR may not rely upon any interpretation of such technical data, including any interpolation or extrapolation thereof, or any non-technical data, interpretations, and opinions contained therein. C".*'\ 4.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS- UNDERGROUND UTILITIES A. Indicated: The information and data indicated in the Contract Documents with respect to existing underground Utilities at or contiguous to the Site are based on information and data furnished to the OWNER or the ENGINEER by the owners of such underground Utilities or by others. Unless it is expressly provided in the Supplementary General Conditions and/or Section 01530 = Protection and Restoration of Existing Facilities, the OWNER and the ENGINEER.will not be responsible for the accuracy or completeness of any such information or data, and the CONTRACTOR shall have full responsibility for reviewing and checking all such information and data, for locating all underground Utilities indicated in the Contract Documents, for coordination of the WORK with the owners of such underground Utilities during construction, for the safety and protection thereof and repairing any damage thereto resulting from the WORK, the cost of all of which are deemed to have been included inthe Contract Price. B. Not Indicated: If an underground Utility is uncovered or revealed at or contiguous to the Site which was not indicated in the Contract Documents and which the CONTRACTOR could not reasonably have been expected to be aware of, the CONTRACTOR shall identify the owner of such underground Utility and give written notice thereof to that owner and shall notify the.ENGINEER in accordance with the requirements of the Supplementary General Conditions and Section 01530 - Protection of Existing Facilities. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-7 SCADA SYSTEM 4.4 DIFFERING SITE CONDITIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER, in writing, of the following unforeseen conditions, hereinafter called differing Site conditions, promptly upon their discovery (but in no event later than 14 days after their discovery) and before they are disturbed: 1. Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Site of the WORK differing materially from those indicated, described, or delineated in the Contract Documents, including those reports discussed in Paragraph 4.2, 4.3, and 4.5; and 2. Unknown physical conditions at the Site of the WORK of an unusual nature differing materially from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, including those reports and documents discussed in Paragraph 4.2, 4.3, and 4.5. B. The ENGINEER will review the pertinent conditions, determine the necessity of obtaining additional explorations or tests with respect thereto, and advise the OWNER, in writing, of the ENGINEER's findings and conclusions. C. If the OWNER concludes that because of newly discovered conditions a change in the Contract Documents is required, a Change Order will be issued as provided in Article 10 to reflect and document the consequences of the difference. D. In each such case, an increase or decrease in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Times, or any combination thereof, will be allowable to the extent that they are attributable to any such difference. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the amount or length thereof, a claim may be made therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. E. The CONTRACTOR's failure to give notice of differing Site conditions within 14 days of their discovery and before they are disturbed shall constitute a waiver of all claims in connection therewith, whether direct or consequential in nature. 4.5 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. Reference is made to the Supplementary General Conditions for identification of those reports and drawings relating to Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCBs, Petroleum and/or Radioactive Material identified at the Site that have been utilized by the ENGINEER in the preparation of the Contract Documents. B. OWNER shall be responsible for any Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCBs, Petroleum, or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the Site which was not shown or indicated in Drawings or Specifications or identified in the Contract Documents to be within the scope of the WORK and which may present a substantial danger to persons or property exposed thereto in connection with the WORK at the Site. OWNER will not be responsible for any such material brought to the Site by CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or anyone else for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible. 1. Upon discovery of any Asbestos, Hazardous Waste, PCBs, Petroleum, or Radioactive Material, the CONTRACTOR shall immediately stop all work in any area affected thereby (except in an emergency as required by Paragraph 6.12) and notify OWNER and ENGINEER (and thereafter confirm such notice in writing). CONTRACTOR shall not be required to resume any work in any such affected area until after OWNER has obtained any required permits related thereto and MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-8 SCADA SYSTEM delivered to CONTRACTOR special written notice. Such written notice will specify that such condition and any affected area is or has been rendered safe for the resumption of the work or specify any special conditions under which the work may be resumed safely. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract.Times as a result of such work stoppage or such,special conditions under which work is agreed by CONTRACTOR to be resumed, either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 2. If, after receipt of such special written notice, CONTRACTOR does not agree to resume such WORK based on a reasonable belief it is unsafe, or does not agree to resume such WORK under special conditions, then OWNER may order such portion of the WORK that is in connection with such hazardous condition or in such affected area to be deleted from the WORK. If OWNER and CONTRACTOR cannot agree as to entitlement to or the amount or extent of an adjustment, if any, in Contract Price or Contract Times as a result of deleting such portion of the WORK then either party may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles .11 and 12. OWNER may have such deleted portion of the WORK performed by OWNER's own forces or others in accordance with Article 7. C. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, OWNER,will indemnify and hold harmless- CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, ENGINEER, ENGINEER's consultants, and the officers, directors, employees, agents, other consultants, and subcontractors of each and any of them from and against all claims, costs, losses, and damages arising out of or resulting from such hazardous condition; provided that any such claim, cost, loss, or damage is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the WORK itself), including the loss of use resulting therefrom. Nothing in this Paragraph shall obligate OWNER to indemnify a person or entity from and against the consequences of that person's or entity's own negligence. C. The provisions of Paragraphs 4.2, 4.3, and 4.4 are not intended to apply to Asbestos, PCBs, Petroleum, Hazardous Waste, or Radioactive Material uncovered or revealed at the Site. 4.6 REFERENCE POINTS . A. The OWNER will provide one bench mark, near or on the Site of the WORK, and will provide two points near or on -the Site to establish a base line for use by the CONTRACTOR for alignment control. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish all other lines, grades, and bench marks required for proper execution of the WORK. B. The CONTRACTOR shall preserve all bench marks, stakes, and other survey marks, and in case of their removal or destruction by any party, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accurate replacement of such reference points by personnel qualified under the applicable state codes governing land surveyors. 4 _ MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-9 SCADA SYSTEM ARTICLE 5-- BONDS AND INSURANCE 5.1 BONDS A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish Performance and Payment Bonds, each in the amount set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions, as security for the faithful performance and payment of all the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. These Bonds shall remain in effect at least until one year after the date of Substantial Completion, except as otherwise provided by Law or Regulation or by the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall also furnish such other Bonds as are required by the Supplementary General Conditions. B. All Bonds shall be in the form prescribed by the Contract Documents except as provided otherwise by Laws or Regulations, and shall be executed by such sureties as are named in the current list of "Companies Holding Certificates of Authority as Acceptable Sureties on Federal bonds and as Acceptable Reinsuring Companies" as published in Circular 570 (amended) by the Audit Staff, Bureau of Government Financial Operations, U.S. Treasury Department. All Bonds signed by an agent must be accompanied by a certified copy of such agent's authority to act. C. If the surety on any Bond furnished by the CONTRACTOR is declared a bankrupt or becomes insolvent or its right to do business is terminated in any state where any part of the WORK is located, the CONTRACTOR shall within 7 days thereafter substitute another Bond and surety, which must be acceptable to the OWNER. D. All Bonds required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from surety companies that are duly licensed or authorized in the State in which the Project is located to issue Bonds for the limits so required. Such surety companies shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary General Conditions. , 5.2 INSURANCE A. The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain the insurance required under this Paragraph. Such insurance shall include the specific coverages set out herein and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages provided in the Supplementary General Conditions, or required by Laws or Regulations, whichever are greater. All insurance shall be maintained continuously during the life of the Agreement up to the date of Substantial Completion and at all times thereafter when the CONTRACTOR may be correcting, removing, or replacing Defective Work in accordance with Paragraph 13.5. The CONTRACTOR's liabilities under this Agreement shall not be deemed limited in any way to the insurance coverage required. B. All insurance required by the Contract Documents to be purchased and maintained by the CONTRACTOR shall be obtained from insurance companies that are duly licensed or authorized to issue insurance policies for the limits and coverages so required in the State in which the Project is located. Such insurance companies shall have a current Best's Rating of at least an "A" (Excellent) general policy holder's rating and a Class VII financial size category and shall also meet such additional requirements and qualifications as may be provided in the Supplementary General Conditions. C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the OWNER, with copies to each additional insured who is indicated in the Supplementary General Conditions, with certificates and original endorsements showing the type, amount, class of operations covered, effective dates and MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-10 SCADA SYSTEM dates of expiration of policies. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, reduced in coverage, or renewal refused until at least 30 days' prior written notice has been given to the OWNER C°16*\: and additional insureds by certified mail. All such insurance required herein (except for worker's compensation and employer's liability) shall name the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and their consultants and subconsultants and their officers, directors, agents, and employees as "additional insureds" under the policies. The CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain the following insurance: 1. Workers' Compensation and Employer's Liability: This insurance shall protect the CONTRACTOR against all claims under applicable workers' compensation laws or federal acts, including claims for injury, disease, or death of employees which, for any reason, may not fall within the provisions of a workers' compensation law. This insurance shall include an "all states" endorsement. In the event of a "monopolistic" state,CONTRACTOR shall certify all employees are covered by the state fund or shall provide a separate policy providing "all states" benefits. Employer's liability "stop gap" coverage for monopolistic states shall be provided under either a worker's compensation policy or general liability policy. The CONTRACTOR shall require •each subcontractor similarly to provide workers' compensation insurance for all of the latter's employees to be engaged in such work unless such employees are -covered by the protection afforded by the CONTRACTOR's workers' compensation insurance. In case any class of employees is not protected under the workers' compensation laws, the CONTRACTOR shall provide and shall cause each Subcontractor to provide adequate employer's liability insurance for the protection of such of its employees as are not otherwise protected. The CONTRACTOR and each Subcontractor shall provide a waiver of subrogation in favor of the OWNER and ENGINEER. 2. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability: This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the CONTRACTOR against all claims arising from injuries to persons other than its employees or damage to property of the OWNER or others arising out of any act or omission of the CONTRACTOR or its agents, employees, or subcontractors. The policy shall also include protection against claims insured by personal injury liability coverage and contractual coverage to insure the contractual liability assumed by the CONTRACTOR under the indemnification provisions in the General Conditions. To the extent that the CONTRACTOR's work, or work under its direction, may require blasting, explosive conditions, or underground operations, the comprehensive or commercial general liability coverage shall specifically include coverage relative to blasting, explosion, collapse, and/or underground hazards. 3. Commercial Automobile Liability: This insurance shall be written in comprehensive form and shall protect the CONTRACTOR against all claims for injuries to members of the public and damage to property of others arising from the use of motor vehicles, and shall cover operation on or off the Site of all motor vehicles licensed for,highway use, whether they are owned,nonowned, or hired. 4. Subcontractor's Public Liability and Property Damage Insurance and Vehicle Liability Insurance: The CONTRACTOR shall either require each of the • Subcontractors to•procure and•to maintain subcontractor's public liability and property damage insurance and vehicle liability insurance of the type and in the (bN same- amounts specified in 'the Supplementary General Conditions for the MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-11 SCADA SYSTEM CONTRACTOR or insure the •'activities of the Subcontractors under the CONTRACTOR's own policies. 5. Builder's Risk: a. This insurance shall be of the "all risks" type, shall be written in completed value form, and shall protect the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, the OWNER, and the ENGINEER, against risks of damage to buildings, structures, and materials and equipment (including any stored off-site and while in transit), CONTRACTOR'S equipment, debris removal and including demolition and contingent loss occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for ENGINEER'S services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. The amount of such insurance shall be not less than the insurable value of the WORK at completion plus equipment. Builder's risk insurance shall provide for losses to be payable to the CONTRACTOR and the OWNER, as their interests may appear. This insurance shall contain a provision that in the event of payment for any loss under the coverage provided, the insurance company shall have no rights of recovery against the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER, and the ENGINEER. This insurance shall insure against all risks of loss (including earthquake, flood and collapse) and, at the option of the OWNER, shall include comprehensive boiler and machinery coverage including coverage for installation and testing. b. If the OWNER finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Project prior to Substantial Completion thereof, such occupancy shall not commence prior to the time mutually agreed to by the OWNER and CONTRACTOR and to which the insurance company or companies providing the Builder's Risk Insurance have consented by endorsement to the policy or policies. ARTICLE 6--CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITIES 6.1 COMMUNICATIONS A. Written communications with the OWNER shall be only through or as directed by the ENGINEER. 6.2 SUPERVISION AND SUPERINTENDENCE A. The CONTRACTOR shall supervise, inspect, and direct the WORK competently and efficiently, devoting such attention thereto and applying such skills and expertise as may be necessary to perform the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for the .means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures of construction and all safety precautions and programs incidental thereto. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to see that the completed WORK complies accurately with the Contract Documents. B. The CONTRACTOR shall designate in writing and keep on the Site at all times during the performance of the WORK a technically qualified, English-speaking superintendent, who is an employee of the CONTRACTOR and who shall not be replaced without written notice to the OWNER and the ENGINEER. The superintendent will be the CONTRACTOR's representative at the Site and shall have authority to act on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-12 SCADA SYSTEM All communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the CONTRACTOR. C. The CONTRACTOR's superintendent shall be present at the Site at all times while work is in progress and shall be available by phone for emergencies 24 hours per day, 7 days per week. Failure to observe this requirement shall be considered suspension of the WORK - by the CONTRACTOR until such time as such superintendent is again present at the Site. 6.3 LABOR, MATERIALS, AND EQUIPMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide competent, suitably qualified personnel to survey and lay out the WORK and perform construction as required by the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, erect, maintain, and remove the construction plant and any required temporary works. The CONTRACTOR shall at all times maintain good discipline and order at the Site. Except in connection with the safety or protection of persons or the WORK or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, and except as otherwise indicated in the Contract Documents, all work at the Site shall be performed during regular working hours, and the CONTRACTOR will not permit overtime work, or the performance of work on Saturday, Sunday, or any federally observed holiday without the OWNER's written consent. The CONTRACTOR shall apply for this consent through the ENGINEER in writing a minimum of 24 hours in advance. B. Except as otherwise provided in this Paragraph, the CONTRACTOR shall receive no additional compensation for overtime work, i.e., work in excess of 8 hours in any one calendar day or 40 hours in any one calendar week, even though such overtime work may be required under emergency conditions and may be ordered by the ENGINEER in writing. Additional compensation will be paid to the CONTRACTOR for overtime work only in the event extra work is ordered by the ENGINEER and the Change Order specifically Csab authorizes the use of overtime work and then only to such extent as overtime wages are regularly being paid by the CONTRACTOR for overtime work of a similar nature in the same locality. C. All increased costs of inspection and testing performed during overtime work by the CONTRACTOR which is allowed solely for the convenience of the CONTRACTOR shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. The OWNER has the authority to deduct the cost of all such inspection and testing . from any partial payments otherwise due to the CONTRACTOR. D. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish and assume full responsibility for all materials, equipment, labor, transportation, construction equipment and machinery, tools, appliances, fuel, lubricants, power, light, heat, telephone, water, sanitary facilities, and all other facilities, consumables, and incidentals necessary for the furnishing, performance, testing, start-up, and completion of the WORK. E. All materials and equipment incorporated into the WORK shall be of specified quality and new, except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. All warranties and guarantees specifically called for by the Specifications shall expressly run to the benefit of the OWNER. If required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish satisfactory evidence (including reports of required tests) as to the source, kind and quality of materials and equipment. All materials and equipment shall be stored, applied, installed, connected, erected, protected, used, cleaned, and conditioned in accordance with the instructions of the applicable Supplier except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents; but no provisions of any such instructions will be effective to assign to the OWNER, ENGINEER, MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-13 SCADA SYSTEM or any of their consultants, agents, or employees, any duty or authority to supervise or direct the furnishing or performance of the WORK or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.9 C. 6.4 SCHEDULE fl A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the schedule requirements in the General Requirements. 6.5 SUBSTITUTES OR "OR EQUAL" ITEMS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit proposed substitutes or "or equal" items in accordance with the provisions of Section 01600 - Products, Materials, Equipment, and Substitutions. 6.6 CONCERNING SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS, AND OTHERS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible to the OWNER and the ENGINEER for the acts and omissions of its Subcontractors, Suppliers, and their employees to the same extent as CONTRACTOR is responsible for the acts and omissions of its own employees. Nothing contained in this Paragraph shall create any contractual relationship between any Subcontractor and the OWNER or the ENGINEER nor relieve the CONTRACTOR of any liability or obligation under the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall include these General Conditions and the Supplementary General Conditions as a part of all its subcontract and supply agreements. 6.7 PERMITS A. Unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary General Conditions, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain and pay for all construction permits and licenses from the agencies having jurisdiction, including the furnishing of insurance and bonds if required by such agencies. The enforcement of such requirements shall not be made the basis for claims for additional compensation by CONTRACTOR. When necessary, the OWNER will assist the CONTRACTOR, in obtaining such permits and licenses. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all governmental charges and inspection fees necessary for the prosecution of the WORK, which are applicable at the time of opening of Bids. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all charges of utility owners for inspection or connections to the WORK. 6.8 PATENT FEES AND ROYALTIES A. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all license fees and royalties and assume all costs incident to the use in the performance of the WORK or the incorporation in the WORK of any invention, design, process, product, or device which is the subject of patent rights or copyrights held by others. If a particular invention, design, process, product, or device is specified in the Contract Documents for use in the performance of the WORK and if to the actual knowledge of the OWNER or the ENGINEER its use is subject to patent rights or copyrights calling for the payment of any license fee or royalty to others, the existence of such rights will be disclosed by the OWNER in the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 6.7 A. for all claims and liabilities arising out of any infringement of patent rights or copyrights incident to the use in the performance of the WORK or resulting from the incorporation in the WORK of any invention, design, process, product, or device not specified in the Contract Documents shall be in accordance with Paragraph 6.16 of these General Conditions. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-14 SCADA SYSTEM 6.9 LAWS AND REGULATIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall observe and comply with all Laws and Regulations which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the WORK, the materials used in the (nibs\ WORK, or the conduct of the WORK. If any discrepancy or inconsistency should be discovered between the Contract Documents and any such Laws or Regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall report the same in writing tb the ENGINEER. Any particular Law or Regulation specified or referred to elsewhere in the Contract Documents shall not in any way limit the obligation of the CONTRACTOR to comply with all other provisions of federal, state, and local laws and regulations. The CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations for all claims or liability arising from violation of any such law, ordinance, code, order, or regulation, whether by CONTRACTOR or by its employees, Subcontractors or Suppliers shall be in accordance with Paragraph 6.16 of these General Conditions. 6.10 TAXES A. The CONTRACTOR shall pay all sales, consumer, use, and other similar taxes required to be paid by the CONTRACTOR in accordance with the laws and regulations of the place of the Project which are applicable during the performance of the WORK. 6.11 USE OF PREMISES A. The CONTRACTOR shall confine construction equipment, the storage of materials and equipment, and the operations of workers to the Site, the land and areas identified in and permitted by the Contract Documents, and the other land and areas permitted by Laws and Regulations, rights-of-way, permits, and easements. The CONTRACTOR shall assume full liability and responsibility for any damage to any such land or area, or to the owner or occupant thereof or of any land or areas contiguous thereto, resulting from the performance of the WORK. Should any claim be made against the OWNER or the ENGINEER by any such owner or occupant because of the performance of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly attempt to settle with such other party by agreement or otherwise resolve the claim through litigation at the CONTRACTOR's sole liability expense. The CONTRACTOR's indemnification obligations for all claims and liability, arising directly, indirectly, or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought by any such owner or occupant against the OWNER, the ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees and agents of each and any of them to the extent caused by or based upon the CONTRACTOR's performance of the WORK shall be in accordance with Paragraph 6.16 of these General Conditions. 6.12 SAFETY AND PROTECTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall be solely responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the safety of, and shall provide the necessary protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to: 1. All persons at the Site and other persons and organizations who may be affected thereby; 2. All the WORK and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the Site; and MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-15 SCADA SYSTEM 3. Other property at the Site or adjacent thereto, including trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of the performance of the WORK. B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable Laws and Regulations relating to the safety of persons or property or to the protection of persons or property from damage, injury, or loss and shall erect and maintain all necessary safeguards for such safety and protection. The CONTRACTOR shall notify owners of adjacent property and utilities when prosecution of the WORK may affect them, and shall cooperate with them in the protection, removal, relocation, and replacement of their property. CONTRACTOR'S duties and responsibilities for safety and for protection of the WORK shall continue until such time as all the WORK is completed and ENGINEER has issued a notice to OWNER and CONTRACTOR in accordance with Paragraph 14.7 B. that the WORK is acceptable (except as otherwise expressly provided in connection with Substantial Completion). B. The CONTRACTOR shall designate a qualified and experienced safety representative at the Site whose duties and responsibilities shall be the prevention of accidents and the maintaining and supervising of safety precautions and programs. C. Materials that contain hazardous substances or mixtures may be required on the WORK. A Material Safety Data Sheet shall be made available at the Site by the CONTRACTOR for every hazardous product used. D. Material usage shall strictly conform to OSHA safety requirements and all manufacturer's warnings and application instructions listed on the Material Safety Data Sheet and on the product container label. E. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the exchange of material safety data sheets or other hazard communication information required to be made available to or exchanged between or among employers at the Site in accordance with Laws or Regulations. F. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER if it considers a specified product or its intended use to be unsafe. This notification must be given to the ENGINEER prior to the product being ordered, or if provided by some other party, prior to the product being incorporated in the WORK. 6.13 EMERGENCIES A. In emergencies affecting the safety or protection of persons or the WORK or property at the Site or adjacent thereto, CONTRACTOR, without special instruction or authorization from OWNER or ENGINEER, is obligated to immediately act to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. CONTRACTOR shall give ENGINEER prompt written notice if CONTRACTOR believes that any significant changes in the WORK or variations from the Contract Documents have been caused thereby. If ENGINEER determines that a change in the Contract Documents is required because of the action taken by CONTRACTOR in response to such an emergency, a Change Order will be issued to document the consequences of such action. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-16 SCADA SYSTEM 6.14 SUBMITTALS A. After checking and verifying all field measurements and after complying with applicable procedures specified in the General Requirements, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review all Shop Drawings in accordance with the accepted schedule of Shop Drawing submittals specified in Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals. B. The ENGINEER'S review will be only to determine if the items covered by the submittals will, after installation or incorporation in the WORK, generally conform to the Contract Documents and with the design concept of the completed Project. C. The CONTRACTOR shall also submit to the ENGINEER for review all Samples in accordance with the accepted schedule of Sample submittals specified in Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals. D. Before submittal of each Shop Drawing or Sample, the CONTRACTOR shall have determined and verified all quantities, dimensions, specified performance criteria, installation requirements, materials, catalog numbers, and similar data with respect thereto and reviewed or coordinated each Shop Drawing or Sample with other Shop Drawings and Samples and with the requirements of the WORK and the Contract Documents. The CONTRACTOR shall provide submittals in accordance with the requirements of Section 01300 - Contractor Submittals. 6.15 CONTINUING THE WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall carryon the WORK and adhere to the progress schedule during all disputes or disagreements with the OWNER. No WORK shall be delayed or postponed pending resolution of any disputes or disagreements, except as the CONTRACTOR and ( the OWNER may otherwise agree in writing. 1 6 6 CONTRACTOR'S GENERAL WARRANTY AND GUARANTEE A. CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that all WORK will be in accordance with the Contract Documents and will not be defective. CONTRACTOR's warranty and guarantee hereunder excludes defects or damage caused by: 1. Abuse, modification, or improper maintenance or operation by persons other than CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, or Suppliers, or any other individual or entity for whom CONTRACTOR is responsible; 2. Normal wear and tear under normal usage. B. CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform and complete the WORK in accordance with the Contract.Documents shall be absolute. None of the following will constitute an acceptance of WORK that is not in accordance with the Contract Documents or a release of CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents: 1. Observations by ENGINEER; 2. Recommendation by ENGINEER or payment by OWNER of any progress or final payment; 3. The issuance of a Certificate of Completion by the OWNER; MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND f PAGE 00700-17 SCADA SYSTEM 4. Use or occupancy of the WORK or any part thereof by the OWNER; 5. Any acceptance by OWNER or any failure to do so; 6. Any review and approval of a Shop Drawing or Sample submittal or the issuance of a notice or acceptability by ENGINEER pursuant to Paragraph 14.7 B.; 7. Any inspection, test, or approval by others; or 8. Any correction of Defective Work by OWNER. 6.17 INDEMNIFICATION A. To the fullest extent permitted by Laws and Regulations, the CONTRACTOR shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the OWNER, the ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees, and agents of each and any of them, against and from all claims and liability arising under, by reason of, related, or incidental to the Contract Documents or any performance of the WORK, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of the OWNER and/or the ENGINEER. Such indemnification by the CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, the following: 1. Liability or claims resulting directly or indirectly from the negligence or carelessness of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents in the performance of the WORK, or in guarding or maintaining the same, or from any improper materials, implements, or appliances used in its construction, or by or on account of any act or omission of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents; 2. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the CONTRACTOR's, Subcontractor's, or Supplier's own employees, or. agents engaged in the WORK resulting in actions brought by or on behalf of such employees against the OWNER and/or the ENGINEER; 3. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from or based on the violation of any Laws or Regulations, whether by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents; 4. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the use or manufacture by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents in the performance of this Agreement of any copyrighted or uncopyrighted composition, secret process, patented or unpatented invention, article, or appliance, unless otherwise specifically stipulated in this Agreement; 5. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the breach of any warranties, whether express or implied, made to the OWNER and/or ENGINEER or any other parties by the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents; 6. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from the willful misconduct of the CONTRACTOR, its employees, or agents; 7. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from any breach of the obligations assumed in this Agreement by the CONTRACTOR; MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-18 SCADA SYSTEM 8. Liability or claims arising directly or indirectly from, relating to, or resulting from a hazardous condition created by the CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors, Suppliers, or any of their employees or agents, and; 9. Liability or claims arising directly, or indirectly, or consequentially out of any action, legal or equitable, brought against the OWNER, the ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and the officers, directors, employees and agents of each or any of them, to the extent caused by the CONTRACTOR's use of any premises acquired by permits, rights of way, or easements, the Site, or any land or areas contiguous thereto or its performance of the WORK thereon. B. The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER and the ENGINEER for all costs and expenses, (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals and court costs including all costs of appeals) incurred by said OWNER and ENGINEER in enforcing the provisions of this Paragraph 6.17. C. The indemnification obligation under this Paragraph 6.17 shall not be limited in any way by any limitation on the amount or type of insurance carried by CONTRACTOR or by the amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the CONTRACTOR or any Subcontractor or other person or organization under workers' compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. 6.18 CONTRACTOR'S DAILY REPORTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall:-complete a daily report indicating location worked, total manpower for each construction trade, major equipment on Site, each Subcontractor's manpower and equipment, weather conditions, and other related information involved in the performance of the WORK. The daily report shall be completed on forms furnished by the ENGINEER, and shall be submitted to the ENGINEER at the conclusion of each work day. The daily report shall comment,on the daily progress and status of each major component of the WORK. These components will be decided by the ENGINEER. ARTICLE 7—OTHER WORK 6.19 RELATED WORK AT SITE A. The OWNER may perform other work related to the Project at the Site by the OWNER's own forces, have other work performed by utility owners, or let other direct contracts for such other work. If the fact that such other work is to be performed was not noted in the Contract Documents, written notice thereof will be given to the CONTRACTOR prior to starting any such other work. B. The CONTRACTOR shall afford each person who is performing the other work (including the OWNER's employees) proper and safe access to the Site and a reasonable opportunity for the introduction and storage of materials and equipment and the execution of such other work, and shall properly coordinate the WORK with theirs. The CONTRACTOR shall do all cutting, fitting, and patching of the WORK that may be required to properly connect or otherwise make its several parts come together and properly integrate with such other work. The CONTRACTOR shall not endanger any work of others by cutting, excavating, or otherwise altering their work and will only cut or alter their work with the written consent of the ENGINEER and the others whose work will be affected. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-19 SCADA SYSTEM C. If the proper execution or results of any part of the CONTRACTOR's work depends upon such other work by another, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and report to the ENGINEER in writing any delays, defects, or deficiencies in such other work that render it unavailable or unsuitable for such proper execution and results. The CONTRACTOR's failure to report such delays, defects, or deficiencies will constitute an acceptance of the other work as fit and proper for integration with the CONTRACTOR's work except for latent or nonapparent defects and deficiencies in the other work. 7.2 COORDINATION A. If the OWNER contracts with others for the performance of other work at the Site, OWNER will have sole authority and responsibility in respect of such coordination unless otherwise provided in the Supplementary General Conditions. ARTICLE 8— OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES 8.1 COMMUNICATIONS A. Except as may be otherwise provided in these General Conditions or the Supplementary General Conditions, the OWNER will issue all its communications to the CONTRACTOR through the ENGINEER. 8.2 PAYMENTS A. The OWNER will make payments to the CONTRACTOR as provided in Article 14. 8.3 LANDS, EASEMENTS, AND SURVEYS A. The OWNER's duties in respect of providing lands and easements and providing engineering surveys to establish reference points are set forth in Paragraphs 4.1 and 4.6. 8.4 REPORTS AND DRAWINGS A. The OWNER will identify and make available to the CONTRACTOR copies of reports of physical conditions at the Site and drawings of existing structures which have been utilized in preparing the Contract Documents as set forth in Paragraph 4.2. 8.5 CHANGE ORDERS A. The OWNER will execute Change Orders as indicated in Article 10. 8.6 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. The OWNER's responsibility for inspections and tests is set forth in Paragraph 13.3. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-20 SCADA SYSTEM 8.7 SUSPENSION OF WORK A. The OWNER's right to stop work or suspend work is set forth in Paragraphs 13.4 and 15.1. 8.8 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT A. The OWNER's right to terminate services of the CONTRACTOR is set forth in Paragraphs 15.2 and 15.3. 8.9 LIMITATION ON OWNER'S RESPONSIBILITIES - A. The OWNER shall not supervise, direct :or have control or authority over, nor be responsible for CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the furnishing or performance of the WORK. OWNER will not be responsible for CONTRACTOR's failure to perform or furnish the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents. 8.10 UNDISCLOSED HAZARDOUS ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. OWNER's responsibility in respect to an undisclosed hazardous environmental condition is set forth in Paragraph 4.5. ARTICLE 9-- ENGINEER'S STATUS DURING CONSTRUCTION 9.1 OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE A. The ENGINEER will be-the OWNER's representative during the construction period. The duties and responsibilities and the limitations of authority of the ENGINEER as the OWNER's representative during construction are set forth in the Contract Documents. 9.2 OBSERVATIONS ON THE SITE A. The ENGINEER will make observations on the Site during -construction to monitor the progress and quality of the WORK and to determine, in general, if the WORK is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. The ENGINEER will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous inspections to check the quality or quantity of the WORK. 9.3 PROJECT REPRESENTATION A. The ENGINEER may furnish a Resident Project Representative to assist in observing the performance of the WORK. The duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of any such Resident Project Representative will be as.provided in the Supplementary General Conditions. Csib\. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND . . PAGE 00700-21 SCADA SYSTEM 9.4 CLARIFICATIONS A. The ENGINEER will issue with reasonable promptness such written Clarifications of the requirements of the Contract Documents as the ENGINEER may determine necessary, which shall be consistent with or reasonably inferable from the overall intent of the Contract Documents. 9.5 AUTHORIZED VARIATIONS IN WORK A. The ENGINEER may authorize variations in the WORK from the requirements of the Contract Documents. These may be accomplished by a Field Order and will require the CONTRACTOR to perform the WORK involved in a manner that minimizes the impact to the WORK and the Contract Times. If the CONTRACTOR believes that a Field Order justifies an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Times, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Article 11 or 12. 9.6 REJECTING DEFECTIVE WORK A. The ENGINEER will have authority to reject Defective Work and will also have authority to require special inspection or testing of the WORK as provided in Article 13. 9.7 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS, CHANGE ORDERS, AND PAYMENTS A. In accordance with the procedures set forth in the General Requirements, the ENGINEER will review all CONTRACTOR submittals. B. The ENGINEER's responsibilities for Change Orders are set forth in Articles 10, 11, and 12. C. The ENGINEER's responsibilities for Applications for Payment are set forth in Article 14. fl 9.8 DECISIONS ON DISPUTES A. The ENGINEER will be the initial interpreter of the requirements of the Contract Documents and of the acceptability of the WORK thereunder. Claims, disputes, and other matters relating to the acceptability of the WORK and interpretation of the requirements of the Contract Documents pertaining to the performance of the WORK shall be determined by the ENGINEER. Any claims in respect to changes in the Contract Price or Contract Times shall be resolved in accordance with the requirements set forth in Articles 10, 11, and 12. 9.9 LIMITATION ON ENGINEER'S A. Neither the ENGINEER's authority to act under this Article 9 or other provisions of the Contract Documents nor any decision made by the ENGINEER in good faith either to exercise or not exercise such authority shall give rise to any duty or responsibility of the ENGINEER to the CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any surety for any of them, or any other person or organization performing any of the WORK. B. Whenever in the Contract Documents the terms "as ordered," "as directed," "as required," "as allowed," "as reviewed," "as approved," or terms of like effect or import are used, or the adjectives "reasonable," "suitable," "acceptable," "proper," or "satisfactory," or adjectives of like effect or import are used to describe a requirement, direction, review, or judgment of the ENGINEER as to the WORK, it is intended that such requirement, MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-22 SCADA SYSTEM direction, review, or judgment will be solely to evaluate the WORK for compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and conformance with the design concept of the completed Project as a.functioning whole as indicated by the Contract Documents, unless there is a specific statement indicating otherwise. The use of any such term or adjective rft, • shall not be effective to assign to the.ENGINEER any duty or authority to supervise or direct the performance of the WORK or any duty or authority to undertake responsibility contrary to the provisions of Paragraph 9.9 C. C. The ENGINEER will not supervise, direct, control; or have authority over or be responsible for the CONTRACTOR's means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures of construction, or the safety precautions and programs incident thereto, or for any failure of the CONTRACTOR to comply with Laws and Regulations applicable to the performance of the WORK.'.The ENGINEER will not be responsible for.the CONTRACTOR's failure to perform the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents. The ENGINEER will not be responsible for the acts or omissions of the CONTRACTOR nor of any Subcontractor, Supplier, or any other person ororganization performing any of the WORK. ARTICLE 10—CHANGES IN THE WORK 10.1 'GENERAL A. Without invalidating the Agreement and without notice to any surety, the OWNER may at any time or from time to time, order additions, deletions, or revisions in the WORK. Such - additions, deletions or revisions will be authorized by a Change Order or Field Order. Upon receipt of any such document, CONTRACTOR shall promptly proceed to implement the additions, deletions, or revisions in the WORK in accordance with the applicable conditions of the Contract Documents. B. The CONTRACTOR.shall not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Price nor an extension of the Contract Times with respect to any work performed that is not required by the Contract Documents as amended, modified, or supplemented by Change Order, except in the case of an emergency and except in the:case of uncovering work as provided in Paragraph 13.3.F and G. .. C. The OWNER and the CONTRACTOR shall execute appropriate Change Orders covering: 1. Changes in the WORK which are ordered by the OWNER pursuant to Paragraph 10.1 A.; 2. - Changes required because of acceptance of Defective Work-under Paragraph 13.6; and 3. Changes in the. Contract Price or Contract Times which are agreed to by the parties under Articles 11 and/or 12, respectively. D. If notice of any change in the WORK is required to be given to a surety, the giving of any such notice shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility.. If the change in the WORK affects the Contract Price, the OWNER may require an adjustment to the amount of any applicable Bond and the amount of each applicable Bond shall be adjusted accordingly. E. If the OWNER and CONTRACTOR agree as to the extent, if any, of an increase in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of_the Contract Times that should be allowed as a- result of a Field Order, the CONTRACTOR shall proceed so as to minimize the impact on and delays to the.WORK pending the issuance of a Change Order. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296=CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-23 SCADA SYSTEM F. If the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR are unable to agree as to the extent, if any, of an increase in the Contract Price or an extension or shortening of the Contract Times that should be allowed as a result of a Field Order, the ENGINEER can direct the CONTRACTOR to proceed on the basis of time and materials so as to minimize the impact on and delays to the WORK, and the CONTRACTOR may make a claim as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 10.2 ALLOWABLE QUANTITY VARIATIONS A. In the event of an increase or decrease in the quantity of any bid item under a unit price contract, the total amount of work actually done or materials or equipment furnished will be paid for according to the unit price established for such work under the Contract Documents, wherever such unit price has been established; provided, that an adjustment in the Contract Price may be made for changes which result in an increase or decrease in excess of 25 percent of the estimated quantity of any unit price bid item of the WORK. . B. In the event a part of the WORK is to be entirely eliminated and no lump sum or unit price is named in the Contract Documents to cover such eliminated work, the price of the eliminated work shall be agreed upon by the OWNER and the CONTRACTOR by Change Order. ARTICLE 11 — CHANGE OF CONTRACT PRICE 11.1 GENERAL A. The Contract Price constitutes the total compensation payable to the CONTRACTOR for performing the WORK. All duties, responsibilities, and obligations assigned to or undertaken by the CONTRACTOR to complete the WORK shall be at its expense without change in the Contract Price. - ) B. The Contract Price may only be changed by a Change Order. The value of any work covered by a Change Order or of any claim for an increase or decrease in the Contract Price shall be determined in one of the following ways: 1. Where the work involved is covered by unit prices contained in the Contract Documents, by application of unit prices to the quantities of the items involved. 2. By mutual acceptance of a lump sum, which may include an allowance for overhead and profit not necessarily in accordance with Paragraph 11.4; or 3. On the basis of the cost of work (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.3) plus the CONTRACTOR's overhead and profit (determined as provided in Paragraph 11.4). C. Any claim for an increase in the Contract Price shall be based on written notice delivered by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than 10 days) after the start of the event giving rise to the claim and shall state the general nature of the claim. Notice of the amount of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within 60 days after the start of such event (unless the ENGINEER allows an additional period of time to ascertain more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the CONTRACTOR's written statement that the amount claimed covers all known amounts (direct, indirect, and consequential) to which the CONTRACTOR is entitled as a result of such event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Price will be determined by MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND - PAGE 00700-24 SCADA SYSTEM the ENGINEER. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Price will be valid if not submitted in accordance with this Paragraph 11.1 C. 11.2 COSTS RELATING TO WEATHER A. The CONTRACTOR shall have.no claims against the OWNER for damages for any injury to work, materials, or equipment, resulting from the action of the elements. If, however, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR has made all reasonable efforts to protect the. materials, equipment, and work, the CONTRACTOR may be granted a reasonable extension of Contract Times to make proper. repairs, .renewals, and replacements of the work, materials, or equipment 11.3 COST OF WORK.(BASED ON TIME AND MATERIALS) A. General: The term "cost of work" means the sum of all costs necessarily incurred and paid by the CONTRACTOR for labor, materials, and equipment in the proper performance of extra work. Except as otherwise may be agreed to in.writing by the OWNER, such costs shall be in amounts no higher than those prevailing in the locality of the Project, shall include only the following items and shall :not include any of the costs itemized in Paragraph.11.5. B. Labor: The costs of labor will be the actual cost for wages prevailing for each craft or type of workers performing the extra work at the time the extra work is done, plus employer payments of payroll,taxes, workers compensation.insurance, liability insurance, health and welfare, pension, vacation,, apprenticeship funds, and other direct costs resulting from federal, state or local laws, as well as assessments or benefits required by lawful collective bargaining agreements. Labor costs for equipment operators and helpers will be paid only when such costs are not included in the invoice for equipment rental. The labor costs for foremen shall be proportioned to all of their assigned work and only that applicable to extra work shall be paid. Nondirect labor costs including superintendence shall be considered part of the markup set out in Paragraph 11.4.. C. Materials: The cost of materials reported shall be at invoice or lowest current price at which materials 'are locally available and delivered to the Site in the quantities involved, plus the cost of freight, delivery and storage, subject to the following: 1. All trade- discounts and rebates shall accrue to the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR shall make provisions so that they may be obtained; 2. For-materials secured by other than .a direct purchase and direct billing to the purchaser, the cost shall be deemed to be the price paid to the actual supplier as determined by the ENGINEER. Except for actual costs incurred in the handling of such materials, markup will not be allowed; 3. Payment for materials from sources owned wholly or in part by the purchaser shall not exceed the price paid by the purchaser for similar materials from said sources on extra work items or the current wholesale price for such materials delivered to the.Site, whichever price is lower; and - 4. If in the opinion of the ENGINEER the cost of material is excessive, or the CONTRACTOR does not furnish satisfactory evidence of the cost of such material, then the cost shall be deemed, to be the lowest current wholesale price for the quantity concerned delivered to the Site less trade discount. The OWNER MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-25 SCADA SYSTEM reserves the right to furnish materials for the extra work and no claim will be allowed by the CONTRACTOR for costs and profit on such materials. D. Equipment: The CONTRACTOR will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rate listed for such equipment specified in the Supplementary General Conditions. Such rental rate will be used to compute payments for equipment whether the equipment is under the CONTRACTOR's control through direct ownership, leasing, renting, or another method of acquisition. The rental rate to be applied for use of each item of equipment will be the rate resulting in the least total cost to the OWNER for the total period of use. If it is deemed necessary by the CONTRACTOR to use equipment not listed in the publication specified in the Supplementary General Conditions, an equitable rental rate for the equipment will be established by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR may furnish cost data which might assist the ENGINEER in the establishment of the rental rate. Payment for equipment shall be subject to the following: 1. All equipment shall, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, be in good working condition and suitable for the purpose for which the equipment is to be used; 2. Before construction equipment is used on the extra work, the CONTRACTOR shall plainly stencil or stamp an identifying number thereon at a conspicuous location, and shall furnish to the ENGINEER, in duplicate, a description of the equipment and its identifying number; 3. Unless otherwise specified, manufacturer's ratings and manufacturer approved modifications shall be used to classify equipment for the determination of applicable rental rates. Equipment which has no direct power unit shall be powered by a unit of at least the minimum rating recommended by the manufacturer; 4. Individual pieces of equipment or tools having a replacement value of$500 or less, whether or not consumed by use, will be considered to be small tools and no payment will be made therefore. E. Equipment Rental Time: The rental time to be paid for equipment on the Site will be the time the equipment is in productive operation on the extra work being performed and, in addition, will include the time required to move the equipment to the location of the extra work and return it to the original location or to another location requiring no more time than that required to return it to its original location; except, that moving time will not be paid if the equipment is used on other than the extra work, even though located at the Site of the extra work. Loading and transporting costs will be allowed, in lieu of moving time, when the equipment is moved by means other than its own power, except that no payment will be made for loading and transporting costs when the equipment is used at the Site of the extra work on other than the extra work. Rental time will not be allowed while equipment is inoperative due to breakdowns. The rental time of equipment on the work Site will be computed subject to the following: 1. When hourly rates are listed, any part of an hour less than 30 minutes of operation will be considered to be half-hour of operation, and any part of an hour in excess of 30 minutes will be considered one hour of operation; 2. When daily rates are listed, any part of a day less than 4 hours operation will be considered to be half-day of operation. When owner-operated equipment is used to perform extra work to be paid for on a time and materials basis, the MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-26 SCADA SYSTEM CONTRACTOR will be paid for the equipment and operator, as set forth in Paragraphs 3, 4, and 5, following; 3. Payment for the equipment will be made in accordance with the provisions in (4111 Paragraph 11.3 D., herein; 4. Payment for the cost of labor and subsistence or travel allowance will be made at the rates paid by the CONTRACTOR to other workers operating similar equipment already on the Site, or in the absence of such labor, established by collective bargaining agreements for the type of workmen and location of the extra work, whether or not the operator is actually covered by such an agreement. A labor surcharge will be added to the cost of labor described herein in accordance with the provisions of_Paragraph 11.3 B., herein, which surcharge shall constitute full compensation for payments imposed by state and federal laws and all other payments made to or on behalf of workers other than actual wages; and 5. To the direct cost of equipment rental and labor, computed as provided herein, will be added the allowances for equipment rental and labor as provided in Paragraph 11.4, herein. F. Special Services: Special work or services are defined as that work characterized by extraordinary complexity, sophistication, innovation, or a combination of the foregoing attributes which are unique to the construction industry. The ENGINEER will make estimates for payment for special services and may consider the following: 1. When the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, determine that a,special service or work is required which cannot be performed by the forces of the CONTRACTOR or those of any of its Subcontractors, the special service or work may be performed by an entity especially skilled in the work to be performed. After validation of invoices and determination of market values by the ENGINEER, invoices for special services or work based upon the current fair market value thereof may be accepted without complete itemization of labor, material, and equipment rental costs; 2. When the CONTRACTOR is required to-.perform work necessitating special fabrication or machining process in a fabrication or a machine shop facility away from the Site, the charges for that portion of the work performed at the off-site facility may, by agreement, be accepted as a special service and accordingly, the invoices for the work may be accepted without detailed itemization; and 3. All invoices for special services will be adjusted by deducting all trade discounts. In lieu of the allowances for overhead and profit specified in Paragraph 11.4, herein, an allowance of 15 percent will be added to invoices for special services. G. Sureties: All work performed hereunder shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Contract Documents and the CONTRACTOR's sureties shall be bound with reference thereto as under the original Agreement. Copies of all amendments to Bonds or supplemental Bonds shall be submitted to the OWNER for.review prior to the performance of any work hereunder. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-27 SCADA SYSTEM 11.4 CONTRACTOR'S OVERHEAD AND PROFIT A. Extra work ordered on the basis of time and materials will be paid for at the actual necessary cost as determined by the ENGINEER, plus allowances for overhead and profit. The allowance for overhead and profit will include full compensation for superintendence, taxes, field office expense, extended overhead, home office overhead, and all other items of expense or cost not included in the cost of labor, materials, or equipment provided for under Paragraph 11.3. The allowance for overhead and profit will be made in accordance with the following schedule: Overhead and Profit Allowance Labor 15 percent Materials 10 percent Equipment 10 percent To the sum of the costs and markups provided for in this Article, an additional 2 percent of the sum will be added as compensation for Bonds and insurance. B. It is understood that labor, materials, and equipment for extra work may be furnished by the CONTRACTOR or by the Subcontractor on behalf of the CONTRACTOR. When all or any part of the extra work is performed by a Subcontractor, the allowance specified herein will be applied to the labor, materials, and equipment costs of the Subcontractor, to which the CONTRACTOR may add 5 percent of the Subcontractor's total cost for the extra work. Regardless of the number of hierarchical tiers of Subcontractors, the 5 percent increase above the Subcontractor's total cost which includes the allowances for overhead and profit specified herein may be applied one time only . 11.5 EXCLUDED COSTS A. The term "cost of the work" shall not include any of the following: ;! 1. Payroll costs and other compensation of CONTRACTOR's officers, executives, proprietors, partners, principals, general managers, engineers, architects, estimators, attorneys, auditors, accountants, purchasing and contracting agents, expediters, timekeepers, clerks, and other personnel employed by CONTRACTOR whether at the Site or in CONTRACTOR's principal or a branch office for general administration of the WORK all of which are to be considered administrative costs covered by the CONTRACTOR's allowance for overhead and profit; 2. Expenses of CONTRACTOR's principal and branch offices other than CONTRACTOR's office at the Site; 3. Any part of CONTRACTOR's capital expenses, including interest on CONTRACTOR's capital employed for the WORK and charges against CONTRACTOR for delinquent payments; 4. Cost of premiums for all Bonds and for all insurance whether or not CONTRACTOR is required by the Contract Documents to purchase and maintain the same (except as provided by Paragraph 11.4 above); 5. Costs due to the negligence of CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them or for whose acts any of them may be liable, including but not limited to, the correction of Defective Work, disposal of MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-28 SCADA SYSTEM materials or equipment wrongly supplied, and making good any damage to property; and 6. Other overhead or general expense costs of any kind and the cost of any item not specifically and expressly included in Paragraph 11.4. t " 11.6 CONTRACTOR'S EXTRA WORK REPORT A. In order to be paid for extra work, the CONTRACTOR must 'submit a daily extra work report on the form furnished by the ENGINEER. The form must be completely filled out based on the provisions of Paragraphs 11.3 through 11.5 and. signed by the CONTRACTOR and ENGINEER at the end of each work day. Failure to complete the form and obtain appropriate signatures by the next working day after the extra work of the previous day was completed will result in CONTRACTOR's costs for extra work being disallowed. ARTICLE 12— CHANGE OF CONTRACT TIMES 12.1 GENERAL A. The Contract Times may only be changed by a Change Order. Any claim for an extension of the Contract Times shall be based on written notice delivered.by the CONTRACTOR to the ENGINEER promptly (but in no event later than 10 days) after the start of the event giving rise to the claim and stating the general nature of the claim. Notice of the extent of the claim with supporting data shall be delivered within 30 days after the start of such event (unless the ENGINEER allows an additional period of time for the submission of additional or more accurate data in support of the claim) and shall be accompanied by the CONTRACTOR's written statement that the adjustment claimed is the entire adjustment to which the CONTRACTOR is entitled as a result of said event. All claims for adjustment in the Contract Times will be determined,by the ENGINEER. No claim for an adjustment in the Contract Times will be valid if not submitted in accordance with the requirements of this - Paragraph 12.1 A. An increase in Contract Times does not mean that the CONTRACTOR is due an increase in Contract Price. Only compensable time extensions will result in an increase in Contract Price. B. All time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Agreement. C. When CONTRACTOR is prevented from completing any part of the WORK within the Contract Times (or Milestones) due to delay beyond the,control 'of CONTRACTOR, the Contract Times (or Milestones) will be extended in an amount equal to the time lost on the critical path of the WORK due to such delay, if a claim is made therefor as provided in Paragraph 12.1.A. Delays beyond the control of CONTRACTOR shall include, but not be limited to, acts or neglect by OWNER; acts or neglect of those performing other work as contemplated by Article 7; and fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, or acts of God. Delays attributable to and within the control of any Subcontractor or Supplier shall be deemed to be delays within the control of the CONTRACTOR. D. In no event will OWNER be liable to CONTRACTOR, any Subcontractor, any Supplier, any other person or organization, or to any surety for or employee or agent of any of them, for any increase in the Contract Price or other damages arising out or resulting from the following: 1. Delays caused by or within the control of CONTRACTOR; or MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-29 SCADA SYSTEM 2. Delays beyond the control of both OWNER and CONTRACTOR including but not limited to fires, floods, epidemics, abnormal weather conditions, acts of God, or acts or neglect by those performing other work as contemplated by Article 7. 12.2 EXTENSIONS OF CONTRACT TIMES FOR DELAY DUE TO WEATHER A. The CONTRACTOR's construction schedule shall anticipate delay due to unusually severe weather. The number of days of anticipated delay is set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions. B. Contract Times may be extended by the ENGINEER because of delays in excess of the anticipated delay. The CONTRACTOR shall, within 10 days of the beginning of any such delay, notify the ENGINEER in writing and request an extension of Contract Times. The ENGINEER will ascertain the facts and the extent of the delay and extend the Contract Times when, in its judgement,the findings of the fact justify such an extension. ARTICLE 13 — INSPECTIONS AND TESTS; CORRECTION, REMOVAL, OR ACCEPTANCEOF DEFECTIVE WORK 13.1 NOTICE OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. Prompt notice of Defective Work known to the OWNER or ENGINEER will be given to the CONTRACTOR. All Defective Work, whether or not in place, may be rejected, corrected, or accepted as provided in this Article 13. Defective Work may be rejected even if approved by prior inspection. 13.2 ACCESS TO WORK A. OWNER, ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, other representatives and �y personnel of OWNER, independent testing laboratories, and governmental agencies with jurisdictional interests shall have access to the WORK at reasonable times for their observation, inspecting, and testing. CONTRACTOR shall provide them proper and safe conditions for such access and advise them of CONTRACTOR's Site safety procedures and programs so that they may comply therewith as applicable. 13.3 INSPECTIONS AND TESTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall give the ENGINEER not less than 24 hours notice of readiness of the WORK for all required inspections, tests, or approvals, and shall cooperate with inspection and testing personnel to facilitate required inspections or tests. B. The OWNER shall employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to perform all inspections, tests, or approvals required by the Contract Documents except: 1. For inspection, tests, or approvals covered by Paragraphs 13.3C. and 13.3D. below; 2. That costs incurred in connection with tests or inspections conducted pursuant to Paragraph 13.3G. shall be paid as provided in said Paragraph 13.3G.; and 3. As otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. C. If Laws and Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction require any WORK (or any part thereof) to be inspected, tested, or approved by an employee or other representative MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-30 SCADA SYSTEM of such public body, CONTRACTOR shall assume full responsibility for arranging and obtaining such inspections, tests or approvals; pay all costs in connection therewith; and furnish the ENGINEER the required certificates of inspection or approval. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for arranging and obtaining and shall pay all costs in connection with any inspections, tests, or approvals required for the ENGINEER's acceptance of materials or equipment to be incorporated in the WORK or acceptance of materials, mix designs, or equipment submitted for approval prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the WORK. Such inspections, tests, or approvals shall be performed by organizations acceptable to the ENGINEER. E. The ENGINEER will make, or have made, such inspections and tests as the ENGINEER deems necessary to see that the WORK is being accomplished in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Unless otherwise specified in the Supplementary General Conditions, the cost of such.inspection and testing will be borne by the OWNER. In the event such inspections or tests reveal non-compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the CONTRACTOR shall bear the cost of corrective measures deemed necessary by the ENGINEER, as well as the cost of subsequent reinspection and retesting. Neither observations by the ENGINEER nor inspections, tests, or approvals by others shall relieve the CONTRACTOR from the CONTRACTOR's obligation to perform the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents. F. If any WORK (including the work of others) that is to be inspected, tested, or approved is covered without written concurrence of the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the ENGINEER, be uncovered for observation. Such uncovering shall _be at the CONTRACTOR's expense unless the CONTRACTOR has given the ENGINEER not less than 24 hours notice of the CONTRACTOR's intention to perform'such test or to cover the Cub\ same and the ENGINEER has not acted with reasonable promptness in response to such notice. G. If any WORK is covered contrary to the written request of the ENGINEER, it must, if requested by the ENGINEER, be uncovered for the ..ENGINEER's observation and recovered at the CONTRACTOR's expense. H. If the ENGINEER considers it necessary or advisable that covered WORK be observed by the ENGINEER or inspected or tested by others, the CONTRACTOR, at the ENGINEER's request, shall uncover, expose, or otherwise make available for observation, inspection, or testing as the ENGINEER may require, that portion of the WORK in question, furnishing all necessary labor, material, and equipment. If it is found that such work is Defective Work, the CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs and damages of such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, and testing and of satisfactory reconstruction, including but not limited to, fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals. However, if such work is not found to be Defective Work, the CONTRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to such uncovering, exposure, observation, inspection, testing, and reconstruction; and, if the parties are unable to agree as to the amount or extent thereof, the CONTRACTOR may make a claim therefor as provided in Articles 11 and 12. 7'1* MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296= CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-31 SCADA SYSTEM . - . 13.4 OWNER MAY STOP THE WORK A. If Defective Work is identified, the OWNER may order the CONTRACTOR to stop performance of the WORK, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, this right of the OWNER to stop the WORK shall not give rise to any duty on the part of the OWNER to exercise this right for the benefit of the CONTRACTOR or any other party. 13.5 CORRECTION OR REMOVAL OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. If required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly either correct all Defective Work, whether or not fabricated, installed, or completed, or, if the work has been rejected by the ENGINEER, remove it from the Site and replace it with non-defective WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs and damages of such correction or removal, including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys, and other professionals made necessary thereby. 13.6 ACCEPTANCE OF DEFECTIVE WORK A. If, instead of requiring correction or removal and replacement of Defective.Work, the OWNER prefers to accept the Defective Work, the OWNER may do so. The CONTRACTOR shall bear all direct, indirect, and consequential costs attributable to the OWNER's evaluation of and determination to accept such Defective Work. If any such acceptance occurs prior to final payment, a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the WORK, and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. 13.7 OWNER MAY CORRECT DEFECTIVE WORK A. If the CONTRACTOR fails within a reasonable time after written notice from the ENGINEER to correct Defective Work, or to remove and replace Defective Work as required by the ENGINEER in accordance with Paragraph 13.5A., or if the CONTRACTOR fails to perform the WORK in accordance with the Contract Documents, or if the CONTRACTOR fails to comply with any other provision of the Contract Documents, the OWNER may, after seven days written notice to the CONTRACTOR, correct and remedy any such deficiency. B. In exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph, the OWNER shall proceed with corrective and remedial action. In connection with such corrective and remedial action, the OWNER may exclude the CONTRACTOR from all or part of the Site, take possession of all or part of the WORK, and suspend the CONTRACTOR's services related thereto and incorporate in the WORK all materials and equipment for which the OWNER has paid the CONTRACTOR whether stored at the Site or elsewhere. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER, OWNER's representatives, ENGINEER, and ENGINEER's consultants access to the Site to enable OWNER to exercise the rights and remedies under this paragraph. • C. All direct, indirect, and consequential costs and damages incurred by the OWNER in exercising the rights and remedies under this paragraph will be charged against the CONTRACTOR and a Change Order will be issued incorporating the necessary revisions in the Contract Documents with respect to the WORK; and the OWNER shall be entitled to an appropriate decrease in the Contract Price. If the parties are unable to agree as to the amount of the adjustment, the OWNER may make a claim therefor as provided in Article r� 11. Such claim will include, but not be limited to, all costs of repair or replacement of work MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-32 SCADA SYSTEM of others, destroyed or damaged by correction, removal, or replacement of CONTRACTOR's Defective Work and all direct, indirect, and consequential damages associated therewith. C.N\ D. The CONTRACTOR shall not be allowed an extension of Contract Times (or Milestones) because of any delay in the performance of the WORK attributable to the exercise by OWNER of OWNER's rights and remedies under this paragraph. 13.8 CORRECTION PERIOD A. The correction period for Defective Work shall be the longer of: 1. One year after the date of final acceptance; 2. Such time as may be prescribed by Laws and Regulations; 3. Such time as specified by the terms of any applicable special guarantee required by the Contract Documents; or 4. Such time as specified by any specific provision of the Contract Documents. B. If, during the correction period as defined in Paragraph 13.8A above, any work is found to be Defective Work, the OWNER shall have the same remedies as set forth in Paragraphs 13.5; 13.6, and 13.7 above. C .Where Defective Work (and damage to other work resulting therefrom) has been corrected, removed, or replaced under this paragraph, the correction period hereunder with respect to such work will be extended for an additional period of one year after such correction or removal and replacement has been satisfactorily completed. (1. 1 ARTICLE 14— PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR AND COMPLETION 14.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES (LUMP SUM PRICE BREAKDOWN) A. The schedule of values or lump sum price breakdown established as provided in the General Requirements shall serve as the basis for progress payments and shall be incorporated into a form of Application for Payment acceptable to the ENGINEER. 14.2 UNIT PRICE BID SCHEDULE A. Progress payments on account of unit price work will be based on the number of units completed. 14.3 APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT A. Unless otherwise prescribed by law, on the 25th of each month, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER for review, the Application for Payment filled out and signed by the CONTRACTOR covering the WORK completed as of the date of the Application for Payment and accompanied by such supporting documentation as is required by the Contract Documents. B. The Application for Payment shall identify, as a subtotal, the amount of the CONTRACTOR total earnings to date; plus the value of materials stored at the Site which have not yet been incorporated in the WORK; and less a deductive adjustment for MWH-042604 - GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-33 SCADA SYSTEM materials installed which were not previously incorporated in the WORK, but for which payment was allowed under the provisions for payment for materials stored at the Site, but not yet incorporated in the WORK. C. The net payment due the CONTRACTOR shall be the above-mentioned subtotal from which shall be deducted the amount of retainage specified in the Supplementary General Conditions and the total amount of all previous payments made to the CONTRACTOR. D. The value of materials stored at the Site shall be an amount equal to the specified percent of the value of such materials as set forth in the Supplementary General Conditions. Said amount shall be based upon the value of all acceptable materials and equipment not incorporated in the WORK but delivered and suitably stored at the Site or at another location agreed to in writing; provided, each such individual item has a value of more than $5,000 and will become a permanent part of the WORK. The Application for Payment shall also be accompanied by a bill of sale, invoice, or other documentation warranting that the CONTRACTOR has received the materials and equipment free and clear of all Liens and evidence that the materials and equipment are covered by appropriate property insurance and other arrangements to protect the OWNER's interest therein, all of which will be satisfactory to the OWNER. 14.4 CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY OF TITLE A. The CONTRACTOR warrants and guarantees that title to all WORK, materials, and equipment covered by an Application for Payment, whether incorporated in the WORK or not, will pass to the OWNER no later than the time of payment, free and clear of all Liens. 14.5 REVIEW OF APPLICATIONS FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT A. The ENGINEER will, within 7 days after receipt of each Application for Payment, either indicate in writing a recommendation of payment and present the application to the OWNER, or return the application to the CONTRACTOR indicating in writing the ENGINEER's reasons for refusing to recommend payment. In the latter case, the CONTRACTOR may make the necessary corrections and resubmit the application. If the ENGINEER still disagrees with a portion of the application, it will submit the application recommending the undisputed portion of the application to the OWNER for payment and provide reasons for recommending non-payment of the disputed amount. Thirty days after presentation of the Application for Payment with the ENGINEER's recommendation, the amount recommended will (subject to the provisions of Paragraph 14.5B.) become due and when due will be paid by the OWNER to the CONTRACTOR. B. The ENGINEER, in its discretion, may refuse to recommend the whole or any part of any payment. ENGINEER may also refuse to recommend any such payment, or, because of subsequently discovered evidence or the results of subsequent inspections or tests, nullify any such payment previously recommended, to such extent as may be necessary in ENGINEER's opinion to protect OWNER from loss because: 1. The work is Defective Work or the completed WORK has been damaged requiring correction or replacement. 2. The Contract Price has been reduced by written amendment or Change Order. 3. The OWNER has been required to correct Defective Work or complete WORK in accordance with Paragraph 13.7. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-34 SCADA SYSTEM 4. ENGINEER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraph 15.1 through 15.4 inclusive. C. The. OWNER may refuse to make payment of the full amount recommended by the ENGINEER because: 1. Claims have been made against OWNER on account of CONTRACTOR's performance or furnishing of the WORK. 2. Liens have been filed in connection with the WORK, except where CONTRACTOR has delivered a specific Bond satisfactory to OWNER to secure the satisfaction and discharge of such Liens. 3. There are other -items entitling OWNER to a set-off against .the amount recommended, or 4. OWNER has actual knowledge of the occurrence of any of the events enumerated in Paragraphs 14.5B. through 14.5C and 15.1 through 15.4 inclusive. The OWNER must give the CONTRACTOR immediate written notice (with a copy to the ENGINEER) stating the reasons for such action and promptly pay the CONTRACTOR the amount so withheld, or any adjustment thereto agreed to by OWNER and CONTRACTOR, when CONTRACTOR corrects to OWNER's satisfaction the reasons for such action. - 14.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. When the CONTRACTOR considers the WORK ready for its intended use, the (..fts‘ CONTRACTOR shall notify the OWNER and the ENGINEER in writing that the WORK is substantially complete. The CONTRACTOR shall attach to this request a list of all work items that remain to be completed and a request that the ENGINEER prepare a Notice of Completion. Within a reasonable time thereafter, the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR, and the ENGINEER shall make an inspection of the WORK to determine the status of completion. If the ENGINEER does not consider the WORK substantially complete, or the list of remaining work items to be comprehensive, the ENGINEER will notify the CONTRACTOR in writing giving the reasons therefor. If the ENGINEER considers the WORK substantially complete, the ENGINEER will prepare and deliver to the OWNER for its execution and recordation the Notice of Completion signed by the ENGINEER and CONTRACTOR, which shall fix the date of Substantial Completion. 14.7 PARTIAL UTILIZATION A. The OWNER shall have the right to utilize or place into service any item of equipment or other usable portion of the WORK prior to completion of the WORK. Whenever the OWNER plans to exercise said right, the CONTRACTOR will be notified in writing by the OWNER, identifying the specific portion or portions of the WORK to be so utilized or otherwise placed into service. - B. It shall be understood by the CONTRACTOR that until such written notification is issued, all responsibility for care and maintenance of all of the WORK shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR. Upon issuance of said written notice of Partial Utilization, the OWNER will accept responsibility for the protection and maintenance of all such items or portions of the WORK described in the written notice. (111 \ MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-35 SCADA SYSTEM C. The CONTRACTOR shall retain full responsibility for satisfactory completion of the WORK, regardless of whether a portion thereof has been partially utilized by the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR's one year correction period shall commence only after the date of Substantial Completion for the WORK. 14.8 FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT A. After the CONTRACTOR has completed all of the remaining work items referred to in Paragraph 14.6 and delivered all maintenance and operating instructions, schedules, guarantees, Bonds, certificates of inspection, marked-up record documents (as provided in the General Requirements), and other documents, all as required by the Contract Documents, and after the ENGINEER has indicated that the WORK is acceptable, the CONTRACTOR may make application for final payment following the procedure for progress payments. The final Application for Payment shall be accompanied by all documentation called for in the Contract Documents, together with complete and legally effective releases or waivers (satisfactory to the OWNER) of all Liens arising out of or filed in connection with the WORK. 14.9 FINAL PAYMENT AND ACCEPTANCE A. If, on the basis of the ENGINEER's observation of the WORK during construction and final inspection, and the ENGINEER's review of the final Application for Payment and accompanying documentation, all as required by the Contract Documents, the ENGINEER is satisfied that the WORK has been completed and the CONTRACTOR's other obligations under the Contract Documents have been fulfilled, the ENGINEER will, within 14 days after receipt of the final Application for Payment, indicate in writing the ENGINEER's recommendation of payment and present the application to the OWNER for payment. B. After acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER's governing body, the OWNER will make final payment to the CONTRACTOR of the amount remaining after deducting all prior payments and all amounts to be kept or retained under the provisions of the Contract Documents, including the following items: 1. Liquidated damages, as applicable; 2. Amounts withheld by OWNER under Paragraph 14.5B. and C. which have not been released; and 3. Two times the value of outstanding items of correction work or punch list items yet uncompleted or uncorrected, as applicable. All such work shall be completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the OWNER within the time stated on the Notice of Completion, otherwise the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive any and all claims to all monies withheld by the OWNER to cover the value of all such uncompleted or uncorrected items. C. As a condition of final payment, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to execute a release on the form provided by OWNER, releasing the OWNER from any and all claims of liability for payment on the Project except for such amounts as may be specifically described and excluded from the release. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-36 SCADA SYSTEM 14.10 RELEASE OF RETAINAGE AND OTHER DEDUCTIONS A. After executing the necessary documents to initiate the Lien period, and not more than 45 days thereafter (based on a 30-day Lien filing period and 15-day processing time), the OWNER will release to the CONTRACTOR the retainage funds withheld pursuant to the Agreement, less any deductions to cover pending claims against the OWNER pursuant to Paragraph 14.5C. . B. After filing of the necessary documents to initiate the Lien period, the CONTRACTOR shall have 30 days to complete any outstanding items of correction work remaining to be completed or corrected as listed.on a final punch list made: a part of the Notice of Completion. Upon expiration of the 45 days, referred to in Paragraph 14.10A., the amounts withheld pursuant to the provisions of Paragraph 14.9B. herein, for all remaining work items will be returned to the CONTRACTOR; provided, that said work has been completed or corrected to the satisfaction of the OWNER within said 30 days. Otherwise, the CONTRACTOR does hereby waive any and all claims for all monies withheld. by the OWNER under this Agreement to cover two times the value of such remaining uncompleted or uncorrected'items.. ARTICLE 15—SUSPENSION OF'WORK AND TERMINATION 15.1 SUSPENSION OF WORK BY OWNER A. The OWNER may, at any time and without cause, suspend the WORK or any portion thereof for a period of not more than 90 days by notice in writing to the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall resume the WORK on receipt of a notice of resumption of work. The CONTRACTOR will be allowed an increase in the Contract Price or an extension of the Contract Time, or both, directly attributable to any suspension if the CONTRACTOR makes an approved claim therefor as provided in Articles 1.1 and 12. 15.2 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY OWNER FOR DEFAULT A. In the event of default by the CONTRACTOR, the OWNER may give seven days written notice to the CONTRACTOR of OWNER's intent to terminate the Agreement and provide the CONTRACTOR an opportunity to remedy the conditions constituting the default within a specified period of time. It will be considered a default by the CONTRACTOR whenever CONTRACTOR shall: 1. Declare bankruptcy, become insolvent, or assign its assets for the benefit of its creditors; 2. Disregard or violate.the Laws or Regulations of any public body having jurisdiction; 3. Fail to provide materials or workmanship meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents; 4. Disregard or violate provisions of. the Contract Documents or ENGINEER's instructions; - 5. Fail to prosecute the WORK according to the approved progress schedule; 6. Fail to provide a qualified superintendent, competent workmen, or materials or equipment meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents; or ra"N MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-37 SCADA SYSTEM 7. Disregard the authority of the ENGINEER. B. If the CONTRACTOR fails to remedy the conditions constituting default within the time allowed, the OWNER may then issue the notice of termination. C. In the event the Agreement is terminated in accordance with Paragraph 15.2A., herein, the OWNER may take possession of the WORK and may complete the WORK by whatever method or means the OWNER may select. The cost of completing the WORK will be deducted from the balance which would have been due the CONTRACTOR had the Agreement not been terminated and the WORK completed in accordance with the Contract Documents. If such cost exceeds the balance which would have been due, the CONTRACTOR shall pay the excess amount to the OWNER. If such cost is less than the balance which would have been due, the CONTRACTOR shall not have claim to the difference. 15.3 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE A. Upon seven days' written notice to the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER, the OWNER may, without cause and without prejudice to any other right or remedy of the OWNER, elect to terminate the Agreement. In such case, the CONTRACTOR shall be paid (without duplication of any items): 1. For completed and acceptable WORK executed in accordance with the Contract Documents, prior to the effective date of termination, including fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit of such WORK; 2. For expenses sustained prior to the effective date of termination in performing services and furnishing labor, materials, or equipment as required by the Contract Documents in connection with uncompleted WORK, plus fair and reasonable sums for overhead and profit on such expenses; 3. For all reasonable claims, costs, losses, and damages incurred in settlement of terminated contracts with Subcontractors, Suppliers, and others; and 4. For reasonable expenses directly attributable to termination. CONTRACTOR shall not be paid on account of loss of anticipated profits or revenue or other economic loss arising out of or resulting from such termination. 15.4 TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT BY CONTRACTOR A. The CONTRACTOR may terminate the Agreement upon 14 days written notice to the OWNER, whenever: 1. The WORK has been suspended under the provisions of Paragraph 15.1, herein, for more than 90 consecutive days through no fault or negligence of the CONTRACTOR, and notice to resume work or to terminate the Agreement has not been received from the OWNER within this time period; or 2. The OWNER should fail to pay the CONTRACTOR any monies due him in accordance with the terms of the Contract Documents and within 60 days after presentation to the OWNER by the CONTRACTOR of a request therefor, unless within said 14-day period the OWNER shall have remedied the condition upon which the payment delay was based. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-38 SCADA SYSTEM B. In the event of such termination, the CONTRACTOR shall have no claims against the OWNER except for those claims specifically enumerated in Paragraph-15.3, herein, and as determined in accordance with the requirements of said paragraph. (IIIPLbN) ARTICLE 16-- MISCELLANEOUS 16.1 GIVING NOTICE A. Whenever any provision of the Contract Documents requires the giving of written notice, it will be deemed to have been validly given if delivered in person to the individual or to a member of the firm or to an officer of the corporation for whom it is intended, or if delivered at or sent by registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, to the last business address known to the giver of-the notice. 16.2 TITLE TO MATERIALS FOUND ON THE WORK A. The OWNER reserves the right to retain title to all soils, stone, sand, gravel, and other materials developed and obtained from excavations and other operations connected with the WORK. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, neither the CONTRACTOR nor any Subcontractor shall have any right, title, or interest in or to any such materials. The CONTRACTOR will be permitted to use in the WORK, without charge, any such materials which meet the requirements of the Contract Documents. 16.3 RIGHT TO AUDIT A. If the CONTRACTOR submits a claim to the OWNER for additional compensation, the OWNER shall have the right, as a condition to considering the claim, and as a basis for evaluation of the claim, and until the claim has been settled, to audit the CONTRACTOR's books to the extent they are relevant. This right shall include the right to examine books, records, documents, and other evidence and accounting procedures and practices, sufficient to discover and verify all direct and indirect costs of whatever nature claimed to have been incurred or anticipated to be incurred and for which the claim has been submitted. The right to audit shall include the right to inspect the CONTRACTOR's plant, or such parts thereof, as may be or have been engaged in the performance of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR further agrees that the right to audit encompasses all subcontracts and is binding upon Subcontractors. The rights to examine and inspect herein provided for shall be exercisable through such representatives as the OWNER deems desirable during the CONTRACTOR's normal business hours at the office of the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall make available to the OWNER for auditing, all relevant accounting records and documents, and other financial data, and upon request, shall submit true copies of requested records to the OWNER. 16.4 SURVIVAL OF OBLIGATIONS A. All representations, indemnifications, warranties, and guaranties made in, required by or given in accordance with the Contract Documents, as well as all continuing obligations indicated in the Contract Documents, will survive final payment, completion and acceptance of the WORK or termination or completion of the Agreement. 16.5 CONTROLLING LAW A. This Agreement is to be governed by the law of the state in which the Project is located. MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-39 SCADA SYSTEM 16.6 SEVERABILITY A. If any term or provision of this Agreement is declared invalid or unenforceable by any court of lawful jurisdiction, the remaining terms and provisions of the Agreement shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect. 16.7 WAIVER A. The waiver by the OWNER of any breach or violation of any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement or of any provision, ordinance, or law shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any other term, covenant, condition, ordinance, or law or of any subsequent breach or violation of the same or of any other term, covenant, condition, ordinance, or law. The subsequent payment of any monies or fee by the OWNER which may become due hereunder shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach or violation by CONTRACTOR or any term, covenant, condition of this Agreement or of any applicable law or ordinance. - END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS - MWH-042604 GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00700-40 SCADA SYSTEM SECTION 00800- SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS PART 1-- GENERAL These Supplementary General Conditions make additions, deletions, or revisions to the General Conditions as indicated herein. All provisions which are not so added, deleted,.or revised remain in full force and effect. Terms used in these Supplementary General Conditions which are defined in the General Conditions have the meanings assigned to them in the General Conditions. SGC-1 DEFINITIONS Add the following definitions to Article 1: ENGINEER - In accordance with its .contract with the OWNER, the ENGINEER is further defined as the firm of MWH Americas, Inc. (formerly known as Montgomery Watson Americas, Inc.), located at 5100 Westheimer, Suite 580, Houston Texas 77056. OWNER - The OWNER is further defined as City of Pearland, 3519 Liberty Drive, Pearland Texas 77581. SGC-2.2 COPIES OF DOCUMENTS . . The OWNER shall furnish to the CONTRACTOR 3 copies of the Contract Documents which may include bound reduced drawings, if any, together with 3 sets of full-scale Drawings. Additional quantities of the Contract Documents will be furnished at reproduction cost plus mailing cost if copies are mailed. SGC-2.4 STARTING THE WORK Add the following as Paragraphs 2.4C and 2.4D of the General Conditions: C. The CONTRACTOR shall notify the Underground Service Alert (USA) System, Phone No. 1-800-227-2600, at least 48 hours in advance.of the commencement of work at any site to allow the member utilities to examine the construction site and mark the location of the utilities' respective facilities. . D. The CONTRACTOR acknowledges,that some (or all) of the utility companies with facilities shown on the drawings may not be members of the USA System and, therefore, not automatically contacted by the above referenced telephone number. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for making itself aware of utility company facilities not reported by the USA System, and shall be liable for any and all damages stemming from repair or delay costs or any other expenses resulting from the unanticipated discovery of underground utilities. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for notifying all of the utilities at least 48 hours in advance of the commencement of work at any site to allow the utilities to examine the ,construction site and mark the location of the utilities' respective facilities. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for verifying that each utility has responsibly responded to such notification. SGC-3.4 ORDER OF PRECEDENCE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Add the following between Instructions to Bidders and General Conditions: TWDB Contract Conditions MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND .. . PAGE 00800 - 1 SCADA SYSTEM SGC-5.1 BONDS Delete the first sentence of Paragraph 5.1 A and add the following: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish a satisfactory Performance Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract Price and a satisfactory Payment Bond in the amount of 100 percent of the Contract Price as security for the faithful performance and payment of all the CONTRACTOR's obligations under the Contract Documents. Add the following as Paragraph 5.1.D of the General Conditions [and renumber GC 5.1.D as 5.1.E] 5.1.D MAINTENANCE AND GUARANTY BOND The CONTRACTOR shall provide a Maintenance and Guaranty Bond in the amount of $100,000 to provide a guarantee against defects in the WORK occurring during the year following the one- year correction period. The Bond shall meet all of the requirements listed in Paragraph 5.1 BONDS, shall be payable to the OWNER, and be at the sole cost of the CONTRACTOR. SGC-5.2 INSURANCE A. The limits of liability for the insurance required by Paragraph 5.2 of the General Conditions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by Laws and Regulations. Limits may be provided by a combination of primary and excess liability policies or through a single policy. If the limits are provided by a combination of primary and excess liability policies, then the excess or umbrella liability coverages shall include commercial general, comprehensive automobile, and employer's liability and shall provide coverage at least as broad as the underlying policies. 1. Workers' Compensation: a. State: Statutory b. Applicable Federal (e.g. USL&H): Statutory Note: If the WORK called for in the Contract Documents involves work in or on any navigable waters, the CONTRACTOR shall provide Workers' Compensation coverage which shall include coverage under the Longshore and Harbor Workers' Compensation Act, the Jones Act, Maritime Law, and any other coverage required under Federal or State laws pertaining to workers in or on navigable waters. c. Employer's Liability: Bodily Injury by Accident$1,000,000 each accident Bodily Injury by Disease $1,000,000 policy limit Bodily Injury by Disease $1,000,000 each employee 2. Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability: Combined Single Limit: a. Premises/operations $1,000,000 each occurrence MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 2 SCADA SYSTEM b. Products/completed $1,000,000 each occurrence operations $5,000,000 annual aggregate c. Personal Injury $1,000,000 each occurrence (411'\ d. Policies shall include premises/operations, products, completed operations, independent contractors, explosion, collapse, underground hazards, broad form contractual, personal injury with employment contractual exclusions deleted, and broad form property damage. e. If policies are written on a Commercial General liability form, the General Aggregate shall be at least two times the each occurrence limit or be written on a "per project" basis. f. If policies are written on a claims made form, the certificate should so specify and policies shall continue in force for two years completion of the project. The retroactive date of the policy must be no later than the date of the Agreement. g. If policies are written for split limits, limits shall be equal for bodily injury and property damage liability. 3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability (including owned, hired, and nonowned vehicles): Combined Single Limit: a. Bodily Injury and Property Damage: $2,000,000 each accident b. If policies are written for split limits, limits shall be equal for bodily injury per person, bodily injury per accident and property damage. 4. Builder's Risk Insurance: a. In an amount equal to the replacement cost of the completed value of the Project. b. Any deductibles or self insured retentions shall be in accordance with Paragraph SGC-5.2F or as agreed to by the OWNER and CONTRACTOR. c. The CONTRACTOR shall exclude earthquake coverage from the Builder's Risk Insurance requirements under Paragraph 5.2C.5 of the General Conditions. B. All policies shall provide that the CONTRACTOR agrees to waive all rights of subrogation against the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and their subconsultants, employees, officers and directors, for WORK performed under the Agreement Endorsements shall be provided with certificates of insurance. C. All policies shall also specify that the insurance provided by the CONTRACTOR will be considered primary and not contributory to any other insurance available to the OWNER or ENGINEER. D. All policies except Workers' Compensation and Builders Risk shall name the OWNER, C16\ ENGINEER, their consultants, subconsultants, and their officers, directors, agents and MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 3 SCADA SYSTEM employees as additional insureds. The Builders Risk insurance shall name the CONTRACTOR, OWNER, and ENGINEER as named insureds. E. All policies shall provide for thirty days notice prior to any cancellation, reduction in coverage or nonrenewal. F. The deductible or self insured retention on Comprehensive or Commercial General Liability shall not be greater than $10,000. Deductibles on Builder's Risk coverage shall not be greater than $25,000 for flood. All deductibles are the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. SGC-5.2C INSURANCE Add the following to Paragraph 5.2C of the General Conditions: The CONTRACTOR shall also name MWH Americas, Inc. (formerly known as Montgomery Watson Americas, Inc.) and its officers, directors, agents, and employees as "additional insureds" under the insurance policies. SGC—5.2C.1 INSURANCE Add the following to Paragraph 5.2.C.1 of the General Conditions Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage. a. Definitions: Certificate of coverage ("certificate")- A copy of a certificate of insurance, a certificate of authority to self-insure issued by the commission, or a coverage agreement (TWCC-81, TWCC-82, TWCC-83, or TWCC-84), showing statutory workers' compensation insurance coverage for the person's or entity's employees providing services on a project, for the duration of the project. Duration of the project - includes the time from the beginning of the work on the project until the contractor's/person's work on the project has been completed and accepted by the governmental entity. Persons providing services on the project ("subcontractor" in §406.096) - includes all persons or entities performing all or part of the services the contractor has undertaken to perform on the project, regardless of whether that person contracted directly with the contractor and regardless of whether that person has employees. This includes, without limitation, independent contractors, subcontractors, leasing companies, motor carriers, owner-operators, employees of any such entity, or employees of any entity which furnishes persons to provide services on the project. "Services" include, without limitation, providing, hauling, or delivering equipment or materials, or providing labor, transportation, or other service related to a project. "Services" does not include activities unrelated to the project, such as food/beverage vendors, office supply deliveries, and delivery of portable toilets. b. The contractor shall provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code, Section MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 4 SCADA SYSTEM 401.011(44) for all employees of the contractor providing services on the project, for the duration of the project. c. The Contractor must provide a certificate of coverage to the governmental entity prior to being awarded the contract. d. If the coverage period shown on the contractor's current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project, the contractor must, prior to the end of the coverage period, file a new certificate of coverage with the governmental entity showing that coverage has been extended. e. The contractor shall obtain from each person providing services.on a project, and provide to the governmental entity: (1) a certificate of coverage, prior to that person beginning work on the project, so the governmental entity will have on file certificates of coverage showing coverage for all persons providing services on the project; and (2) no later than seven days after receipt by the contractor, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project. f. The contractor shall retain all required certificates of coverage for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter. g. The contractor shall notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the contractor knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project. h. The contractor shall post on each project site a notice, in the text, form and manner prescribed by the Texas Workers' Compensation Commission, informing all persons providing services on the project that they are required tobe covered, and stating how a person may verify coverage and report lack of coverage. i. The contractor shall contractually require each person with whom it contracts to provide services on a project, to: (1) provide coverage, based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts and filing of any coverage agreements, which meets the statutory requirements of Texas Labor Code,.Section 401.011(44) for all of its employees providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (2) provide to the contractor, prior to that person beginning work on the project, a certificate of coverage showing that coverage is being provided for all employees of the person providing services on the project, for the duration of the project; (3) provide the contractor, prior to the end of the coverage period, a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 5 SCADA SYSTEM (4) obtain from each other person with whom it contracts, and provide to the contractor: (a) a certificate of coverage, prior to the other person beginning work on the project; and (b) a new certificate of coverage showing extension of coverage, prior to the end of the coverage period, if the coverage period shown on the current certificate of coverage ends during the duration of the project; (5) retain all required certificates of coverage on file for the duration of the project and for one year thereafter; (6) notify the governmental entity in writing by certified mail or personal delivery, within 10 days after the person knew or should have known, of any change that materially affects the provision of coverage of any person providing services on the project; and (7) contractually require each person with whom it contracts, to perform as required by paragraphs (1) - (7), with the certificates of coverage to be provided to the person for whom they are providing services. j. By signing this contract or providing or causing to be provided a certificate of coverage, the contractor is representing to the governmental entity that all employees of the contractor who will provide services on the project will be covered by workers' compensation coverage for the duration of the project, that the coverage will be based on proper reporting of classification codes and payroll amounts, and that all coverage agreements will be filed with the appropriate insurance carrier or, in the case of a self-insured, with the commission's Division of Self-Insurance Regulation. Providing false or misleading information may subject the contractor to administrative penalties, criminal penalties, civil penalties, or other civil actions. k. The contractor's failure to comply with any of these provisions is a breach of contract by the contractor which entitles the governmental entity to declare the contract void if the contractor does not remedy the breach within ten days after receipt of notice of breach from the governmental entity. Workers' Compensation Insurance Coverage Contractor Requirements The Contractor shall comply with provisions of 28 TAC 110.110 (d) with regard to performance of workers compensation insurance coverage. SGC-6.6 SUBCONTRACT LIMITATIONS Add the following as Paragraph 6.6B of the General Conditions: B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform not less than 30 percent of the WORK with its own forces (i.e., without subcontracting). The 20 percent requirement shall apply to the Contract Price less the values of OWNER-assigned contracts and allowances in the Bid for prenegotiated WORK. 9 MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 6 SCADA SYSTEM SGC-6.7 PERMITS A. The CONTRACTOR shall acquire all permits required by Laws or Regulations, including, without limitation, the following specific permits (if applicable): 1. State permits to construct and/or operate sources of air pollution. 2. Certificates and permits are required for sources such as, but not limited to: a. Fuel burning equipment b. Gasoline and petroleum distillate storage containers c. Land disturbing activities d. Processing equipment (sand, gravel, concrete batch plant, etc.) e. Odors 3. Permits to construct and/or'operating permits for construction should be obtained from: City of Pearland 4. Stormwater Permit. 5. Permit-Required Confined Space The workplace in which the WORK is to be performed may contain permit-required confined spaces (permit spaces) as defined 29 CFR 1910.146 and, if so, permit space entry is allowed only through compliance with a confined space entry program meeting the requirements of 29 CFR 1910.146. 6. Encroachment Permit. SGC-6.10 TAXES Products incorporated into the Work are exempt from sales tax according to the provisions of the Texas Tax Code ANN. CH. 151 Subsection H. The City of Pearland will furnish to the successful bidder a certificate of tax exempt status for use on this project. SGC-6.14 SUBMITTALS Add the following Paragraph 6.14 E.to the General Conditions: It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and:acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of any submittal item. The OWNER reserves the right to withhold monies due'to the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER's review beyond the second submittal. SGC-6.17 INDEMNIFICATION Add the following to Paragraph 6.17A of the General Conditions: The CONTRACTOR shall also indemnify, defend, and hold harmless MWH Americas, Inc. (formerly known as Montgomery Watson Americas, Inc.) and its officers, directors, agents, and employees, against and from all claims and liability arising under or by reason of the Agreement or any performance of the WORK, but not from the sole negligence or willful misconduct of MHW C.bN Americas, Inc. MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 7 SCADA SYSTEM _ Add the following as Paragraph 6.18 of the General Conditions: SGC-6.18 ASSIGNED CONTRACTS BY THE OWNER A. The OWNER will have executed a procurement contract with a Supplier for early procurement of the following described items to be installed in the WORK by the CONTRACTOR. Said procurement contract is hereby assigned to the CONTRACTOR as a part of the WORK of the Agreement. Said assignment of the procurement contract to the CONTRACTOR shall be a condition of the contract for the construction of Installation of the Supervisory Control and Data Acquisition System. As of the date of execution of the Agreement hereunder, all references in the procurement documents to the OWNER shall mean the CONTRACTOR hereunder. B. The CONTRACTOR shall be wholly responsible under the Agreement for administration of each of said procurement contract, including payment of the Supplier therefor and for all expediting, quality assurance, and delivery. All costs of site storage, erection, installation, safety, security, and protection both prior to and after erection or installation until after final acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER, shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. No separate payment will be allowed therefor, and all costs shall be included by the CONTRACTOR in the lump sum price bid for the WORK. C. The assignment of said procurement contract shall act to relieve the OWNER from all further obligation and liability under the procurement contract, and all rights, duties, and obligations of the OWNER under said procurement contract shall become the rights, duties and obligations of the CONTRACTOR, including that of inspection at the point of manufacture or fabrication, as applicable. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be wholly responsible for all payments to the Supplier and for expediting, delivery, storage, and installation or erection under the Agreement. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for all safety, security, and protection of said procurement items both prior to and after installation until final acceptance by the OWNER. SGC-9.3 PROJECT REPRESENTATION A. The Resident Project Representative, who is the ENGINEER's agent, will act as directed by and under the supervision of the ENGINEER and will confer with the ENGINEER regarding its actions. The Resident Project Representative's dealings in matters pertaining to the WORK shall, in general, be only with the ENGINEER and the CONTRACTOR, and dealings with Subcontractors shall only be through or with the full knowledge of the CONTRACTOR. Written communication with the OWNER will be only through or as directed by the ENGINEER. B. The Resident Project Representative shall have the duties and responsibilities set forth in this paragraph. 1. Review the progress schedule of Shop Drawing submittals and schedule of values prepared by the CONTRACTOR and consult with the ENGINEER concerning their acceptability. 2. Attend preconstruction conferences. Arrange a schedule of progress meetings and other job conferences as required in consultation with the ENGINEER andra-) MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 8 SCADA SYSTEM notify in advance those expected to attend. Attend meetings and maintain and circulate copies of minutes thereof. 3. Serve as the ENGINEER's liaison with the CONTRACTOR, working principally C.Ilk\ through the CONTRACTOR's superintendent and assist said superintendent in understanding the intent of the Contract Documents. Assist the ENGINEER in serving as the OWNER's liaison with the CONTRACTOR. 4. Receive Shop Drawings and samples furnished by the CONTRACTOR. 5. Conduct on-site observations of the WORK in progress to assist the ENGINEER in determining if the WORK is proceeding in accordance with the Contract Documents. 6. Verify that the tests, equipment, and systems. startups and operating and maintenance instruction are conducted as required by the Contract Documents and in presence of the required personnel, and that the CONTRACTOR maintains adequate records thereof. 7. Transmit to the CONTRACTOR the ENGINEER's clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents. 8. Consider and evaluate the CONTRACTOR's suggestions for modifications in the Contract Documents and report them with recommendations to the ENGINEER. 9. Review applications for payment with the CONTRACTOR for compliance with the established procedure for their submittal and forward them with recommendations to the ENGINEER, noting particularly their relation to the schedule of values, work C°61 completed, and materials.and equipment delivered at the Site but not incorporated in the WORK. 10. During the course of the WORK, verify that certificates, maintenance and operation manuals, and other data required to be assembled and furnished by the CONTRACTOR are applicable to the items actually installed. 11 .Before the ENGINEER prepares a Notice of Completion, as applicable, submit to the CONTRACTOR a list of observed items requiring completion or correction. 12. Conduct final inspection in the company of the ENGINEER, the OWNER, and the CONTRACTOR, and prepare a punch list of items to be completed or corrected. 13. Verify that all items on the punch list have been completed or corrected and make recommendations to the ENGINEER concerning acceptance. SGC-11.3D EQUIPMENT The CONTRACTOR will be paid for the use of equipment at the rental rate listed for such equipment specified in the current edition of the following reference publication: A. "Rental Rate Blue Book for Construction Machinery" as published by the Machinery Information Division of the K-III Directory Corporation, telephone number(800) 669-3282. MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 9 SCADA SYSTEM SGC-12.2 WEATHER DELAYS The CONTRACTOR's construction schedule shall anticipate 60 days of delay due to unusually severe weather. CONTRACTOR shall request, in writing, application of weather delay allowance to Resident Project Representative within 2 hours of CONTRACTOR desired weather delay usage. Resident Project Representative shall notify CONTRACTOR within 7 days from application if CONTRACTORs request is approved. Nevertheless, usage of weather delay must be approved by Resident Project Represetative. SGC-14.3C AMOUNT OF RETENTION Add the following to Paragraph 14.3C of the General Conditions: Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the OWNER may retain a portion of the amount otherwise due to the CONTRACTOR, as follows: 1. Retention of 5 percent of each approved progress payment until the work is 50 percent complete; then the OWNER may, at its option, refund that portion of retainage held by the OWNER that is in excess of 2.5 percent of the total of the WORK done to date and thereafter continue to retain 2.5 percent of the value of all approved progress payment requests subsequently submitted. 2. The OWNER may reinstate up to 5 percent retention of the total of the WORK done if the OWNER determines, at its discretion, that the CONTRACTOR is not performing the WORK satisfactorily or there is other specific cause for such withholding. SGC-14.3D VALUE OF MATERIALS STORED AT THE SITE Unless otherwise prescribed by law, the value of materials stored at the Site shall be 75% of the value of such materials. - END OF SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS - MWH-031604 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 1610296— CITY OF PEARLAND PAGE 00800 - 10 SCADA SYSTEM SECTION 00820- PREVAILING WAGE SCALE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. In accordance with the Prevailing Wage Law on Public Works (Chapter 2258 of the Texas Government Code), the public body awarding the Contract does hereby specify the following to be the general prevailing rates in the locality in which the Work is being performed B. This prevailing wage rate does not prohibit the payment of more than the rates stated. 1.2 WAGE SCALE FOR ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION Classification Prevailing Rate Classification Prevailing Rate Air Tool Man $6.70 Paving Sub Grader $6.65 Asphalt Raker $7.05 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Asphalt Shoveler $6.20 Dragline, Shovel (Less than 1-1/2 CY) $8.25 Batching Plant Scaleman $7.75 Crane, Clamshell, Backhoe, Derrick, Carpenter, Rough $9.25 Dragline, Shovel (1-1/2 CY & Over) $9.50 Carpenter Helper, Rough $7.00 Crusher or Screening Plant Operator $9.50 Concrete Finisher (Paving) $7.80 Elevating Grader $8.00 Concrete Finisher Helper(Paving) $5.95 Foundation Drill Oper., Truck Mounted $9.00 Concrete Finisher (Strs.) $7.95 Front End Loader (2-1/2 CY & Less) $7.30 Concrete Finisher Helper (Strs.) $6.45 Front End Loader (Over 2-1/2 CY) $8.25 C116. Concrete Rubber $7.00 Mixer (Concrete Paving) $8.00 Electrician $13.95 Motor Grader Operator, Fine Grade $8.95 Electrician Helper, Senior $9.90 Motor Grader Operator $8.15 Electrician Helper, Junior $7.85 Roller, Steel Wheel Form Builder (Strs.) $8.00 (Plant-Mix Pavement) $7.35 Form Builder Helper (Strs.) $5.95 Roller, Steel Wheel Form Liner (Pvg. & Curb) $8.05 (Other Flat Wheel or Tamping) $7.20 Form Setter (Pvg. & Curb) $7.20 Roller, Pneumatic Self-Propelled $6.50 Form Setter Helper (Pvg. & Curb) $5.75 Scrapers (17 CY & Less) $6.55 Form Setter (Strs.) $7.35 Scrapers (Over 17 CY) $7.60 Form Setter Helper (Strs.) $6.25 Self-Propelled Hammer Operator $7.80 Laborer, Common $5.30 Tractor (Crawler Type) 150 HP & Less $7.70 Laborer, Utility Man $6.25 Tractor (Crawler Type) Over 150 HP $8.50 Manhole builder, Brick $6.85 Tractor (Pneumatic) 80 HP & Less $6.35 Mechanic $9.85 Tractor (Pneumatic) Over 80 HP $7.50 Mechanic Helper $7.50 Trenching Machine, Light $7.00 Oiler $7.00 Wagon-Drill, Boring Machine or Serviceman $7.60 Post Hole Driller Operator $9.50 Piledriverman $8.45 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Paving) $6.85 Pipe Layer $6.75 Reinforcing Steel Setter (Strs.) $8.20 Pipe Layer Helper $5.75 Reinforcing Steel Setter Helper $6.25 Steel Worker (Strs.) $7.95 POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS Steel Worker Helper (Strs.) $6.30 Asphalt Distributor $7.75 Spreader Box Man $7.50 Asphalt Paving Machine $8.45 CabN Broom or Sweeper Operator $6.25 TRUCK DRIVERS MW H-062504 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PREVAILING WAGE SCALE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00820-1 Bulldozer, 150 HP & Less $7.40. Single Axle, Light $6.40 Bulldozer, Over 150 HP $8.55 Single Axle, Heavy $6.75 Concrete Paving Curing Machine $7.45 Tandem Axle or Semi-Trailer $7.15 Concrete Paving Finishing Machine$8.35 Lowboy-Float $7.90 Concrete Paving Form Grader $7.50 Transit-Mix $7.00 rTh Concrete Paving Grinder $7.35 Winch $5.90 Concrete Paving Joint Machine $7.30 Welder $8.40 Concrete Paving Joint Sealer $7.85 Welder Helper $8.00 Concrete Paving Saw $7.50 Concrete Paving Spreader $7.55 PART 2-- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3— EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - MW H-062504 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PREVAILING WAGE SCALE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 00820-2 SECTION 01010-SUMMARY OF WORK PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The WORK to be performed under this Contract shall consist of providing system equipment, engineering, tools, materials, supplies, and manufactured articles, and furnishing all labor, transportation, and services, including fuel, power, water, and essential , communications, and performing all work or other operations required for the fulfillment of the Contract in strict accordance with the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents consist of the written specifications and drawings. References to other sections or drawings made throughout the documents, or the absence of references, does not affect the validity of any document or contract requirement. The WORK shall be complete, and all work, materials, and services not expressly indicated or called for in the Contract Documents which may be necessary for the complete and proper construction of the WORK in good faith shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR as though originally so indicated, at no increase in cost to the OWNER. B. In addition to the CONTRACTOR,. a SCADA, System Software Integration (SSSI) Contractor (see below) will perform the entire software configuration and integration for this project. C. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all construction and equipment start up activities. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the construction and start up activities with the SSSI as specified and as required to provide the OWNER with a complete and functional SCADA system. (1'11°''`. 1.2 WORK COVERED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS A. The WORK of this Contract comprises the construction of the SCADA System equipment. However, the overall scope of the SCADA System project for the City of Pearland is divided into. two (2) contracts and/or responsibilities: SCADA System equipment, which is covered under this Contract, and SCADA System Software Integration (SSSI), which is covered under another contract and as described below. The CONTRACTOR's WORK under this Contract includes, but is not limited to: • Examining existing installations and providing documentation of existing systems • Providing all the electrical work complete and installed • Providing SCADA system programmable logic controller '(PLCs) systems complete and installed • Providing and installing instrumentation and field wiring • Modifying existing field wiring and control circuits as required for the implementation of the SCADA system • Providing and installing wiring and termination of instrumentation, controls equipment, PLC systems, and other associated control equipment MWH-071604 1610296 CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01010-1 • Providing and installing all radio communication hardware and wiring • Providing and installing network cabling with all the required connectors • Providing engineering, drawings and diagrams, documentation, testing, start up, training, spare parts and as-built documentation • Installing OWNER furnished equipment • Equipment startup, testing, and warranty work B. The SCADA System Software Integration and Configuration general scope of work, which is performed by the SSSI Contractor under a separate contract, includes: • Assist the OWNER in acquiring OWNER furnished software, computers, peripherals, and communication and network equipment • Configuring the SCADA computers for the local and for the remote wastewater facilities • Programming the CONTRACTOR furnished PLCs • Integrating the SCADA system software. • Forwarding configured OWNER furnished equipment to the CONTRACTOR for installation • The SSSI Contractor will integrate the software, test, and start up the complete SCADA system with the participation of the CONTRACTOR. C. Table 01010-1 below represents a matrix of responsibilities of the two contracts. The table supplements and clarifies the requirements of these specifications and should be used only as a guide and a tool to understand the relationship among the various contracts. The matrix should not be used as a construction sequence. Table 01010-1 Matrix of General Contract Responsibilities SSSI EQUIPMENT AND ACTIVITY CONTRACTOR Contractor Perform pre-submittal field investigation. Inventory and X document field wiring, termination, interface points. Examine/test circuits; document Owner's as built drawings relevant to SCADA Field test of radio signal transmission, antenna height, and radio X signal path analysis. System loop diagrams. X Panel, enclosure and field wiring and termination drawings; X Panel &enclosure layout drawings. PLC and communication equipment procurement and X Installation Assemble PLC system and radios in panels X r� } MW H-071604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01010-2 Table 01010-1 Continued SSSI EQUIPMENT AND ACTIVITY CONTRACTOR Contractor Provide and install instrumentation and control equipment X Program PLCs X Load PLC programs in PLCs at Contractor's facility X Obtain computer system hardware and software from Owner X Perform SCADA System software configuration and integration, X including communication and network Deliver SCADA system computer equipment to Contractor's X facility and complete system integration Complete software and hardware integration X Ship the complete SCADA system hardware&packaged PLC X systems to field. Install computer system and network equipment and wiring. X Install all control room equipment and UPS at SWEC Radio, communication and LAN equipment: Furnish and install X communication equipment, antenna poles, antenna, cables, connectors, etc. Orient all antennas. Install,wire, and terminate packaged PLC systems, and field X equipment/instruments in the field. Terminate all field wiring; modify field wiring as needed. Provide all required electrical conduits and wiring. Coordinate&schedule SSSI Contractor work; and supervise X installation. Calibrate field instruments X X cz> X Integrate facilities to new SCADA system (1) Test loops (1) X X SCADA and communication systems field start up and testing (1) X X Mark up PLC/termination as-built drawings. X Provide final as-built drawings. X (1) Joint Responsibilities—assist as required (2) Participate in field start-up to correct item under responsibility D. The WORK is located at the following sites, which are located in or near the city of Pearland, TX (See Appendix A): 1. SWEC—3423 Harkey Road, Pearland, Texas. 2. Remote Facilities: a. Walnut Primary Lift Station—4103 Walnut St.,Pearland, Texas b. Twin Creek Primary Lift Station—3201 Wheatbridge St., Pearland, Texas c. Hatfield 1 Primary Lift Station—2637 Hatfield Rd , Pearland, Texas d. Green Tee V Primary Lift Station—2915 A Green Tee Dr. , Pearland, Texas MW H-071604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01010-3 e. Oakbrook Primary Lift Station— 1702 Oakbrook Circle , Pearland, Texas f. Pearland Parkway Primary Lift Station — 3444 Pearland Parkway, Pearland, Texas g. Barry Rose WWTP— 1902 1 Barry Rose Rd. , Pearland, Texas h. Longwood WWTP—2727 Dixie Farm Rd. , Pearland, Texas i. Far Northwest WWTP— 1818 Reflection Bay Dr. , Pearland, Texas 1.3 CONTRACT METHOD A. The WORK hereunder will be constructed under a single lump sum contract. 1.4 WORK BY OTHERS A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the fact that work may be conducted at the Site by the OWNER and other contractors during the performance of the WORK under this Contract. Note specifically, among other possible activities by others, the City of Pearland will be rehabilitating the Green Tee V pump station during the course of this SCADA project. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct its operations so as to cause a minimum of interference with the work of such other contractors, and shall cooperate fully with such contractors to allow continued safe access to their respective portions of the Site, as required to perform work under their respective contracts. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate its WORK with the related work by the OWNER and other contractors. The CONTRACTOR is advised that it is likely that the SWEC facility will be expanded during the period of the WORK. B. Interference With Work On Utilities: The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate fully with all utility forces of the OWNER or forces of other public or private agencies engaged in the relocation, altering, or otherwise rearranging of any facilities which interfere with the progress of the WORK, and shall schedule the WORK so as to minimize interference with said relocation, altering, or other rearranging of facilities. The CONTRACTOR is advised that work on public utilities by the OWNER or its Contractors that are necessary to provide or maintain public services will take precedence over the WORK. Individual instances of delays to the CONTRACTOR that do not exceed 24 hours shall not be the basis of claims of delay to the CONTRACTOR's schedule. 1.5 WORK SEQUENCE A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the fact that the integration portion of the WORK is performed by SSSI Contractor. The SSI Contractor's installation work cannot be started until all equipment is installed and tested by the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR must allow 30 days from the completion and acceptance of hardware installation and initial testing for the installation and initial testing of the SCADA software by the SSSI Contractor. B. The CONTRACTOR shall perform the pre-submittal field investigation within 30 days of Notice to Proceed as required in Section 17600, and submit for review modified circuit drawings based on as-found conditions prior to modifying the control circuits at any fl MW H-071604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01010-4 individual site. The CONTRACTOR shall install the master antenna pole with the antenna and cabling at SWEC prior to performing the field radio path test as required in Section 17620, or installing any remote site antennas. C. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the fact that special installation planning is required. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule its construction operations in accordance with a plan to be approved by the OWNER. D. Access to the site is limited to the hours of 8:00 AM through 4:30 PM Monday through Friday. However, expanded hours may be available if requested in writing at least three (3) working days ahead of the requested date by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the OWNER. 1.6 CONTRACTOR USE OF SITE A. The CONTRACTOR's use of the sites shall be limited to its construction operations, including on-site storage of materials, on-site fabrication facilities, and field offices as approved by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR should not assume that laydown or trailer or vehicles space is available at any location without-making specific arrangements. Refer to Section 01550. B. The CONTRACTOR's use of a site shall be confined to the site's fenced property or improved area of the pump station and the access road or driveway to it. All other property outside the facility are private property and should not be used for the WORK or accessing the site. If the CONTRACTOR requires access to or use of private property, it shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to make any arrangements with the owner(s) of the property for such use. C. The CONTRACTOR should be aware that there is a hazardous chemical at both treatment plants. The CONTRACTOR shall attend a short Process Safety Management (PSM) training session conducted by the OWNER before entry to the plants. 1.7 OWNER USE OF THE SITE A. The OWNER may utilize all or part of the existing sites and/or existing facilities during the entire period of construction for the conduct of the OWNER's normal operations. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate and coordinate with the OWNER to facilitate the OWNER's operations and to minimize interference with the CONTRACTOR's operations at the same time. In any event,the OWNER shall be allowed access to the Site during the period of construction. 1.8 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Preconstruction Conference: 1. Prior to the commencement of WORK at the sites, a pre-construction conference will be held at a mutually agreed time and place. The conference shall be attended by the CONTRACTOR's Project Manager, its superintendent, and its Subcontractors as the CONTRACTOR deems appropriate. Other attendees will be: a. ENGINEER and the Resident Project Representative. MW H-071604 1610296=CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA.SYSTEM PAGE 01010-5 b. Representatives of OWNER. c. Governmental representatives as appropriate. �1 n d. The SSSI Contractor e. Others as requested by CONTRACTOR, OWNER, or ENGINEER. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall bring the pre-construction conference submittals in accordance with Section 01300—"Contractor Submittals". 3. The purpose of the conference is to designate responsible personnel and establish a working relationship. Matters requiring coordination will be discussed and procedures for handling such matters established. The agenda will be furnished to the CONTRACTOR prior to the pre-construction meeting date. However, the CONTRACTOR should be prepared to discuss the items listed below. a. CONTRACTOR's tentative schedule. b. Transmittal, review, and distribution of CONTRACTOR's submittals. c. Processing applications for payment. d. Maintaining record documents. e. Critical work sequencing plan. f. Field decisions and Change Orders. g. Use of Site, office and storage areas, security, housekeeping, and OWNER's needs. h. Major equipment deliveries and priorities. i. CONTRACTOR's assignments for safety and first aid. 4. The ENGINEER and OWNER will preside at the pre-construction conference and will arrange for keeping and distributing the minutes to all persons in attendance. 5. The CONTRACTOR and its Subcontractors should plan on the conference taking no less than one (1) full working day. B. Progress and Coordination Meetings: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall schedule and hold on-site progress and coordination meetings at least once a month or as required by progress of the WORK and requested by ENGINEER or the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR, ENGINEER, and all Subcontractors active on the Site shall attend each meeting. CONTRACTOR may at its discretion request attendance by representatives of its Suppliers, manufacturers, and other Subcontractors, as well as the SSSI Contractor. MW H-071604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01010-6 2. The ENGINEER will preside at the progress and coordination meetings and will arrange for keeping and distributing the minutes. The purpose of the meetings is to review the progress of the WORK, maintain coordination of efforts, discuss changes in scheduling, and resolve other problems that may develop. During each meeting, the CONTRACTOR shall present any issues that may impact its progress with a view to resolve these issues expeditiously. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3— EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - (114\ CINI6\ MW H-071604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SUMMARY OF WORK SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01010-7 SECTION 01070 - ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Wherever in these Specifications references are made to the standards, specifications, or other published data of the -various international, national, regional, or local organizations, such organizations may be referred to by their acronym or abbreviation only. As a guide to the user of the Specifications, the following acronyms or abbreviations that may appear shall have the meanings indicated herein. 1.2 ABBREVIATIONS AA Aluminum Association AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists ABMA American Bearing Manufacturer's Association—ABMA ACGIH American Conference of Governmental Industrial Hygienists ACI American Concrete Institute AF&PA American Forest and Paper Association AGA American Gas.Association AGMA American Gear Manufacturers Association AHA American Hardboard Association AHAM Association of Home Appliance Manufacturers Al The Asphalt Institute _ AIA American Institute of Architects - AIHA American Industrial Hygiene Association AIIM Association for Information and Image Management AISC American Institute of Steel Construction AISI - American Iron and Steel Institute AITC American Institute of Timber Construction AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc ANS American Nuclear Society ANSI American National Standards Institute, Inc. APA The Engineered Wood Association API American Petroleum Institute APWA American Public Works Association ARI Air-Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute ASA Acoustical Society of America - ASAE American Society of Agricultural Engineers - ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning Engineers ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers ASNT American Society of Nondestructive Testing ASQ American Society for Quality ASSE American Society of Sanitary Engineers ASTM American Society-for Testing and Materials AWCI American Wire Cloth Institute MWH-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01070-1 AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute AWPA American Wood Preservers Association AWPI American Wood Preservers Institute AWS American Welding Society AWWA American Water Works Association BBC Basic Building Code, Building Officials and Code Administrators International BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturer's Association CABO Council of American Building Officials CDA Copper Development Association CEMA Conveyors Equipment Manufacturer's Association CGA Compressed Gas Association CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturer's Institute CLPCA California Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association CMAA A division/section of the Material Handling Industry of America CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute DCDMA Diamond Core Drilling Manufacturer's Association DHI Door and Hardware Institute DIPRA Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association El Energy Institute EIA Electronic Industries Alliance EPA Environmental Protection Agency ETL Electrical Test Laboratories FCC Federal Communications Commission FCI Fluid Controls Institute - FEMA Federal Emergency Management Association FHWA Federal Highway Administration FM Factory Mutual System FPL Forest Products Laboratory HI Hydronics Institute, Hydraulic Institute HSWA Federal Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments IAPMO International Association of Plumbing and Mechanical Officials ICBO International Conference of Building Officials IBC International Building Code ICC International Code Council ICEA Insulated Cable Engineers Association ICCEC Electrical Code ICC-ES International Code Council Evaluation Service IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America IFC International Fire Code IFGC International Fuel Gas Code IMC International Mechanical Code IME Institute of Makers of Explosives IPC International Plumbing Code, Association Connecting Electronic Industries IRC International Residential Code ISA Instrument Society of America ISDI Insulated Steel Door Institute ISEA Industrial Safety Equipment Association ISO International Organization for Standardization ITE Institute of Traffic Engineers MW H-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01070-2 ITU-T Telecommunications Standardization Sector of the International Telecommunications Union LPI Lightning Protection Institute_ LRQA Lloyd's Register Quality Assurance MBMA Metal Building Manufacturer's Association MIL Military Standards•(DoD) MPTA Mechanical Power Transmission Association MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturer's NACE National Association of Corrosion Engineers DASMA Door and Access Systems Manufacturers Association International NAPF National Association of Pipe Fabricators NBBPVI National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors NCCLS National Committee for Clinical Laboratory Standards NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association NEC National Electrical Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association NETA International Electrical Testing Association NFPA National Fire Protection Association or National Fluid Power Association NISO National Information Standards Organization NIST National Institute of Standards and Technology NLGI National Lubricating Grease Institute NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association NSF National Sanitation Foundation NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Administration PCA Portland Cement Association PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute PPI Plastic Pipe Institute RCRA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act RIS Redwood Inspection Service, a division of the California Redwood Association, CRA RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association RVIA Recreational Vehicle Industry Association RWMA Resistance Welder Manufacturer's Association SAE Society of Automotive Engineers SDI Steel Door Institute, Steel Deck Institute SMA Screen Manufacturers Association SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association SPFA Steel Plate Fabricator's Association SPIB Southern Pine Inspection Bureau SSBC Southern Standard Building Code, Southern Building Code Congress SSPC Society for Protective Coating SSPWC Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction STLE Society of Tribologists and Lubricating Engineers TAPPI Technical Association of the Worldwide Pulp, Paper, and Converting Industry TFI The Fertilizer Institute TIA Telecommunications Industries Association TPI Truss Plate Institute UBC Uniform Building Code UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS • • SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01070-3 WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau WDMA National Window and Door Manufacturers Association WEF Water Environment Federation WI Woodwork Institute WRI Wire Reinforcement Institute, Inc. WWPA Western Wood Products Association PART 2-- PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3-- EXECUTION (NOT USED) - END OF SECTION - MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ABBREVIATIONS OF INSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01070-4 SECTION 01090- REFERENCE STANDARDS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL 44 A. Titles of Sections and Paragraphs: Captions accompanying specification sections and paragraphs are for convenience of reference only, and do not form a part of the Specifications. B. Applicable Publications: Whenever in these Specifications references are made to published specifications, codes, standards,:or other requirements, it-shall be understood that wherever no date is specified, only ,.the latest specifications, standards, or requirements of the respective issuing agencies which have been published as of the date that the WORK is advertised for bids shall apply; except to the extent that said standards or requirements may be in conflict with applicable laws, ordinances, or governing codes. No requirements set forth herein or shown on the Drawings shall be waived because of any provision of, or omission from, said standards or requirements. C. Specialists, Assignments: In certain instances, specification text requires (or implies) that specific work is to be assigned to specialists or expert entities, who must be engaged for the performance of that work. Such assignments shall be recognized as special requirements over which the CONTRACTOR has no choice or option. These requirements shall not be interpreted so.as to conflict with the enforcement of building codes and similar regulations governing the WORK; also they are not intended to interfere with local union jurisdiction settlements and similar conventions. Such assignments are intended to establish which party or entity involved in a specific unit of work is recognized as "expert" for the indicated construction processes or operations. Nevertheless, the final responsibility for fulfillment of, the entire set of contract requirements remains with the CONTRACTOR. 1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Without limiting the generality of other requirements of the Specifications, all work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the requirements of applicable codes and the applicable requirements of the following documents. B. References herein to "Building Code" or "Uniform Building Code" shall mean Uniform Building Code of the International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO). Similarly, references to "Mechanical Code" or "Uniform Mechanical Code," "Plumbing Code" or "Uniform Plumbing Code," "Fire Code" or "Uniform Fire Code," shall mean Uniform Mechanical Code, Uniform Plumbing Code and Uniform Fire Code of the International Conference of the Building Officials (ICBO). "Electric Code" or "National Electric Code (NEC)" shall mean the National Electric Code of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). The latest edition of the codes as approved by the Municipal Code and used by the local agency as of the date that the WORK is advertised for bids, as adopted by the agency having jurisdiction, shall apply to the WORK herein, including all addenda, modifications, amendments, or other lawful changes thereto. C. In case of conflict between codes, reference standards, drawings, and the other Contract Documents, the most stringent requirements shall govern. All conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for clarification and directions prior to ordering or providing MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF P.EARLAND, TX REFERENCE STANDARDS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01090-1 any materials or furnishing labor. The CONTRACTOR shall bid for the most stringent requirements. D. The CONTRACTOR shall construct the WORK specified herein in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and the referenced portions of those referenced codes, standards, and specifications listed herein. E. References herein to "OSHA Regulations for Construction" shall mean Title 29, Part 1926, Construction Safety and Health Regulations, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. F. References herein to "OSHA Standards" shall mean Title 29, Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards, Code of Federal Regulations (OSHA), including all changes and amendments thereto. G. Applicable Standard Specifications: References in the Contract Documents to "Standard Specifications" or SSPWC shall mean General Conditions (Division 1) of the Standard Specifications for Roads, Bridges and Municipal Construction. (1998 Edition) issued by the State of Washington and the APWA. 1.3 REGULATIONS RELATED TO HAZARDOUS MATERIALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible that all work included in the Contract Documents, regardless if shown or not, shall comply with all EPA, OSHA, RCRA, NFPA, and any other Federal, State,. and Local Regulations governing the storage and conveyance of hazardous materials, including petroleum products. B. Where no specific regulations exist, all chemical, hazardous, and petroleum product piping and storage in underground locations must be installed with double containment piping and tanks, or in separate concrete trenches and vaults, or with an approved lining which cannot be penetrated by the chemicals, unless waived in writing by the OWNER. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3— EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX REFERENCE STANDARDS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01090-2 SECTION 01300- CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Wherever submittals are required hereunder unless otherwise indicated,- all such submittals by the CONTRACTOR shall be submitted to.the ENGINEER. B. Within 10 days after the date of commencement as stated in the Notice to Proceed, the CONTRACTOR shall submit to the OWNER for review a list of all permits and licenses the CONTRACTOR,shall obtain, indicating the agency 'required to grant the permit and the expected date of submittal for the permit and required date for receipt of the permit. 1.2 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE SUBMITTALS A. At the preconstruction conference referred to in Section 01010 - Summary of Work, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the following items to the ENGINEER for review: 1. A preliminary schedule of .Shop Drawings, Samples, and proposed substitute equipment listed in the Bid. - 2. A preliminary schedule of values in accordance with the milestone payments specified in Supplementary General Conditions. 3. A plan of operation to be reviewed and approved by the OWNER. (46bN'' 4. A project overview bar chart schedule. Note the Sequence of Work constraints described in Section 01010, as well as any other project requirements that may affect the CONTRACTOR's scheduling. 1.3 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Wherever called for in the,Contract Documents, or where required by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER for review, a minimum of four(4) copies of each shop drawing submittal. The term "Shop Drawings" as used herein shall be understood to include detail design calculations, shop-prepared drawings, fabrication, and installation drawings, erection:drawings, list, graphs, catalog ,sheets, data sheets, and similar items. Whenever the CONTRACTOR is required to submit design calculations as part of.a submittal, such calculations shall bear the signature and seal of an engineer registered in the appropriate branch and in the state wherein the project is to be built, unless otherwise indicated. B. All Shop Drawing submittals shall be accompanied by the ENGINEER's standard submittal transmittal form (see sample in the appendices). C. A separate transmittal form shall be used for each specific item or class of material or equipment for which a submittal is required. Transmittal of a submittal of various items using a single transmittal:form will be permitted only when the items taken together constitute a manufacturer's "package" or are so functionally related that expediency indicates review of the group or package as a whole. A multiple-page submittal shall be MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01300-1 collated into sets, and each set shall be stapled or bound, as appropriate, prior to transmittal to the ENGINEER. D. The transmittal shall include in index and tabs to indicate the various parts/equipment of the submittal. The submittal shall be annotated with the reference specification number. Pages shall be numbered and shall be in order. E. Where product data from a manufacturer is submitted, clearly mark which model is proposed, with complete pertinent data capacities, dimensions, clearances, diagrams, controls, connections, anchorage, and supports. Sufficient level of detail shall be presented for assessment of compliance with the Contract Documents. F. Each submittal shall be assigned a unique number. Submittals shall be numbered sequentially, and the submittal numbers shall be clearly noted on the transmittal. Original submittals shall be assigned a numeric submittal number followed by a letter of the alphabet to distinguish between the original submittal and each resubmittal. For example, if submittal 25-A requires a resubmittal, the first resubmittal will bear the designation "25-B" and the second resubmittal will bear the designation "25-C" and so on. G. Disorganized submittals that do not meet the requirements of the Contract Documents will be returned without review H. Except as may otherwise be indicated herein, the ENGINEER will return prints of each submittal to the CONTRACTOR with its comments noted thereon, within 30 calendar days following receipt by the ENGINEER. It is considered reasonable that the CONTRACTOR shall make a complete and acceptable submittal to the ENGINEER by the second submission of a submittal item. The OWNER reserves the right to withhold monies due to the CONTRACTOR to cover additional costs of the ENGINEER's review beyond the second submittal. The ENGINEER's maximum review period for each submittal, including all resubmittals, will be 30 days per submittal. Thus, for a submittal that requires two resubmittals before it is complete, the maximum review period for that submittal could be 90 days. I. If a copy of a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. J. If a copy of a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked "MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED," formal revision and resubmission of said submittal will not be required. K. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked "AMEND-RESUBMIT," the CONTRACTOR shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the ENGINEER. L. If a submittal is returned to the CONTRACTOR marked "REJECTED-RESUBMIT," the CONTRACTOR shall revise said submittal and shall resubmit the required number of copies of said revised submittal to the ENGINEER. M. Fabrication of an item shall be commenced only after the ENGINEER has reviewed the pertinent submittals and returned copies to the CONTRACTOR marked either "NO EXCEPTIONS TAKEN" or MAKE CORRECTIONS NOTED." Corrections indicated on submittals shall be considered as changes necessary to meet the requirements of the MWH-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01300-2 Contract Documents and shall not be taken as changes to the contract requirements. N. All submittals shall be carefully reviewed by an authorized representative of the CONTRACTOR, prior to submission to the ENGINEER. Each submittal shall be dated, signed, and certified by the CONTRACTOR, as being correct and in strict conformance with the Contract Documents. In the case of Shop Drawings, each sheet shall be so dated, signed, and certified. No consideration for review by the ENGINEER of any submittals will be made for any items which have not been so certified by the CONTRACTOR. All non-certified submittals will be returned to the CONTRACTOR without action taken by the ENGINEER, and any delays caused thereby shall be the total responsibility of the CONTRACTOR. O. The ENGINEER's review of submittals shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the entire responsibility for the correctness of details and dimensions. The CONTRACTOR shall assume all responsibility and risk for any misfits due to any errors in submittals. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the-dimensions and the design of adequate connections and details. 1.4 OWNER'S TECHNICAL MANUALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit technical operation and maintenance information for each item of mechanical, electrical and instrumentation equipment furnished under this contract in an organized manner in the Owner's Manual. It shall be written so that it can be used and understood by the OWNER's 'operation and maintenance staff. All technical documents shall be provided in hardcopy and electronic format. The electronic format may be either native Word (.doc) or converted portable document format (.pdf), or may be scanned to .pdf format. All scanned documents must be equal to original hardcopies in clarity, color and detail. Furnish the electronic copy on Compact Disc Read-only (CDR) media. B. The Owner's Manual shall include the following information. For additional details, see requirements specified in Division 17. 1. Part 1 - Equipment Summary: a. Summary: A summary table shall indicate the equipment name, equipment number,,and process area in which the equipment is installed. 2. Part 2 - Operational Procedures/User Manual: a. Procedures: Manufacturer-recommended procedures on the following shall be included in Part 2: Installation Adjustment Startup MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01300-3 b. User-Manuals: Operation and human-machine interface procedures including a description of how the equipment and system react to various external anomalies such as controls, repetitive alarming, loss of communication links, frequent man/machine interface interaction, daylight savings/standard time/leap year changeover, synchronization of time stamps, and loss and restoration of power. Calibration Shutdown Troubleshooting Disassembly Reassembly Tabulation of proper settings for all pressure relief valves, low and high pressure switches, and other protection devices List of all electrical relay settings including alarm and contact settings 3. Part 3- Preventive Maintenance Procedures: a. Procedures: Preventive maintenance procedures shall include all manufacturer-recommended procedures to be performed on a periodic basis, both by removing and replacing the equipment or component, and by leaving the equipment in place. 4. Part 4- Parts List: a. Parts List: A complete parts list shall be furnished, including a generic description and manufacturer's identification number for each part. Addresses and telephone numbers of the nearest supplier and parts warehouse shall be included. b. Drawings: Cross-sectional or exploded view drawings shall accompany the parts list. 5. Part 5 -Wiring Diagrams: a. Diagrams: This part shall include complete loop and wiring diagrams and panel drawings; internal and connection wiring diagrams for electrical equipment items (as-built). 6. Part 6 - Shop Drawings: a. Drawings: This part shall include approved shop or fabrication drawings, complete with dimensions (as-built) b. Hardware: Data sheets, catalog cuts and manuals. Addresses and telephone numbers of the nearest supplier and parts warehouse shall be included. MW H-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01300-4 7. Part 7- Safety: a. Procedures: This part describes the safety precautions to be taken when (111' operating and maintaining the equipment or working near it. 8. Part 8—Documentation and test results: a. All test results, equipment warranties, affidavits, and certifications required by the Technical Specifications shall be placed in this part. C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the ENGINEER three (3) identical hardcopy Owner's Manuals and one electronic copy. Each set shall consist of one or more volumes, each of which shall be bound in a standard size, 3-ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 3-inches. A table of contents indicating all equipment in the manuals shall be prepared. The requirement for hardcopy and electronic copies are identical to Technical Manuals under paragraph 1.4A. D. Owner's Manuals shall be submitted in final form to the ENGINEER not later than the 75 percent of construction completion date. All discrepancies found by the ENGINEER shall be corrected within 30 days from the date of written notification by the ENGINEER. E. Incomplete or unacceptable Owner's Manuals at the 75 percent construction completion point shall constitute sufficient justification to retain the amount in paragraph "Owner's Manual Submittals" of Section 01700 Project Closeout, from any monies due the CONTRACTOR. 1.5 SPARE PARTS LIST A. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish to the OWNER (in the O&M manuals) spare parts information for all mechanical, electrical, and instrumentation equipment. The spare parts list shall include the current list price of each spare part. The spare parts list shall include those spare parts that each manufacturer recommends be maintained by the OWNER in inventory at the plant site. Each manufacturer or supplier shall indicate the name, address, and telephone number of its nearest outlet of spare parts to facilitate the OWNER in ordering. The CONTRACTOR shall cross-reference all spare parts lists to the equipment numbers designated in the Contract Documents. The spare parts lists shall be bound in standard size, 3-ring, loose-leaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binders suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 3-inches. 1.6 RECORD DRAWINGS A. The CONTRACTOR shall keep and maintain, at the Site, one record set of Drawings. On these, it shall mark all project conditions, locations, configurations, and any other changes or deviations which may vary from the information represented on the original Contract Drawings, including buried or concealed construction and utility features which are revealed during the course of construction. Special attention shall be given to recording wire numbers, terminal numbers and the horizontal and vertical location of all buried utilities that differ from the locations indicated, or which were not indicated on the Contract Drawings. Said record drawings shall be supplemented by any detailed sketches as necessary or directed to indicate, fully, the WORK as actually constructed. These master record drawings of the CONTRACTOR'S representation of as-built conditions, including all revisions made necessary by addenda and change orders shall be maintained up-to-date MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01300-5 during the progress of the WORK. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate and confirm that such set and records are maintained. The CONTRACTOR shall incorporate the mark-ups and provide a final set of record drawings. B. Copies of the record drawings shall be submitted upon completion of work as part of the OWNER's Manual. Failure to submit complete record will enact the liquidated damages clause for interim record drawings submittals described in the Agreement. C. In the case of the record drawings that depict the detail requirement for equipment to be assembled and wired in the factory (e.g. motor control centers, etc.), these drawings shall be updated by indicating those portions which are superseded by change order drawings or final shop drawings. They shall also include appropriate reference information describing the change orders by number and the shop drawings by manufacturer, drawing, and revision numbers. D. Record drawings shall be accessible to the ENGINEER and OWNER at all times during the construction period. E. Final payment will not be acted upon until the record drawings have been prepared and delivered to the ENGINEER. Said up-to-date record drawings shall be in the form of a set of prints with carefully plotted information overlaid in red. F. Upon Substantial Completion of the WORK and prior to final acceptance, the CONTRACTOR shall finalize and deliver a complete set of record drawings to the ENGINEER and the OWNER, conforming to the construction records of the CONTRACTOR. This set of drawings shall consist of corrected drawings showing the reported location of the WORK. The information submitted and incorporated by the CONTRACTOR into the Record Drawings will be assumed to be correct, and the ^� CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the accuracy of such information, and for any ) errors or omissions which may appear on the record drawings as a result. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-- EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01300-6 SECTION 01400- QUALITY CONTROL PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITION A. Specific quality control requirements for the WORK are indicated throughout the Contract Documents._ The requirements-of this Section are primarily related to performance of the WORK beyond furnishing of manufactured products. The term "Quality Control" includes inspection, sampling and testing, and associated requirements. 1.2 INSPECTION AND/OR TESTING AT PLACE OF MANUFACTURE A. Unless otherwise indicated, all products, materials, and equipment shall and will be subject to inspection and/or testing by the ENGINEER at the place of manufacture prior to shipment of the equipment. B. The ENGINEER and/or the OWNER reserve the right not to witness the factory test. The presence or the lack of presence of the ENGINEER at the place of manufacturer, however, shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for furnishing products, materials, and equipment and systems, which comply with all requirements of the Contract Documents. Untested systems, subsystems, equipment, products, or material shall not relieve the CONTRACTOR and these items from complying with the requirements in the Contract Documents. Any system, subsystem, equipment, products, or material that successfully completed the factory test and later failed the field test or malfunction in the field shall also not relieve the CONTRACTOR and these items from complying with the Contract Documents. Compliance is a duty of the CONTRACTOR, and said duty shall not be avoided by any act or omission on the part of the ENGINEER. 1.3 SAMPLING AND TESTING A. Unless otherwise indicated, all sampling and testing shall be in accordance with the methods prescribed in the current standards of the ASTM, as applicable to the class and nature of the article or materials considered; however, the OWNER reserves the right to use any generally-accepted system of sampling and testing which, in the opinion of the ENGINEER will insure the OWNER that the quality of the workmanship is in full accord with the Contract Documents. B. Any waiver by the OWNER of any specific testing or other quality assurance measures, whether or not such waiver is accompanied by a guarantee of substantial performance as a relief from the specified testing or other quality assurance requirements as originally specified, and whether or not such guarantee is accompanied by a performance bond to assure execution of any necessary corrective or remedial WORK, shall not be construed as a waiver of any requirements of the Contract Documents. C. Notwithstanding the existence of such waiver, the ENGINEER reserves the right to make independent and different investigations and tests, and failure of any portion of the WORK to meet any of the requirements of the Contract Documents, shall be reasonable cause for the ENGINEER to require the removal or correction and reconstruction of any such work ("I\ in accordance with the General Conditions. MW H-052604 . . 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX QUALITY CONTROL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01400-1 PART 2-- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. Inspection: The CONTRACTOR shall inspect materials or equipment upon the arrival at his facilities or on the job site and immediately prior to installation, and reject damaged and defective items. B. Measurements: The CONTRACTOR shall verify measurements and dimensions of the WORK, as an integral step of starting each installation. C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, the CONTRACTOR shall comply with manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable requirements indicated in Contract Documents. - END OF SECTION - r MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX QUALITY CONTROL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01400-2 SECTION 01505- MOBILIZATION PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Mobilization shall include the obtaining of all permits; moving onto the site of all plant and equipment; furnishing and erecting plants, temporary buildings, and other construction facilities; and implementing security requirements; all as required for the proper performance and completion of the WORK. Mobilization shall include the following principal items: 1. Moving on to the site of all CONTRACTOR's plant and equipment required for its operations. 2. Providing on-site communication facilities, including telephones or cordless phone, and pagers. 3. Arranging for and erection of CONTRACTOR's work and storage area. 4. Obtaining all required permits. 5. Having all OSHA required notices and establishment of safety programs. 6. Submitting initial submittals. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) Cj.b PART 3— EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - MW H-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX MOBILIZATION SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01505-1 SECTION 01510-TEMPORARY UTILITIES PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Types: The types of utility services required for general temporary use at the remote project site include the following: Sanitation Telephone service 1.2 JOB CONDITIONS A. In general, the remote sites do not have potable water or sanitary facilities. The OWNER will provide work space and utilities for the CONTRACTOR to work at all the facilities. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. For temporary utilities the CONTRACTOR shall provide either new or used materials and equipment, which are in substantially undamaged condition and without significant deterioration and which are recognized in the construction industry, by compliance with appropriate standards, as being suitable for intended use in each case. Where a portion of temporary utility is provided for CONTRACTOR by utility company, the CONTRACTOR shall provide remainder with matching and compatible materials and equipment and comply with recommendations of utility company. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION OF_TEMPORARY UTILITY SERVICES A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER to make connection to existing utility service; locate services where they will not interfere with total project construction WORK, including installation of permanent utility services; and maintain temporary services as installed for required period of use; and relocate, modify or extend as necessary from time to time during that period as required to accommodate total project construction-WORK. B. Approval of Electrical Connections: All temporary connections for electricity shall be subject to approval of the OWNER and shall be removed in like manner at the CONTRACTOR's expense prior to final acceptance of the WORK. C. Separation of Circuits: Unless otherwise permitted by the OWNER or the ENGINEER, circuits separate from lighting circuits shall be used for all power purposes. - MWH-052604 1 621 0296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TEMPORARY UTILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01510-1 D. Construction Wiring: All wiring for temporary electric light and power shall be properly installed and maintained and shall be securely fastened in place. All electrical facilities shall conform to the requirements of Subpart K of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 3.2 INSTALLATION OF POWER AND LIGHTING A. Power: The OWNER will furnish, without charge, reasonable amount of 120 V, 60 Hz power required by the CONTRACTOR to perform the WORK. However, the CONTRACTOR shall provide all facilities necessary to convey the power from the source(s) to the point of use. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all necessary power required for its operations under the Contract, and shall provide and maintain all temporary power lines required to perform the WORK in a safe and satisfactory manner. B. Construction Lighting: All WORK conducted at night or under conditions of deficient daylight shall be suitably lighted to insure proper WORK and to afford adequate facilities for inspection and safe working conditions. 3.3 WATER SUPPLY A. General: The OWNER will furnish, without charge, reasonable quantities of water required for the CONTRACTOR's performance of the WORK under the Contract. However, the CONTRACTOR shall provide all facilities necessary to convey the water from the source to the points of use in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. B. General: Since the remote sites may not have a potable water supply, the CONTRACTOR shall provide an adequate supply of water of a quality suitable for construction purposes and for use by CONTRACTOR's employees. 3.4 INSTALLATION OF SANITARY FACILITIES A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR wherever needed for the use of CONTRACTOR's employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Subpart D, Section 1926.51 of the OSHA Standards for Construction 3.5 INSTALLATION OF FIRE PROTECTION A. Fire Protection: The construction plant and all other parts of the WORK shall be connected with the CONTRACTOR's water supply system and shall be adequately protected against damage by fire. Hose connections and hose, water casks, chemical equipment, or other sufficient means shall be provided for fighting fires in the temporary structures and other portions of the WORK, and responsible persons shall be designated and instructed in the operation of such fire apparatus so as to prevent or minimize the hazard of fire. The CONTRACTOR's fire protection program shall conform to the requirements of Subpart F of the OSHA Standards for Construction. re"'") MW H-052604 16210296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TEMPORARY UTILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01510-2 3.6 COMMUNICATIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and maintain at all times during the progress of the (11°N, WORK, at his own expense, not less than one telephone number where the CONTRACTOR can be reached on a 24-hour per day basis. 3.7 OPERATIONS AND TERMINATIONS A. Inspections: Prior to placing temporary utility services into use, the CONTRACTOR shall inspect and test each service and arrange for governing authorities' required inspection and tests, and obtain required certifications and permits for use thereof. B. Protection: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain distinct markers for underground lines, and protect from damage during excavating operations. C. Termination and Removal: When need for a temporary utility service or a substantial portion thereof has ended, or when its service has been replaced by use of permanent services, or not later than time of substantial completion, the CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove installation unless requested by ENGINEER to retain it for a longer period. The CONTRACTOR shall complete and restore WORK which may have been delayed or affected by installation and use of temporary utility, including repairs to construction and grades and restoration and cleaning of exposed surfaces. - END OF SECTION - MW H-052604 16210296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TEMPORARY UTILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01510-3 SECTION 01530- PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES PART 1 -- GENERAL 7`, 1.1 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall protect all existing utilities and improvements not designated for removal and shall restore damaged or temporarily relocated utilities and improvements to a condition equal to or better.than prior to such damage or temporary relocation, all in accordance with:the Contract Documents. 1.2 RIGHTS-OF-WAY A. The CONTRACTOR shall not do any WORK that would affect any oil, gas, sewer, or water pipeline; any.telephone,-telegraph, or electric transmission line; any fence; or any other structure, nor shall the CONTRACTOR enter upon the rights-of-way involved until notified that the OWNER has secured authority therefor from the proper party. B. After authority has been obtained, the CONTRACTOR shall give said party due notice of its intention to begin work, if required by said party, and shall remove, shore, support, or otherwise protect such pipeline, transmission line, ditch, fence, or structure, or replace the same. 1.3 PROTECTION OF STREET OR ROADWAY MARKERS A. The CONTRACTOR shall not destroy, remove, or otherwise disturb any existing survey markers or other existing street or roadway markers without proper authorization. No pavement breaking, or excavation shall be started until all survey or other permanent marker points that will be disturbed by the construction operations have been properly referenced. Survey markers or points disturbed by the CONTRACTOR shall be accurately restored after street or roadway resurfacing has been completed. 1.4 RESTORATION OF PAVEMENT A. General: All paved areas including asphaltic concrete berms cut or damaged during construction, shall be replaced with similar materials of equal thickness to match the existing adjacent undisturbed areas, except where specific resurfacing requirements have been called for in the Contract Documents or in the requirements of the agency issuing the permit. The pavement restoration requirement to match existing sections shall apply to all components of existing sections, including sub-base, base, and pavement. Temporary and permanent pavement shall conform to the requirements of the affected pavement owner. Pavements, trenches for ducts or conduits under pavements, floors, curbing and similar surfaces which are subject to partial removal, shall be neatly saw cut in straight lines using appropriate rotary or water cutting equipment. B. Repairs to pavement, landscaping, or other finishes affected by the installation of underground duct shall result in a surface that is equal to or better than the original in strength, durability and finish. Repair details will be submitted to the Engineer for 41."\, acceptance prior to any excavation or cutting MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX . PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01530-1 C. Temporary Resurfacing: Wherever required by the public authorities having jurisdiction, the CONTRACTOR shall place temporary surfacing promptly after backfilling and shall maintain such surfacing for the period of time fixed by said authorities before proceeding with the final restoration of improvements. D. Permanent Resurfacing: In order to obtain a satisfactory junction with adjacent surfaces, the CONTRACTOR shall saw cut back and trim the edge so as to provide a clean, sound, vertical joint before permanent replacement of an excavated or damaged portion of pavement. . Damaged edges of pavement along excavations and elsewhere shall be trimmed back by saw cutting in straight lines. All pavement restoration and other facilities restoration shall be constructed to finish grades compatible with adjacent undisturbed pavement. E. Restoration of Sidewalks or Private Driveways: Wherever sidewalks or private roads have been removed for purposes of construction, the CONTRACTOR shall place suitable temporary sidewalks or roadways promptly after backfilling and shall maintain them in satisfactory condition for the period of time fixed by the authorities having jurisdiction over the affected portions. If no such period of time is so fixed, the CONTRACTOR shall maintain said temporary sidewalks or roadways until the final restoration thereof has been made. 1.5 EXISTING UTILITIES, EQUIPMENT, AND IMPROVEMENTS A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall protect underground Utilities, equipment, and other improvements which may be impaired during construction operations, regardless of whether or not the Utilities are indicated on the Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall take all possible precautions for the protection of unforeseen Utility lines to provide for uninterrupted service and to provide such special protection as may be necessary. B. Except where the Drawings indicate Utilities have been field located during design or certain Utility locations shall be exposed as part of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for exploratory excavations as it deems necessary to determine the exact locations and depths of Utilities which may interfere with its work. All such exploratory excavations shall be performed as soon as practicable after Notice to Proceed and, in any event, a sufficient time in advance of construction to avoid possible delays to the CONTRACTOR's progress. When such exploratory excavations show the Utility location as shown on the Drawings to be in error, the CONTRACTOR shall so notify the ENGINEER. C. The number of exploratory excavations required shall be that number which is sufficient to determine the alignment and grade of the Utility. D. Utilities to be Moved: In case it shall be necessary to move the property of any public utility or franchise holder, such utility company or franchise holder will, upon request of the CONTRACTOR, be notified by the OWNER to move such property within a specified reasonable time. When utility lines that are to be removed are encountered within the area of operations, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the ENGINEER a sufficient time in advance for the necessary measures to be taken to prevent interruption of service. MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND,TX PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01530-2 E. Utilities to be Removed: Where the proper completion of the WORK requires the temporary or permanent removal and/or relocation of an existing Utility or other improvement which is indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall remove and, without unnecessary delay, temporarily replace or relocate such Utility or improvement in a manner satisfactory to the ENGINEER and the owner of the facility. In all cases of such temporary removal or relocation, restoration to the former location shall be accomplished by the CONTRACTOR in a manner that will restore or replace the Utility or improvement as nearly as possible to its former locations and to as good or better condition than found prior to removal. F. OWNER's Right of Access: The right is reserved to the OWNER and to the owners of . public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any public street, alley, right-of- way, or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the WORK of this Contract. G. Underground Utilities Indicated:. Existing Utility lines that are indicated or the locations of which are made known to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation and that are to be retained, and all Utility lines that are constructed during excavation operations shall be protected from damage during excavation and backfilling and, if damaged, shall be immediately repaired or replaced by the CONTRACTOR, unless otherwise repaired by the owner of the damaged Utility. If the owner of the damaged facility performs its own repairs, the CONTRACTOR shall reimburse said owner for the costs of repair. H. Underground Utilities Not Indicated: In the event that the CONTRACTOR damages existing Utility lines that are not indicated or the locations of which are not made known to the CONTRACTOR prior to excavation, a verbal report of such damage shall be made 7\' immediately to the ENGINEER and a written report thereof shall be made promptly thereafter. The ENGINEER will immediately notify the owner of the damaged Utility. If the ENGINEER is not immediately available, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the Utility owner of the damage. If directed by the ENGINEER, repairs shall be made by the CONTRACTOR under the provisions for changes and extra work contained in Articles 10, 11, and 12 of the General Conditions. I. Costs of, locating. and .repairing damage not due to failure of the CONTRACTOR to exercise reasonable care,and removing or relocating such Utility facilities not indicated in the Contract Documents with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the project which was actually working on that portion of the.WORK which was interrupted or idled by removal or relocation of such Utility facilities, and which was necessarily idled during such work will be paid for as extra work in accordance with the provisions of Articles 10, 11, and 12 of the General Conditions. J. Damaged equipment, pipes, finishes, and other property of the OWNER or others shall be restored to equal or:better condition than original by the CONTRACTOR, using similar or better methods and materials. K. Approval of Repairs: All repairs to damaged Utilities, equipment, or other improvement are subject to inspection and approval by an authorized representative of the Utility or improvement owner before being accepted or concealed by backfill or other work. MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01530-3 L. Maintaining in Service: Unless indicated otherwise, oil and gasoline pipelines, power, and telephone or the communication cable ducts, gas and water mains, irrigation lines, sewer lines; storm drain lines, poles, and overhead power and communication wires and cables encountered along the line of the WORK shall remain continuously in service during all the operations under the Contract, unless other arrangements satisfactory to the ENGINEER are made with the owner of said pipelines, duct, main, irrigation line, sewer, storm drain, pole, or wire or cable. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and shall repair all damage due to its operations, and the provisions of this Section shall not be abated even in the event such damage occurs after backfilling or is not discovered until after completion of the backfilling. 1.6 TREES OR SHRUBS WITHIN STREET RIGHTS-OF-WAY AND PROJECT LIMITS A. General: Except where trees or shrubs are indicated to be removed, the CONTRACTOR shall exercise all necessary precautions so as not to damage or destroy any trees or shrubs, including those lying within street rights-of-way and project limits, and shall not trim or remove any trees unless such trees have been approved for trimming or removal by the jurisdictional agency or OWNER. Existing trees and shrubs which are damaged during construction shall be trimmed or replaced by the CONTRACTOR or a certified tree company under permit from the jurisdictional agency and/or the OWNER. Tree trimming and replacement shall be accomplished in accordance with the following paragraphs. B. Trimming: Symmetry of the tree shall be preserved; no stubs or splits or torn branches left; clean cuts shall be made close to the trunk or large branch. Spikes shall not be used for climbing live trees. Cuts over 1-1/2 inches in diameter shall be coated with a tree paint product that is waterproof, adhesive, and elastic, and free from kerosenes, coal tar, creosote, or other material injurious to the life of the tree. C. Replacement: The CONTRACTOR shall immediately notify the jurisdictional agency ,7--) and/or the OWNER if any tree or shrub is damaged by the CONTRACTOR's operations. If, in the opinion of said agency or the OWNER, the damage is such that replacement is necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall replace the tree or shrub at its own expense. The tree or shrub shall be of a like size and variety as the one damaged, or, if of a smaller size, the CONTRACTOR shall pay to the owner of said tree a compensatory payment acceptable to the tree or shrub owner, subject to the approval of the jurisdictional agency or OWNER. The size of the tree or shrub shall be not less than 1-inch diameter nor less than 6 feet in height. Planting of replacement trees and shrubs shall be in accordance with the Owner's standard Landscaping and match existing landscape. Unless otherwise indicated, the CONTRACTOR shall_water and maintain the replacement trees and shrubs for 6 months after planting. 1.7 LAWN AREAS A. Lawn or landscaped areas damaged during construction shall be repaired to match the pre-construction condition to the satisfaction of the landowner and the OWNER. 1.8 NOTIFICATION BY THE CONTRACTOR A. Prior to any excavation in the vicinity of any existing underground facilities, including all water, sewer, storm drain, gas, petroleum products, or other pipelines; all buried electric power, communications, or television cables; all traffic signal and street lighting facilities; and all roadway and state highway rights-of-way, the CONTRACTOR shall notify the MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01530-4 respective authorities representing the owners or agencies responsible for such facilities not less than 3 days nor more than 7 days prior to excavation so that a representative of said owners or agencies can be present during such work if they so desire. The CONTRACTOR shall also notify the regional notification center at 1-800-422-4133 at least 2 days, but no more than 14 days, prior to such excavation. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3— EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - (11111-\, tt� MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01530-5 SECTION 01550-SITE ACCESS.AND STORAGE PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 HIGHWAY.LIMITATIONS A. The CONTRACTOR shall make its own.investigation of the condition of available public and private roads and of clearances,' restrictions, bridge load limits, and other limitations affecting transportation and ingress and egress to the site of the WORK. It shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to construct and maintain any haul roads required for its construction operations. 1.2 TEMPORARY CROSSINGS A. General: Continuous, unobstructed, safe, and adequate pedestrian and vehicular access shall be provided to fire hydrants, commercial and industrial establishments, churches, schools, parking lots, service stations;,motels, fire and police stations, and hospitals. Safe and adequate public transportation stops and pedestrian crossings at intervals not exceeding 300 feet shall be provided. The CONTRACTOR shall cooperate with parties involved in the delivery of mail and removal of trash and garbage so as to maintain existing schedules for such services. Vehicular access to residential driveways shall be maintained to the property line except when necessary construction precludes such access for reasonable periods of time. B. Temporary Bridges: Wherever necessary, the CONTRACTOR shall provide suitable temporary bridges or steel plates over unfilled excavations, except in such cases as the CONTRACTOR shall secure the written consent of the individuals or authorities concerned to omit such temporary bridges or steel plates, which written consent shall be delivered to the ENGINEER prior to excavation. All such bridges or steel plates shall be maintained in service until access is provided across the backfilled excavation. Temporary bridges or steel plates for street and highway crossing shall conform to the requirements of the authority having jurisdiction in each case, and the CONTRACTOR shall adopt designs furnished by said authority for such bridges or steel plates, or shall submit designs to said authority for approval, as may be required. C. Street Use: Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle the CONTRACTOR to the exclusive use of any public street, alleyway,or parking area during the performance of the WORK hereunder, and it shall so conduct its operations as not to interfere unnecessarily with the authorized-work of utility companies or other agencies in such streets, alleyways, or parking areas. No street shall be closed to the public without first obtaining permission of the ENGINEER and proper governmental authority. Where excavation is being performed in primary streets or highways, one lane in each direction shall be kept open to traffic at all times unless otherwise indicated. Toe boards shall be provided to retain excavated material if required by the ENGINEER or the agency having jurisdiction over the street or highway. Fire hydrants on or adjacent to the WORK shall be kept accessible to fire-fighting equipment at all times. Temporary provisions shall be made by the CONTRACTOR to assure the use of sidewalks and the proper functioning of all gutters, storm drain inlets, and other drainage facilities. C� MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01550-1 D. Traffic Control: For the protection of traffic in public or private streets and ways, the CONTRACTOR shall provide, place, and maintain all necessary barricades, traffic cones, warning signs, lights, and other safety devices in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions and the "Manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices, Part VI - Traffic Controls for Street and Highway Construction and Maintenance Operations," published by U.S. Department of Transportation, Federal Highway Administration (ANSI D6.1). The CONTRACTOR shall take all necessary precautions for the protection of the WORK and the safety of the public. All barricades and obstructions shall be illuminated at night, and all lights shall be kept burning from sunset until sunrise. The CONTRACTOR shall station such guards or flaggers and shall conform to such special safety regulations relating to traffic control as may be required by the public authorities within their respective jurisdictions. All signs, signals, and barricades shall conform to the requirements of Subpart G, Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. The CONTRACTOR shall submit three (3) copies of a traffic control plan to the City Engineer for approval a minimum of 2 weeks prior to construction. The City Engineer reserves the right to observe these traffic control plans in use and to make any changes as field conditions warrant. Any changes shall supersede these plans and be done solely at the CONTRACTOR's expense. The CONTRACTOR shall remove traffic control devices when no longer needed, repair all damage caused by installation of the devices, and shall remove post settings and backfill the resulting holes to match grade. E. Temporary Street Closure: If closure of any street is required during construction, the CONTRACTOR shall apply in writing to the City Engineer and any other jurisdictional agency at least 30 days in advance of the required closure. ,A Detour and Traffic Control Plan shall accompany the application. F. Temporary Driveway Closure: The CONTRACTOR shall notify the owner or occupant(if not owner-occupied) of the closure of the driveways to be closed more than one eight-hour work day at least 3 working days prior to the closure. The CONTRACTOR shall minimize the inconvenience and minimize the time period that the driveways will be closed. The CONTRACTOR shall fully explain to the owner/occupant how long the work will take and when closure is to start. 1.3 CONTRACTOR'S WORK AND STORAGE AREA A. The OWNER may designate and arrange for the CONTRACTOR's use, a portion of the property adjacent to the WORK for its exclusive use during the term of the Contract as storage and shop area for its construction operations relative to this Contract. Note that there is no City property adjacent to the small remote sites. B. The CONTRACTOR shall make its own arrangements for any necessary off-site storage or shop areas necessary for the proper execution of the WORK. C. Lands to be furnished by the OWNER for campsites, construction operation, concrete aggregate pits, roads and other purposes are indicated. Should the CONTRACTOR find it necessary to use any additional land for its, camp or for other purposes during the construction of the WORK, it shall provide for the use of such lands at its own expense. MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND,'TX SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE SCADA SYSTEM - PAGE 01550-2 D. The CONTRACTOR shall construct and use a separate storage area for hazardous materials used in constructing the WORK. 1. For the purpose of this paragraph, hazardous materials to be stored in the separate area are all products labeled with any of the following terms: Warning, Caution, Poisonous, Toxic, flammable, Corrosive, Reactive, or Explosive. In addition, whether or not so labeled, the following materials shall be stored in the separate area: diesel fuel, gasoline, new and used motor oil, hydraulic fluid, cement, paints and paint thinners, two-part epoxy coatings, sealants, asphaltic products, glues, solvents, wood preservatives, sand blast materials, and spill absorbent. 2. Hazardous materials shall be stored in groupings according to the Material Safety Data Sheets. 3. The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit to the OWNER a plan for storing and disposing of the materials above. 4. The CONTRACTOR shall obtain and submit to the OWNER a single EPA number for wastes generated at the site. 5. The separate storage area shall meet all the requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction over the storage of hazardous materials. 6. The separate storage area shall be inspected by the City of Bellingham Hazardous Materials Management Division prior to construction of the area, upon completion of construction of the area, and upon cleanup and removal of the area. 7'1 7. All hazardous materials which are delivered in containers shall be stored in the original containers until use. Hazardous materials which are delivered in bulk shall be stored in containers which meet the requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. 1.4 PARKING A. Traffic and parking areas shall be maintained in a sound condition, free of excavated material, construction equipment, mud, and construction materials. The CONTRACTOR shall repair breaks, potholes, low areas which collect standing water, and other deficiencies that were caused during construction. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-- EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - .11l MWH-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SITE ACCESS AND STORAGE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01550-3 SECTION 01560-TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROLS PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 EXPLOSIVES AND BLASTING A. The use of explosives on the WORK will not be permitted. 1.2 DUST ABATEMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall prevent its operation from producing dust in amounts damaging to property, cultivated vegetation, or domestic animals, or causing a nuisance to persons living in or occupying buildings in the vicinity. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for any damage resulting from dust originating from its operations. The dust abatement measures shall be continued until.the CONTRACTOR is relieved of further responsibility by the ENGINEER. 1.3 RUBBISH CONTROL A. During the progress of the WORK, the CONTRACTOR shall keep the Site and other areas used by it in a neat and clean condition, and free from any accumulation of rubbish. The CONTRACTOR shall dispose of all rubbish and waste materials of any nature occurring at the Site, and shall establish regular intervals of collection and disposal of such materials and waste. The CONTRACTOR shall also keep its haul roads free from dirt, rubbish, and unnecessary obstructions resulting from its operations. Disposal of all rubbish and surplus materials shall be off the Site in accordance with local codes and ordinances governing locations and methods of disposal, and in conformance with all applicable safety laws, and to the particular requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Safety and Health Standards for Construction. 1.4 SANITATION A. Toilet Facilities: Fixed or portable chemical toilets shall be provided wherever needed for the use of employees. Toilets at construction job sites shall conform to the requirements of Part 1926 of the OSHA Standards for Construction. See Section 1510. 1.5 CHEMICALS A. All chemicals used during project construction or furnished for project operation, whether defoliant, soil sterilant, herbicide, pesticide, disinfectant, polymer, reactant or of other classification, shall show approval of either the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency or the U.S. Department of Agriculture. Use of all such chemicals and disposal of residues shall be in strict accordance with the printed instructions of the manufacturer. In addition, see the requirements set forth in the General Conditions. 1.6 CULTURAL RESOURCES ` A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 (16 U.S.C. 470) and 36 CFR 800 which provides for the preservation of potential historical architectural, archaeological, or cultural resources (hereinafter called "cultural resources"). MWH-052604 . TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROLS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01560-1 B. The CONTRACTOR shall conform to the applicable requirements of the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966 as it relates to the preservation of cultural resources. C. In the event potential cultural resources are discovered during subsurface excavations at the site of construction, the following procedures shall be instituted: 1. The OWNER will issue a Field Order directing the CONTRACTOR to cease all construction operations at the location of such potential cultural resources find. 2. Such Field Order shall be effective until such time as a qualified archaeologist can be called to assess the value of these potential cultural resources and make recommendations to the proper State authority]. D. If the archaeologist determines that the potential find is a bona fide cultural resource, at the direction of the State, the CONTRACTOR shall suspend work at the location of the find under the provisions for changes contained in the General Conditions. PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-- EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - i MWH-052604 TEMPORARY ENVIRONMENTAL 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND CONTROLS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01560-2 SECTION 01600- PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT AND SUBSTITUTIONS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. The word "Products," as used herein, is defined to include purchased items for incorporation into the WORK, regardless of whether specifically purchased for the project or taken from CONTRACTOR's stock of previously purchased products. The word "Materials," is defined as products which must be substantially cut, shaped, worked, mixed, finished, refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, installed, or applied to form units of work. The word "Equipment" is defined as products with operational parts, regardless of whether motorized or manually operated, and particularly including products with service connections (wiring, piping, and other like items). Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms used in the Contract Documents, including "specialties," "systems," "structure," "finishes," "accessories," "furnishings," special construction," and similar terms, which are self-explanatory and have recognized meanings in the construction industry. B. Neither "Products" nor "Materials" nor "Equipment" includes machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of the WORK. 1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. - Source Limitations: To the greatest extent possible for each unit of work, the CONTRACTOR shall provide products, materials, and equipment of a singular generic kind from a single source. B. Compatibility of Options: Where more than one choice is available as options for CONTRACTOR's selection of a product, material, or equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall select an option which is compatible with other products, materials, or equipment. Compatibility is a basic general requirement of product, material and equipment selections. 1.3 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver and store the WORK in accordance with manufacturer's written recommendations and by methods and means which will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss including theft. Delivery schedules shall be controlled to minimize long-term storage of products at site and overcrowding of construction spaces. In particular, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure coordination to ensure minimum holding or storage times for flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive materials to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss. - 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Products shall be transported by methods to avoid damage and shall be delivered in undamaged condition in manufacturer's unopened containers and packaging. MWH-052604 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AND SUBSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM 01600-1 B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide equipment and personnel to handle products, materials, and equipment including those provided by OWNER, by methods to prevent soiling and damage. C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring , 1 and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces. 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Products shall be stored in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and with seals and labels intact and legible. Sensitive products shall be stored in weather-tight climate controlled enclosures and temperature and humidity ranges shall be maintained within tolerances required by manufacturer's recommendations. B. For exterior storage of fabricated products, products shall be placed on sloped supports above ground. Products subject to deterioration shall be covered with impervious sheet covering and ventilation shall be provided to avoid condensation. C. Loose granular materials shall be stored on solid flat surfaces in a well-drained area and shall be prevented from mixing with foreign matter. D. Storage shall be arranged to provide access for inspection. The CONTRACTOR shall periodically inspect to assure products are undamaged and are maintained under required conditions. E. Storage shall be arranged in a manner to provide access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection. 1.6 MAINTENANCE OF STORAGE A. Stored products shall be periodically inspected on a scheduled basis. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain a log of inspections and shall make the log available on request. B. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with manufacturer's product storage requirements and recommendations. C. The CONTRACTOR shall maintain manufacturer-required environmental conditions continually. D. The CONTRACTOR shall ensure that surfaces of products exposed to the elements are not adversely affected and that weathering of finishes does not occur. E. For mechanical and electrical equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall provide a copy of the manufacturer's service instructions with each item and the exterior of the package shall contain notice that instructions are included. F. Products shall be serviced on a regularly scheduled basis, and a log of services shall be maintained and submitted as a record document prior to acceptance by the OWNER in accordance with the Contract Documents. MWH-052604 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AND SUBSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM 01600-2 1.7 PROPOSED SUBSTITUTIONS OR "OR-EQUAL" ITEM A. Whenever materials or equipment are indicated in the Contract Documents by using the name of a proprietary item or the name of a particular Supplier, the naming of the item is intended to establish the type, function, and quality required. If the name is followed by the words "or equal" or "or pre-approved equal", it means that a substitution is permitted. Materials or equipment of other suppliers may be accepted if sufficient information is submitted by the CONTRACTOR to allow the ENGINEER to determine that the material or equipment proposed is equivalent or equal to that named, subject to the following requirements: 1. The burden of proof as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitution product, material or equipment shall be upon the CONTRACTOR. 2. If a substitution is proposed, the CONTRACTOR shall clearly present in the submittal any variations in any areas, such as size, features, functions, specifications, and performance, where the proposed substitution varies from the specified product. 3. The ENGINEER will be the sole judge as to the type, function, and quality of any such substitution and the ENGINEER's decision shall be final. 4. The ENGINEER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish additional data about the proposed substitution.' 5. The OWNER may require the CONTRACTOR to furnish a special performance guarantee or other surety with respect to any substitution. 7. Acceptance by the ENGINEER of a substitution item proposed by the CONTRACTOR shall not relieve the. CONTRACTOR of the responsibility for full compliance with the Contract Documents and for adequacy of the substitution. 8. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for resultant changes including design and construction changes resulting from the changes which the accepted substitution requires in the CONTRACTOR'S WORK, the WORK of its subcontractors and of other contractors. B. The procedure for review by the ENGINEER will include the following: 1. If the CONTRACTOR wishes to provide a substitution item, the CONTRACTOR shall make written application to the ENGINEER on the "Substitution Request Form." (see sample in the appendices) 2. Unless otherwise provided by law or authorized in writing by the ENGINEER, the "Substitution Request Form(s)" for"or equal" equipment shall be submitted within the 35-day period after award of the Contract. For equipment that is designed as "or pre- approved equal", the submittal shall be not later than 21 days prior to the bid date. 3. Wherever a proposed substitution item has not been submitted within said 35-day period or other specified time, or wherever the submission of a proposed substitution material or equipment has been judged to be unacceptable by the ENGINEER, the CONTRACTOR shall provide the material or equipment indicated in the Contract 7‘\ Documents. MWH-052604 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AND SUBSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM 01600-3 4. The CONTRACTOR shall certify that the proposed substitution will perform adequately the functions and achieve the results called for by the general design, and be similar and of equal substance to that indicated, and be suited to the same use as that specified. 5. The ENGINEER will evaluate each proposed substitution within a reasonable period of time. 6. As applicable, no shop drawing submittals shall be made for a substitution item nor shall any substitution item be ordered, installed, or utilized without the ENGINEER'S prior written acceptance of the CONTRACTOR'S "Substitution Request Form." 7. The ENGINEER will record the time required by the ENGINEER in evaluating substitutions proposed by the CONTRACTOR and in making changes by the CONTRACTOR in the Contract Documents occasioned thereby. C. The CONTRACTOR's application using the "Substitution Request Forms" shall contain the following statements and information which shall be considered by the ENGINEER in evaluating the proposed substitution: 1. The evaluation and.acceptance of the proposed substitution will not prejudice the CONTRACTOR's achievement of substantial completion on time. 2. Whether or not acceptance of the substitution for use in the WORK will require a change in any of the Contract Documents to adopt the design to the proposed substitution. 3. Whether or not incorporation or use of the substitution in connection with the WORK is subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. 4. All variations of the proposed substitution from the items originally specified will be identified. 5. Available maintenance, repair, and replacement service will be indicated. The manufacturer shall have a local service agency (within 50 miles of the site) which maintains properly trained personnel and adequate spare parts and is able to respond and complete repairs within 24 hours. 6. Itemized estimate of all costs that will result directly or indirectly from acceptance of such substitution, including cost of redesign and claims of other contractors affected by the resulting change. D. Without any increase in cost to the OWNER, the CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for and pay all costs in connection with proposed substitutions and of inspections and testing of equipment or materials submitted for review prior to the CONTRACTOR's purchase thereof for incorporation in the WORK, whether or not the ENGINEER accepts the proposed substitution or proposed equipment or material. The CONTRACTOR shall reimburse the OWNER for the charges of the ENGINEER for evaluating each proposed substitution. MWH-052604 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AND SUBSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM 01600-4 PART 2— PRODUCTS (Not Used) 71' PART 3— EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - MWH-052604 PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, EQUIPMENT 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX AND SUBSTITUTIONS SCADA SYSTEM 01600-5 SECTION 01660— EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM TESTING AND STARTUP PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL A. Equipment calibration and testing (including both the initial testing and the 30-day final acceptance test) and SCADA system startup are prerequisites to satisfactory completion of the contract requirements and shall be completed within the Contract Times. B. The startup of a SCADA system is a highly complex operation requiring the combined expertise of the CONTRACTOR, the .SCADA System Software Integrator (SSSI), manufacturers' representatives, subcontractors, the ENGINEER, and the OWNER. The OWNER will be available for operational advice during startup. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the startup with the SSSI, OWNER, and the ENGINEER. The coordination shall be done two (2) weeks prior to startup. - C. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for scheduling all operations startup and testing. The CONTRACTOR is advised that the ENGINEER and the OWNER's operating personnel will witness operations testing, and that the CONTRACTOR shall be required to instruct the OWNER's operating personnel in correct maintenance procedures. Such instruction shall be scheduled at a time arranged with the OWNER at least 2 weeks in advance and shall be provided while the equipment is fully operational. On-site instruction shall be given by qualified persons who have been made familiar in advance with the equipment and systems in the plant. Prior to scheduling any operations testing, the CONTRACTOR shall have previously furnished the Owner's Manuals required under - Sections 01300 and 17600. D. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all personnel and all necessary equipment, facilities, and services required for conducting the tests. E. RESPONSIBILITIES DURING TESTING AND STARTUP a. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for all issues regarding hardware, wiring, and radio communications. b. The SSSI Contractor is responsible for testing the operation of the software including the SCADA software and PLC interface drivers c. The OWNER will operate all equipment not furnished under this contract. F. DEFINITIONS a. Factory Testing — Post-fabrication testing conducted by the CONTRACTOR prior to shipment. Refer to Section 17600. b. Initial Testing — Post installation testing by the CONTRACTOR to confirm that field wiring has been properly connected. Refer to Section 17600. c. Acceptance Testing -30 day operational test.Refer to Section 17600. al` MWH-052604 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TESTING AND STARTUP SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01660-1 PART 2-- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 EXECUTION A. Prerequisites: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all Owner's Manual information required by the Contract Documents before testing and startup begins. Refer to Section 01300. 2. Provide all safety equipment, where applicable. 3. Certify that the PLC systems have been properly installed. 4. Certify that the communication system has been properly installed 5. Certify that all the field instrumentation have been properly installed and calibrated. 6. Electrical tests, continuity, wiring connection, calibration, and adjustments have been completed. 7. Continuity verification of the individual instrumentation and control loops (analog, status, alarm, and control)from the central computer system to and from the PLCs. B. Records of Testing: The CONTRACTOR shall maintain the following during testing and startup and submit originals to ENGINEER prior to acceptance: 1. Logs of electrical measurements and tests 2. Calibration certificates 3. Communication reliability 4. Other records, logs, and checklists as required by the Contract Documents 3.2 SYSTEM TESTING A. After individual equipment items have been tested and certified as required by the Technical Specifications, tests of systems comprised of single or multiple equipment items with appurtenant equipment and instruments and controls shall be conducted. All items of equipment shall be tested as part of a system to the maximum extent possible. B. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the tests specified in Section 17600. 3.3 STARTUP AND ACCEPTANCE TESTING A. The CONTRACTOR and the SSSI shall start up the SCADA system and pass a functional test and a continuous 30-day, 24-hour/day final acceptance test as specified in Division 17. Successful completion of the tests is a prerequisite to final acceptance. If any MWH-052604 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TESTING AND STARTUP SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01660-2 hardware equipment item, subsystem, or system furnished under this Contract malfunctions during the test period, the item shall be repaired or replaced, and the test shall be restarted under the conditions specified in Section 17600. The CONTRACTOR is Carb\' not responsible for software failures, and the test period will not be restarted due to software problems. B. Acceptance testing shall not begin until all system tests, instrumentation tests and adjustments, electrical tests and adjustments, and equipment field tests, have been completed to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER and the OWNER. - END OF SECTION - • (411 MWH-052604 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEM 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX TESTING AND STARTUP SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01660-3 SECTION 01700- PROJECT CLOSEOUT PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 FINAL CLEANUP A. The CONTRACTOR shall promptly remove from the vicinity of the completed work, all rubbish, unused materials, concrete forms, construction equipment, and temporary structures and facilities used during construction. Final acceptance of the WORK by the OWNER will be withheld until the-:CONTRACTOR has satisfactorily complied with the foregoing requirements for final cleanup of the project site. 1.2 CLOSEOUT TIMETABLE A. The CONTRACTOR shall establish dates for equipment testing, acceptance periods, and on-site instructional periods (as required under:the Contract). Such dates shall be established not less than one week prior to beginning any of the foregoing items, to allow the OWNER, the ENGINEER, and their authorized representatives sufficient time to schedule attendance at such activities. 1.3 OWNER'S MANUAL SUBMITTAL A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the condition that two (2) percent of the contract price will be deducted from any monies due the CONTRACTOR as progress payments, if at the 75 percent construction completion point, the approved OWNER'S MANUAL complying with Sections 01300 and 17600 has not been submitted. The aforementioned amount will be retained by the OWNER as the agreed, estimated value of the approved OWNER'S MANUALS. Any such retention of money for failure to submit the approved OWNER'S MANUALS on or before the 75 percent construction completion point shall be in addition to the retention of any payments due to the CONTRACTOR under the General Conditions. 1.4 FINAL SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR, prior to requesting final payment, shall obtain and submit the following items to the ENGINEER for transmittal to the OWNER: 1. Written guarantees and certificates, where required. 2. Operating manuals and instructions. 3. Maintenance stock items; spare parts; special tools. 4. Completed record drawings. 5. Certificates of inspection and acceptance by local governing agencies having jurisdiction. 6. Releases from all parties who are entitled to claims against the subject project, property, or improvement pursuant to the provisions of law. MWH-052604 1610269 - CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT CLOSEOUT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01700-1 1.5 MAINTENANCE AND GUARANTEE A. The CONTRACTOR shall comply with the maintenance and guarantee requirements contained in the General Conditions. B. Replacement of earth fill or backfill, where it has settled below the required finish elevations, shall be considered as a part of such required repair work, and any repair or resurfacing constructed by the CONTRACTOR which becomes necessary by reason of such settlement shall likewise be considered as a part of such required repair work unless the CONTRACTOR shall have obtained a statement in writing from the affected private owner or public agency releasing the OWNER from further responsibility in connection with such repair or resurfacing. C. The CONTRACTOR shall make all repairs and replacements promptly upon receipt of written order from the OWNER. If the CONTRACTOR fails to make such repairs or replacements promptly, the OWNER reserves the right to do the WORK and the CONTRACTOR and his surety shall be liable to the OWNER for the cost thereof. 1.6 BOND A. As part of the Contract Bond the CONTRACTOR shall provide a guarantee performance of the provisions contained in the General Conditions and these specifications. PART 2-- PRODUCTS (Not Used) PART 3-- EXECUTION (Not Used) - END OF SECTION - MW H-052604 1610269 - CITY OF PEARLAND PROJECT CLOSEOUT SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 01700-2 SECTION 16050— ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide electrical WORK, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The provisions of this Section apply to all sections in Division 16, except as indicated otherwise. C. The WORK of this Section is required for operation of electrically-driven equipment provided under specifications in other Divisions. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the requirement for proper coordination of the WORK of this Section with the WORK of equipment specifications, the WORK of instrumentation sections, and the WORK of Section 16460 - Electric Motors. D. Concrete, excavation, backfill, and steel reinforcement required for encasement, installation, or construction of the WORK of the various sections of Division 16 is included as a part of the WORK under the respective sections, including duct banks, manholes, handholes, equipment housekeeping pads, and antenna mast installations. 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS • A. The WORK of this Section and all sections in Division 16 shall comply with the following as applicable: NEC (NFPA 70) National Electrical Code NETA International Electrical Testing Association NEMA 250 Enclosure for Electrical Equipment (1000 Volts Maximum) B. Electrical equipment and enclosures shall be listed by and shall bear the label of Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc. (UL) or an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the local code enforcement agency having jurisdiction. C. Installation of electrical equipment and materials shall comply with OSHA Safety and Health Standards (29 CFR 1910 and 29 CFR 1926, as applicable), state building standards, and applicable local codes and regulations. D. Where the requirements of the specifications conflict with UL, NEMA, NFPA, or other applicable standards, the more stringent requirements shall govern. 1.3 SIGNAGE AND MARKINGS A. Identification: Provide danger, caution, and warning signs and equipment identification markings in accordance with applicable federal and state OSHA and NEC requirements. MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-1 B. Local Disconnect Switches 1. Each local disconnect switch for motors and equipment shall be legibly marked to indicate its purpose unless the purpose is indicated by the location and arrangement. C. Warning Signs 1. 600 volts nominal, or less: Entrances to rooms and other guarded locations that contain live parts shall be marked with conspicuous signs prohibiting unqualified persons to enter. 2. Over 600 volts: Buildings, rooms, or enclosures containing exposed live parts or exposed conductors operating at greater than 600 volts nominal shall be lockable. Permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be provided reading as follows: DANGER— HIGH VOLTAGE— KEEP OUT. 3. Indoor electrical installations that are open to unqualified persons and containing metal — enclosed switchgear, unit substations, transformers, and other similar associated equipment over 600 volts nominal shall be marked with appropriate caution signs. 4. Outside branch circuits and feeders over 600 volts —Warning signs shall be posted in plain view where unauthorized persons might come in contact with live parts — "WARNING — HIGH VOLTAGE—KEEP OUT" D. Isolating Switches: Isolating switches not interlocked with an approved circuit interrupting device shall be provided with a sign warning against opening them under load. ".") 1.4 PUBLIC UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall contact the serving utility and verify compliance with requirements before.construction. The CONTRACTOR.shall coordinate schedules and payments for work by all utilities. B. Electrical service shall be as indicated and be as required by the serving utility. C. The CONTRACTOR shall verify and provide service conduits, fittings, transformer pad, grounding devices, and service wires not provided by the serving utility. D. The CONTRACTOR shall verify with the utility the exact location of each service point and type of service, and shall pay charges levied by the serving utilities as part of the WORK. 1.5 PERMITS AND INSPECTION A. Permits shall be obtained and inspection fees shall be paid according to the General Conditions. B. The CONTRACTOR shall pay connection and turn-on service charges required by the utility company. MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-2 1.6 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 and 17600 - Contractor Submittals. B. Shop Drawings: Include the following as a minimum: 1. Complete material lists stating manufacturer and brand name of each item or class of material. 2. Shop Drawings for all grounding WORK not specifically indicated. 3. Front, side, rear elevations, and top views with dimensional data. 4. Location of conduit entrances and access plates.. 5. Component data. 6. Connection diagrams, terminal numbers, internal wiring diagrams, conductor size, and cable numbers. 7. Method of anchoring, seismic requirements, weight. . 8. Types of materials and finish. 9. Nameplates. 10. Temperature limitations, as applicable. 11. Voltage requirement, phase, and current, as applicable. 12. Front and rear access requirements. . 13. Test reports. 14. Grounding requirements. 15. Catalog cuts or legible photocopies of applicable pages of bulletins or brochures for mass-produced, non-custom manufactured material. Catalog data sheets shall be stamped to indicate the project name, applicable Section and paragraph, model number, and options. This information shall be marked in spaces designated for such data in the ENGINEER's stamp. C. Shop Drawings shall be custom prepared. Drawings or data indicating "optional" or "as required" equipment are not acceptable. Options not proposed shall be crossed out or deleted from Shop Drawings. D. Materials and Equipment Schedules: The CONTRACTOR shall deliver to the ENGINEER within..30 days of the'commencement date in the Notice to Proceed, a complete list of materials, equipment, apparatus,and fixtures proposed for use. The list shall include type, sizes, names of manufacturers, catalog numbers, and such other information required to identify the items. E. Owner's Manuals: Complete information in accordance with Section 01300. MW H-052604 . 1610296=CITY OF PEARLAND,TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-3 F. Record Drawings: The CONTRACTOR shall show invert and top elevations and routing of all duct banks and concealed below-grade electrical installations. Record drawings shall be prepared, be available to the ENGINEER, and be submitted according to Section 01300. 1.7 • AREA DESIGNATIONS A. General 1. Raceway system enclosures shall comply with Section 16110 - Electrical Raceway Systems. 2. Electric WORK specifically indicated in sections within any of the Specifications shall comply with those requirements. 3. Other electrical WORK not included in 1.7A1 and 1.7A2 shall comply with this Paragraph 1.7A3. — Indoor NEMA 12. Outdoor MEMA 4, NEMA 4X, or NEMA 3R as specified in Section 17600. 4. Installations in hazardous locations shall conform strictly to the requirements of the Class, Group, and Division indicated. B. Material Requirements 1. In chlorine and hydrofluosilicic (HFS) acid areas, sealing fittings shall be provided. 2. NEMA 4X enclosures shall be 304 stainless steel except in chlorine and HFS areas where non-metallic enclosures shall be provided. 3. NEMA 7 enclosures shall be cast aluminum where used with aluminum conduit; and cast iron when used with galvanized steel conduit. 4. NEMA 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures shall be steel coated with ANSI 61 grey paint. NEMA 4X, 7, and 9 shall not be coated. 5. All nuts, bolts, brackets, stands, and similar fabrication materials and hardware in all Sections of these specifications will be 316 stainless steel unless specifically shown otherwise. 1.8 TESTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for factory and field tests required by specifications in Division 16 and by the ENGINEER or other authorities having jurisdiction. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish necessary testing equipment and pay costs of tests, including replacement parts and labor, due to damage resulting from damaged equipment or from testing and correction of faulty installation. B. Where test reports are indicated, proof of design test reports for mass-produced equipment shall.be submitted with the Shop Drawings, and factory performance test reports for custom-manufactured equipment shall be submitted and be approved prior to shipment. Field test reports shall be submitted for review prior to Substantial Completion. C. Equipment or material that fails a test shall be removed and replaced. �— MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-4 1.9 DEMOLITION AND RELATED WORK A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform electrical demolition WORK as indicated. The CONTRACTOR is cautioned that demolition WORK may also be indicated on non- electrical drawings. Coordinate electrical de-energization, disconnection, and removal with all trades and the overall sequence of construction. B. Electrical requirements associated with removed equipment shall be: 1. Remove dedicated wiring and exposed conduits back to the source. 2. Abandon in place wiring that shares conduits with other equipment wiring, except power wiring. Power wiring shall be removed,from the power source to the first pullbox or manhole remote from the panel. The remainder shall be abandoned in place. Mark all abandoned in-place wires with identification information at each end of the conductor. 3. Abandon in place wiring routed through encased conduits.. Encased conduits shall be cut flush to the floor and be grouted. 4. Remove remote mounted starters, disconnect switches, circuit breakers, sensors, and transmitters. C. Where new lighting and receptacles are installed, old lighting, receptacles, switches, wiring, and conduits shall be removed. D. Wiring and conduits indicated to be extended shall be terminated in a new junction box with terminal strips. The junction box shall have a NEMA rating in accordance with the area in which it is located and shall be sized as required. Wires and terminals shall be properly identified before disconnection. E. Materials and equipment not indicated to be removed and returned to the OWNER shall, upon removal, become the CONTRACTOR's property and shall be disposed of off the Site. F. Material and equipment indicated to be relocated or reused shall be removed and relocated, and reinstalled with care to prevent damage thereto. G. Materials indicated to be returned to the OWNER shall be placed in boxes with the contents clearly marked and be stored at a location determined by the ENGINEER. H. Where motor control centers or panelboards are indicated to have circuits removed and reconnected, the MCC shall have a new engraved phenolic nameplate worded as indicated or the panelboard schedule shall be modified to indicate the revised circuits. Pencil or magic marker markings directly on the MCC or panelboard breaker are not permitted. 1.10 CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCING A. Continuance of plant operation during the work is critical. Therefore, CONTRACTOR shall carefully examine all work to be done in, on, or adjacent to existing equipment. Work shall be scheduled, subject to OWNER's approval, to minimize required plant shutdown time. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a written request, including sequence and duration of activities to be performed during plant shutdown. MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM , PAGE16050-5 B. Switching, safety tagging, etc., required for plant shutdown or to isolate existing equipment shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR. In no case shall the CONTRACTOR begin any work in, on, or adjacent to existing equipment without written authorization by the OWNER. ^� C. The CONTRACTOR shall make modifications or alterations to existing electrical facilities required to successfully install and integrate the new electrical equipment as indicated. Modifications to existing equipment, panels, or cabinets shall be made in a professional manner with coatings repaired to match existing. The costs for modifications to existing electrical facilities that are required for a complete and operating system shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid, and no additional payment for this WORK will be authorized. Extreme caution shall be exercised by the CONTRACTOR in digging trenches in order not to damage existing underground utilities. Cost of repairs of damages caused during construction shall be the CONTRACTOR's responsibility as a part of the WORK. D. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for identifying available existing circuit breakers in lighting panels for the intended use as required by the Drawings. CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for field verifying the available space in substation switchboards to integrate new power circuit breakers. Costs for this WORK shall be included in the CONTRACTOR's Bid. E. The CONTRACTOR shall visit the Site before submitting a Bid to better acquaint itself with the WORK of this Contract. Lack of knowledge will not be accepted as a reason for granting extra compensation to perform the WORK. F. Installation of Temporary Equipment 1. To facilitate continuous operation of existing equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall be required to provide the temporary equipment indicated. The CONTRACTOR shall submit installation and connection details for review and acceptance by the ENGINEER. Costs associated with these temporary installations shall be included in the Bid. 2. Temporary wiring and equipment shall remain the property of the CONTRACTOR unless indicated otherwise. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Equipment and materials shall be new, shall be listed by UL, and shall bear the UL label where UL requirements apply. Equipment and materials shall be the products of experienced and reputable manufacturers in the industry. Similar items in the WORK shall be products of the same manufacturer. Equipment and materials shall be of industrial grade standard of construction. B. Where a NEMA enclosure type is indicated in a non-hazardous location, the CONTRACTOR shall utilize that type of enclosure, despite the fact that certain modifications such as cutouts for control devices may negate the NEMA rating. C. On devices indicated to display dates, the year shall be displayed as 4 digits. rTh MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-6 2.2 MOUNTING HARDWARE A. Miscellaneous Hardware 1. Nuts, bolts, and washers shall be 316 stainless steel unless otherwise specified. 2. Threa ded rods for trapeze supports shall be continuous threaded, galvanized steel, 3/8-inch diameter minimum. 3. Strut for mounting of conduits and equipment shall be galvanized steel. Where contact with concrete or dissimilar metals may cause galvanic corrosion, suitable non-metallic insulators shall be utilized to prevent such corrosion. Strut shall be as manufactured by Unistrut, B-Line, or equal. 4. Anchors for attaching equipment to concrete walls, floors and ceilings shall be stainless steel expansion anchors, such as "Rawl-Bolt," "Rawl-Stud" or "Lok- Bolt" as manufactured by Rawl;,similar by Star, or equal. Wood plugs shall not be permitted. 2.3 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION A. Nameplates for Enclosures and Equipment: Nameplates shall be fabricated from black core/letters, white-face laminated plastic engraving stock, Formica type ES-1, or equal. Each shall be fastened securely, using the proper adhesive suitable for the surface, application, and location of the nameplate. Engraved characters shall be block style with no characters smaller than 1/4-inch top to bottom. Enclosures shall be labeled according to their designation on the drawings. Submit a list of all required labels showing label size, text size, and text prior to fabrication. B. Conductor Identification: Conductor identification devices shall be either imprinted plastic-coated cloth marking devices such as manufactured by Brady, Thomas & Betts, or equal, or shall be heat-shrink plastic tubing, imprinted split-sleeve markers cemented in place, or equal. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Incidentals: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all materials and incidentals required for a complete and operable system, even if not required explicitly by the Specifications or the Drawings. Typical incidentals are terminal lugs not furnished with vendor supplied equipment, compression connectors for cables, splices,junction and terminal boxes, and control wiring required by vendor furnished equipment to connect with other equipment indicated in the Contract Documents. B. Field Control of Location and Arrangement: The Drawings diagrammatically indicate the desired location and arrangement of outlets, conduit runs, equipment, and other items. Exact locations shall be proposed by the CONTRACTOR and accepted by the OWNER in the field based on the physical size and arrangement of equipment, finished elevations, and other obstructions. Locations on the Drawings, however, shall be followed as closely as possible. MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-7 1. Where conduit development drawings or "home runs" are shown, the CONTRACTOR shall route the conduits in accordance with the indicated installation requirements. Routings shall be exposed or encased as indicated, except that conduit in finished areas shall be concealed unless specifically indicated otherwise. Conduits encased in a slab shall be sized for conduit OD to not exceed one-third of the slab thickness and be laid out and spaced to not impede concrete flow. 2. Conduit and equipment shall be installed in such a manner as to avoid all obstructions and to preserve head room and keep openings and passageways clear. Lighting fixtures, switches, convenience outlets, and similar items shall be located within finished rooms as indicated. Where the Drawings do not indicate exact locations, such locations shall be determined by the ENGINEER. If equipment is installed without instruction and must be moved, it shall be moved without additional cost to the OWNER. Lighting fixture locations shall be adjusted slightly to avoid obstructions and to minimize shadows. 3. Wherever conduits and wiring for lighting and receptacles are not indicated, it shall be the CONTRACTOR'S responsibility to provide lighting and receptacle-related conduits and wiring as required, based on the actual installed fixture layout and the circuit designations as indicated. Wiring shall be #12 AWG minimum, and conduits shall be 3/4-inch minimum (exposed) and 1-inch minimum (encased). Where circuits are combined in the same raceway, the CONTRACTOR shall derate conductor ampacities in accordance with NEC requirements. C. Workmanship: Materials and equipment shall be installed in strict accordance with printed recommendations of the manufacturer. Installation shall be accomplished by workers skilled in the work. Installation shall be coordinated in the field with other trades to avoid interferences. D. Protection of Equipment and Materials: The CONTRACTOR shall fully protect materials and equipment against damage from any cause. Materials and equipment, both in storage and during construction, shall be covered in such a manner that no finished surfaces will be damaged, marred, or splattered with water, foam, plaster, or paint. Moving parts shall be kept clean and dry. The CONTRACTOR shall replace or refinish damaged materials or equipment, including faceplates of panels and switchboard sections as part of the WORK. E. Incoming utility power equipment shall be provided in conformance with the utility's requirements. 3.2 CORE DRILLING A. The CONTRACTOR shall perform core drilling required for installation of raceways through concrete walls and floors. Locations of floor penetrations, as may be required, shall be based on field conditions. Verify all exact core drilling locations based on equipment actually furnished as well as exact-field placement. To the extent possible, identify the existence and locations of encased raceways and other piping in existing walls and floors with the OWNER prior to any core drilling activities. Damage to any encased conduits, wiring, and piping shall be repaired as part of the WORK. MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-8 3.3 CONCRETE HOUSEKEEPING PADS A. Concrete housekeeping pads shall be provided for indoor floor standing electrical equipment. Housekeeping pads for equipment, including future units, shall be 4-inches Csib above surrounding finished floor or grade and 2-inches larger in both dimensions than the equipment, unless otherwise indicated. B. Concrete housekeeping curbs shall be provided for conduit stub-ups in indoor locations that are not concealed by equipment enclosures. Such curbing shall be 3-inches above finished floor or grade. 3.4 EQUIPMENT ANCHORING A. Floor supported, wall, or ceiling hung equipment and conductors shall be anchored in place by methods that will meet seismic requirements in the area where the project is located. Wall-mounted panels that weigh more than 500 pounds or that are within 18- inches of the floor shall be provided with fabricated steel support pedestals. If the supported equipment is a panel or cabinet enclosed within removable side plates, it shall match supported equipment in physical appearance and dimensions. Transformers hung from 4-inch stud walls and weighing more than 300 pounds shall have auxiliary floor supports. B. Leveling channels anchored to the concrete pad shall be provided for switchgear and pad-mounted transformer installations. C. Anchoring methods and leveling criteria in the printed recommendations of the equipment manufacturers are a part of the WORK of this Contract. Such recommendations shall be submitted as Shop Drawings under Section 01300. (11 '` 3.5 EQUIPMENT AND CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICATION A. General: Equipment and devices shall be identified as follows: 1. Nameplates shall be provided for panelboards, control and instrumentation panels, starters, switches, and pushbutton stations. In addition to nameplates, control devices shall be equipped with standard collar-type legend plates. 2. Control devices within enclosures shall be identified as indicated. Identification shall be similar to the subparagraph above. 3. Toggle switches which control loads out of sight of switch and multi-switch locations of more than 2 switches shall have suitable inscribed finish plates. 4. Equipment names and tag numbers, where indicated on the Drawings, shall be utilized on nameplates. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish typewritten circuit directories for panelboards; circuit directory shall accurately reflect the outlets connected to each circuit. 6. The CONTRACTOR shall provide unique wire numbers by using the method of source and destination in identifying the conductors. The CONTRACTOR shall document MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-9 3.6 CLEANING A. Before final acceptance, the electrical WORK shall be thoroughly cleaned. Exposed parts shall be thoroughly cleaned of cement, plaster, and other materials. Oil and grease spots shall be removed with a non-flammable cleaning solvent. Such surfaces shall be carefully wiped and cracks and corners scraped out. Touch-up paint shall be applied to scratches on panels and cabinets. Electrical cabinets or enclosures shall be vacuum-cleaned. - END OF SECTION - MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL WORK, GENERAL SCADA SYSTEM PAGE16050-10 SECTION 16110 - ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS PART 1 -- GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide electrical raceway systems, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. In the event that individual equipment loads provided are larger than indicated in the Contract Documents, raceways, conductors, starters, overload elements, and branch circuit protectors shall be revised as necessary to control and protect the increased connected load in conformance to NEC requirements at no additional cost to the OWNER. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish 'submittals in accordance with Sections 01300 and 17600 - Contractor Submittals, and 16050 - Electrical Work, General. B. Shop Drawings 1. Complete catalog cuts of raceways, fittings, boxes, supports, and mounting hardware, marked where applicable to show proposed materials and finishes. 2. Complete record drawings of encased concealed and exposed raceways and ducts. Drawings shall, include raceways, junction boxes, pull boxes, and electrical and instrumentation equipment. PART 2-- PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Pull and junction boxes, fittings, and other indicated enclosures that are dedicated to the raceway system shall comply with this Section. 2.2 CONDUIT A. Rigid Galvanized Steel (RGS) Conduit 1. Rigid steel conduit shall be mild steel, hot-dip galvanized inside and out. 2. Rigid steel conduit shall be manufactured in accordance with ANSI C80.1 - Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc Coated, and UL-6. 3. Manufacturers, or Equal a. LTV Steel b. Triangle MWH-070604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-1 c. Wheatland Tube B. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit 1. Rigid non-metallic conduit shall be Schedule 40PVC as indicated, sunlight resistant. /-7 2. Rigid non-metallic conduit shall be manufactured in accordance with NEMA TC-2 - Electrical Plastic Tubing and Conduit, and UL-651 - Standard for Rigid Non-metallic Conduit. 3. Manufacturers, or Equal a. Carlon b. Condux C. Rigid PVC Coated Galvanized Steel (RPGS) Conduit 1. The conduit, prior to PVC coating, shall meet the requirements for RGS conduit above. 2. A PVC coating shall be bonded to the outer surface of the galvanized conduit. The bond between the coating and the conduit surface shall be greater than the tensile strength of the coating. The inside surfaces and threads of the conduit shall have a 2-mil urethane coating. 3. PVC coating thickness shall be not less than 40-mils. 4. PVC coated RGS shall be manufactured in accordance with the following standards: a. UL-6 b. ANSI C80.1 c. Federal Specification WW-C-581 E. d. NEMA RN1 - PVC Externally Coated Galvanized Rigid Steel Conduit and Intermediate Metal Conduit 5. Manufacturers, or Equal a. Robroy b. Perma-Cote D. Liquidtight Flexible Conduit 1. Liquidtight flexible conduit shall be constructed of a flexible galvanized metal core with a sunlight resistant thermoplastic outer jacket. 2. Liquidtight flexible conduit shall be manufactured in accordance with UL-360 - Steel Conduits, Liquid-Tight Flexible. MWH-070604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-2 3. Manufacturers, or Equal a. Anaconda, Sealtite b. Electriflex, Liquatite. E. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT) or Intermediate conduit (IMC) will not be accepted. 2.3 FITTINGS AND BOXES A. General 1. Cast and malleable iron fittings for use with metallic conduit shall be the threaded type with 5 full threads. 2. Fittings and boxes shall have neoprene gaskets and non-magnetic stainless steel screws. Covers shall be attached by means of holes tapped into the body of the fitting. Covers for fittings attached by means of clips or clamps will not be acceptable. - 3. Boxes larger than standard cast or-malleable types shall be 304 or 316 stainless steel, NEMA 4X. 4. In outdoor areas, conduit shall be terminated in raintight hubs as manufactured by Myers, O.Z. Gedney, Appleton, or equal. In other than outdoor areas, sealed locknuts and bushings shall be used. 5. Conduit, fittings, and boxes in hazardous locations shall be suitable for the Class ice` and Division indicated. Conduits terminated in NEMA 7 boxes shall include the use of a male bushing, Adalet Type PEM, inside the box. B. Malleable Iron Fittings and Boxes 1. Fittings and boxes for use with galvanized steel conduit shall be of malleable iron or gray-iron alloy with zinc plating. 2. Manufacturers, or Equal a. O.Z. Gedney b. Crouse-Hinds c. Appleton C. PVC Fittings and Boxes 1. Fittings for use with rigid non-metallic conduit shall be PVC, solvent welded type. 2. Boxes shall be PVC or fiberglass reinforced polyester (FRP). 3. Manufacturers, or Equal a. Carlon MWH-070604 - 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-3 b. Crouse-Hinds c. Hoffman Provide welding solvent as required for installation of non-metallic conduit and fittings. D. PVC Coated Fittings 1. Fittings for use with PVC coated RGS shall be PVC coated and shall be products of the same manufacturer as the conduit. 2. Male and female threads and internal surfaces shall have a 2-mil urethane coating. E. Stainless Steel Boxes 1. Stainless steel boxes shall be used with PVC coated RGS conduit and where indicated. 2. Stainless steel boxes shall be NEMA 4X, Type 304. 3. Stainless steel shall be minimum 14-gauge thickness, with a brushed finish. 4. Doors shall have full length stainless steel piano hinges. Non-hinged boxes are not acceptable. 5. Manufacturers, or Equal a. Hoffman b. Rohn c. Hammond F. Sheet Steel Boxes 1. Sheet steel boxes shall be galvanized steel outlet and switch boxes. 2. Manufacturers, or Equal a. Raco b. Steel City c. Appleton Electric 2.4 WIREWAY A. General 1. Wireway shall be of the lay-in type and be NEMA rated for the area installed per Section 16050. Power, control, signal and communications cables shall be separated by grounded metallic dividers in wireways or shall be run in separate wi reways. MW H-070604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-4 2. Fittings and sections shall have non-magnetic stainless steel screws. Covers shall be attached by hinges and clamps to the bodies. Covers attached by means of clips or screws will not be acceptable. CibbN; 3. Covers and bodies shall be a minimum of 14 gauge for steel or aluminum construction. 4. Steel or aluminum wireway bodies shall be grounded. Dividers shall be steel with steel wireways or aluminum with aluminum wireways and shall be grounded by means of an individual •grounding conductor. Non-metallic dividers will not be acceptable. B. In indoor and outdoor areas, conduit shall be terminated in raintight hubs as manufactured by Myers, O.Z. Gedney,-or-equal. PART 3 -- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Wiring shall be run in raceway unless indicated otherwise. B. Raceways shall be installed between equipment as indicated. Raceway systems shall be electrically and mechanically complete before conductors are installed. Bends and offsets shall be smooth and symmetrical, and shall be accomplished with tools designed for this purpose. Factory elbows shall be utilized wherever possible. C. Raceways other than those containing power conductors may be combined in strict accordance with the NEC and_with prior written permission from the ENGINEER. In general only raceways containing the same type (control, signal, etc.) and voltage of conductors/cables, or dedicated conduits from one source to one device/equipment shall be combined, in accordance with the NEC. Permission from the ENGINEER does not relieve the CONTRACTOR of responsibility to meet national, state and local requirements. Wiring for redundant systems shall not be combined into single raceways. D. Where raceway routings are indicated on plan views, follow those routings to the extent possible. - E. Where raceways are indicated but routing is not indicated, such as home runs or on conduit developments and schedules, raceway routings shall be the CONTRACTOR's choice and in strict accordance with the NEC and customary installation practice. Raceway shall be encased, exposed, concealed, or under floor as indicated, except that conduit in finished areas shall be concealed unless specifically indicated otherwise. F. Routings shall be adjusted to avoid obstructions. Coordinate between trades prior to installation of raceways. Lack of such coordination shall not be justification for extra compensation, and removal and re-installation to resolve conflicts shall be by the CONTRACTOR as part of the WORK. G. Wireways shall be supported per the manufacturer's recommendations for the seismic requirements listed in Section,1.6050. .,_ H. Exposed raceways shall be installed parallel or perpendicular to structural beams. MW H-070604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-5 I. Install expansion fittings with bonding jumpers wherever raceways cross building expansion joints. J. Exposed raceways shall be installed at least 1/2-inch from walls or ceilings except that at locations above finished grade where damp conditions do not prevail, exposed raceways shall be installed 1/4-inch minimum from the face of walls or ceilings by the use of clamp backs or struts. K. Wherever contact with concrete or dissimilar metals can produce galvanic corrosion of equipment, suitable insulating means shall be provided to prevent such corrosion. 3.2 CONDUIT A. Exposed conduit shall be rigid galvanized steel except as follows, unless indicated otherwise: 1. In areas with chlorine or hydrofluosilicic acid, schedule 80 PVC shall be utilized. 2. In lime or ferric chloride areas, PVC coated RGS or Schedule 80 PVC shall be utilized. 3. In Class I, Div. I or Div. II hazardous locations, rigid galvanized steel conduit shall be utilized. 4. For conduit containing only grounding system bonding conductors, schedule 80 PVC shall be utilized. B. Conduit encased in concrete shall be Schedule 40 PVC, except conduit for analog control and instrumentation where it shall be RGS. A PVC-coated RGS elbow shall be utilized where either PVC or RGS conduit emerges from concrete encasement. Conduit shall emerge from the concrete perpendicular to the surface whenever possible. C. Exposed conduit shall be 3/4-inch minimum trade size. Encased conduit shall be one- inch minimum trade size. Supports shall be installed at distances required by the NEC. D. Conduit shall not be encased in the bottom floor slab below grade. E. Concrete cover for conduit and fittings shall not be less than 1-1/2 inches for concrete exposed to earth or weather, or less than 3/4-inch for concrete not exposed to weather or in contact with the ground. F. Conduits passing through a slab, wall, or beam shall not impair significantly the strength of the construction. G. Conduits embedded within a slab, wall, or beam (other than those merely passing through) shall satisfy the following: 1. Conduits with their fittings embedded within a column shall not displace more than 4 percent of the gross area of cross section. 2. Conduits shall not be larger in outside dimension than one third the overall thickness of slab, wall, or beam in which embedded. MW H-070604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-6 3. Conduits shall not be spaced closer than 3 outside diameters on centers. H. Conduit shall be placed so that cutting, bending, or displacing reinforcement from its proper location will not be required. I. Threads shall be coated with a conductive lubricant before assembly. J. Joints shall be tight, thoroughly grounded, secure, and free of obstructions in the pipe. Conduit shall be adequately reamed to prevent damage to the wires and cables inside. Strap wrenches and vises shall be used to install conduit to prevent wrench marks on conduit. Conduit with wrench marks shall be replaced. K. Wherever possible, conduit runs shall slope to drain at one or both ends of run. Wherever conduit enters substructures below grade,the conduit shall be sloped to drain water away from the structure. Extreme care shall be taken to avoid pockets or depressions in conduit. L. Installation of rigid steel conduit.though a core-drilled hole in an exterior wall below grade shall utilize a sealing device as manufactured by Link Seal or equal. M. Connections to lay-in type grid lighting fixtures shall be made using flexible metal conduit not exceeding 4-feet in length. Connections to motors and other equipment subject to vibration shall be made with liquid-tight flexible conduit not exceeding 3-feet in length. Equipment subject to vibration that is normally provided with wiring leads shall be provided with a cast junction box for the make-up of connections. N. Conduit passing through walls or floors shall have plastic sleeves. Core drilling shall be performed in accordance with Section 16050. O. Provide conduit seal fittings at the following locations: 1. In hazardous classified locations, in strict accordance with the NEC. 2. In chlorine, ammonia, sulfur dioxide, and hydrofluosilicic acid areas to prevent passage of gases to other areas. P. Conduit, fittings, and boxes required in hazardous classified areas shall be suitably rated for the area and shall be provided in strict accordance with NEC requirements. Q. Empty conduits shall be tagged at both ends to indicate the final destination. Where it is not possible to tag the conduit, destination shall be identified by a durable marking on an adjacent surface. A pull-cord shall also be installed in each empty conduit. This shall apply to conduits in floors, panels, manholes, equipment, etc. Empty conduits that terminate below grade, in vaults, manholes, handholes, and junction or pullboxes shall have a removable plug installed. 1. Conduits shall be identified at ends and pulling points. Identification shall be the unique conduit number assigned in the Contract Documents. Conduits other than 120 VAC panelboard circuits not assigned a unique number in the Contract Documents shall have a unique number assigned by the CONTRACTOR following the numbering scheme used in the Contract Documents. Conduits for 120 VAC panelboard circuits shall have a unique number assigned by the CONTRACTOR ,gia'N similar to the cable numbering scheme used in the Contract Documents. Conduit MWH-070604 1610296_CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-7 identification shall be by a stamped or engraved non-corroding metal tag attached to the conduit bushing; a engraved phenolic nameplate per the requirements of Section 16050, or a computer printed self-adhesive label attached to the equipment or enclosure the conduit terminates inside. Markings with a pen or paint will not be accepted. R. Pullboxes and junction boxes shall be identified. Identification shall be the unique conduit number assigned in the Contract Documents or by a unique number assigned by the CONTRACTOR following the numbering scheme used in the Contract Documents. Box identification shall be by a stamped or engraved non-corroding metal tag or an engraved phenolic nameplate per the requirements of Section 16050 attached to the box or enclosure. Markings with a pen or paint will not be accepted. S. Conduit for data cables shall be provided in accordance with the equipment manufacturer's recommendations, especially regarding separation from low and medium voltage power raceways. - END OF SECTION - MW H-070604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16110-8 SECTION 16111 - UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS. PART 1 --GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide underground raceway systems, complete and in place, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Sections 01300 - Contractor Submittals, and 16050 - Electrical Work, General. B. Shop Drawings 1. Complete catalog cuts of all raceways, fittings, pullboxes, and manholes, marked where applicable to show proposed materials and finishes. C. Record Drawings 1. Show routings, burial depths, manhole and handhole locations and sizes, and where applicable, connections to drainage systems. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL Cib\ A. Manholes, pullboxes, and fittings that are dedicated to the underground raceway system shall comply with the requirements of this Section. 2.2 MANHOLES AND PULLBOXES A. Manholes and pullboxes shall be precast with construction and load rating as indicated. 1. Covers shall be traffic type, H-20 loading, except as indicated otherwise. Manhole and pullbox covers shall be identified as "Electric" by raised letters cast into the covers. Manhole frames and covers shall be Neenah Foundry No. R-1755-G or equal. 2. Manholes and pullboxes shall have frost-proof and water-tight grey iron frames and covers with solid lids and inner lids with 28-inch clear openings. Covers and lids shall be bolted to cast-in-place steel frames with corrosion resistant hardware. Frames shall be factory-primed; covers shall be cast-iron and shall have pick-holes. B. Manholes and pullboxes shall be equipped with pulling-in irons opposite and below each ductway entrance. C. Manholes and pullboxes' shall have closed bottoms. Open bottom manholes and pullboxes will not be accepted. MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16111-1 D. PVC ductbank conduits shall be provided with end bells. Brackets, Unistrut Cat. No. P2515 or equal and 60-inch concrete inserts, Unistrut Cat. NO. P3261 or equal, shall be provided in manholes as required for racking wiring through manholes. E. Precast manholes and pullboxes shall be Jensen Precast, Mack, Quikset, U.S. Precast, or equal. Cast-iron covers shall be by U.S. Foundry, or equal. 2.3 DUCTBANKS A. Underground ducts shall be Schedule 40 PVC. B. Ducts shall be encased in red-dyed concrete with steel reinforcing bars. Concrete shall have 3,000 psi compressive strength conforming to Section 03300. Colorant shall be an integral red-oxide coloring pigment in the proportion of 8 pounds per cubic yard of concrete. Concrete shall be dyed red throughout the ducts. Surface treatment will not be accepted. The costs, if any, of cleaning coloring pigment from the concrete delivery equipment and other related cleanings shall be included in the Bid. C. Ductbanks shall contain a No. 4/0 bare stranded copper ground wire. The ground wire shall be continuous through the ductbank and terminate at power distribution equipment and grounding grid. D. Identification Tape: Continuous lengths of underground warning tapes shall be installed 12-inches above and parallel to ductbanks. Tape shall be 6-inches wide polyethylene film imprinted "CAUTION - ELECTRIC UTILITIES BELOW." Tape shall have non-ferrous metal foil conductor sandwiched in the tape for detection purposes. Tape shall be as manufactured by Brady, or equal. PART 3-- EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Underground raceways shall be installed between manholes and pullboxes as indicated. Raceway systems shall be electrically and mechanically complete before conductors are installed. Bends and offsets shall be smooth and symmetrical, and shall be fabricated with tools designed for this purpose. Factory elbows shall be utilized wherever possible. B. Raceway routings on plan views shall be followed to the extent possible. C. Routings shall be adjusted to avoid obstructions. Coordinate the trades prior to installation of raceways. Lack of coordination shall not be justification for extra compensation, and removal and re-installation to resolve conflicts shall be performed by the CONTRACTOR as part of the WORK. 3.2 DUCTBANKS A. Ductbanks shall be installed in accordance with the criteria below: 1. Duct shall be assembled using high impact non-metallic spacers and saddles to provide conduits with vertical and horizontal separation. Plastic spacers shall be set every 5-feet. The duct array shall be anchored every 5-feet to prevent movement during placement of concrete. T)MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16111-2 2. The duct shall be laid on a grade line of at least 3-inches per 100-feet, sloping towards pullboxes or manholes. Duct shall be installed and pullbox and manhole depths adjusted so that the top of the concrete envelope is a minimum of 18-inches below grade and a minimum of 24-inches below roadways. 3. Trenches for ducts or conduits under pavement, floors, curbing and similar surfaces shall be cleanly cut using appropriate rotary or water cutting equipment. 4. Repairs to pavement, landscaping, or other finishes affected by the installation of underground duct shall result in a surface that is equal to or better than the original in strength, durability and finish. Repair details will be submitted to the Engineer for acceptance prior to any excavation or cutting. 5. Changes in direction of the duct envelope by more than 10 degrees horizontally or vertically shall be accomplished using bends with a minimum radius 24 times the duct diameter. 6. Duct couplings shall be staggered a minimum of 6-inches. 7. The bottom of trench shall be of select backfill or sand. 8. Each bore of the completed ductbank shall be cleaned by drawing through it a standard flexible mandrel one foot long and 1/4-inch smaller than the nominal size of the duct. After passing of the mandrel, a wire brush and swab shall be drawn through. 9. Spare raceways that are not indicated to contain conductors shall have a 1/8-inch polypropylene pull cord installed throughout the entire length of the raceway. B. Duct entrances shall be grouted smooth; ducts shall be terminated with flush end bells. Sections of pre-fabricated manholes and pullboxes shall be assembled with waterproof mastic and shall be set on a 6-inch bed f gravel as recommended by the manufacturer or as required by field conditions. C. Ductbank penetration through walls of manholes, pullboxes, and building walls below grade shall be watertight. D. Concrete encased ductbank shall terminate at building foundations. When duct enters the building on a concrete slab on grade, duct shall not be encased but shall transition to rigid steel PVC-coated conduits on stub-ups. E. Where an underground conduit enters a structure through a concrete roof or a membrane waterproofed wall or floor, provide a Link-Seal, or equal sealing device. The sealing device shall be utilized with rigid steel conduit. Transition from PVC to rigid steel conduit prior to building entry. - END OF SECTION - MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX UNDERGROUND RACEWAY SYSTEMS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16111-3 SECTION 16120-WIRE AND CABLE (allb.\ PART 1 — GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide wire and cable, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The CONTRACTOR shall submit Shop Drawings in accordance with Sections 01300 - Contractor Submittals and 16050 - Electrical Work, General. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. Conductors, include grounding conductors, shall be copper. Aluminum conductor wire and cable will not be permitted. Insulation shall bear UL label, the manufacturer's trademark, and identify the type, voltage, and conductor size. Conductors except flexible cords and cables, fixture wires, and conductors that form an integral part of equipment such as motors and controllers shall conform to the requirements of Article 310 of the National Electric Code, latest edition, for current carrying capacity. Flexible cords and cables shall conform to Article 400, and fixture wires shall conform to Article 402. Wiring shall have wire markers at each end. 2.2 LOW VOLTAGE WIRE AND CABLE A. Power and Lighting Wire 1. Wire rated for 600 volts in duct or conduit for power and lighting circuits shall be Class B Type XHHW cross-linked polyethylene conforming to UL-44 - UL Standard for Thermoset-Insulated Wires and Cables. THHN/THWN wire shall not be permitted to be used for any power or control wiring in this project, except as specifically permitted within control panels per Section 17600 SCADA system. 2. Conductors for feeders as define in Article 100 of the NEC shall be sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the farthest outlet of power, heating, and lighting loads, or combinations of such loads, and where the maximum total voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest connected load does not exceed 5 percent. 3. Conductors for branch circuits as defined in Article 100 of the NEC, shall be sized to prevent voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the farthest connected load or combinations of such loads and where the maximum total voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest connected load does not exceed 5 percent. 4. Wiring for 600 volt class power and lighting shall be as manufactured by General Cable, Okonite, or Southwire. ClibN' MWH-05192004 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRE AND CABLE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16120-1 B. Control Wire 1. Control wire in duct or conduit shall be the same type as power and lighting wire indicated above. 2. Control wiring shall be No.14 AWG. Control wiring inside PLC system panels shall as specified in section 17600 "SCADA SYSTEM". 3. Control wires at panels and cabinets shall be machine tool grade type MTW, UL approved, rated for 90 degrees C at dry locations, and be as manufactured by American, Carol Cable, or equal. C. Instrumentation Cable 1. Instrumentation cable shall be rated at 600 volts. 2. Individual conductors shall be No. 16 AWG stranded, tinned copper. Insulation shall be color coded polyethylene: black-red for 2 conductor cable and black-red-white for 3 conductor cable. Signal wires inside PLC system panels shall be as specified in section 17600"SCADA SYSTEM". 3. Instrumentation cables shall be composed of the individual conductors, an aluminum polyester foil shield, a No. 18 AWG stranded tinned copper drain wire, and a PVC outer jacket with a thickness of 0.048-inches. 4. Single pair, No. 16 AWG, twisted, shielded cable shall be Belden Part No. 9342, or equal. 5. Single triad, No. 16 AWG, twisted, shielded cable shall be Belden Part No. 1119A, or equal. 2.3 CABLE TERMINATIONS A. Compression connectors shall be Burndy "Hi Lug", Thomas & Betts "Sta-Kon,", or equal. Threaded connectors shall be split bolt type of high strength copper alloy. Pressure type, twist-on connectors will not be acceptable. B. Pre-insulated fork tongue lugs shall be Thomas& Betts, Burndy, or equal. C. General purpose insulating tape shall be Scotch No. 33, Plymouth "Slip-knot", or equal. High temperature tape shall be polyvinyl as manufactured by Plymouth, 3M, or equal. D. Labels for coding 600 volt wiring shall be computer printable or pre-printed, self- laminating, self-sticking, as manufactured by W.H. Brady, 3M, or equal. E. Stress cone material for make-up of medium voltage shielded cable shall be as manufactured by Raychem,3M, or equal. MWH-05192004 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRE AND CABLE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16120-2 PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and terminate power, control, and instrumentation conductors except where indicated. - 3.2 INSTALLATION A. Conductors shall not be pulled into raceway until raceway has been cleared of moisture and debris. B. Pulling tensions on raceway cables shall be within the limits recommended by the cable manufacturer. Wire pulling lubricant, where needed, shall be UL approved. C. Instrumentation wire shall not be run in the same raceway with power and control wiring except where specifically indicated. D. Wire in panels, cabinets, and wireways shall be neatly grouped using nylon tie straps, and shall be fanned out to terminals. E. Single conductor cable in cable trays shall be No. 1/0 or larger and shall be of a type listed and marked for use in cable trays. Tray cable smaller than 1/0 shall be multi- conductor, with outer jacket. 3.3 SPLICES AND TERMINATIONS A. General 1. Wire taps and splices shall be properly taped and insulated according to their respective classes. 2. In general, there shall be no cable splices in underground manholes or-pullboxes. If splices are necessary, the cables be brought aboveground and terminated in a NEMA 4X stainless, steel terminal or splice cabinet on a concrete pad. Splices in underground manholes and pullboxes may be made only with the approval of the ENGINEER. 3. Stranded conductors shall be terminated directly on equipment box lugs making sure that conductor strands are confined within lug. Use forked-tongue lugs where equipment box lugs have not been provided. 4. Excess control and instrumentation wire shall be'properly taped and terminated as spares. B. Control Wire and Cable 1. Control conductors shall be spliced or terminated only at the locations indicated and only on terminal strips or terminal lugs of vendor furnished equipment. 2. In junction boxes, motor control centers, and control panels, control wire and spare wire shall be terminated to terminal strips. MW H-05192004 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRE AND CABLE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16120-3 C. Instrumentation Wire and Cable 1. Shielded instrumentation cables shall be grounded at one end only, preferably the receiving end on a 4- 20 mA system. 2. Two and 3 conductor shielded cables installed in conduit runs which exceed available standard cable lengths may be spliced in pullboxes. Such cable runs shall have only one splice per conductor. D. Power Wire and Cable 1. 120/208-volt, 120/240-volt, and 480/277-volt branch circuit conductors may be spliced in suitable fittings at locations determined by the CONTRACTOR. Cables rated above 2,000 volts shall be spliced or terminated only at equipment terminals indicated. 2. Splices to motor leads in motor terminal boxes shall be wrapped with mastic material to form a mold and then shall be taped with a minimum of 2 layers of varnished cambric tape overtaped with a minimum of 2 layers of high temperature tape. 3. Shielded power cable shall be terminated with pre-assembled stress cones in a manner approved by the cable and terminal manufacturer. The CONTRACTOR shall submit the proposed termination procedure as a Shop Drawing. 3.4 CABLE IDENTIFICATION A. General: Wire and cable shall be identified for proper control of circuits and equipment and to reduce maintenance effort. B. Identification Numbers: The CONTRACTOR shall assign to each control and instrumentation wire and cable a unique identification number. Numbers shall be assigned to conductors having common terminals and shall be shown on "as built" drawings. Identification numbers shall appear within 3-inches of conductor terminals. "Control Conductor" shall be defined as any conductor used for alarm, annunciator, or signal purposes. 1. Multiconductor cable shall be assigned a number which shall be attached to the cable at intermediate pull boxes and at stub-up locations beneath free-standing equipment. It is expected that the cable number shall form a part of the individual wire number. Individual control conductors and instrumentation cable shall be identified at pull points as described above. The instrumentation cable numbers shall incorporate the loop numbers assigned in the Contract Documents. 2. 120/208-volt system feeder cables and branch circuit conductors shall be color coded as follows: Phase A - black, Phase B - red, Phase C - blue, and Neutral - white. The 120/240-volt system conductors shall be color coded as follows: Line 1 - Black, Line 2 - Red, and Neutral -White. The 480/277-volt system conductors shall be color coded as follows: Phase A - Brown, Phase B - Orange, Phase C - Yellow, and Neutral - Gray. Color coding tape shall be used where colored insulation is not available. Branch circuit switch shall be yellow. Insulated ground wire shall be green, and neutral shall be gray. Color coding and phasing shall be consistent throughout the Site, but bars at panelboards, switchboards, and motor control MW H-05192004 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRE AND CABLE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16120-4 centers shall be connected Phase A-B-C, top to bottom, or left to right, facing connecting lugs. 3. General purpose AC control cable shall be red. General purpose DC control cable ril shall be blue. 4. Spare cable shall be terminated on terminal screws and shall be identified with a unique number as well as with destination. 5. Terminal strips shall be identified by computer printable, cloth, self-sticking marker strips attached under the terminal stri . 3.5 TESTING A. Cable Assembly and Testing: Cabe assembly and testing shall comply with applicable requirements of ICEA Publication No. S-95-658/NEMA WC70 - Ethylene- Propylene-Rubber Insulated Wire and .Cable for the Transmission and Distribution of Electrical Energy. Factory test results hall be submitted in accordance with Section 01300 prior to shipment of cable. The following field tests shall be the minimum requirements: 1. Insulation resistance testing, using a DC megohmeter, shall be performed on cables operating at more than 2,000 volts to ground. Time-resistance readings shall be taken and recorded at intervals of 30 seconds and one minute. Time-resistance voltage levels shall be per the cable manufacturer's recommendations. 2. Power cable rated at 600 volts sh ill be tested for insulation resistance between phases and from each phase to a ground using a megohmeter. (4161' 3. Field testing shall be done after cable is installed in the raceways. 4. Field tests shall be performed by a certified test organization acceptable to the cable manufacturer. Test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review and acceptance. 5. Cables failing the tests shall be replaced with a new cable or be repaired. Repair methods shall be as recommended by the cable manufacturer and shall be performed by persons certified by the industry. B. Continuity Test: Control and instrumentation entation cable shall be tested for continuity, polarity, undesirable ground, and origination. Such tests shall be performed after installation and prior to placing cable in service. - END OF SECTION - f MW H-05192004 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRE AND CABLE SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16120-5 SECTION 16140-WIRING DEVICES PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide wiring devices, complete and operable, in accordance with the Contract Documents. B. The requirements of Section 16050—Electrical Work, General apply to this Section. C. Single Manufacturer: Like products shall be the end product of one manufacturer in order to achieve standardization of appearance, operation, maintenance, spare parts, and manufacturer's services. 1.2 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. Furnish submittals in accordance with Section 01300 -Contractor Submittals. B. Shop Drawings 1. Complete catalog cuts of switches, receptacles, enclosures, covers, and appurtenances, marked to clearly identify proposed materials. 2. Documentation showing that proposed materials comply with the requirements of NEC and U.L. Culh\ 3. Documentation of the manufacturer's qualifications. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All devices shall carry the U.L. label. B. General purpose duplex receptacles and toggle switch handles shall be brown everywhere except in finished rooms where they shall be ivory. Special purpose receptacles shall have a body color as indicated. Receptacles and switches shall be specification grade and conform to NEMA WD-1, Federal Specifications W-C-596E and W-S-896E, respectively. 2.2 LIGHTING SWITCHES A. Local branch switches shall be toggle type, rated at 20 amperes, 120-277 vAC, and shall be General Electric Cat..No. GE-5951 1 1 for single pole, GE-5953-1 for three-way and GE-5954-1 for four-way, or similar types as manufactured by Hubbell, Leviton, or equal. B. Switches for hazardous locations shall be factory sealed, rated at 20 amperes, 120-277 vAC, capable of controlling 100 percent tungsten filament, fluorescent and HID lamp loads and shall be as manufactured by Crouse-Hinds, Appleton, or Killark. MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRING DEVICES SCADA SYSTEM - PAGE 16140-1 2.3 GENERAL PURPOSE RECEPTACLES A. Duplex receptacles rated 125 V, 20 amperes shall be polarized 3 wire type for use with 3 wire cord with grounded lead and 1 designated stud shall be permanently grounded to the conduit system (NEMA 5-20R). Duplex 120 V receptacles shall be G.E. 5362, Hubbell 5362, or equal. Single receptacles shall be G.E. 4102, Hubbell 4102, or equal. B. Ground-fault circuit interrupting receptacles (GFCI's) shall be installed at the locations indicated and as required by the NEC. GFCI's shall be duplex, specification grade, tripping at 5 mA. Ratings shall be 125 V, 20 amperes, NEMA WD-1, Configuration 5-20R, capable of interrupting 5,000 amperes without damage. Feed-through type GFCI's serving standard receptacles will not be permitted. GFCI's shall be as manufactured by Hubbell, Bryant, Leviton, or equal. - C. Receptacles for hazardous locations shall be single gang receptacles with spring door. Receptacles shall have a factory sealed chamber. The receptacles shall have a delayed action feature requiring the plug to be inserted in the receptacle and rotated before the electrical connection is made. The receptacle shall not work with non-hazardous rated plugs. One plug shall be furnished with each receptacle. The receptacles shall be rated for 20 amps at 125 VAC. Hazardous location receptacles shall be Appleton EFSB, Crouse-Hinds ENR, or equal. D. Where indicated, hazardous location receptacles shall be provided with ground fault protection. Ground fault protection shall be Appleton EFSR-GFI, Crouse-Hinds GFS- 1, or equal. 2.4 ENCLOSURES AND COVERS A. Surface mounted switches and receptacles shall be in FS or FD type weatherproof conduit fittings. B. Switch and receptacle covers on surface mounted boxes shall be die cast copper-free aluminum. C. In finished areas, switch and receptacle boxes shall be provided with SUPER STAINLESS STEEL COVERS as manufactured by Harvey Hubbell, Arrow Hart, Bryant, or equal. D. In areas where cast boxes are used, switch and receptacle covers shall be Crouse- Hinds Catalogue No. DS185 and WLRD-1, or Adalet No.WSL and WRD, or equal. E. Receptacles in wet locations shall be with a hinged cover/enclosure marked "Suitable for Wet Locations when in use" and "UL Listed." There shall be a gasket between the enclosure and the mounting surface and between the hinged cover and mounting plate/base. The cover shall be TayMac Specification Grade, or equal. 2.5 RECEPTACLE—TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSOR (TVSS) A. Transient voltage surge suppressors shall be duplex style, rated for 80 joules (minimum) of energy absorption in each of three modes. Units shall be rated 125 volts AC, sized for installation in 2-inch by 4-inch outlet boxes, and as manufactured by Arrow Hart, Pass &Seymour, or Hubbell. MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRING DEVICES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16140-2 2.6 NAMEPLATES A. Provide nameplates or equivalent markings on switch enclosures to indicate ON and OFF positions of each switch. ON and OFF for 3-way or 4-way switches is not acceptable. Provide receptacles for special purposes with nameplates indicating their use. Conform to requirements of Section) 16050. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL A. Perform work in accordance with the National Electrical Code. 3.2 CONNECTION A. Rigidly attach wiring devices in accordance with National Electrical Code, and as indicated, avoiding interference with other equipment. B. Securely fasten nameplates using scre s, bolts, or rivets centered under or on the device, unless otherwise indicated. 3.3 GROUNDING A. Ground all devices, including switches and receptacles, in accordance with NEC, ART 250, and Section 16450 - Grounding. B. Ground switches and associated metal plates through switch mounting yoke, outlet box, and raceway system. (1111\ C. Ground flush receptacles and their metal plates through positive ground connections to outlet box and grounding system. Maintain ground to each receptacle by spring-loaded grounding contact to mounting screw or by grounding jumper, each making positive connection to outlet box and grounding system at all times. 3.4 FIELD TESTING A. Provide checkout, field, and functional testing of wiring devices in accordance with Section 16050. B. Test each receptacle for polarity and ground integrity with a standard receptacle tester. - END OF SECTION - • MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX WIRING DEVICES SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16140-3 SECTION 16950—ELECTRICAL TESTS PART 1 — GENERAL Clilk\'' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. This Section specifies the WORK necessary to test, commission, and demonstrate that the electrical work satisfies the criteria of these Specifications and functions as required by the Contract Documents. . B. The WORK of this Section includes furnishing the labor, equipment, and power required to support the'testing indicated in other Divisions of these Specifications. Electrical testing indicated herein and functional testing of power and controls not tested under Division 17 - Instrumentation, shall be completed before commencement of the 30-day test of Section 01660 - Equipment Testing and Plant Startup. This scope may require the. CONTRACTOR to activate circuits, shutdown circuits, run equipment, make electrical measurements, replace blown fuses, and install temporary jumpers, etc. C. The requirements of Section 16050 - Electrical Work, General, apply to the WORK of this Section. 1.2 TESTING A. General: Carry out tests indicated herein for individual items of materials and equipment in other Sections. B. The following test requirements supplement test and acceptance criteria that may be (lib\ stated elsewhere. 1. Lighting: Switching, include remote control, if present in system. Circuitry is in accordance with panel schedules. 2. Activate ground fault tripping by ope ating test features provided with ground current protective systems and by injecting�a known and reasonable current in the ground current sensor circuit. In general, ground fault tripping should occur at a ground current equivalent to 20 percent of,phase current. Current injection is not required of circuit 400 amperes or less. 3. Cable Testing: 480-volt circuits shall be tested for insulation resistance with a 1000- volt megohm meter. Testing shell be done after the 480-volt equipment is terminated. Phase-to-phase A-B, B-C, 'A-C and phase-to-ground insulation resistance tests shall be performed on each cable prior to 5-kV and 25-kV cable termination at equipment but subsequent to stress cone makeup. Test results shall be submitted for review'30 days prior to plant operation and any system testing. Equipment which may be damaged during this test shall be disconnected. Perform tests with all other equipment connected to the circuit. In order to be acceptable, the cable must withstand the test high voltage without breakdown, have steady or decreasing leakage current-during the high potential test, and have satisfactory comparable megger readings in each megger testa Test results shall be submitted to the ENGINEER, stating equipment used and time of test. Cable testing and report submittal shall be performed by an organization sanctioned by the ( manufacturer of the cable to be tested. Testing shall verify the quality of cable 7 MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL TESTS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16950-1 terminations. Test results for medium and high voltage cable shall be submitted to the ENGINEER 30 days prior to the time schedule for equipment energization. 4. Test ground interrupter (GFI) receptacles and circuit breakers for proper operation by methods sanctioned by the receptacle manufacturer. 5. A functional test and check of electrical components is required prior to performing subsystem testing and commissioning. Compartments and equipment shall be cleaned as required by other provisions of these Specifications before commencement of functional testing. Functional testing shall comprise: a. Visual and physical check of cables, circuit breakers, transformers, and connections associated with each item of new and modified equipment. 6. Complete ground testing of grounding electrodes per requirements below prior to operating the equipment. C. Subsystem testing shall occur after the proper operation of alarm and status contacts has been demonstrated or otherwise accepted by the ENGINEER and after process control devices have been adjusted as accurately as possible. It is intended that the CONTRACTOR will adjust limit switches and level switches to their operating points prior to testing and will set pressure switches, flow switches, and timing relays as dictated by operating results. D. After initial settings have been completed, each subsystem shall be operated in the manual mode and it shall be demonstrated that operation is in compliance with the Contract Documents. Once the manual mode of operation has been proven, automatic operation shall be demonstrated to verify such items as proper start and stop sequence of pumps, proper operation of valves, proper speed control, etc. E. Motor operated valves shall be tested after having been phased and tested for correct motor rotation and after travel and torque limit switches have been adjusted by a representative of the valve manufacturer. Tests shall verify status indication, proper valve travel, and correct command control from local and remote devices. F. Provide ground resistance tests on the main grounding electrode or system in the presence of the ENGINEER and submit results. Utilize the fall-of-potential method or alternative, in accordance with IEEE Standard 81. G. Subsystems shall be defined as individual and groups of pumps, conveyor systems, chemical feeders, air conditioning units, ventilation fans, air compressors, etc. 1.3 COMMISSIONING A. Commissioning shall not be attempted until all subsystems have been found to operate satisfactorily. Commissioning shall only be attempted as a function of normal plant operation in which plant process flows and levels are routine and equipment operates automatically in response to flow and level parameters or computer command, as applicable. Simulation of process parameters shall be considered only upon receipt of a written request by the CONTRACTOR. MWH-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL TESTS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16950-2 PART 2— PRODUCTS (NOT USED) PART 3— EXECUTION (NOT USED) ($11b\' - END OF SECTION MW H-052604 1610296—CITY OF PEARLAND, TX ELECTRICAL TESTS SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 16950-3 SECTION 17520 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER (PLC) PART 1 —GENERAL(47 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the complete hardware and supporting software for programmable logic controllers (PLC) in accordance with these specifications and the input/output I/O list in the Appendix. The applicable requirements of Section 17600—SCADA System - app y to this Section B. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for selecting, sizing, and providing the correct and necessary type and quantity of hardware for each PLC for the remote facilities. The necessary hardware shall include but not be limited to, features, interconnecting cables, accessories, communication ports, adapters and cards, and all appurtenances for proper operation of the PLCs and to meet the functional requirements specified herein. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide the correct and the latest version of software to enable the OWNER to program the PLC . C. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary hardware, software, interconnecting cables, all accessories, and all appurtenances as indicated herein or as required for proper operation of the PLC. All major components of the PLC shall be of the same manufacturer and family of PLCs. All the PLCs shall have the same components and shall be standard off-the shelf commercially available hardware. D. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide A PLC as Master Communication Unit (MCU). 1.2 GUARANTEE A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee the performance of all the new PLCs and the programming software for them as specified herein, for a period of three (3) years following the date of project acceptance. To fulfill the guarantee obligation, CONTRACTOR shall utilize technical service personnel designated by the Manufacturer. Services related to the warranty shah be performed within 3 calendar days after notification by the OWNER. B. All parts, material labor, travel, subsistence, or other expenses incurred in providing services and service visits during the onie year warranty period as indicated above shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR under the guarantee. Equipment, software, and materials that do not achieve their intended purpose shall be replaced by the CONTRACTOR to attain compliance, at no additional cost to the OWNER. 1.3 LICENSES The CONTRACTOR shall provide and register the OWNER with all user software and , hardware licenses. The CONTRACTOR shall provide written confirmation of having registered the OWNER with all licenses. MWH-070704 - PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-1 1.4 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS • The equipment, materials, installation, and other work shall conform to all applicable regulations, standards, specifications, and codes which are current as of the date of the final inspection for this Contract, including, but not limited to, those which are established by the following sources: 1. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEA). 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 7. National Electrical Code (NEC). 8. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 9. Local Power and Telephone Companies. 10. Federal Communication Commission (FCC) 11. Underwriter Laboratory (UL) 1.5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A. The submittal shall be provided in accordance with the requirement specified in section 17600 "CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAL"and section 01300. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment furnished under this contract shall be new, free from defects, and shall be the latest standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturer of these products. Where there is more than one item of similar equipment being furnished under this contract, all such similar equipment shall be the product of a singular manufacturer. B. The PLC supplier shall furnish the PLCs listed in the appendices and size each PLC and provide the proper number of I/O modules in accordance with the I/O list in these specifications. The following definitions shall apply: 1. All analog input signals are 4-20 mADC, unless otherwise specified. 2. All digital input (DI) and output (DO) signals shall be dry relay contacts, with contact rating for DO as specified. Interpose relays shall be provided for DO if the contacts do not meet the required rating. MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-2 3. Future signal —source of input (Al or DI) or final control element for DO is not yet available in the field (future). However, the PLC Supplier shall provide the I/O hardware in the PLC. 4. Spare—treated the same as "future". The CONTRACTOR shall provide the I/O hardware in the PLC for future use not yet defined. C. It is the.intent of these specifications toprovide PLCs that can be easily expanded and configured. Therefore, all changes in system architecture, expansion of I/Os, modification to and implementation of control strategies shall be easily done on-site mainly through downloading and without the use of UV PROM burners. D. The PLCs shall be designed and constructed for satisfactory operation and long, low maintenance service under the following environmental conditions: 1. Ambient temperature range: - 18 though 60°C 2. Thermal shock: 1.0° (1.8°F) per minute maximum 3. Relative humidity: 95 percent maximum non-condensing E. Construction: The PLC central processing unit (CPU) shall be of solid-state microprocessor design. All CPU operating logic shall be contained on plug-in modules for quick replacement. Chassis wired logic shall not be acceptable. The controller shall be capable of operating in a . hostilei industrial environment (i.e., heat, electrical transients, RFI, vibration, etc.) without fans, air conditioning, or electrical filtering (up to 60 degrees C and 95 percent humidity). Ch.\ F. Design - General: The PLC shall be 'furnished with a central processor unit and I/O (input/output) modules suitable for interface with new and existing field devices. The I/O's shall be 4-20 mA signals for analog inputs and analog outputs, and dry relay contacts for discrete inputs outputs. PLCs shall have floating point math and PID control capabilities. The PLC shall provide internal fault analysis with a fail-safe mode and a local indicator on the PLC frame in the event of an internal fault in the PLC. All equipment shall be capable of toler ting, and capable of riding through a power interruption of 8 milliseconds or less without interruption of normal operation and communication. 1. Central Processor The central processor shall contain all the software, relays, timers, counters, number storage registers, shift registers, sequencers, arithmetic capability, and comparators necessary to perform the specified control functions. It shall be capable of interfacing sufficient discrete inputs, analog inputs, discrete outputs, and analog outputs to meet the_specifed requirements plus an additional -25 percent excess capacity or as required by the I/O list, whichever is greater. All PLCs shall be provided to support and implement closed loop floating and PID control, which is directly integrated into the PLC program. The power supply shall contain capacitors to provide orderly shutdown in the event incoming power does not meet specifications. If this occurs, the processor shall cease operation, forcing all outputs off. The central processor shall be furnished with a floating point math (Ilk\ function capability. The central processor shall be furnished with a watchdog timer MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-3 unit to monitor its operation. The timer is to be reset periodically by the processor and if it times out, a restart interrupt shall be generated. 2. Memory The programmable controller memory shall be Complementary Metal Oxide Semi- conductor (CMOS) based memory with battery backup and electrically-erasable- programmable-read only-memory (EEPROM) based memory. The CMOS memory (programming) shall be a minimum of 8K words for SLC-5/03 programming, abd 16K words for SLC-5/05 programming, with sufficient battery backup to retain the program during power interruptions of up to 1 year. An indicator shall show the status of the batteries. Processors that require replacement of EPROM or local programming of EPROM for changes to the PLC operational configuration are not acceptable. A minimum of 16 Kbytes of RAM (total user memory of programming and data) shall be furnished with each PLC. RAM memory shall hold the specific configuration for each unit, measuring and control constraints and set points and real-time I/O data. Additional memory shall be furnished where the minimum available for the model. Processors that require replacement of EPROM or local programming or EPROM for changes to the PLC operational configuration are not acceptable. The PLC shall be supplied with sufficient memory to implement the specified control function plus a reserve capacity of 25 percent of the total provided. This reserve capacity shall be totally free from any system use. The memory shall be programmed in a multi-node configuration with multiple series or parallel contacts, counters, timers, and arithmetic functions. 3. Controller The controller shall be able to be programmed in "ladder logic" language, ! J Sequential Functional Chart (SFC) format or basic PLC programming language. It shall be easily reprogrammed with a portable programming unit. 4. Power Supply The input power to the PLC and the modules shall be 120 VAC, 60 Hz. G. Input/Output Modules All I/O housings and I/O modules shall be of rugged construction with modules in place. Sufficient input and sufficient output modules shall be provided with the PLC to implement the specified control functions plus a reserve capacity of at least 25 percent of the total provided or as required by the I/O list, whichever is greater. The I/O modules shall be from the same manufacturer as the processor. In order to minimize variation of spare parts, each type of I/O module shall be the same modeVseries. The selection of module size (number of points) and configuration shall be in accordance with the I/O list. /-"e') MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-4 1. Discrete (Digital) Input Modules: This module shall accept dry relay contact closure inputs from devices external-to the programmable logic controller module. Input. modules shall be shielded from (a'hN short time constant noise and 60-Hz pickup. Individual inputs shall be optically isolated for low energy common mode transients to 1500 volts peak from user's wiring or other I/O modules-and shall have IEEE surge withstand protection. All inputs shall be isolated from each other. The modules shall have LED lights to indicate a discrete input. The module shall accept a maximum of 16 inputs. The selection of module size (8 or 16 points) shall be in accordance with the I/O list. The DI module shall be Allen Bradley models 1746-IA8 and 1746-IA16 (no or equal to match OWNER's software). - 2. Discrete Output Modules: This module shall provide dry relay contacts. The contacts shall be integral to the module and are defined as relay contact closure outputs from the PLC-for ON/OFF operation of devices external to the PLC module. The output shall be at least SPDT and shall be rated at least 1 amp at 120 VAC continuously. The output modules shall be optically isolated from inductively generated, normal mode and low energy, common mode transients to 1500 volt peak and shall have IEEE surge withstand protection. All output modules shall have LED lights to indicate that an output has been cycled on by the controller. The DO modules shall be Allen Bradley model 1746-0W8(no or equal to match OWNER's software). 3. Analog Input Modules: This module shall accept 4 to 20 madc analog input signals. The module shall perform an analog to digital conversion and enter the digital result into the processor. New inputs shall,be provided for every scan. An external 24 VDC shall power the 4-20 madc 2-wire transmitters/ loops. Analog inputs shall be isolated from the PLC bus per IEEE standard. Also all analog input shall be isolated from channel-to-channel and from external power supply. The Al modules shall be Allen Bradley model 1746sc-INI4i (no or equal to match OWNER's software). 4. Analog Output Modules: This module shall provide analog output for 4-20 madc signals. The module shall perform a digital to analog conversion and the analog result produced as an output. New outputs shall be produced on every scan. Analog outputs shall be isolated in the same manner as the analog input modules. The AO modules shall be Allen Bradley model 1746-NO4i (no or equal to match OWNER's software). 5. Filler plates shall be provided for unused slots in the PLC rack. H. Communication Protocol and Ports: 1. Each PLC and master communication unit in the system shall be furnished with all the necessary hardware and software to communicate with a the SCADA system central computer using DF1 Radio Modem Driver communication protocol (configurable RS- 232 port) MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-5 2. The MCU shall have an Ethernet communication port in addition to the RS-232 port. 3. The PLC shall employ a CRC-16 bit error checking and correction in every message. 4. A Modbus protocol module/port shall be provide for those PLCs as specified below. I. Control Configuration: It shall be possible to download operational/control set points developed in the central computer to the PLC for operational implementation. It shall also be possible to define and implement operational/control set points locally at the PLC and to upload them to the computer for operation record keeping. It shall be possible to develop control strategies independent of the PLC and download them locally to the PLC using a portable programmer. J. PLC Manufacturers: All the PLCs and the MCUs shall be of the same manufacturer and the same model family. The PLC and its accessories shall be as manufactured by Allen Bradley Model SLC 5/0X as follows(no or equal to match existing OWNER's software): Modbus No. Facility SLC 5/05 SLC 5/03 Module 1. The MCU (at SWEC) X 2. y SWEC Field PLC X 3. Barry Rose WWTP X 4. Longwood WWTP X 5. Far Northwest WWTP X Required 6. Walnut Primary Lift Station L001 X 7. Twin Creek Primary Lift Station L005 X 8. Hatfield 1 Primary Lift Station L013 X 9. Green Tee V Primary Lift Station L034 X 10. Oakbrook Primary Lift Station L038 X 11. Pearland Parkway Primary Lift Station X K. PLC Control System Software: 1. General a. It is the intent of this specification to have the PLC Supplier furnish the latest generation, standard, field proven, fully debugged and supported PLC software package for this application with a minimum of additions or changes. Customized or specially written software shall be furnished if required to meet all of the functional requirements specified herein. Any custom applications software required shall be fully integrated into the basic software and shall not require unique command structures. All programs shall be self-configuring, such that they obtain the size and configuration of the system from parameters contained in the various files created during system generation. No parameters related to the hardware configuration shall be hard coded into any of the software. MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-6 b. All programming, monitoring, searching, and editing shall be accomplished using this PLC programming software. The programming software shall be usable while on-line, off-line and in the emulation mode. The PLC program shall display multiples of series and parallel contacts, coils, tuners, counters and mathematical function blocks. The software shall be able to monitor the status of all inputs, outputs, timers, counters and coils. It shall have the capability to disable/force all inputs, outputs and coils to simulate the elements of the ladder logic by means of color changer The software shall include a search capability to locate any address or element and its program location PLC status information, such as error indication and amount of memory remaining shall be shown on the display screen. c. Furnish a minimum of 2-user licensed copies of the PLC programming software registered to the City of Pearland. d. The PLC programming software shall run on Windows 2000 platform and shall comply with the International IEC 1131-3 standard and with all 5 languages of that standard. The PLC programming software shall be Allen Bradley's RS Logix 500 for Allen Bradley's PLCs and MCU (no or equal to match existing OWNER's software). 2. System Level Software System-level software shall include a real time operating system, a calendar/time program, a file management program and a system of diagnostic routines in addition to any compilers, editors,loaders, or assemblers required to support the process control software language. a. Operating System The real-time operating system software shall be the standard uncorrupted product of the PLC and shall provide the following minimum functions: (1) Respond to demands from a program request. (2) Dynamic allocation of the resources available in the system (3) Transfer data between programs as requested. (4) Management of all information transfers to and from peripheral devices. b. Start-up and Restart Software shall able to initialize and bring a PLC unit from an inactive condition to a state of operational readiness. Initialization shall include determination of system status prior to start-up of the operating system software and application software. Initialization shall also include the loading of all memory resident software, startup of timers, counters, and queues, and all dynamic database values. MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-7 c. Shutdown The software shall provide an orderly shutdown capability resulting from equipment failure, including PLC processor failure, primary power failure, or a manually entered shutdown command. When the loss of primary power is sensed, a high-priority hardware interrupt shall initiate software for an J. immediate, orderly shutdown. When a shutdown occurs in response to a command or malfunction, the software shall control the affected hardware quickly and automatically to a secure state. The failure of the PLC shall be detected at the workstation level. This function shall be able to be telemetered to the SCADA system as an alarm. d. Calendar/Time Program The programming software shall be Y2K compliant. The calendar/time program shall update the second, minute, hour, day, month and year in the operating system and transfer accurate time and date information to all system level and application software. Variations in the number of days in each month and in leap years shall be handled automatically by the program. The operator shall be able to set or correct the time and date from the data access panel, only at the highest security level. e. Diagnostics Diagnostic programs shall be furnished with the software package to detect and isolate hardware problems and assist maintenance personnel in discovering the causes for system failures. The system manufacturer's standard diagnostic routines shall be used as much as possible. Diagnostic software and test programs shall be furnished for each significant component in the system. Diagnostic routines shall test for power supply, central processing unit, memory, communications and I/O bus failures as a minimum. 2.2 SPARE PARTS, SUPPLIES, TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT A. It is intended that sufficient spare parts and supplies necessary to support the operation and maintain the system shall be furnished with the system. These spare parts are in addition to the "spare" PLCs listed in the I/O list. As a minimum, the spare parts listed below shall be furnished: 1. One (1) PLC I/O card of each type. 2. One (1) PLC CPU for each model. 3. One (1) PLC power supply. B. For the purpose of programming the CONTRACTOR shall furnish the following tools within 30 days of Notice to proceed: 1. One (1) communication card Allen Bradley Model 1784-PCMK latest version (no or equal to match existing OWNER's software). J MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-8 2. One (1) connection cable for the communication card Allen Bradley Model 1784- PCM4 latest version (no or equal to match existing OWNER's software). PART 3. EXECUTION—NOT USED - END OF SECTION - MWH-070704 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX CONTROLLER (PLC) SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17520-9 SECTION 17600-SCADA SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the hardware and specified software components of a complete, new integrated SCADA and communication system, and instrumentation and control equipment to perform the specified functions for the OWNER's wastewater facilities all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The work, equipment and services covered by this Specification shall include, but not necessarily be limited to, supply of all necessary_ equipment, components, material, transportation, labor,special tools,installation,and services for engineering,manufacturing, testing at the factory and the job site, supervision of installation, startup operation, maintenance, and spare parts. It shall be the responsibility of the CONTRACTOR to coordinate the construction Work, as set forth in these Specifications, with work and equipment specified under other sections of the Specifications and other contracts,in order to provide a complete and satisfactory installation of the SCADA System infrastructure. The WORK of this Contract comprises the constructionof the SCADA System infrastructure and all appurtenant work completed and fully functional as a single system as specified. The WORK includes providing new SCADA systemhardware communicating over radio to all the remote facilities as specified. Refer to Section 01010 for the scope of work of this Contract. The new SCADA system will monitor and control the specified sites, facilities and equipment. The SCADA system is sized and be capable of expanding to monitor and calb\ control a total of about 100 sites. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the WORK with the SSSI Contractor who will perform the SCADA software configuration and integration as well as the PLC programming. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the installation,interconnection,testing,calibration, and operation of the instrumentation,control,communication and SCADA system equipment and the scheduling of the SSSI activities. - Section 01010 "Summary of the Work", also provides the location and addresses of the control center and the remote facilities as well as a general summary of responsibility. 1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE - A. All electrical work required under this section shall conform to the requirements of this Section and the applicable requirements of the Sections in Division 1 and Division 16. 1.3 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS A. Without limiting the generality of other- requirements of these Specifications, all work specified herein shall conform to or exceed the applicable requirements of the referenced documents to the extent that the requirements therein are not in conflict with the provisions of this Section, provided, that where such documents have been adopted as a code or ordinance by the public agency having jurisdiction, such code or ordinance shall take precedence. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX . . SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-1 B. The equipment, materials, installation, and other work shall conform to all applicable regulations,standards,specifications,and codes which are current as of the date of the final inspection for this Contract, including, but not limited to,those which are established by the following sources: "-N.)1. Instrument Society of America (ISA). 2. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEA). 3. Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA). 4. American National Standards Institute (ANSI). 5. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA). 6. Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers (IEEE). 7. National Electrical Code (NEC). 8. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 9. Local Power and Telephone Companies. 10. Local Authorities having jurisdiction over the work. 11. Federal Communication Commission (FCC) 12. Underwriter Laboratory(UL) C. Where the requirements set forth in these Specifications or on the Drawings are greater or more rigid than the mandatory requirements referenced above,the applicable Specifications or Drawings shall govern. D. In the case of conflict between any mandatory requirements and Specifications or Drawings, the mandatory requirement shall be followed in each case, but only after submitting such proposed changes to the ENGINEER for approval. E. Nothing contained in these Specifications or shown on the Drawings will be so construed to conflict with any national, state, municipal, or local laws or regulations governing the installation of work specified herein,and all such acts,ordinances,and regulations,including the National Electrical Code, are hereby incorporated and made a part of these Specifications.. All such requirements will be satisfied by the CONTRACTOR at no additional expense to the OWNER. F. The Drawings and Specifications are complementary to each other;what is called for by one shall be as binding as if called for by both. If a conflict between Drawings and Specifications is discovered, this shall be referred to the ENGINEER as soon as possible for resolution. Should a conflict exist between the Drawings, Specifications, and/or mandatory requirements (i.e., codes, ordinances, etc.), it will be assumed that the more expensive method has been estimated, unless such alternate has been agreed to prior to submission of bids. ,J MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-2 1.4 PRE-SUBMITTAL FIELD INVESTIGATION AND DOCUMENTATION A. Before preparing the submittals for the loop and wiring diagrams,the panel drawing and the I/O list submittal, the CONTRACTOR shall meet with the OWNER and visit each of the C."\, sites to perform the following tasks: 1. Collect information, inventory and document the existing wiring of circuits that require interface to the SCADA system at the three'WWTP 2. Identify points.of connection/termination/interface in the above locations between the new SCADA system and the existing control system. 3. Examine,test, verify, and document these.control circuits 4. Document the findings by modifying the OWNER's as built drawings wherever available, and prepare drawings of as-found of the control circuits. 5. Use the revised documents and information in the preparation of the submittals and the information and documents required under"CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAS" specified below. . . For documentation during and after the construction, refer to the requirements under "CONTRACTOR SUBMITTAS"below. 1.5 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS A.. Shop Drawings: In addition to the requirements of Section 01300, the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate the work specified in these Sections so that a complete instrumentation, computer and control systems for the facilities will be provided and will be supported by c accurate shop and record drawings. As a part of its responsibility,the CONTRACTOR shall prepare and submit complete and organized shop drawings, as specified herein. The submittal shall also include diagrams showing interface between instruments, existing control panels, motor control centers,engines,starters,control valves,flow meters and other equipment related to the instrumentation,control and SCADA system. These diagrams shall be prepared based on the information collected during the field investigation performed under the above paragraph, and the information provided in this specifications. B. In these Contract Documents all systems,-.meters, instruments, and other elements are represented schematically, and are designated by numbers,-as derived from -criteria in Instrument Society of America Standard ANSI/IA S5.1. The nomenclature and numbers designated herein and on the Drawings shall be employed exclusively throughout shop drawings, data sheets, and similar materials. Any other symbols, designations, and nomenclature unique to the manufacturer's standard methods shall not replace those prescribed above, used herein and on the Drawings. C. Submittal Preparation 1. During the period of preparation of this.submittal,the.CONTRACTOR shall authorize direct, informal liaison with the ENGINEER for exchange of technical information. As a result of this liaison, certain minor refinements and revisions in the Systems as specified may be authorized informally by the ENGINEER,but these shall not alter the scope of work or cause increase or decrease in the Contract price. During this informal exchange, no oral statement by the ENGINEER shall be construed to give ✓^ formal approval of any component or method,nor shall any statement be construed to grant formal exception to, or variation from these Contract Documents. MW H-070704 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-3 2. As part of the pre-construction meeting, a pre-submittal discussion shall take place to review and approve the format and the manner in which the CONTRACTOR will prepare the shop drawing submittals. The subjects that will be discussed will be: review of the specified submittal requirements, the format and content of hardware and software submittals,loop diagrams,schematics,panel layouts,bill of material,and O&M manuals. After completing the Pre-submittal Field Investigation and Documentation, the CONTRACTOR shall provide in the first loop diagrams submittal drawings all of the interface information and circuit modification obtained during the field investigation. This information shall eventually be corrected and updated as part of the as-built drawings. The submittal shall also include the correct sizes of the enclosures and the current location of the equipment. The meeting and field inspection should take at least three weeks. The submittal will be rejected without review if it does not contain the required information. D. Should information be missing or an error is found in a shop drawing during installation or start-up of equipment,the correction,including any field changes found necessary,shall be noted on the drawing and submitted finally"as-built" prior to acceptance of the project. E. Submittal Organization: The CONTRACTOR shall submit organized and detailed shop drawings and data prepared by the System Supplier. The quantity of submittal sets required shall be as specified in Section entitled, "CONTRACTOR Submittals." All shop drawings shall include the letter head and/or title block of the approved System Supplier responsible for this project. The title block shall include,as a minimum,the System Supplier's registered business name and address, project name, drawing name, revision level, and personnel responsible for the content of the drawing. Similar drawings that are used for different sites shall be duplicated,but with changes in the name of the site/facility in title block. Drawings that require more than one sheet due to space limitation or continuation in the subject of the drawings(e.g.loop diagrams,etc.)shall be given the same drawing number but with different sheet number(e.g.sheet 1 of x,sheet 2 of x, etc.). Each submittal shall include a complete index appearing in the front of each bound submittal volume. Drawings,system groups and data sheets shall be separated by labeled tags. The organization of the initial shop drawing submittal required above shall be compatible to eventual inclusion with the Technical Manuals submittal and shall include final alterations reflecting"record"conditions. Shop drawing submittals shall be bound in a standard 3-ring vinyl hard cover not exceeding 3-inches. All the drawings shall be produced and submitted in electronic form using AutoCAD (latest version) and hard copy. Record drawings shall also be in both forms. F. Submittal Schedule: Each submittal shall be submitted complete at one time. Any incomplete submittal will be rejected and returned without comments. The submittals and their schedules shall be as listed below: 1. SCADA system hardware shall be submitted complete, all at one time within 60 calendar days, after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR. 2. Loop and wiring diagrams, panel drawings,and I/O list shall be submitted complete,all at one time within 90 calendar days (time includes the field inspection period) MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-4 after the date of the Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR. The above task is required in order to avoid multiple re-submittals and review cycles. Without the above information in the early stages of the submittal and construction,the CauLN' ENGINEER will not be able to review the shop drawing submittal. 3. Communication field test procedure shall be submitted complete within 45 calendar days after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR. Communication field test results and report shall be submitted complete within 90 days after receipt of the approved communication test procedure. 4. Factory test procedure shall be submitted complete within 4 months after the date of Notice to Proceed is given to the CONTRACTOR, but not later than 60 days prior to the Factory Acceptance Test. 5. Technical Manuals: Initial set shall be submitted within 90 days after the date of approval of the shop drawings. G. SCADA System Hardware and Drawings Submittal: This submittal shall be included in a singular, all-inclusive submittal which shall include but not be limited to: 1. Load Calculations to determine and show that the UPS, batteries,and solar system(if applicable) have sufficient power capacity and backup time to meet the specified capacity and backup time. 2. Data sheets for each component (using ISA S-20 as guideline), together with a technical product brochure or bulletin. The data sheets shall have a tab and show: a. Component functional description used herein and on the Drawings; b. Manufacturer's model number or other product designation; c. Tag number-and site or facility name and number used herein and on the Drawings and also required quantity of equipment; - d. Project system or loop of which the component is a part; e. Project location or assembly at which the component is to be installed; f. Input and output characteristics; g. Scale range and units (if any) and multiplier(if any); h. Requirements for electric supply(if any); i. Requirements for air supply(if any); j. Materials of construction and of component parts to be in contact with,or other- \ wise exposed to, process media; k. Special requirements or features, such as specifications for ambient operating conditions. - I. Features and options which are furnished. MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-5 m. Name, address and phone number of manufacturer's local representative and service of the item. 3. A separate technical brochure or bulletin shall be included with each instrument data sheet. The data sheets shall be indexed in the submittal by systems or loops, as a separate group for each system or loop. If, within a single system or loop, a single ) instrument is employed more than once, or the same instrument is used in several systems, one data sheet with one brochure or bulletin may cover all identical uses of that instrument in that system(s). Each brochure or bulletin shall include a list of tag numbers and application for which it applies. Special options and features which are furnished shall be identified. 4. A list of mandatory and recommended spare parts covering items which are furnished under this Contract with the name, address, and phone number of manufacturer and manufacturer's local service representative of these parts. H. Loop Diagrams, Schematic/Wiring Diagrams, Block Diagrams, and Panel Drawings Submittals: These submittals shall be included in a singular,all-inclusive submittal,which shall include but not limited to the items listed below. For a project with multiple sites the CONTRACTOR shall provide a separate and unique set of drawings for each site. These drawings will also be used for the O&M Manuals. 1. Drawings showing definitive diagrams for every instrumentation loop system: These diagrams shall combine and show each PLC card and the I/O loop and identify each component of each loop or system using method, legend and symbols from ANSI/IA S5.4, extending the format of ANSI/IA S5.1. The loop diagram shall also show the spare and future loops and/or spare I/O. The loop diagrams for all the new systems shall be presented on an 11"x 17"drawing. The I/O cards and any device in the loop and the loops shall be shown together such that each I/O card shall be presented on a separate sheet(s) (on the left side of the drawing). The type of card, part number and its slot location shall be identified. Each I/O shall be identified as well as its location on the card and its address register. Existing, spare, and future loops shall also be shown. Power supply wiring to the card/loops, wire colors, and terminal numbers shall be shown on the loop drawings. Field I/O destination or source shall be shown (device and modified circuit) including terminal and wire numbers. Field instruments shall be shown in ISA showing their tag No., symbols, location, application, range, active state etc. 2. Complete field communication system diagram. 3. Interconnection and cabling installation diagrams for each computer and network system. Interconnection and cabling installation diagrams shall also be provided for the communication equipment, and the local-area networks. The diagrams shall show detailed and actual physical connection with actual product make and model and cable type identified. 4. Interconnection and cabling installation diagram of the PLC and the communication hardware their components with actual product make and model and cable type identified 5. Power Distribution (120VAC and 24VDC and other DC systems) and communication diagram for each system or panel. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-6 6. Panel,console,furniture,and cabinet layout drawings shall be prepared and they shall include the following information: a. Front, side, and plan views to scale. C.16\: b. Dimensions. c. Arrangement(interior and exterior). d. Mounting information, including conduit entrance location. e. Tag number or item number and functional name of items mounted in and on panel, console and cabinet. f. Nameplate legend which includes text, letter size, and colors to be used. g. Bill of materials of items within the paneVcabinet. 7. Assembly and construction drawings for each ,local panel and.for other special enclosure assemblies for field installation. These drawings shall include dimensions, identification of all components,surface preparation and finish data, nameplates,and the like. These drawings also shall include enough other details,to define exactly the style and overall appearance of.the'assembly. 8. Fabrication drawings for custom made parts and mounting hardware '(e.g shelves, sunshield, posts, etc.) 9. Installation, mounting, and anchoring details for all components and assemblies, Cay.'\ including access requirements, conduit connection or entry details. 10. Panel wiring and/or piping diagrams shall be prepared and they shall include the following information: a. Name of panel. b. Wiring and piping sizes and types. c. Terminal block numbers and wire numbers. d. Functional name and manufacturer's designation for items to which wiring and piping are connected. e. Electrical control schematics in accordance with ANSI standards. 11. Complete and detailed bills of materials: A bill of material list, including quantity, description, manufacturer,and part number,shall be submitted for each field mounted device or assembly,cabinet assemblies and subassemblies as well as for the central computer system. Bills of materials shall include all items within an enclosure and shall be presented on the enclosure layout drawing. 12. Field wiring and piping diagrams shall be prepared and they shall include the following information: jam` a. Wire and piping sizes and types.Wire and terminal block numbers b. Conduits in which wiring is to be located. MW H-070704 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 1.7600-7 c. Panel field termination strip numbers. d. Location, functional name, and manufacturers designation of items to which wiring and piping are connected. 13. Drawings showing schematic diagrams for control circuits. Complete details on the circuit interrelationship of all devices within and outside each Control Panel shall be submitted using schematic control diagrams. The diagrams shall show numbered terminals on components together with the unique number of the wire to be connected to each terminal. The diagrams shall also show terminal assignments from all primary measurement devices, such as flowmeters, and to all final control devices, such as samplers, pumps,valves and chemical feeders. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish all necessary equipment supplier's shop drawings to facilitate inclusion of this information by the System Supplier. 14. Interface with existing control and monitoring system. This shall include any and all modifications made to existing measurement and control circuits, equipment and wiring. It is the responsibility of the System Supplier to ascertain actual field conditions of the existing circuits, equipment and wiring. The OWNER will provide to the CONTRACTOR copies of all drawings and data that the OWNER can find that show such existing conditions. The OWNER makes no representation as to the completeness nor correctness of any such drawings and data and cannot guarantee that complete or partial data exists for any of the facilities included in this contract. Lack of such drawings shall not alleviate the contractual responsibility to ascertain and implement interfaces and modifications to existing measurement and control circuits, equipment and wiring. 15. Adjustment and test details for all components and systems. I. Communication Tests: The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit a communication field test procedure(s). Subsequent to the tests, the CONTRACTOR shall submit the test results. For further details, see Section entitled "Communication System". J. Factory Test Procedures Submittal: The CONTRACTOR shall develop and submit factory test procedures to show that the assembled system hardware is fully operational and in compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. (Also see Paragraph "Quality Assurance" in this Section). This test is to be completed and certified by the CONTRACTOR. (see also section 01400 entitled "Quality Contorl) 1. The SCADA system test procedures shall include the following tests to be conducted: a. Hardware review and inventory b. Continuity—analog and digital signals c. Communication system(s)to the remote sites-e.g.fiber, radio,telephone,etc). d. PLC power fail and power back up system e. Hardware Functionality 2. Format:The test procedure shall have a table of contents and each procedure shall be provided on a separate sheet or sheets. The following shall be provided for each procedure: MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-8 a. Test number b. The purpose of the test c. The procedure d. Expected results e. Space to indicate "Pass"and "Fail" f. Space for sign-off Signature for the CONTRACTOR, the ENGINEER, the OWNER, and DATE. g. Spaces to provide comments and record unexpected results,corrective actions needed, changes made, and results of retesting. K. Technical Manuals: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall provide the OWNER a total of two(2)final sets of technical operation and maintenance manuals and one (1)additional final set shall be supplied for the ENGINEER. Manuals shall be in accordance with this Section and the Section entitled "CONTRACTOR Submittals"and as a condition of acceptance of the project. The number of manuals for the application and operating system software shall be limited to the number of software copies/licenses obtained. Each set shall consist of one (1) or more volumes, each of which shall be bound in a standard size, 3-ring, looseleaf, vinyl plastic hard cover binder suitable for bookshelf storage. Binder ring size shall not exceed 3 inches. Initially,2 sets of these manuals shall be submitted to the ENGINEER for review after return of favorably reviewed shop drawings and data required herein. Following the ENGINEER's review, one set will be returned to the CONTRACTOR with comments. After implementing the review comments, the CONTRACTOR shall update the ENGINEER's copy of the OW NER's manual and shall furnish two(2)additional sets to the OWNER 15 days prior to start-up of systems. 2. Content and Organization: The Technical manuals will be based on the approved Shop Drawing submittals as modified for conditions and changes encountered in the field during the WORK. The Manuals shall have the following material organized in volumes and divided by subject and tabs: a. Field and Panel instrumentation and Hardware: This Section shall include data sheets and manufacturer technical product brochure (the same documentation that was used in the shop drawing submittal), and technical manual. Each instrument or hardware shall be arranged in a separate tab. b. SCADA System interconnection cabling diagram of the computer and network system c. Communication System Block Diagram d. Wiring(field and/or Panel)and Loop Diagrams: A separate set of drawings shall be provided for each site. Each set shall be arranges arranged in a separate tab. (Record drawings shall also be submitted in electronic form). • e. Installation details MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-9 f. Computer System Hardware g. Spare Parts List: This part shall include a list of recommended spare parts for all the equipment furnished under this Division. The list shall include recommended quantities sufficient to maintain the furnished system for a period of five(5)years. After the final acceptance,the list shall be annotated to indicate which items, if any, and quantities are furnished as part of this contract. h. Sizing Calculations i. Calibration Documentation j. Test Results k. Certification, Licenses, and Loop Check Sign-off Sheets 3. The CONTRACTOR shall update all the installation,loop diagrams and shop drawings to reflect actual "as-built" conditions. In addition, each set of technical manuals shall include installation,connection,operating,calibration,set points(e.g.,pressure,pump control,time delays,etc.)adjustment,test,troubleshooting,maintenance and overhaul instructions in complete detail. This shall provide the OWNER with comprehensive information on all systems and components to enable operation,service,maintenance and repair. Exploded or other detailed views of all instruments, assemblies and accessory components shall be included together with complete parts lists and ordering instructions. 4. For a project with multiple sites,the manual shall provide a separate set of drawings for each site. 5. All the drawings and the written description shall also be provided in electronic form. L. The CONTRACTOR shall respond to all comments on shop drawing resubmittals made by the ENGINEER either by making the noted correction or stating why it was not revised. Any resubmittal received by the ENGINEER,which do not contain responses to the ENGINEER's previous comments,shall be returned to the CONTRACTOR marked"rejected." No further review by the ENGINEER shall be performed until the CONTRACTOR responds to these comments. • 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Factory Tests: 1. Prior to shipment of each PLC system panel with all peripherals, communications equipment, shall be assembled and connected for a full functional test of the system. A successful completion of the test is a prerequisite to the shipment of the cabinets. 2. The factory test will be conducted and certified by the CONTRACTOR.The OWNER and ENGINEER will be notified of the time and location of the test at least 1 week in advance. Provisions will be made for the OWNER and ENGINEER (i.e. safety equipment and appropriate access)to attend the test, if desired.The CONTRACTOR remains completely responsible for the proper execution and documentation of the test. n MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-10 3. The factory acceptance test shall be conducted at the place where the system was engineered, fabricated, and assembled. 4. All I/Os from each PLC shall be simulated from and through a test board using on-off switches for DI's, lights for DO's and tester generated 4-20 madc for Al's. 5. After the successful completion of the test,the CONTRACTOR will generate a punch list. The list may include items that must be corrected or addressed prior to the shipment of the system, and/or items that must be corrected later in the field during installation and startup. The test results will be furnished to and approved by the ENGINEER prior to shipment. B. Field Tests: The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the Article "EXECUTION" of this Section which delineates all the tests that are required to be performed in the field in order to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.7 RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A. The communication to the remote sites will be via 902-928 MHz spread spectrum radio system(frequency hopping type). The communication system is part of the SCADA system and shall be provided as specified in Section 17620 and as shown in the Drawings. 1.8 STORAG.E AND HANDLING A. All equipment and materials delivered to the job site shall be stored in a location which will not interfere with the operations of other contractors or the OWNER. Storage and handling will be performed in manners which will afford maximum protection to the equipment and materials. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to assure proper handling and on-site ("6\1 storage of instrumentation and control equipment in accordance with the System Supplier's recommendations. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. The instrumentation, controls, and SCADA Systems equipment shall be designed and constructed for satisfactory operation and long,low maintenance service under the following environmental conditions: 1. Central Control room Equipment a. Temperature range: 10°through 32°C (50°through 90°F) b. Thermal shock: 0.55° C (1.0° F) per minute maximum c. Relative humidity: 20 through 80 percent(non-condensing) 2. Remote Site Equipment: a. Ambient temperature range: -18°through 60°C. Exception:for the UPS inside the PLC panels - 0°through 40° C b. Thermal shock: 1.0° (1.8° F) per minute maximum c. Relative humidity: 95 percent maximum non-condensing MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-11 1.10 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide job site visits and services of a manufacturer's technical field representative or subcontractor for supervision of installation, calibration, testing and startup of the following items. 1. Radios B. At no separate additional cost to the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall include the following services of qualified technical representatives of the Equipment Manufacturer(see Installation, Calibration,Testing, Start-up herein): 1. Supervise installation and connection of all instruments, elements, and components of every system, including connection of instrument signals to primary measurement elements and to final control elements such as VFD, pumps, valves, engines and chemical feeders. 2. Make all necessary adjustments, calibrations and tests. 1.11 GUARANTEE A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee the performance and the new hardware furnished under this contract and of all the control and SCADA equipment and associated installation, as specified herein, for a period of one year following the date of completion and formal acceptance of the WORK. Services shall be performed within 3 calendar days after notification by the OWNER. B. Equipment and materials which do not achieve design requirements after installation shall be replaced or modified by the CONTRACTOR to attain compliance,at no additional cost to the OWNER. Following replacement or modification, the CONTRACTOR shall retest the system and perform any additional procedures needed to place the complete system in satisfactory operation and attain design compliance approval from the ENGINEER. C. All parts, material (excluding consumables), labor, travel, subsistence, or other expenses incurred in providing all the services and service visits during the one year warrantee period and as indicated above shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR under the guarantee. 1.12 CONTRACTS, AGREEMENTS AND LICENSES A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and assign to the OWNER with all user software and hardware licenses. License of software that is purchased on behalf of the OWNER shall be assigned to the OWNER as licensee. Each software package shall be provided with a"Site License"or with as many licenses as a"Site License"includes(site is defined as the City of Pearland, TX). The CONTRACTOR shall include in the bid price all license fees. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment furnished under this contract shall be new, free from defects, and shall be standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturer of these products. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-12 B. Where there is more than one item of similar equipment being furnished under this contract, all such similar equipment shall be the product of a singular manufacturer. C. All system hardware,software,and other components shall be the most recent field proven Culb\' models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop drawings unless otherwise specified to match existing equipment. D. Analog measurements and control signals shall be electrical as indicated herein, and shall vary in direct linear proportion to the measured variable,except as noted. Electrical signals outside control panel(s) shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes dc except as noted. Signals within enclosures may be 1-5 volts dc. E. Instrument and Loop Power: Power requirements and input/output connections for all components shall be verified. Power for transmitted signals shall, in general,originate in and be supplied by the control panel devices. The use of"2-wire"transmitters is preferred,and use of"4-wire"transmitters shall be minimized. Individual loop power supplies shall be provided as required by the Manufacturer's instrument load characteristics to ensure_sufficient power to each loop component. All power supplies shall be mounted within control panels or in the field at the point of application. F. All instrumentation shall be suitable for operation if required, in the ambient conditions at the equipment installation locations. Heating, cooling, and dehumidifying devices shall be • incorporated with indoor and outdoor instrumentation in order to maintain it within its rated environmental operating ranges. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all power wiring for these devices (e.g., heaters,fans, etc.). NEMA 4 or 12 rated enclosures shall be furnished in all general purpose areas as specified, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 CENTRAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS Cal-\ A. Server Rack: A server rack enclosure shall be provided to accommodate server(s) and electronic equipment. It shall be a free-standing cabinet, approximately 70" high x 24"w x 30"deep and have a standard 19"width equipment rack. The rack shall be a minimum of 38U high, and 30"deep. The front door shall be a full glass type door with safety glass and a latch and key. The rear door shall be perforated and with latch and key. The enclosure shall have forced ventilation by way of fans mounted in the top panel providing approximately 300 cfm. The enclosure shall be elevated a minimum of 2"from the floor, and mounted down and to a wall or ceiling. It shall include (2) power strips on separate electrical circuits,.mounted down on either side at the rear. All necessary shelving (14-gauge steel) and mounting equipment shall be provided to support necessary computer equipment. The enclosure shall have rugged die-cast aluminum top and bottom. The casters shall be suitable for this application. The frame and louvered top shall have gray textured finish. . . The server rack enclosure shall be Hoffman Enclosures, Inc model E-ER38U6080 or equal. B. Miscellaneous Hardware: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the necessary cabling, extenders, and connectors necessary for a complete installation of the control room hardware. . 2.3 . LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) A. General: The network protocol throughout the individual LANs shall be the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.(TCP/IP). The new LAN cabling and installation shall MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM . PAGE 17600-13 comply with IEEE 802.3 standards for Ethernet and operate at a minimum bandwidth of 10Mbps. The Network topology at SW EC shall permit either switched 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX connections. B. Network Cabling: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the network cabling in the control room. All LAN cabling shall be new and shall be Category 5 UTP and follow industry standards for termination, labeling, and length restrictions. 2.4 MASTER COMMUNICATION UNITS (MCU) A. The central SCADA computer configuration located at SW EC shall include one (1) Master Communication Unit (MCU) as shown. The MCU shall provide a communication path to facilitate communication between operationally related facilities. The MCU shall be connected to the Ethernet network and to a master radio as shown. The MCU shall be housed in the server rack. The MCU shall be a PLC from the same manufacture and family as the PLCs that are specified in Section 17520 and shall be Allen Bradley PLC model SLC 5/05 with serial&Ethernet communication ports,and as specified in section 17520. No equal. 2.5 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY(UPS) SYSTEM A. General: A completely uninterruptible AC power supply(UPS)system shall be provided for the computers and peripherals noted in the Contract Drawings and are at SWEC control room. The CONTRACTOR shall submit load calculations and size the UPS system to accommodate present and future load requirements as well as overload capacity requirements. The UPS shall be al least three(3)KVA. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a bigger capacity UPS if required by the load calculations. The UPS system shall use on-line, high frequency, line-interactive or double-conversion technology. The UPS system shall be installed in a. single, NEMA 1 floor standing enclosure. The batteries shall be integral to the UPS enclosure. Additional batteries can be separate from the UPS B. Operation and Features: -- 1. Operation: Under normal conditions the AC power line shall feed the UPS to power the protected load. The UPS shall also maintain the batteries in fully charged "float" condition. Whenever the normal AC power fails or dips below the normal range, the critical load shall be continuously supplied to the system. The transfer from normal to AC line to backup power shall be bumpless and without a break in the output of the UPS (0 transfer time). The UPS shall supply power AC line to critical load without disturbance. 2. Features:The UPS shall have the following features: a. Capacity and Duration: The continuous output capacity of the UPS shall be at least 3,000 VA. It shall be sufficient to supply the computers, communication, interface and peripheral equipment(present and future)with regulated AC power for a minimum of 60 minutes from batteries only.Additional set of batteries shall be provided to accommodate the required backup time. The extra batteries shall be as b. Input Power Range: 100 to 132 volts (120vac nominal), 60 Hertz +/- 5 Hertz, MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-14 auto-sensing. c. Output Power Range: 110-132 VAC (120 VAC Nominal), 60 Hertz +/- 0.5 percent. 7\1 d. Transfer Time: 2 ms typical, 4 ms maximum. e. Overload Capacity: It is the responsibility of The CONTRACTOR to size and supply a UPS with sufficient output capacity to supply the inrush current requirement of the computer system, including peripherals. The UPS shall have the ability to supply 110 percent of system requirements for 10 seconds,without degradation of the service life. f. Protection: The UPS output shall be protected (IEEE standards)from lightning, surges overload, short circuit, and EMI/FFI suppression. The input shall be protected by a circuit breaker. g. Recharge Time (with half load): eight (8) hours from total discharge. h. Communication and Alarms: RS 232 communication line i. Installation and connection: The input power shall be hard wired to the UPS. The UPS shall be hard-wired to the protected load. Cords and plugs will not be acceptable. The UPS shall be installed as shown on the drawings and per manufacturer's recommendation. 3. Service Bypass Switch: The UPS system shall be provided with external service bypass switch in order to facilitate continuous power, in case the UPS is taken out of Ca*N"' service and/or removed. The bypass switch shall be for 120VAC service and shall not cause disruption of power when switched from UPS to normal power or vice versa (bumpless transition). The bypass switch shall be separate from the UPS and hard- wired to it, and shall be wall mounted The bypass switch shall be from the same manufacturer as the UPS. C. UPS and Accessories Manufacturer: The UPS system shall be as manufactured by American Power Conversion(APC), or equal a. UPS: APC Smartups model SU3000NET, b. Extra Battery set: APC model SU48BP- c. Hard Wire Kit: APC model SU031 d. UPS Service Bypass Switch: APC Model SBP3000 2. 6 PLC SYSTEMS FOR THE REMOTE SITES A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide PLC systems for the remote sites. The PLC system shall consist of the PLC hardware, communication equipment, such as radio, modem, etc., power supplies, power backup system, terminal blocks, relays, signal conditioning and converters, etc. to meet the specified functions. r6\ MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-15 It is the intent of these specifications to provide a system and PLCs that can be easily expanded and reconfigured. Therefore, all changes in system architecture, expansion of I/Os, modifications to and addition of hardware shall be easily done. The future and spare I/0s shall be wired into the terminal blocks and made ready for future use. The CONTRACTOR shall provide each PLC with all the I/O cards necessary to meet the I/O requirements specified. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide all the I/Os that are defined as "spare" and "future". Each PLC shall also be furnished with all the necessary communication ports,signal conditioning components,converters,etc.to meet the specified functions. B. PLC- See Section 17520 C. PLC Power System(PPS)-Power Supplies and UPS: The CONTRACTOR shall provide a 24 VDC power supply for the field instrumentation(i.e.2-wire 4-20 madc signal loops)and equipment in the PLC panel that requires 24 VDC power. The 24VDC power supply shall have 120 V,60 Hz input,24VDC linear output,+/-0.05%line and load regulation. The power supply shall have short circuit and overload protection. The power supply shall be sized with 25%expansion capability. The power supply shall be by Mean Well 60 series, or Power One, or equal. All power supplies shall be fused. UPS - The PLC panel shall have a UPS that provides 120 VAC power backup system capable of powering all the components in the PLC enclosure that require 120 VAC, including but not limited to,the PLC,the interpose and slave relays,the I/O system and the communication devices. Under normal conditions the AC power line shall feed the UPS to power the protected load. The UPS shall also maintain the batteries in fully charged "float"condition. Whenever the normal AC power fails or dips below the normal range,the critical load shall be continuously supplied to the system. The transfer from normal to AC line to backup power shall be bumpless and without a break in the output of the UPS (0 transfer time). The UPS shall supply power AC line to critical load without disturbance. The UPS for the PLC panels shall meet the same specifications and shall have the same features as the UPS for the control room specified above. The continuous output capacity of the UPS shall be at least 1000 VA for Barry Rose and Longwood Facilities and 700 VA for the rest. It shall be sufficient to The UPS shall back up the PLC panel during power failure for a minimum of 60 minutes from batteries only. The UPS system shall be from the same manufacturer as the UPS for the control room at SWEC. The UPS for Barry Rose and Longwood facilities shall be Smartups Model SU1000NET and for the rest of the remote facilities the UPS shall be model Smartups Model SU700NET as manufactured by American Power Conversion (APC), or equal,. D. PLC and Packaging: 1. General: All the new PLCs systems, communication systems, power supply, UPS, and miscellaneous hardware shall be assembled, mounted and wired in new enclosures. Each PLC packaged assembly shall include the following minimum hardware and with noted exceptions: MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-16 a. New PLC b. Power supply and UPS (see specifications above). (1.6.\,; c. Communication equipment (see specification Section 17620) d. Two(2)circuit breakers:one for the PLC,the communication equipment,and the PLC power system; and one for auxiliary equipment power(duplex outlet, light, etc.). The Circuit breakers shall be properly sized for each application. e. Fuses for 24VDC. f. Terminal blocks for external field connections. g. A ground fault protected duplex outlet for maintenance. h. An internal manually activated fluorescent light. Hoffman X-LF16M18 or equal. (unless already existing). i. A door activated intrusion switch (N.C.) j. Interior and exterior nameplates. 2. Enclosures and Back Panels: a. General Requirements: All PLC system assemblies,shall be mounted in either Clik\ an outdoor or an indoor type enclosure, as required and indicated in Table 17600-1 and/or as shown on the drawings. The enclosure shall be sized to contain the equipment required to make the installation complete and suitable for the intended purpose. Each enclosure shall be provided with interior nameplates to identify functions and site location. b. Types of Enclosures: All new outdoor enclosures shall be NEMA 4Xtype and all indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12. Each enclosure shall have a hinged front door with lock hasp and a removable interior-mounting panel.Table 17600-1 in this Section has identified what type enclosure should be provided for each facility. The following type enclosures shall be provided. The enclosure sizes specified below are minimum sizes. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a larger size if a larger size is required to contain the required equipment: (1) Type 1 - Enclosure shall be NEMA 12, free standing, pad mounted type (open on the bottom)for indoor application and with a single front access door. The enclosure shall be 12 gauge steel construction with all seams continuously welded with ANSI 61 gray finish over phosphatize surface. The enclosure shall have a continuous hinged door with a 3-point latch and handle. The enclosure shall be 72"H x 24"W x 24"D,Hoffman model A- 722424FS" or equal. Enclosures shall be wall-mounted type with mounting tabs. C MWH-070704 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX . . SCADA SYSTEM ' SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-17 (2) Type 2 - Enclosures shall be NEMA 12 wall mounted type for indoor applications with minimum size 48"H x 36"W x 12"D. The enclosure shall be made from 14 gauge steel with all seams continuously welded and ground,with ANSI 61 gray finish over phosphatize surface. The enclosure shall have a continuous hinged door and shall be provided with hasp and staple for padlocking. The enclosures shall be Hoffman model A 483612LPs,or equal. (3) Type 3. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X, wall mounted type for outdoor applications with minimum size 48"H x 36"W x 12"D. The enclosure shall be made from 304 stainless steel with all seams continuously welded and ground. Clamps shall also be stainless steel. The Enclosure shall be provided with hasp and staple for padlocking. Finish shall be smooth brushed. The enclosures shall be Hoffman model A 48H3612SSLPs,or equal. This type of enclosure shall be furnished with a sunshield on each of its five sides (top, left and right sides, and front and back), as shown on the drawings. (4) Type 4. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X, wall mounted type for outdoor applications with minimum size 60"H x 36"W x 12"D. The enclosure shall be the. same as Type 3 except it shall be Hoffman model A- 60H3612SSLPs,or equal. This type of enclosure shall be furnished with a sunshield on each of its five sides (top, left and right sides, and front and back), as shown on the drawings. fl • MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX • SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-18 Table No. 17600-1 City of Pearland SCADA System Enclosure Schedule RTU Facility Name Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosur No. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 e Type 4 NEMA 12 NEMA 12 With Sun With Sun Shield Shield NEMA 4X NEMA 4X 1 Barry Rose WWTP X 2 Longwood WWTP X 3 Far Northwest WWTP (*) 4 Walnut Primary Lift Station X 5 Twin Creek Primary Lift X Station 6 Hatfield 1 Primary Lift Station X 7 Green Tee Lift Station X 8 Oakbrook Primary Lift X Station 9 Pearland Parkway Primary X Lift Station ' (*) Equipment to be installed in existing enclosure as shown on the drawings. 2.4 GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND PLC ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the instruments and components specified in the paragraph and the appendices: (1.16\ A. Signal and Control Circuit Wiring Instrumentation Enclosure/Panels: 1. Wire type and sizes: Conductor type shall be as specified in Section 16120"Wire and Cables. Wires for control circuits and alarm input circuit shall be at least No. 18 AWG. All other wires, including signal-shielded cables, shall be No. 18 AWG minimum. Cable shield shall be terminated and grounded at the PLC panel. Wires for 120 VAC power circuits shall be No.14 AWG minimum. Wires for 24 VDC power circuits shall be No. 16 AWG minimum. The use of THHN/THWN type wires for power and control is permitted only within the PLC system enclosures. Signal wires for computer use shall be similar to those for non-computer use, except each pair shall be triplexed with a copper drain wire,and aluminum polyester tape shall be.applied over the triplexed group. All cable shields shall be terminated at the computer system grounding bus in the communication panel at the UOC. Continuity of the shield shall be maintained throughout the cable runs. 2. Wire Insulation Colors: Conductors supplying 120-volts ac power on the line side of a disconnecting switch shall have a black insulation for the ungrounded conductor. Grounded circuit conductors shall have white insulation. Insulation for ungrounded 120-volt ac control circuit conductors shall be red. All wires energized by a voltage source external to the Control Panel(s)shall have yellow insulation. Insulation for all do conductors shall be blue. Color code for signal wire shall be positive(+):black and negative (-): white. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-19 Multiconductor cables shall also be 18 AWG copper signal wires twisted in pairs with 90°C,600 V insulation.A copper drain wire shall be provided with a wrap of aluminum polyester shield. The overall bundle jacket shall be FVC. 3. Wire Marking: Each signal,control,alarm,and indicating circuit conductor,connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique wire number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal using numbered wire markers which shall be imprinted plastic devices by, Brady,Thomas and Betts,or equal,or shall be permanently marked heat-shrink plastic. B. Relays: 1. General Purpose Relays: General purpose relays in the Control Panel(s) shall be plug-in type with contacts rated 10 amperes at 120-volts ac; quantity and type of contacts shall be as shown on the Drawings. Each relay shall be provided with a neon light to indicate energized state, and shall be enclosed in a clear plastic heat and shock resistant dust cover. Sockets for relays shall have screw type terminals. Relays shall be Potter and Brumfield Type KRP or KUP,IDEC,Square D Type K,or equal. 2. Slave and Interpose Relays: Additional slave relays shall be provided when the number or type of contacts shown exceed the contact capacity of the specified relays and timers. Additional interpose relays shall be provided when higher contact rating or dry contacts is required in order to interface with starter circuits or other equipment. The slave and interpose relays shall be as the general purpose relays specified above. C. Time Delay Relays- Electronic Type: Time delay relays shall be plug-in electronic type with on-delay or off-delay actuation as required. Output contacts shall be DPDT rated 10-amperes at 120-volts ac minimum. Each unit shall include an adjustable time delay control knob with a graduated time range scale. Operating temperature range of the units shall be -20 to +120 degrees Fahrenheit minimum and each device shall be rated for 10,000,000 mechanical operations and 500,000 electrical operations. Time delay relays shall be Allen-Bradley Series 700,Agastat Series SCC,Magnecraft Class 211,Omron, or equal. D. Indicating Lights: Indicating lights shall be incandescent or ultra-bright multiple LED lamps, push-to-test transformer type and shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight construction. Operators shall be nickel or chrome plated. Each light shall have a screwed-on prismatic lens approximately 1-inch in diameter. Indicating lights shall be Square D Company,Class 9001 Type K,General Electric Company Type CR1 04P,or equal. Each light shall have a factory-engraved legend plate, as shown on the Contract Documents. E. Selector and Pushbutton Switches: Selector and pushbutton switches shall be rated 10- amperes at 600 volts;shall be heavy-duty,oil-tight construction;and shall have the number of positions and poles required. Operators shall be nickel or chrome plated. Switches shall be Square D Company,Class 9001 Type K,General Electric Company Type CR104P, or equal. Each switch shall have a factory-engraved legend plate as shown on the Contract Documents. F. Circuit Breakers, Fuses, and Disconnects: 1. Circuit breakers shall be single pole, 120-volt, 15 ampere rating or as required to protect wires and equipment and mounted inside the panels. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-20 2. When instruments do not come equipped with integral fuses,provide fuses as required for the protection of individual instruments against fault currents. Fuses shall be mounted on the back of the panel in a fuse holder,and each fuse shall be identified by a service name tag. (611'`I In addition to the 120 VAC main circuit breaker to protect the PLC and communication equipment (see PLC enclosure requirements), the CONTRACTOR shall fuse each branch of the"120 VAC circuit. The receptacle, light, heater and fan do not require additional fuse protection. Equipment that requires 24 VDC power shall be powered from an individual branch. Each 24 VDC branch, including spares, shall be provided with a fuse to protect the equipment. A fuse shall protect each I/O module. Each DI loop shall also be fused. The fuses shall be mounted in a din mounted fuse holder terminal block, each with LED indication. The CONTRACTOR shall properly size the fuses suitable for protecting the equipment. The fuse-holder terminal block shall be by Entrelec Type M4/8SF(P/N 115663.23 for 24 VDC and 115661.21 for 120 VAC), or equal. 3. In order to facilitate easy and safe loop maintenance, each Al loop shall have a disconnect with test plugs built into its field terminal flock. G. Nameplates: Nameplates shall be provided for instruments,function titles for each group of instruments,and other components mounted on instruments,enclosures,and equipment in an approved location. The proposed location should be indicated on an appropriate submittal. A nameplate shall be provided for each signal transducer,signal converter,signal isolator, each electronic trip, and the like, mounted inside the panel(s). These shall be descriptive,to define the function and system of such element. These nameplates shall be of the same material as those on the front of the panel(s). Adhesives shall be suitable for permanently attaching nameplates. Painted surfaces shall be prepared to allow permanent bonding of adhesives. Nameplates shall be fabricated from white-face, black-center, laminated engraving plastic. Nameplates shall be by Formica Type ES-1, or equal. Colors, lettering,styles and sizes shall be as shown or as selected by the ENGINEER.Refer also to Section 16050. H. Terminal Blocks: Terminal blocks shall be modular terminals and shall be rated 15 amperes at 600-volts. White marking strips,fastened securely to the molded sections,shall be provided and wire numbers or circuit identifications shall be marked thereon with permanent marking fluid. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional 25 percent spare terminal blocks for each type of I/O. Terminal blocks shall be by Entrelec, Phoenix, or equal. I. Signal Integrators, Isolators and Converters: Signal isolators shall be furnished and installed in each measurement and control loop,wherever required,to ensure isolated input into the PLC,or to ensure adjacent component impedance match,or where feedback paths may be generated. Signal converters shall be included where required to resolve any signal level incompatibilities. Signal isolators, integrators and converters shall be 24 VDC or 120 VAC powered as.applicable, and shall be AGM Electronic Series 40XX or equal. J. Process Indicators, Digital: Digital process indicators if required shall be self-contained instruments that display process signals directly in engineering units. The unit shall be suitable for panel mounting and shall utilize 41/2 digit plus extra zero LED display of no less than 0.5-inch height. The input signal to the digital process indicator shall be 4-20 mA DC or 1-5 VDC. The input sample rate of the unit shall have provisions for field adjustable scaling and/or offset. Accuracy shall be plus and minus 1 least significant digit. Input power to the MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-21 • digital indicator shall be 24 VDC. Digital process indicators shall be as manufactured by Action Instruments Co. Model V508, Newport, or equal. K. Intrusion Switches for RTU Enclosures:A door activated intrusion switch (N.C.)shall be provided for new and existing PLC enclosures. The switch shall be Square D Class 9007, Model XA73; or equal by MICROSWITCH L. Pressure Transmitter, Gage 1. Operation and Components: Electronic pressure/level transmitter shall measure gage pressure over the specified range. The transmitter shall produce a 2-wire,linear 4-20 madc output signal at 24 VDC,and calibrated for the specified range. The transmitter shall consist of a capsule assembly,bottom works,cover flange, process connection, electronic unit,terminal box and conduit connection. The pressure applied to the unit shall be transmitted by a sealed fill fluid to a sensor cell to produce the signal. A temperature compensation unit shall also be part of the sensing module. 2. Performance and Feature Requirements: a. Continuously (external) adjustable span, zero and dampening (internal) adjustment b. 4-20 madc into a minimum of 600 ohm c. Integral digital indicator (LCD) scaled in linear engineering units (unless otherwise noted). d. Accuracy+/-0.10 percent of span e. Ambient operating range of minus 40 deg. F to +185 deg. F f. Process wetted parts (including diaphragm if applicable)—316 S.S g. Body material—316 S.S. h. Drain plug and vent plug i. Process connection 1-inch NPT j. NEMA 4 rating k. Sensor or transmitter failure alarm. High or low failure mode shall be user selectable I. Stainless steel block-and-bleed valve m. Mounting hardware suitable for the installation application (e.g. surface mounting, 2-inch pipe, etc.). 3. The pressure transmitters shall be Rosemount model 3051TG, or equal. N. Rain Gauge-Tipping Bucket Type t) MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-22 1. Operation and Components: the rain gage shall be a remote tipping bucket type that measures liquid precipitation. The rain gage is a free standing receptacle and the collected rain funneled to a tipping bucket, which incrementally measures the rainfall accumulation and causes a momentary closure of a switch. The tipping action empties the full bucket in preparation for additional measurements. 2. Performance and Feature Requirements a. Collector diameter: 6.066"with knife edge. b. Funnel depth 6.4"(splash out protection->2") c. Resolution: 0.01" English d. Accuracy 1.0% up to 2"/hr. e. Bucket: UV protected ABS . Pivot: Hardened SS jewel and pivot Level: Integral bubble level f. Switch: Hermetically sealed reed switch rated 2A at 30 VDC and 1A @ 115 VAC. Closure time : 135 ms and bounce setting time 0.75 ms. g. Cable: 60',22 gage,2 conductors. h. Pole Mounting Base option h. Ambient operating temperature range: 32 deg. F to+125 deg. F at 0-100% RH. 4. The Tipping bucket rain gauge shall be Texas Electronics, Inc Model TR-525I Rain Gauge, 6" collector English, and MB-525 Pole Mounting base, or equal. O. Current Transmitter Current transmitter shall be either a split-core type or a solid core type with integral signal conditioner.The split core type shall be for ranges of 0-50 and 0-200 amp. The solid core type shall be for 0-750 and 0-2,000 amp. Transmitter shall measure and convert true RMS AC current to an isolated,loop-powered,4- 20mA output with selectable ranges.Loop powered shall be 12 VDC to 40 VDC max.The current transmitter shall be designed and operated with 600 milliseconds response time,± 0.8%to±1%full scale accuracy, 10 to 400Hz frequency range,-20 degrees C to 50 degrees C ambient temperature range, and 0-95% relative humidity, non-condensing. Transmitter shall be UL listed and manufactured by API,model CTX-ACR. P. Phase/Monitor Relay) The phase/voltage monitor relay shall,provide protection against phase loss,phase reversal, over-voltage, and under-voltage,voltage with LED indicator for each condition.An isolated single pole double throw(SPDT)auxiliary contact shall be provided for remote annunciation and be rated at 10-amps resistive @240 VAC. Relay shall have selectable manual or automatic reset with adjustable restart delay time from 6 to 300 seconds. Relay shall be rated for continuous operation at 480 VAC,3-phase,60 Hz, 0(degrees)C to 55(degrees)C. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-23 Relay shall be UL listed and manufactured by ATC, model series SLM, by ABB SSAC, model series WVM, or approved equal. 2.5 SPARE PARTS, SUPPLIES, TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT A. General: It is intended that sufficient spare parts and supplies necessary to support the OWNER's operation and all tools and test equipment necessary to troubleshoot and maintain the system shall be furnished with the system. B. Spare Parts:The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the recommended spare parts from the list approved by the ENGINEER. . The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the delivery of the spare parts, as directed by the OWNER, after startup. Prior to the purchase and the delivery of the spare parts, the OWNER shall enumerate components based on the recommended spare parts list and the prices for each item on the list. The CONTRACTOR shall include in his submittals a list of the aforementioned spare parts from which the OWNER will select for the above amount. C. Tools and Test Equipment: All tools required to repair,calibrate, program,diagnose,and maintain the new equipment furnished shall be provided. It is intended that the diagnostic software furnished with the system shall be able to troubleshoot the PLC. 2.6 FIELD WIRING A. All field wiring shall comply with specification Division 16- "General Electrical Provisions". PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. In accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, all systems specified shall be installed, connected, calibrated and tested, and in coordination with the ENGINEER and the OWNER,shall be started to place the system in operation. This shall include final integration in concert with equipment specified and provided by others under other Contracts. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall employ installers who are skilled and experienced in the installation and connection of all elements,instruments,accessories and assemblies. Electrical work shall be performed as specified in the applicable sections of Division 16 and this Division. 3. Installation personnel have been instructed on installation requirements of the Contract Documents and have at least one copy of the approved shop drawings and data. Technical assistance is also available to installation personnel at least by telephone. 4. The locations of equipment shown on the drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. The exact locations and routing of wiring and cables shall be governed by structural conditions and physical interference and by the location of electrical terminations on equipment. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall install and connect all control center,computer and network components and assemblies under the criteria imposed by these specifications. The MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-24 installation personnel shall be instructed and provided with a final reviewed copy of the shop drawings and data. 6. All equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in approximate locations and arrangements,or when the OWNER exercises the right to require changes in location of equipment prior to their installation which do not impact material quantities or cause material rework, make such changes without additional cost to the OWNER. 7. The CONTRACTOR shall review the existing site conditions and examine all shop drawings for the various items of equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all wiring and cables. - 8. The Contract Documents either show or specify all necessary conduit and instruments required to make a complete instrumentation system. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing any additional or different type connections as required by the instruments and specific installation requirements at no additional cost to the OWNER. B. Installation and Connection: All components and assemblies shall be installed and connected according to the requirements below: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall install all the required conduits and/or wiring to all existing or relocated equipment. Additional network and special wiring shall be provided as shown. 2. In building interior locations, conduits shall be surface mounted on walls or ceilings wherever possible and run parallel to building lines. Conduits shall not be routed on floors in areas subject to foot traffic. In exterior locations conduit shall be routed below grade. Where concrete or asphalt slabs exist they shall be saw cut,conduits installed, and the cut repaired to original condition. Exposed conduits and/or raceway shall be installed perpendicular or parallel to building lines. 3. All wire and cable shall be arranged in a neat manner and securely supported in cable groups and connected from terminal to terminal without splices unless specifically approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER. All wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners. 4. Signal and low voltage wiring shall be run in a separate conduit from power and 120- volt control wiring. 5. As a minimum all conduits and wires shall be sized in accordance with NEC unless otherwise required to exceed the NEC. 6. All power and signal wires shall be terminated with crimped type lugs. 7. All wires shall be mounted clearly with an identification tag that is of a permanent and reusable nature. Computer system equipment cables should be identified and marked • for their location at each end of the cable. Computers and peripheral equipment connections/ports shall also be identified as to what cable is connected at that location. 8. All connectors shall be, as a minimum, watertight. 9. All instruments, control panels, and equipment shall be anchored by methods which comply with seismic requirements which apply to the site. All mounting stands and MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX - -SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-25 bracket materials and workmanship shall comply with requirements of the Contract Drawings 10. The CONTRACTOR shall request the OWNER to demonstrate that all existing equipment that is to be reused in this project works properly for the intended function. 11. Sensing Lines and Tubing: Instrument process sensing lines and air signal tubing shall, in general, and if required, be installed in a similar manner to the installation of conduit specified in Division 17. Individual tubes shall be run parallel and near the surfaces from which they are supported. Supports shall be used at intervals of not more than 3 feet of rigid tubing. See Contract Drawings for installation details. All tubing, fittings, valves and appurtenances shall be 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise required by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Tubing for pressure transmitters shall be a minimum of 1-inch. For other applications sizes shall be as specified. Bends shall be formed with the proper tool and to uniform radii and shall be made without deforming or thinning the walls of the tubing. Plastic clips shall be used to hold individual plastic tubes parallel. Ends of tubing shall be square-cut and cleaned before being inserted in the fittings. Bulkhead fittings shall be provided at all panels requiring pipe and/or tubing entries. All capillary tubing shall be installed in flexible conduits. The lengths shall be sufficient , to withdraw the element for periodic maintenance. C. Removal of Abandoned Equipment: Unless otherwise specified,all existing equipment in each facility that is no longer required after the new system has been put in service shall be removed and delivered by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER. 3.2 ENCLOSURE SIGNAL AND CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING A. Wiring Installation: All wires shall be run in plastic wireways except field wiring,wiring run between panels/enclosures and mating blocks in adjacent panel sections, wiring run from components on a swing-out panel to components on a part of the fixed structure,and wiring run to panel-mounted components. Wiring run from components on a swing-out or front panel to other components on a fixed panel shall be made up in tied bundles. These bundles shall be tied with nylon wire ties,and shall be secured to panels at both sides of the "hinge loop" so that conductors are not strained at the terminals. Signal and low voltage wiring shall be run separately from power and 120 V control wiring. B. All PLC I/Os, including those which are designed as "future"and "spare", shall be wired to the field interface terminal block(s). C. Field wiring shall terminate at a terminal block in the enclosure. Field wiring shall not be wired directly to equipment in the enclosure. Twenty(20)percent spare terminals for future field connections shall be furnished. D. Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals with nylon wire ties and secured to the inside face of the panel using adhesive mounts. E. Wiring to rear terminals on panel-mount instruments shall be run in plastic wire-ways secured to horizontal brackets run above or below the instruments in about the same plane as the rear of the instruments. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-26 F. Wire Marking: Each signal,control,alarm,and indicating circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal using numbered wire markers which shall be imprinted plastic devices; or permanently marked heat-shrink plastic. 3.3 TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall secure the services of the following equipment manufacturers staff to provide an organized and qualified training class for their equipment: These courses shall be designed to provide the operations, maintenance and supervisory personnel with training in routine and preventive maintenance of all the instrumentation, communication, PLCs. The training course shall include instruction on the use of all maintenance equipment and special tools provided under the contract. During the course, hands-on experience with the system equipment shall be provided. 1. Allen Bradley for the PLCs—Hardware and software, including standard classes in PLC programming , communication, and maintenance and trouble shooting. This information shall be covered in a miniumum of 4-day class (approximately) 2. Microwave Data Systems(MDS)for the radios—hardware and diagnostics software. This information will be covered in a 2-day 3. Each type of instrument or equipment provided under this contract-: • UPS • pressure transmitters • Gas Monitoring Transmitters ^+ • Rain Gage � • Current transmitter and phase monitor The training should be at least 4 hours per instrument/equipment and shall include maintenance, calibration, and troubleshooting The training courses shall be given on-site to three (3)people of the OWNER's staff within 60 days and no less than 7 days prior to the start of the 30 day test. All instruction,tools and training material shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at the owner's facility . Due to availability and scheduling of the OWNER's staff,the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER the schedule of the classes. The OWNER reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for later use. The CONYTRACTOR may propose to coonduct the multi- day training classes at the manufacturer's facility whenever it is practical, subject to OWNER's approval.And at a schedule acceptable to the OWNER. However,all travel and accommodation expenses shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-27 3.4 CHECKING, CALIBRATION, TESTING, AND STARTUP A. Calibration: 1. General: All devices provided under Division 17 shall be calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures to verify operational readiness and ability to meet the indicated functional and tolerance requirements. 2. Calibration Points: Each instrument shall be calibrated at 25, 50, 75 and 100% of span using test instruments to simulate inputs. The test instruments shall have accuracies traceable to National Institute of Testing Standards. 3. Bench Calibration: Instruments which have been bench-calibrated shall be examined in the field after installation to determine whether any of the calibrations are in need of adjustment. Such adjustments, if required, shall be made only after consultation with the ENGINEER. 4. Field Calibration: Instruments which were not bench-calibrated shall be calibrated in the field as specified above to insure proper operation in accordance with the instrument loop diagrams or specification data sheets. 5. Analyzer Calibration: Each analyzer system shall be.calibrated and tested as a workable system after installation. Testing procedures shall be directed by the manufacturers' technical representatives. All samples and sample gases shall be furnished by the manufacturers. 6. Calibration Sheets: Each instrument calibration sheet shall provide the following information and a space for sign-off on individual items and on the completed unit: a. Project name b. Loop number and/or site name and number c. Tag number d. Manufacturer e. Model number f. Serial number g. Calibration range h. Calibration data: Input, output, and error at 10 percent, 50 percent and 90 percent of span i. Switch setting, contact action, and dead-band for discrete elements j. Space for comments k. Space for sign-off by Instrumentation Supplier and date I. Test equipment used and associated serial numbers MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-28 7. Calibration Tags: A calibration and testing tag shall be attached to each piece of equipment or system at a location determined by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall have the Instrumentation Supplier sign the tag when calibration is complete. The OWNER will sign the tag when the calibration and testing has been accepted. B. Final Checks and Validation: After all installation and connection work has been completed,the CONTRACTOR shall check it all for correctness,verifying polarity of electric power and signal connections and all other similar details. C. Loop Testing and Certifications: 1. The CONTRACTOR will test newly installed and/or modified loops for continuity and functionality. The up-to-date loop diagrams shall be used as reference. The OWNER will witness the loop checks. 2. Loop Validation: Controllers and electronic function modules shall be field tested and exercised to demonstrate correct operation. All control loops shall be checked under simulated operating conditions by impressing input signals at the primary control elements and observing appropriate responses of the respective control and monitoring elements, final control elements, and the graphic displays associated with the SCADA system. Actual signals shall be used wherever available. Following any necessary corrections,the loops shall be retested. Specified accuracy tolerances for each analog loop are defined as the root-mean-square-summation of individual component accuracy requirements. Individual component accuracy requirements shall be as indicated by Contract requirements or by published manufacturer accuracy specifications, whenever Contract accuracy requirements are not indicated. Each analog loop shall be tested by applying simulated analog or discrete inputs to the first element of an analog loop. For loops which incorporate analog elements,simulated sensor inputs corresponding to 0,25,50,75 and 100% of span shall be applied, and the resulting element outputs monitored to verify compliance to calculated root-mean-square-summation accuracy tolerance requirements. Continuously variable analog inputs shall be applied to verify the proper operation and setting of discrete devices. All.analog loop test data shall be documented by the CONTRACTOR on the loop validation sheets and included in the O&M Manual. 3. Loop Validation Sheets: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare loop confirmation sheets for each loop covering each active instrumentation and control device except simple hand switches and lights. Loop confirmation sheets shall form the basis for operational tests and documentation. Each loop confirmation sheet shall cite the following information and shall provide spaces for sign-off on individual items and on the complete loop by the Instrumentation Supplier: a. Project name b. Loop number and/or site name and number c. Tag number, description, manufacturer and model number for each element d. Installation bulletin number comb-, e. Specification sheet number MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-29 f. Loop description number g. Adjustment check h. Space for comments i. Space for loop sign-off SCADA System Supplier and date j. Space for ENGINEER or OWNER witness signature and date 4. Loop Certifications: When installation tests have been successfully completed for all individual instruments and all separate analog control networks,a certified copy of all test forms signed by the ENGINEER or the ENGINEER's representative as a witness,with test data entered, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER together with a clear and unequivocal statement that all instrumentation has been successfully calibrated, inspected, and tested. D. Proof of Conformance: The burden of proof of conformance of the system to specified performance is on the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall supply necessary test equipment and technical personnel if called upon to prove accuracy and/or performance,at no separate additional cost to the OWNER, wherever reasonable doubt or evidence of malfunction or poor performance may appear. The proof of conformance shall include an operational and functional test specified below. E. Operational and Functional Hardware Testing: 1. General: After the completion of installation, all systems shall be exercised through field operational tests, as a complete system, in the presence of the ENGINEER in order to demonstrate achievement of the specified performance and requirements. It shall demonstrate proper operation of all systems with process equipment operating over full operating ranges under conditions as closely resembling actual operating conditions as possible. Operational tests depend upon completion of work specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. The scheduling of tests shall be coordinated by the CONTRACTOR among all parties involved so that the tests may proceed without delays or disruption by uncompleted work. Field operational and functional testing must be successfully completed prior to the start of the 30-day acceptance test. The result of the testing shall be documented,including a punch list by the ENGINEER. 2. Operational Validation: Where feasible, system operational and functional testing activities shall include the use of water and actual field conditions, where possible, to establish service conditions that simulate, to the greatest extent possible, normal final control element operating conditions in terms of applied process loads,operating ranges, and environmental conditions. Final control elements, PLCs, communication and network equipment, and ancillary equipment shall be tested (including diagnostics checks) under start-up and steady-state operating conditions to verify that proper and stable control is achieved using motor control center and local field mounted instruments and control circuits. All hardwired and software control circuit interlocks and alarms shall be operational. The control of final control elements and ancillary equipment shall be tested using both manual and automatic (where provided) control. The stable steady-state operation of final control elements running under the control of PLCs,field mounted automatic analog controllers,or software based controllers shall be assured by adjusting the controllers as required to eliminate oscillatory final control element MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-30 operation. The transient stability of final control elements operating under the control of field mounted, and software based automatic analog controllers shall be verified by applying control signal disturbances, monitoring the amplitude and decay rate of control parameter oscillations(if any)and making necessary controller adjustments as required to eliminate excessive oscillatory amplitudes and decay rates. F. Startup: When all equipment and systems have been assessed by the CONTRACTOR to have been successfully carried through complete operational tests by simulating each installed I/O point, and the ENGINEER concurs in this assessment, system startup by the OWNER'S operating personnel can follow. System start-up and training and instruction of the OWNER's personnel must be completed a minimum of seven (7)days prior to the final accepting test. The CONTRACTOR shall participate in all start-up activities. If problems occur, The CONTRACTOR and the SSSI shall jointly participate in the diagnosis of hardware and software problems and correct deficiencies under each's responsibilities. G. Hardware Acceptance Test: 1. General: After startup and the functional test have been completed, the SCADA system hardware will be given a final 30-day acceptance test. The 30-day test must be successfully completed prior to,the date of and as a condition to completion of the entire project. The SCADA system hardware must run continuously for30 consecutive days. During this period, all system functions shall be exercised, and any system interruption and accompanying component, subsystem, or program failure shall be logged for cause of failure, as well as time of occurrence and duration of each failure. The CONTRACTOR shall provide,staff on-call during all normal working days and hours from the start of the acceptance test until final acceptance of the system. The on-call staff shall be ready to respond within two hours of the notification of the problem. (111*c' 2. Testing: Each system function, e.g.,status report-backs, alarms,field data, controls shall be exercised several times at a minimum, and in a manner which approximates "normal"system operation. Failure of any hardware component of the system during the above program testing shall be considered as indicating that the field equipment does not meet the requirements of the specifications and corrective action shall be required before restarting the acceptance test. Only those components,subsystems, and systems covered in this specification and supplied under this contract shall be considered for this acceptance test. Problems and failures of other systems shall not be considered as part of this test(except as they display the capabilities of this system to detect failures).- The CONTRACTOR shall participate in the diagnosis of both hardware and software .problems if•requested, and correct it if it is under its responsibility. 3. Failures:- Failures shall be classified as either major or minor. A minor failure would be a small and non-critical component failure that can be corrected by the OWNER's operators: This occurrence shall be logged but shall not be reason enough for stopping the test and shall not be grounds for non-acceptance. However,should the same or similar component failure occur repeatedly, this may be considered as grounds for non-acceptance and termination of the test. Failure of one printer, or of one monitor shall be considered a minor failure providing all functions can be provided by backup equipment(alternate printers and monitor's)and repairs can be made and equipment returned to service within 3 working days. A major failure shall be considered to have occurred when a component, subsystem, communication, or program fault causes a halt in operation of the system and/or when a technician's work is required to make a repair or to re-initiate operation of the system. A major failure MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-31 shall cause termination of the acceptance test. When the causes of a major failure have been corrected, a new acceptance test shall be started. 4. Technician Report: Each time a technician is required to respond to a system malfunction he or she must complete a report which shall include details concerning r''1 the nature of the complaint or malfunction and the resulting repair action required and taken. If a malfunction occurs which clears itself or which the operator on duty is able to correct, no report shall be required (logged as specified above). If a technician has performed work but no report is written, then a major failure shall be considered to have occurred. Each report shall be submitted within 24 hours to the ENGINEER or its representative, and the OWNER. 3.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS The CONTRACTOR is responsible for becoming familiar with the jobsite conditions and restrictions prior to preparing and submitting a BID.The OWNER will provide access prior to the bid date as described in the Advertisement for Bids. 3.6 CONTROL CENTER A. General Requirements: The requirements described below shall supplement and clarify requirements in other sections in the specifications and drawings,or add required work that will provide control and monitoring of the OWNER's of facilities: 1. Control Center at the SWEC: a. The CONTRACTOR shall install, under SSSI oversight, OWNER furnished computers, network,and peripheral equipment,as well as applicable equipment furnished under this contract for the control room and those for in the server rack b. Install new communications hardware and UPS as shown on the drawings c. Connect the existing Sequential Batch Reactor (SBR) PLC to the new SW EC Field PLC with the proper cable in order to establish ModBus communication link between the two PLC. 22. Far Northwest WWTP:Connect the existing PLC to the new PLC with the proper cable in order to establish ModBus communication link between the two PLCs. 3.7 REMOTE SITES OPERATION AND REQUIREMENTS A. General Requirements: The requirements described below shall supplement and clarify requirements in other parts of the specifications and Drawings, or add required work. 1. Programming: The CONTRACTOR shall provide new PLC systems programmed by the SSSI Contractor and install them as specified and as shown on the drawings. 2. Monitoring Position of Existing Switches, and Status and Alarm Signals: a. Hand-Off-Auto and Miscellaneous Switches: The CONTRACTOR shall add a new contact block to the existing Hand-Off-Auto and other switches where required, to monitor their "in-auto" and "in-hand" or other required positions. However, the CONTRACTOR may have to replace the switch if the switch condition or its brand will not allow the addition of a contact block. At the CONTRACTOR's discretion,slave relays may be used in lieu of adding a contact blocks or replacing the switch. Similar provisions shall be provided to other types of switches as listed in the I/O list. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-32 b. Run Status Signals: Run Signals, if not available from other sources, shall be obtained from the electric pump starter(dry contacts). If currently not existing, the CONTRACTOR shall add a.contact to the starter or use a slave relay to the starter circuit to obtain pump run signal. c. Miscellaneous Status and Alarm Signals: Whenever an existing panel mounted indicating light is a source of a status and alarm signals(DI),the CONTRACTOR shall install a slave relay that will be energized when the light is on and thereby generate a dry contact(DI)to the PLC. 3. Modification to Existing Panels and Circuits: a. Based on the CONTRACTOR's field investigation,as specified elsewhere in this specification,and as shown on the drawings,the CONTRACTOR is required to remove or disconnect some existing equipment as a result of their complete or partial replacement of their functionality,and in some cases to provide space for the new equipment. In all cases the CONTRACTOR shall disconnect the replaced equipment and functions and ensure that the remaining equipment and their remaining (not replaced)functionality shall continue to function/operate as originally intended. The CONTRACTOR shall also restore the condition of the modified operational control or monitoring circuit. b. Analog Loops: Whenever an existing analog loop is modified, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the integrity and isolation of the loop is maintained and the shield is grounded correctly. In modifying the analog loop the CONTRACTOR shall also modify the 24 VDC to that loop so that the power supply source of that loop is part of the PLC system and is backed up by the batteries of PLC system. Cul\ c. In some cases slave relays or isolators must be installed in existing enclosures to provide the required functions. The CONTRACTOR shall install these devices and additional terminal blocks neatly and in an accessible and safe location in the existing panel. 4. Field Connection Panels and Interface Terminal Blocks: In cases where field I/O wiring has to be extended to the PLC systems from enclosures, the CONTRACTOR shall provide separate enclosures/field connection panel (FCP), as required,to which field I/Os are wired, and from which the signals shall be wired to the PLCs. I/Os from MCCs shall be wired first to an interface terminal block and then wired to the PLCs. 5. Power: The power source (120V, 60Hz) exists at each facility. The CONTRACTOR shall provide dedicated circuit breakers for the PLC systems where required and wire the power to the PLC system enclosures.The location of the power source is shown on the Drawings. If the location is not shown,the CONTRACTOR shall assume it is within 30 ft of the PLC enclosure. 3.9 WORK SEQUENCE A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the fact that because of the critical nature of the wastewater systems, no part of the system can be interrupted without the approval of the OWNER. Prior scheduling of all possible interruptions will be required. The OWNER may postpone all scheduled interruptions to some later date if required by high demands or operational considerations. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a request to the City a MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-33 minimum of three (3) days in advance of an interruption. The CONTRACTOR shall not construe this request as a guarantee or an authorization to interrupt the operation and the OWNER may not authorize such interruption. B. Due to the nature of the WORK,the CONTRACTOR shall execute the installation of the new computer monitoring and control system in an organized and coordinated manner to minimize down time. The CONTRACTOR shall execute the addition of a site to the system in such a manner that no one site shall be shut down for more than 8 hours and no more than one site shall be shut down at any one time. This time constraint may be shortened or extended as required/allowed by system operational needs. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER and the SSSI the order and sequence the sites are to be added to the new computer system. The CONTRACTOR and the OWNER shall first test and verify proper control of the remote site from the Control Center before proceeding to the next scheduled site. - END OF SECTION - MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-34 SECTION 17620—SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL (°w ' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the radio communication system, complete with antennas, antenna mast, antenna cables and connectors as specified. The communication system shall be furnished as an integral part of the SCADA system specified in Section 17600. It shall provide a complete and functional communication link for data transmission between the control center at SWEC and all the remote sites. Prior to installation of the radio equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct a field test to verify that the radio paths and signals are reliable based on the present terrain and structure conditions: The CONTRACTOR shall determine the received signal strength (RSSI) for each path at the specified minimum elevation. If any site does not meet the specified RSSI of —85db at .the specified antenna elevation, the elevation change needed to meet the specified RSSI level shall be determined. Any increase in the minimum antenna height requirements shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for review and approval. For the purpose of the bid, the CONTRACTOR shall include in the bid price the antenna masts shown in the drawings. B. Scope and Responsibilities: The CONTRACTOR shall, through the use of qualified radio personnel, be responsible for pre-installation, testing, installation, and participation in the final testing of the radio communication system and the communication links to the SWEC facility. The following is a summary of the. CONTRACTOR's scope and responsibility associated with the communication system: 1. The radio network, Radio Network: o k, as specified and as shown on the drawings, shall consist of the following: a. SWEC. It is the site for the central SCADA computer system. One (1) sets of redundant digital spread spectrum master radios shall be installed at this site and communicate to radios at the remote sites. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an antenna pole at SWEC at the specified height and location. One Omni directional antennas shall be installed at SWEC on the newly installed radio mast as shown on the drawings. The antenna pole and the antenna shall be installed prior to conducting the field test specified below. b. Radios for Remote Sites: A digital spread spectrum radio shall be installed at each remote site with PLCs as shown in the Contract Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall install at each site a Yagi antenna, antenna mast or support structure as specified. The antenna heights at the remote sites shall be as shown on the drawings. 2. Radio System Surveying and Testing: a. The communication configuration and the location of the individual antennas were determined during the design by conducting-the line of sight analysis between the various sites and field investigation. The ENGINEER obtained preliminary longitude and latitude coordinates of each site and analyzed MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX. SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-1 these paths by using computerized. USGS topography maps and database. The field investigation confirmed that there is a signal from the remote sites to the SWEC. The result of this analysis indicates that it is reasonable to assume that there is a reliable radio communication from the remote sites and the specified configuration and method can be constructed. The CONTRACTOR can obtain a list of preliminary longitude and latitude coordinated of each site for comparison to his/her survey. Copies of the profiles of these paths are included in the Appendices. b. The CONTRACTOR shall perform field/site radio path field-testing for each site and confirm communication reliability and suitable signal strength to provide an RSSI of—85db and meet the manufacturers other recommended practices and specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the field test after installing the antenna pole and the antenna at SWEC. The actual radio path field testing shall be conducted by using the newly installed antenna and cable at SWEC and by using the same radios and antennas that will be used for this project. A temporary non-redundant radio system may be used for this test. Any temporary configuration must be installed and grounded similar to the final configuration, including antenna size and length. c. Prior to conducting the test The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER test procedure for approval. The procedure shall include the proposed tests and example of proposed forms and checklist. The radio test results shall include, as a minimum, the following: (1) Site name and location (coordinates) (2) Verification of antenna height (recommend height if different from the specified height) (3) Fade margin (4) Total path loss (db) (5) Bit error rate (BER) pass data with a maximum BER of 10-6 (6) Receive signal strength — must be within 6dB of the calculated value based on free air losses. (7) Total number of polls (8) Total number of misses (9) Average path quality (%) —must be over 99% d. Antenna_ieight and I ocations: The CONTRACTOR shall confirm antenna heights to assure the operability of the radio network. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for the exact location and orientation of each radio antenna in order to optimize the signal strength. l MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-2 e. Antenna Downtilt: The contractor shall determine through the field test if the omni directional antenna at SWEC should be a downtilt type antenna. The CONTRACTOIR shall provide a downtilt type if required. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide submittal data and operational and maintenance (O&M) manuals for all radio and communication components furnished as part of the documentation of and as specified in Sections 01300 and 17600. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIOS A. Technology and Application: The digital spread spectrum radios for the communication system shall use a pseudo random frequency-hopping technology and pattern in the unlicensed frequency spectrum. The radios shall use digital signal processing technology with self-equalization and forward error correction. The radios shall be able to communicate to other radios in an urban setting providing there is an unobstructed line of sight between the antennas at each location. All equipment shall be the most recent field-proven model regularly offered and marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop drawing. Custom made or one of a kind equipment will not be acceptable. B. Requirements and Performance: The digital spread spectrum radio equipment for the master, repeaters and remote facilities shall meet the following requirements: 1. General Frequency Range 902 to 928 MHz FCC Part15 Frequency Hopping Range Minimum=of. 128 usable frequencies (two different hop times) Frequency Zones 8 zones;user selectable. Frequency Stability ±0.00015%at—30°. C to +60° C Half-Duplex Operation ±1.6MHz spacing Repeater Configuration Single Radio Store—and—forward Approval UL Listed Sleep Mode Yes—available Unit Addresses 0-65,000 System Addresses 1-65,000 2. Data Signaling Standard RS-232C Interface (or RS-485, user selectable) Connector DB-9 Female Data Rate 1200 to 115,200 BPS Asynchronous Data Latency 7 ms (typical) (6-10 AVG) Operation RTS/CTS Flow Control Modulation Type Binary CPFSK MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY'OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-3 3. Transmitter Frequency Range Master: 902-928 MHz Remote: 902-928 MHz Modulation - Binary CPFSK Output Power at Antenna Connector .1 to 1.0 Watt (20-30 dbm +/- 1db) Duty Cycle Continuous, 100% Output Impedance 50 ohms Bandwidth Compatibility 200 KHz Spurious Emissions -60 dBc Harmonic Emission -70 dBc Transmitter Keying Data Activated 4. Receiver Type Double conversion superheterodyne Frequency Range Master: 902-928 MHz Remote: 902-928 MHz Bit Error Rate Less than 1 X10-at—110 dBm Intermodulation 59 dB Minimum (EIA) Spurious 70 dB Minimum RSSI Range -40 dBm to—120 dBm 5. Redundancy: The redundant radios shall provide automatic and bumpless switch-over. The switch over shall occur when no packets of data are received in a programmed time frame. Such an event shall send an alarm status to the central SCADA computer system. The redundant radios shall be packaged in a metal enclosure suitable for the installation environment (rack or shelf mounted). The radios shall be furnished with a single type N antenna connection and a port for PLC connection. 6. Power Voltage Supply 13.8 Nominal (6—30Vdc range) TX Supply Current <510 ma RX Supply Current <115 ma Power Connector Phoenix Terminal Connector Fuse 1.5 Amp 7. Diagnostics Measurements: RSSI Received signal strength average over 8 hops Main supply voltage 13.8 Vdc input voltage Temperature Internal temperature Signal quality Signal to noise ratio Radio status Syncronization indicator 8 zone quality level Availability of data in each frequency zone Radio alarm and status indicator External LEDs (PWR, SYNC, TXD, RXD) MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-4 In addition, the radios shall have "frequency analysis mode" designed specifically to detect and document sub-channels which have significant interference and block these selects frequencies from hop pattern and transmission to avoid Csulh interference. The above diagnostic information shall be provided locally or remotely (over-the-air) with a Windows-based software (Windows 98 or higher through XP and 2000). The: equipment, shall gather the remote diagnostic information in a non-intrusive format so that no data corruption takes place. Non- intrusive diagnostics means_ on-line diagnostics while the system operates and polls. 8. Environmental Operating Conditions: The radios shall be able to operate under the following conditions with degradation in performance: Humidity 95% at 40 Deg. C; non-condensing Temperature -40 Deg. C to+70 Deg. C C. Software: Each radio shall built-in diagnostic software. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish two (2) user licensed copies of the radio diagnostic software registered to the City of Pearland to be loaded and used on owner furnished portable computers. The software shall run on Windows 2000 or XP. All software upgrades shall be included for a period of two (2) years from date of project acceptance. D. Spare Radios and Tools: One (1) spare radio of each type/model shall be furnished. In addition to the furnished radios, Two (2) sets of test and set-up hardware shall be furnished, including accessories, such as cables and connectors. E. The master and the remote radios shall be Model transNET900 manufactured by MDS, no or equal. 2.2 ANTENNAS AND HARDWARE FOR SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIOS A. General 1. Antenna systems shall be furnished and installed at specified sites as shown in the drawings, complete and functional for the intended use. Systems shall include, but not limited to, new antennas,-new mounting hardware, grounding rods, and coaxial cables with connectors. Unless specified otherwise, new antennas shall be installed on new poles or towers. 2. All antennas mounting components and hardware shall be or stainless steel. Aluminum antennas shall be anodized. All RF connection shall be.N type. B. Directional Antenna The CONTRACTOR shall provide the following Yagi type directional antenna for the specified remote and repeater sites as specified and shown in the Contract drawings. The antenna shall be designed to operate in the 902-928 MHz band and meet the following requirements: 1. Antenna gain shall be 10-dB, 7 elements, 20 dB front to back ratio. MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-5 2. Output impedance 50 ohm 3. Maximum VSWR shall be less than 1.5 to 1 4. Polarization—capable of vertical or horizontal 5. Welded aluminum construction (anodized) 6. The antenna shall be sealed against moisture penetration 7. The antenna shall withstand winds up to 120 mph. 8. The antenna shall be provided with all the required mounting brackets The directional antenna shall be MDS Clearwave part No. 97-3662A14 MDS or equal. C. Omni-Directional Antenna: The CONTRACTOR shall use the following Omni-directional antenna for the master radios and repeater sites as specified and as shown in the Contract drawings. The antenna shall be designed to operate in the 902-928 MHz band and meet the following requirements: 1. Antenna gain shall be 9-dB 2. Output impedance 50 ohm 3. Maximum VSWR shall be less than 1.5 to 1 4. Downtilt- electrical downtilt of 0, 3, or 5 degrees (determine based on field test results). 5. Polarization -vertical 6. Aluminum construction (anodized) 7. The antenna shall be sealed against moisture penetration 8. Mounting hardware shall be provided. The antenna shall withstand winds up to 120 mph. The Omni-directional antenna shall be Kathrein-Scala Division model OGB9-915N, or equal. D. Spare Antennas One (1) spare antenna of each type/model shall be furnished. MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-6 E. Cables 1. At the remote sites and at the repeater stations with antenna cable less than 50 feet in length, the transmission cable,between the antenna and the radio shall be coaxial low loss jacketed 1-inch foam heliax, Andrews Corp. Type LDF4-50A, Celwave Model FLC 12-50J, or equal. 2. The antenna cable between the antenna and the radio with length greater than 50 feet shall be coaxial low loss jacketed 7/8-inch foam heliax by Andrews Corp. Type LDF5=50A,.:Celwave Model FLC 78-50J, or equal. 3. For maintenance purposes at each radio-site, provide a minimum of 3-feet "super- flexible" jumper antenna cable between the radio and the lightning suppressor. Components inside an enclosure shall be arranged in such a way the length of the "super-flexible" cable shall not exceed 5-feet. The cable shall be by Andrews Corp., Type FSJ1-50A or equal F. Radio System Grounding and Protection 1. Grounding: a. - Steel Poles: Each new antenna.support structure (e.g.. mast, tower, etc.) shall be grounded.to.a 10 ft x 3/a inch diameter copper clad steel ground rod driven in the ground at the base of the antenna support structure. The tower itself may serve as the ground conductor, if the tower sections at their junctions-are electrically bonded. The grounding conductors shall be sized no smaller than No. 6 AWG bare copper and shall be installed without sharp bends. All ground conductor connections shall- be either clamped or exothermically welded with no dissimilar metals. The antenna grounds shall be connected to the ground rod and to the PLC panel ground connection. The cable grounding system shall include a cable grounding kit by Andrew SGL4-15B3 (part number 204989) for a/a heliax cable (for larger cable provide as required), or equal. b. Precast Concrete Poles: Concrete poles shall be grounded using a butt ground. A No.:6 AWG stranded bare copper wire shall be embedded in the concrete, tied to the reinforcement at 8' intervals, and extending out the top and the bottom of the pole. At the bottom of:the pole, the ground wire shall be wrapped around the pole a minimum of 4 times, 6-inches from the bottom of the pole and clamped to hold it in place. At the top of the pole, the bare copper wire shall extend out of the pole 12 inches to allow it to be bonded to the antenna ground. A bonded tap to the ground wire will be provided at the handhole adjacent to the cable exit point, and a cable grounding kit shall be provided and installed as required for steel poles. A ground rod is not required for this type of pole and installation. - 2. Lightning Suppressors: Lightning suppressors shall be furnished on all antenna coaxial feed lines. They shall also be rated for the operating power and frequency. Lightning suppressors shall be PolyPhaser Corp. IS-50NX-C2 for 1/2 heliax cable(for larger cable provide as required), or equal. MWH-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM - PAGE 17620-7 • G. Antenna Masts: - 1. General: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install antenna masts at the various sites as shown on the drawings. Antenna masts and extensions shall allow the antenna to be installed at the required height, including and required embedded length. The term mast and pole are synonymous. The antenna mast and its installation shall be able to withstand a minimum wind speed of 120 miles per hour. The antenna mast shall include wire inlet(s) (as required) at the top with a handhole and cable support and a handhole with a ground attachment or lug at the bottom. Support for the cable to relieve stress shall also be provided. Antenna mast height shall be as shown or as determined necessary during the radio path analysis. If required by local codes, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or FCC, a beacon shall be provided at the top of the pole. Power wires for the beacon shall be separated from the antenna cable. 2. Mast Styles: a. Style No. 1 - Directly Embedded Galvanized Metal Pole: This type pole is intended for use at the Master Communications Antenna located at SWEC. The contractor may propose using steel poles at the remote sites by making an appropriate submittal. The metal antenna pole shall be a metal shaft produced from a high grade steel conforming to ASTM A570. The shaft shall have a minimum thickness of 7 gauge (0.1793 inches). A single full-length longitude seam shall be welded by electric resistance process. The shaft.shall be round in cross section and tapered at a rate of 0.1375 inch per foot. The metal antenna poles shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. The embedded length of the pole, plus 1 foot, shall be coated for additional protection against corrosion using the manufacturer's standard polyurethane or asphalt coating. The pole shall be equipped with the following: • A tenon top with the proper length (6" min., configured as shown on the drawings) plus extension, and diameter suitable to mount one antenna and brackets. The tenon top shall have a cap. The Master Communication antenna at SW EC shall be equipped with provisions for multiple antenna mounting locations. These provisions shall be made to allow mounting additional, similar antennas at points 6 feet and 12 feet below the base of the top antenna. • A cable inlet (as shown on the drawings) on the upper part of the pole. • Rectangular handhole openings (about 4" X 6.5") on the upper and lower part of the pole reinforced with 'A inch x 2-inch steel bar and with a cover. The handhole cover shall be 11-gauge steel and secured to a clip-on lock with tamper-proof screws. MW H-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM' SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-8 • A grip to support cable weight at the top cable entrance • . Grounding lug at the bottom handhole area • Butt plate For poles 50 feet or:higher, the CONTRACTOR shall also provide an embedded foundation design by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas based on soil boring(s), pertinent local conditions, and future and current attached equipment. Steel poles shall be guaranteed for 15 years against deterioration due to corrosion or faulty materials or workmanship. b. Style No. 2 - Directly Embedded Precast Concrete poles: The precast concrete poles shall include similar features to the steel pole, but without Corrosion- resistant coating. However, the concrete-shall be formulated and manufactured to inherently resist water penetration and damage to the reinforcing steel. Precast concrete poles shall be guaranteed for 15 years against,deterioration due to corrosion or faulty materials or workmanship. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AND FIELD WIRING A. The installation of the communication equipment shall conform to the equipment manufacturer recommendation, the FCC and the installation detail shown in the Contract Drawings. The installation of the communication equipment and field wiring shall also be in accordance with the pertinent requirements and paragraphs specified in Section 17600- 3.1 "Installation" and Division 16. The antenna poles, antenna, and cable at SWEC shall be installed prior to and used during the radio field test. B. The location of each antenna shown in the Contract drawings is approximate, unless dimensioned. The CONTRACTOR shall install the antenna at a height and location based on the following: • The results of the field radio test and in order to optimize data transmission, • The field and structure conditions and to prevent physical interference, • The location of electrical termination of equipment. • OWNER' approval Minor revisions in the location of the antennas may be required but these will be subject to OWNER's approval and shall not alter the scope of work or cause increase or (11*.\ decrease in the Contract price. MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-9 Antenna feed lines shall be routed to radio transceivers through conduits and inside the antenna mast unless otherwise noted. The antenna and its cable connection and entries into the antenna mast shall be sealed and weatherproofed to prevent moisture penetration. } C. Directly Embedded Masts at Remote Sites and at SW EC 1. These masts will be installed in drilled caissons to the minimum depth and diameter shown on the drawings. 2. Under normal conditions, 2500 psi portland cement Ready-mix concrete meeting the requirements of ASTM C 94 will be placed in the annular space surrounding the antenna mast to secure the mast in place, following the mast manufacturer's recommendations. A mix certification for the 2500 psi mix with a 3 inch (+/- 1 inch) slump must be submitted for approval by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR may propose a dry-pack method of securing the mast, providing sufficient documentation is submitted for review and approval regarding the materials and methods to be used. 3. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for installing the mast vertically plumb in all directions, and for correcting any deviations from the vertical greater than one (1)- inch that occurs during the warranty period. The CONTRACTOR is also responsible for making any antenna aiming corrections that are necessary due to shifts in the mast's position during the warranty period. The CONTRACTOR will make necessary modifications to restore the communication signal to the strength and characteristics as of the final acceptance of the WORK. This requirement does NOT include remediating loss of signal due to construction or activities by others. 3.2 TESTING —See above for field testing requirement. 3.3 PERFORMANCE— The installed radio system at each site shall meet the following criteria: a. An RSSI of—85db at the antenna elevation. b. Bit error rate (BER) —pass data with a maximum BER of 10-6 c. Average path quality (%) —must be over 99% - END OF SECTION— MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-10 APPENDIX A SITE ADDRESSES and COORDINATES t'� ,-----) f---) II Pearland, TX SCADA System Site Addresses and Coordinates .APPROXIMATE TYPE .NUMBER FACILITY Address r LIFT PUMPS, Longitude Latitude L 001 WALNUT 4103 WALNUT ST 3 N 29-33.597 W 95-17.259 L 005 TWIN CREEK 3201 WHEATRIDGE 3 N 29-35.632 W 95-16.24 L 013 HATFIELD#1 2637 HATFIELD 2 - N 29-33.598 W 95-18.361 L 034 GREEN TEE V 2915 A GREEN TEE DR 2 N 29-33.405 W 95-14.660 L 038 OAKBROOK 1702 OAKBROOK 2 N 29-32.340 W 95-14.638 L 054 PEARLAND PARKWAY 3444 PEARLAND PARKWAY 2 N 29-32.509 W 95-16.039 W 090 SOUTH WEST ENVIROMENTAL CENTER 3423 HARKEY RD 5 N29-32.63 N95-18.63 W 091 BARRY ROSE 1902-1/2 BARRY ROSE RD 4 N 29-34.375 W 95-15.518 W 092 LONGWOOD 2727 DIXIE FARM RD 4 N 29-33.417 W 95-13.007 W 093 FAR NORTHWEST 1818 REFLECTION BAY DR 5 N 29-34.772 W 95-24.410 - Page 1 of 1 APPENDIX B INPUT/OUTPUT LIST (---) /---) GREEN TEE V PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L034)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) > FACILITY. STATE.:1 STATE_0 TERM ENGINEERING RANGE •' L034YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - L034JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - L034JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L034JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/6 - - - _ - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/7 - - - L034AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) GREEN TEE V COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - L034LAH011 DI DRY WELL HIGH LEVEL GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/9 - - - L034LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - + - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/12 - - - L034LS121 " DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL GREEN TEE V ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - L034LS022 DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL GREEN TEE V ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L034LSL021 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL GREEN TEE V ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - L034HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE GREEN TEE V SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - L034MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS GREEN TEE V ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - L034HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE GREEN TEE V SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L034MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS GREEN TEE V ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:02/4 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - 1:02/5 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:02/6 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:02/7 - - - - L034MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL GREEN TEE V START STOP 0:03/0 - - - L034MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL GREEN TEE V START _ STOP 0:03/1 - - - DO _ NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/2 - - - L034MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP GREEN TEE V SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L034MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP GREEN TEE V SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - - DO NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/5 - - - DO NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/6 - - - DO NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/7 - - - Green Tee V Primary LS Page 1 of 12 7/16/2004 GREEN TEE V PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L034)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_t. STATE_O TERM ENGINEERING RANGE MIN MAX EGU L0341T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0341T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.04 - - - L034PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED - GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Green )Primary LS Ps ')f 12 )/16/2004 HATFIELD NO. 1 PRIMARY LIFT STATION(LO13)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT. SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1, STATE O. TERM: ENGINEERING RANGE L013YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - L013JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL I:01/1 - - - L013JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L013JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - v - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO. - - 1:01/7 - - - L013AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) HATFIELD NO.1 COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/9 - - - L013LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/12 - - - L013LS121 DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - -1 - L013LS022 DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L013LSL021 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - - L013HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE HATFIELD NO.1 SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - L013MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS - HATFIELD NO.1 ON OFF I:02/1 - - - L013HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE HATFIELD NO.1 SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L013MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS HATFIELD NO.1 ON _ OFF 1:02/3 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:02/4 - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO..1 - 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:02/7 - - - L013MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL HATFIELD NO.1 START STOP 0:03/0 - - - _ L013MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL HATFIELD NO.1 START STOP 0:03/1 - - - - DO. NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/2 - - - L013MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP HATFIELD NO.1 SET _ RESET 0:03/3 - - - L013MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP HATFIELD NO.1 SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - - DO NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/5 - - - - , DO NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/7 - Hatfield No.1 Primary LS Page 3 of 12 7/16/2004 HATFIELD NO. 1 PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L013) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1. STATE_O TERM MIN MAX EGU L0131T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT HATFIELD NO.1 - w - _ 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0131T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.03 - -— - _ - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.04 - - - _ L013PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - . 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/3 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Hatfic. j 1 Primary LS F Jof 12 ji/16/2004 (I/ /---) 1 OAKBROOK PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L038) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT ' SIGNAL DESCRIPTION `SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_0, TERM ENGINEERING RANGE L038YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - L03BJA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL I:01/1 - - - L038JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L038JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/7 - - - L038AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) OAKBROOK COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/9 - - - L038LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/12 - - - L038LS422B DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL OAKBROOK ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - L038LS422C DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL OAKBROOK ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L038LSL422 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL OAKBROOK ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - L038HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE OAKBROOK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - _ L038MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS OAKBROOK ON OFF I:02/1 - - - L038HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE OAKBROOK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L038MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS OAKBROOK ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:02/4 - - - V - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:0217 - - - L038MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL OAKBROOK START STOP 0:03/0 - - - L038MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL OAKBROOK START STOP _ 0:03/1 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/2 - - - L038MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP • OAKBROOK SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L038MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP OAKBROOK SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/5 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/7 - - - Oakbrook Primary LS Page 5 of 12 7/16/2004 • OAKBROOK PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L038)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_O TERM MIN MAX EGU L0381T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT OAKBROOK - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0381T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT OAKBROOK - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.04 - - - L038PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE OAKBROOK - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Oakbi jrimary LS P. jof 12 J7/16/2004 PEARLAND PARKWAY PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L054) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING _. ENGINEERING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE 0 TERM N L054YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 MI �- - L054JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - L054JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L054JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/4 - - -- - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/5 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/6 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/7 - - - L054AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) PEARLAND PKWY COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/9 - - - _ L054LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/12 - - - L054LS422B DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - L054LS422C DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L054LSL422 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - L054HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE PEARLAND PKWY SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - L054MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS PEARLAND PKWY ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - L054HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE PEARLAND PKWY SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L054MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS PEARLAND PKWY _ ON OFF 1:02/3 - -' - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:02/4 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - 1:02/5 - - - DI NOT USED • PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:02/6 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:02/7 - - - L054MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL PEARLAND PKWY START STOP 0:03/0 - - L054MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL PEARLAND PKWY START STOP 0:03/1 - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/2 - - - L054MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP PEARLAND PKWY _ SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L054MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP PEARLAND PKWY SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/5 - - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/6 - - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/7 - - - Pearland Parkway Primary LS Page 7 of 12 _ 7/16/2004 PEARLAND PARKWAY PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L054) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY' STATE_1; . STATE_O TERM ENGINEERING RANGE. MIN MAX EGU L0541T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0541T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.03 - - Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.03 - - - Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY 1:06.04 - - - L054PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.06 - - - Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR • Pearl, , )rkway Primary LS P, )f 12 41/16/2004 T 1---) (---) TWIN CREEK PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L005) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME. RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE 0 TERM ENGINEERING RANGE , L005YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/ - - - L005JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - L005JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L005JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED _ TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/7 - - - L005AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) TWIN CREEK COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - L005LAH011 DI DRY WELL HIGH LEVEL TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/9 - - - L005LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/11 - - - _ - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/12 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/13 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/14 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/15 - - - LOO5HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE TWIN CREEK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/ - - - L005MN121 ` DI PUMP 1 STATUS TWIN CREEK ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - L005HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE TWIN CREEK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L005MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS TWIN CREEK ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - L005HC321 DI PUMP 3 CONTROL MODE TWIN CREEK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/4 - - - L005MN321 DI PUMP 3 STATUS TWIN CREEK ON OFF 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:02/7 - - - LOO5MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL TWIN CREEK START STOP 0:03/ - - - L005MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL TWIN CREEK START STOP 0:03/1 - - - L005MD321 DO PUMP 3 CONTROL TWIN CREEK START STOP 0:03/2 - - - LOO5MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP TWIN CREEK SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L005MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP TWIN CREEK SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - L005MB321 DO PUMP 3 EMERGENCY STOP TWIN CREEK SET RESET 0:03/5 - - - - DO NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 0:03/7 - - - Twin Creek Primary LS Page 9 of 12 7/16/2004 TWIN CREEK PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L005)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING TAG NAME - RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE_0 , TERM MI M L0051T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0051T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS L0051T321 Al PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT TWIN CREEK - 1:06.02 0 20 AMPS • - Al NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.03 - - - L005LIT020 Al WET WELL LEVEL TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.04 0 TBD FT L005PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.05 0 ' TBD PSI - Al NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.06 - - - Al NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Twin+jPrimary LS PL J of 12 ,)/16/2004 '''') 7-) (-----) WALNUT PRIMARY LIFT STATION(,LOO1)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME FIT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION ,~SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE_0 TERM. ENGINEERING RANGE * E _ .;. ., .. ,, MIN MAX':. .EGU L001 YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - LOO1JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - LOO1JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L001JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - v - DI NOT USED WALNUT - v - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/7 - - - LOO1AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) WALNUT COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - LOO1LAH011 DI DRY WELL HIGH LEVEL WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/9 - - - - DI _ NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/12 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/13 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/14 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/15 - - - LOO1HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE WALNUT SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - LOO1MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS WALNUT ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - LOO1 HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE WALNUT SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - V LOO1MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS WALNUT ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - LOO1 HC321 DI PUMP 3 CONTROL MODE WALNUT SCADA LOCAL 1:02/4 - - - LOO1 MN321 DI PUMP 3 STATUS WALNUT ON OFF 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:02/7 - - - L001MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL WALNUT START STOP 0:03/0 - - - LOO1 MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL WALNUT START STOP 0:03/1 - - - LOO1 MD321 DO PUMP 3 CONTROL WALNUT START STOP _ 0:03/2 - - - LOO1MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP WALNUT SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - LOO1 MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP WALNUT SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - LOO1 MB321 DO PUMP 3 EMERGENCY STOP WALNUT SET RESET 0:03/5 - - - - DO NOT USED WALNUT - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED WALNUT - - 0:03/7 - - - Walnut Primary LS Page 11 of 12 7/16/2004 WALNUT PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L001) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_0 TERM MIN MAX EGU L0011T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT WALNUT - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0011T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT WALNUT - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS L0011T321 Al PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT WALNUT - - 1:06.02 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:06.03 - - - L001 LIT020 Al WET WELL LEVEL WALNUT - - 1:06.04 0 TBD FT L001 PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE WALNUT - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 8-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Wain; jary LS Pt jof 12 j/16/2004 "--") II SWEC(W090)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING • TAG NAME FIT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE�3� TERM NEERING RANGE ,,.:.. EN -FACILITY-, STATE 1 STATE_O MIN :°_ MAX EGU W090YI111C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/00 - - - W090YA111A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/01 - - - W090YL111A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/02 - W090YI211C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/03 - - - W090YA211A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/04 - - - W090YI211A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/05 - - W090YI311C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/06 - - - W090YA311A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/07 - - - W090YL311A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/08 - - - W090YA191 DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/09 - - - W090YL191A DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/10 - - - W090YA291 DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/11 - - W090YL291A DI NON-POTABLE'WATER PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/12 - - - WO9OPSL191 DI NON-POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/13 - - DI SPARE SWEC - 1:01/14 - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:01/15 - - - W090YI411C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:02/00 - - - W090YA411A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/01 - - - W090YL411A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON r OFF 1:02/02 - - - W090YI511C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 5 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:02/03 - - - W090YA511A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 5 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/04 - - - W090YL511A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 5 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:02/05 - - - WO9OLSH020 r DI INFLUENT CHANNEL HIGH LEVEL ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/06 - - - WO9OLSHO11 DI LIFT STATION HIGH LEVEL FLOAT MCC SWEC ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:02/07 - - - W090YA011 DI SECURITY ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/08 - - - W090JA011 DI UTILITY POWER FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/09 - - - W090YI141 DI UV CHANNEL 1 FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/10 - - - W090YI241 DI UV CHANNEL 2 FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/11 - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/12 - - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/13 - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/14 - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/15 - - - W090YA181 DI DIGESTER BLOWER 1 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/00 - - - W090YI181A DI DIGESTER BLOWER 1 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/01 - - - W090YA281 DI DIGESTER BLOWER 2 FAILURE MCC T SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/02 - - - SWEC WWTP Page 1 of 11 7/9/2004 SWEC(W090)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1. STATE_O TERM 1 MAX EGU_ MN L W090YI281A DI DIGESTER BLOWER 2 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/03 - - - W090YA381 DI DIGESTER BLOWER 3 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/04 - - • W090YI381A DI DIGESTER BLOWER 3 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/05 - - - W090JA012 DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/06 W090YA012 DI GENERATOR COMMON ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/07 - - - W090YI012 DI GENERATOR STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/08 - - - WO9OZS012 DI GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH POSITION MCC SWEC UTILITY GEN 1:03/09 - - - W090YA013 DI HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/10 - - - W090YA013A DI SAND FILTER FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/11 - - - W090YA161 DI SBR 1 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/12 - - - W090YA261 DI SBR 2 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/13 - - - W090YA361 DI SBR 3 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/14 - - - W090YA461 DI SBR 4 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/15 - - - WO9OHS181B DO DIGESTER BLOWER 1 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/00 - - - WO9OHS181A DO DIGESTER BLOWER 1 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/01 - - - W090H5281B DO DIGESTER BLOWER 2 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/02 - - - WO9OHS281A DO DIGESTER BLOWER 2 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/03 - - - WO9OHS381B DO DIGESTER BLOWER 3 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/04 - - - WO9OHS381A DO DIGESTER BLOWER 3 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/05 - - - WO9OHS111B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/06 - - - WO9OHS111A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/07 - - - WO9OHS211B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/00 - - - WO9OHS211A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/01 - - - WO9OHS311B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/02 - - - WO9OHS311A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/03 - - - WO9OHS411B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/04 - - W090HS411A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/05 - - - WO9OHS511B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 5 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/06 - - - WO9OHS511A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 5 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/07 - - - W090FT090 Al CENTRIFUGE INFLUENT FLOW RATE ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:11/00 0 _ 100 MGD W090FT091 Al EFFLUENT FLOW RATE ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:11/01 0 10 MGD WO9OFT010 Al INFLUENT FLOW RATE ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:11/02 0 10 MGD W090IT110 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:11/03 0 20 AMPS W090IT210 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:11/04 0 20 AMPS SWE' P.P, �f 11 .i 7/9/2004 ."^) 1-1) cl SWEC(W090)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT• SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONSOURCE(3) ENGINEERING RANGE FACILITY STATE 1 ,' STATE...0 TERM MIN' MAX EGU W090IT310 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:11/05 0 20 AMPS W090IT410 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 4 MOTOR CURRENT SWEC - 1:11/06 0 20 AMPS W090IT510 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 5 MOTOR CURRENT nil SWEC - 1:11/07 0 20 AMPS W090LT010 ICE LIFT STATION WET WELL LEVEL ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:12/00 0 30 FT W090IT170 SBR 1 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:12/01 0 100 AMPS W090IT270 SBR 2 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:12/02 0 100 AMPS W090IT370 Al SBR 3 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:12/03 0 100 AMPS W090IT470 Al SBR 4 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT SWEC - - 1:12/04 0 100 AMPS W090FT080 Al WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE FLOW RATE M ! - - 1:12/05 0 100 MGD - Al - - - Al - 1:12/06 1:12/07 NOTES:. 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 13-SLOT CHASSIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 12: - SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD - SLOT 3: 16-CHANNEL"DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 4: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 5: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 6: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 7: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 8: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 9: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 10: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 11: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE SLOT 12: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR SWEC WWTP Page 3 of 11 7/9/2004 City("---) '----) of Pearland SCAU S stem Instrument List Y (FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) SITE NAME • SITE NUMBER ; 'TAG INSTRUMENT DESCRIPTION cu LOCATION(2) WALNUT LIFT STATION L001 ITL001A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 LCP-L001 WALNUT LIFT STATION L001 ITLOO1B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 LCP-L001 WALNUT LIFT STATION L001 ITLOO1C CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 3 LCP-L001 WALNUT LIFT STATION L001 JYL001 PHASE MONITOR RELAY LCP-L001 WALNUT LIFT STATION L001 PTL001 POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DRY WELL-EXISTING TAP WALNUT LIFT STATION L001 QT001 RAIN GAUGE MOUNTED ON EXPANDED EQUIPMENT RACK TWIN CREEK LIFT STATION L005 ITL005A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 LCP-L005 TWIN CREEK LIFT STATION L005 ITLOO5B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 LCP-L005 TWIN CREEK LIFT STATION L005 ITLOO5C CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 3 LCP-L005 TWIN CREEK LIFT STATION L005 JYL005 PHASE MONITOR RELAY LCP-L005 TWIN CREEK LIFT STATION L005 PTL005 POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PUMP STATION BUILDING-EXISTING TAP TWIN CREEK LIFT STATION L005 QTL005 RAIN GAUGE MOUNTED ON ROOF HATFIELD#1 LIFT STATION L013 ITL013A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 LCP-L013 HATFIELD#1 LIFT STATION L013 ITL013B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 LCP-L013 HATFIELD#1 LIFT STATION L013 JYL013 PHASE MONITOR RELAY LCP-L013 HATFIELD#1 LIFT STATION L013 PTL013 POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PUMP STATION BUILDING-EXISTING TAP HATFIELD#1 LIFT STATION L013 QTL013 RAIN GAUGE MOUNTED ON EQUIPMENT RACK GREEN TEE V LIFT STATION L034 ITL034A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 LCP-L034 GREEN TEE V LIFT STATION L034 ITL034B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 LCP-L034 GREEN TEE V LIFT STATION L034 JYL034 PHASE MONITOR RELAY LCP-L034 GREEN TEE V LIFT STATION L034 PTL034 POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DRY WELL-EXISTING TAP GREEN TEE V LIFT STATION L035 QTL034 RAIN GAUGE MOUNTED ON EQUIPMENT RACK OAKBROOK LIFT STATION L038 ITL038A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 LCP-L038 OAKBROOK LIFT STATION L038 ITL038B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 LCP-L038 OAKBROOK LIFT STATION L039 JYL038 PHASE MONITOR RELAY LCP-L038 OAKBROOK LIFT STATION L038 PTL038 POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PUMP BUILDING-EXISTING TAP OAKBROOK LIFT STATION L038 QTL038 RAIN GAUGE MOUNTED ON EQUIPMENT RACK PEARLAND PARKWAY LIFT STATION L054 ITL054A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 LCP-L054 PEARLAND PARKWAY LIFT STATION L054 ITL054B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 LCP-L054 PEARLAND PARKWAY LIFT STATION L055 JYL054 PHASE MONITOR RELAY LCP-L054 PEARLAND PARKWAY LIFT STATION L054 PTL054 POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TRANSMITTER DRY WELL-EXISTING TAP PEARLAND PARKWAY LIFT STATION L054 QTL054 RAIN GAUGE MOUNTED ON EQUIPMENT RACK — Pearland Instrument List Rev 0..xls Page 1 of 2 REV 0 Printed:7/9/2004 • City of Pearland SCADA System Instrument List (FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY CONTRACTOR) SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO90A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO9OB CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITW090C CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 3 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO9OD CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 4 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO90E CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 5 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO9OF CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 6 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO9OG CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 7 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO90H CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 8 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 ITWO90I CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 9 MCC SWEC WWTP W090 QTWO90 RAIN GAUGE ROOF OF ELECTRICAL BUILDING BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITW091A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITW091B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITWO91C CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 3 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITWO91 D CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 4 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITWO91 E CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 5 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITW091F CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 6 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 ITW091G CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 7 MCC BARRY ROSE WWTP W091 QTW091 RAIN GAUGE ROOF OF ELECTRICAL BUILDING LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITW092A CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 1 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITWO92B CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 2 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITWO92C CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 3 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITWO92D CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 4 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITWO92E CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 5 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITWO92F CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 6 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 ITW092G CURRENT TRANSMITTER PUMP 7 MCC LONGWOOD WWTP W092 QTWO92 RAIN GAUGE ROOF OF BLOWER BUILDING FAR NORTHWEST WWTP W093 NO NEW INSTRUMENTATION REQUIRED NOTES 1. REFER TO THE SPECIFCIATIONS FOR INTRUMENT REQUIREMENTS 2. LOCATION MAY BE MODIFIED-CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY Peari )strument List Rev 0..xls F )of 2 REV 0 Pr. )7/9/2004 APPENDIX D Cmb' RADIO LINE OF SIGHT TOPOGRAPHICAL PROFILES APPENDIX D PRELIMINARY RADIO PATH PROFILES Profile, elevation, and distance information is approximate and is based on 2004 DeLorme TopoUSA Version 5.0. This information is included for general reference only, and does not include information on buildings, vegetation, or other obstructions along the planned signal path. ti • SWEC to L001 Walnut LS Approximate Ground Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height • W090-SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L Walnut LS -- Appx. 25'A.G.L } •�1R:r .—_ .m •r m,• ...J. - - L.- ..��,wJ..ffi 3slw,.:.. io-..:�Sn:..-.�.s�.. _ ty.,-.. -'v yam. rt � 5.'' }�'.0 72..n - To u - }. .r y FF-::..0 y'4 L 4I.�. al ;VCIY I:y-L 511� ?mP a" .,�� i o �' YFiv ' • '� LI Dist:1�T8 ml �, Q Y s Tetr;ast�1 7t3tmi n.,, a ' . ''Tf+�:tih lx°,^�'0a �..r. ...�.... ',W o•.. a wo '� skh... .�,+� .ti.'x., # ,.i. 4 i:ai S� teati 'E $. `�... �, . ,. a,t r �L�dutl�RN29 7 4 Longitude V46 1��259 � d }u .Etev 53 Grade 4( '-.0 ... � � k. �, _"au s w F. ts, . - z Desc'Elev;20r9fif 44, x b �NM Elev;52 01t _n' Tv .a m.a ' eSO'Dist:O t3 .23ttt �,�^•;�,GflmbtDtst�,9,41�,f ft �._�a .m a �.s_ D Data use subject to license. ®MONIN ® , ©2004 DeLorme.Topo USA®5.0: www.delorme.com MN(4,1'E) . . Data.Zoom 13-5 -)1 • SWEC to L005 = Twin Creek LS Approximate Ground Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height W090-SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L Twin Creek LS Appx. 35' A.G.L • a:ma�.a_.�� .,t �:n - �P `i_,a-„% - r'.,;,� mq.�i` ti .�,'. gpttNf'°+`f n:yTW.„".� a.. ..mia,.._r�, a.° ..^' ^*.•.s, .aomi,,s_`- ,�._:�.'?�;ia°_.��ySae��b.+.��� 9y£. y �`U c .•. ,�. 4`N '3 ;. 'm r� 6 7; ,�,x alwu..:",F ,.. f .G "p_ `"y I 1.. �r tz o �. r.a } a•�. 9t o: „s °� �Limb�st.4.21=mi � � Ten�Dlst•�.��"mi,� aay.e. / ea Lein 131, � Avg w �.F.. ::q', .!k, 4 �y ..YU. 'mismk.�k.'r°ly x�+x.Y�_Y&4��.�Q •:1-n4.,, "'m5 i.p ,h � y P , Lbtitle N29 35 632,E _ . �`�"yaa � ,�: 4w { � a.� .,�-i°",Sa., m�'.c+.. .,u,,,. ,..«,�+.•.._..i.... ..,..,su....�:r..F � �:Y.:..t�3:kaz�.L .SYY�+��'1fi??�Q+. n-.�.,� s+' � ''suu-0 � +` {o v' - ,e •6 %W "�-• k Y d i Y} i`:j. t N+tl K. '!g`' •h 'M t v t' M y ..i 1 n =�pimb Eleer 23.0'ft s �' Sc�v 36�1 ft fi: �. .,..,S.L7 :sh�i �M Elev F56 its;_a. y- a> 141m Eteu 42 4 ft azds r0 �° 7 �d Data use subject to license. laso 0 2004 DeLorme.Topo USA®5.0; o v. 54 , IV. 7H www.delorme.com MN(4.1 E) Data Zoom 11-7 SWEC to L013 - Hatfield #1 LS Approximate Ground.Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height _ W090-SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L — Hatfield#1 LS Appx. 25'A.G.L 1 irL ," .,- .. v- ., :.e _r .,. _.. ..,,,. ..�,..r 5... ;.-v� x..a.y -.,-•.` ,) UR'fi^ — - ,�� '�v i.d�r '-;Ss"YF '.'.Yr�w, t ¢, y _ ,r,..i ;n.,+"bn., ++, �s: ,•y,?'-�.: a;, _ c,'•;v1t.' '-�-!^ oy .,.. ,per' 'r. '.at...v,. }L'✓'.2,,>�,., a�i 9't a' r�:; , �a ,1; . , , L� 1, •a,tggitii Z p �' t• ,. Terr Des 1.9:5#mi t, # Bev Gain.U 0 ft n. bl Avgt3►ade 0 ;U-v5v5kiun:fi.�;•,;S4:i,;.w- r��,;,r d,a_awa Chi'•:Jd.t..Ja2ti � vq s: *�+�1"�r.L� �A:us.� au.,;a .r.�•sYn a�: �::•k -.rb .� �.i.:i .dc...aY:,a 9 4 6�. .4L. G A �. r: v: .�r.. y ..... -..,,•., ,,.. .g ,:ry•.. ,�-.y—�,T, ,9 � - �'-.�' -a ;yiu'N:,IP' ra.ri',° '"'x-Tt r i a f'• • w� .emu:a�, z6e, �s w , k fir, yLat 3359E , .•OE VIi55'•g.381.. s`� eq � ?r�-i rade:0,,,..?' �,'����w xa�,�u�r: .. - - - ' '.� .�.,.9�, M. ,,..,. `�w�.at�<`�.� ter; �.` r, De Bev 44 rft, t.Y4 « +MaxEtev 56L �{ vr#u P a(Ufir►vElev'S33.ft ev, 7:,:., � ' '.�a"' n�'Clilnb�©eY 4 � ��a�rw�, �...�. �+ r :� ,�r. •_. _,�,�.��.;, �� .�.v.�u�' 4, ,w ,?,.: :. b. ,.. is, ' u..a ;;E,�E''� fix.. � '+ � CI!,1nNk1 DtstfS81kO ft�,k,.: De Dis 9382 it z � Data use subject to license:. • ®® g 0 2004 DeLorme.Topo USA®5 0. o www.detorme.com MN(41 E) Data Zoom 13-5 SWEC to L034 Green Tee V LS Approximate Ground Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height W090-SWEC — Appx. 100' A.G.L Green Tee V LS Appx. 25' A.G.L k 7..1y,__Q,�' w , i 2 yn .,, aY id T.ru ,, lg t>`�"u Y n : L - ,, 7 0 ay , �1 ;zm7„� ,4=m m?.'-•3 �A6E1;fl ..*i.A;7� t... -.Y.,°:_3...'L20:�s3l.lad+,..z ma.'.�T..`._��°:.at-.7 9U:rtii•y' Tf" . ,r z._24A.m4,w _ '..zT,,,n T S3imin:'� �t r�T_.��.sa;�z:3 6To;mi_,�....:�i.':,c:_,1__..piQ9irhte� s Ltn gist 4 09 mi Tern Dist:4-09 1 n Elev G au!. 9?`it ' �° , r '� Avg Grade l0 '�'' u k-..w�.,-.ra �.S,. i.... .. % Gracle'0$ a ab '"� ttiatdude 91331'405' ;nw ° ' :h vl ds'L'Ongit de':aW957,0416fi0' `, n ", - Bev 461;ft `Y, .a, ..saS Gfh,`yk,iM1 mF,i..?.,a,?r,4 'u,.m. Au , &...-, as 4� ,..,,T..�.L.. .. a ,F.. }n �.3.,ar.., .. ,:Jy limb Etev^33 O it „ 4 p ax giew i-2` ,a ..�..�,,..a�'� � �;�Desc Ele�r 42 7,ft mG 4 ,� m,J�e�4 z r.� Min,�Etev 361'it 'ti mm�� a .�.. �ai..�i..�'�a�.i �"3'�`B; �iM.�.�..,. ��.:i.�ul�' � - s.`.} °' k t'+�.'1S.Dit/. � 8 j{ 1 T- 1n 9 ' =� {ti#T i7 0 oy, ' Y➢4 , ,}t� . T''Z.P:y '': ,,% ,v 7v E' 7 & .i )'. iy. ., 30 Ci SDlrl l:~��07.��=l «gym c,�a ��ml 0..�'v✓bVt. Y:�.. ..5.:in . t. a � 4'.0� 1,s .votruw_.W...T.u..h4�._5....:�.J..U:,x. J »t jK '^._ �.y� .=u�, : i_..:a.a. a...a vz. • Data use subject to license:: s~ ©.2004 DeLorme,Topo USA®5,0. d . CEO� www.deiorme.com MN(4.1"E) Data Zoom 12-7 SWEC to..L038 - Oakwood LS Approximate Ground Profile and' Preliminary Antenna Height W090-SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L • —, Oakwood LS Appx. 25'A.G.L fibs . W3. ...v: .nw y..... .. ,t;:� - •'.et 2 •.:b ...:.x��N:'d T ",Ya'w'N 'Hf iR Sire a•�k L i ...'9;•'.� 'y n.1.{a a '✓,� W.� 4.. o$mt "' �',.a..j -".,�,a�.mc�tc -�,k„ .,,Mara:.�nmw,��^.o�...i—'—�_---�„ `�_k•�.„F.,z,.©osmtt �,,a,:, _a,��,-es �noemir.:�,�..� � n.�.a�.i�. :.�t,,.��.t.. :�,7,.°a•.� .�:eo::,� ,r�:�:r,.:.-,�.;,.,,a:ox::�i a.6 a,`k ,....m .mi! -: :.'7 .a•t4,:v.S; ,.,�.4,;a.�.., :aar ..n,. ..+.-tear-. �.. '•'n.-.i ,1,��,y, '"sa ,.� �f �a a, •.-,_��...,� ,<,�.,,.,..__:�w.._,...� ,.V..� ,=�,..�,��_�:.�, ab;�u:.,��.�.-. �,,,,�_nr,,�:,���;�w,,..,:..�:��._ W.��:� .���� ,�kr�,:.,sr,�-a�.t..��_ '���am- � �, q� ,:AvgGretle ����- a+� �3 Y ..; _..�. -,h;-_ rel.; s: 7 �;, r�r q -nr•W .y., a. • :. ..f'. .: _.7n.. Aw, ,:.a Y iy. !i:. n,y. a f. G ..p.W% i �-y,�� ��^°.�•�,,�,:a0tt de.0.�a, ,��• _� � ,:� � ,� '�Latdude:N2ga 32:340'� : ,,�6�"'� �. '. '. ': °n': :%e;F� .3`ntn;s i°rr^�..� ..r:.:.Lw.,_.iaa:;:s`s..�i�_�.�.:Mr.,.. -.�._.5'a��' �.b. . w�y.tt.C....,' :h-• .. ,n, .:,. ., _...... ... ... ..-.,-. ...,. .yam s, t � ClimbjElea�21 4 a es�Elev�;28.3�ft� � Ivtaz.Etev 56�0, a s � h � c ," o::l;�' .rtr. .��,,...�,�,w.. . ...,.... . ....1.-X'a max, ..a,�Uv�w.° .. ,a �:.�,;:-+'���.. ,�P.u.a'• a?roe,;ht�.��� .W=�w.km�..J`�",..a�.".w,.._w� __�:` -�.�:..'��'.�Qy.�{Illl Elev 45 SWft X 6 +-, �.-w .�.,..may,, .,,.. ,........ - .���.:� a �..t '.. "h..: -"gym+ . 1• '- t *f;;1,5- .,,,, �? � .�?.G ItnbSDi 3 9 Q;ft �.�. •. , ?uu_' .+�.:._.�,.. � ..e ,. n_. _�..a., r.-:,R� .A.,.-�.n� u.. w=n.�,.,.-s_.,«`.0 :_aw .:a x.dux_..z •., .c...a+ is.. .., ,.. ._.rw..uv..,$h..s Data use subject to license. o� . O 2004 DeLorme.Topo USA®5 0 n ® t' www.delorme.com : . . MN(4;1!E) Data Zoom 12-6 SWEC to L054 Pearland Parkway LS Approximate Ground Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height _ W090-SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L Pearland Parkway LS Appx, 25' A.G.L .. �._. vuw=:� r .a- ....._..•c-.3.:.i afif'..,sJTq .. .. �.' ..' h`l .��h e.Nyh!.t."�Disi2 6...11 m_trK a'� e V a fr }auy! Taru�-w�st29.2`e..`6 a1,-. 4 z�r a,i+._z-id� J .�rd-. �lt�4„;.a.'.z,��eapG an t3,3...i a"�,a.l"i4,1 4,�'$a ti .b-,, 1 •i � Grade 0} � �.. _- _i rm ffr t (.04 0 z -, ` �'. ` y 7r 1 t " w.e 3 5°91 • a qp Lr e 1 5`tl1339�ye7 , 1 EY2 liigi 5 2.5ft or.wih - �i mob • 1e ft ' ecElev e��4 ' � Lz. M' T tZa'd yr4 ,IIia _ vlinElev 52.1fth a�� St M`G�GmFb�Drw66ARI y7 .0r� �wti , cDtst�;0-93gAw ii;i 'I EtVITITC s.�I Ro i_ xl a9r > .° 8_.a>35' ; i+-;_� A� �. t .i... a1 O 2004 DeLorme.Topo USA®5.0. o ��.. n Data use subject to license www.delorme,com MN(4.1"E) Data Zoom 13-4 SWEC to:W091 Barry Rose WWTP Approximate.Ground Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height _ W090—SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L _ Barry Rose WWTP Appx. 45'A.G.L r ~ ye' h iyN` i k . ,d� ry 'ir 7 `r,2t vc `7.a.-r dr P4b--. s.-.u.h y, ! 1 4 :"aian y—�'S i1 -'V y:�'� ',� Z r,�V ,'cv.. ,4 T .,5. h M !i„'G.., �•"oi 9,2'�k-, -,`"f'.L �'TC� . ..r •`r. -�.IL' . ,OTiiiif,.,�lai- a n '3.i ,f - . ,34, ..ti r20�.'?i' :.:...e.. 4;. T:1:j.Li A v >2 d'It nn ;4U:mi'* ,94-,' •°' ,,44, ..::,,r, c _..p 1,,:G,:tr,_mi ,a ati> ° t Lug Dlst?3 72 flu •.. .. erriDist�3 721fni 4 l' a. Hev,Gain, 21'S ft Avg Grade 0 , ..u a,.+..d.,c ua,as. ...„.., .... ..�.„-w.'�.,_, :�.:..ram,....°t,...,F1 ..s,.,.:,�. T �6.L, .S° a.._...5..,"3�°.,a n :W, z.1:� _.. Y�i..' _.. � y k F,=Gr ati 0 d a y ,- r 'LQt�udeiN29'34 375'-' 3 a-t 'f4110 Wde.'IW95'1 5$18' s Bev 34.2•ft w .tea..,,- ... �w..,w.., ,�..,« � +wag�.,t��...,.�..de�..... �.,.>,e.....tth.�sw.:gym �.�l .N.vJF�Yn.,>b,.&.. rr_ w-i,,.—._� s•�k.F..``w...s_..�. -. .,u> ..c..:,. �,°� a; 3'4,,ftr a 4 i Dena tars;SS*2'ft�1 "',74 r'� Max1,iEfev 56 3ft ° Miri Etev.34.2 ft a , . . .'x,�, 4�,;. 4,.'a�.ai,�a'!"4��i��s`t,..:��. u"��n..': _ c_YE ,. ao:.tl�8ws..., �.,.��...�,<.,�.k, r,3'..,re,�,�; ,.t.� ,_w,..li. .. 5.,.. .:z,. .,,� a., ,�, „� ,,w .. ��.:. nv'S:cm .1 ,Glimb Mt ¢a a.,. Dec 1'0 i�.�• .__.a ` az N4... 1. asq,.1¢:�.. .,i� y ,.{ Data.use subject to license. . o ® ®,ml O 2004 DeLorme Topo USA@ 5.0. • v www.delorme.com MN(4.1°E). Data Zoom 12-5 J • SWECtoW092 -:Longwood WWTP Approximate Ground Profile and Preliminary Antenna Height W090-SWEC Appx. 100' A.G.L Longwood WWTP Appx. 45' A.G.L • .. a per+ my c.0 .�y ..,y_ �y } c +•+� °'' 'f .Nin tm'4"..,z` *`` y-1.,:�1,,,, ,-',,w"'t';,t..u7�+-�i�y�',.,__ '`' ,,:;y;,.�'?R"4`'+7 2rnl'' ``�'�r� ,�y,. 'f�nr•�i 'n y4 rti'a rl"xa;,,r ;a4 y,-n!y,. y'3,y.;- ,�-,u'.,,' F, :� �. am .r "cr..$ ..L „i`j ' � cur-ire*,-..r�ra-�a- -•e-m-,...m.-w•sP-,..re-+a.re�w.t..r� .err-,. .�.x, ^o*�-..w�..n-ur-�er nr+..,..: 'x--+u..,-ax.-ax-•--aw-+-..�--� •.-.r•c•-A--, :4,.. Un Dtst^S TZ mI Z a u _` "°, aTe�rr D st S 72(rii y `,' x NtEfav?�±� ,19>3{f}� ", //����,,i� a..,.W.«�4^.;�v.�' .K. n,...ae.,�: mot,„�.urGs�t �..c.x.. ...„.ui, •�.R,.H...°�. ..a a.:-�,y '�x�A�g''�;'."•t�.Q � � �,. P. • t t, a° fi n�' ri�de 0 u - Let 29'r33�4 ,. ude T "�` L �ude"�,N T' sk 3r00 T 4, .W,a .4 ,,a,:,,c1fl -EIev t4 3ift',,a,... ;",�, ` �P fp,7 t' a L DesG� 36Q 6 4+d'�`rP�g-$ti- Y iu �� �, "Ai �.� '. �. �3�'t �;� ,- .Max.�Ele�ss ?�a 4,'�7;v'ra:°l.. `(Di .+k 1 yi,n 1�..,t r +i.4;.7L as i�x,cs` 'r t '4`aa Nw" .S E".M• } s!!_a t a' u v ty { v CNmb st 1 3QmF fi Dase Dist 1 64 ttu r ^4 a, !:t aY r', h 4'_ r � 4w 7s,::. s;a, ,Tc.. ..i� w�.:w.�,,, .. �-�. L w.4:.,, Data use subject to license: "�' 02004 DeLorme.Topo USAF 5.0. s ®®sue m• �^ www.delorme. om Data Zoom 12-3 . . .. ri . .. . SWEC.to W093 - Far Northwest WWTP • . :Approximate.Ground Profile:'and• • . . . . : . Preliminary Antenna Height W090-SWEC Appx: 100'A.G.L • • =. Far Northwest WWTP Appx.25'A.G.L • 4• Ii ry aToi 'TPFs'n°a" ,.�aa .;.. mr, ;m- a„4" .o ti�.m�""*� � nsce y m ...ram • ..u J ��._, ' 4µ, ' ' o,. -r �`'-4.- ��" i•,T.::�..cr•-4' �'.o;'�. m'txi rxe":ID..su _ e1ur:.swas�a.s.�ar +:n �.-- ;.� ..w�;n�k .na.•�.�s:.crc..—,r':.�c...�r__ext.:.csalcxs.�, �:•• m;,;o 6,-,•'` tl ii , u�0,J.rf i a ism•`fro dm ° b ,'°u? 's ,�u ^L•`Ie 7. ¢ �..t,� n J: s� •y � 94 � m UnDlst 6:29 mi � }: sc , € ,.>• vy��'�err Di E.�9 mi, �.DD; � , �„ E(evGan 1:O Qftz* � � 4,- � � ,4vg Qrede..0 F � ��� `li .- _...v......n{�..il .. ��nY�...�..:.o Sn.��4v�,•- .11m c....Ma 1 nWi.✓i:,2. tti..�.d.w,.�u4...._.�.•3.✓� 'u ':.wv.r..d__. ✓.4.;w��s0.-�:u.n<�..H .. �;.;4. •�u•n @...�.l ..:ta.� &,:. .« ,, , ;-L )s lcle:N29'-'4 72 v:,Fn �a, 4..;a -`Atlo ucie.11VgS"2. 4 0' •- «n:s raw u,�•„,, :,t; '. •. inP .na,aZ v�.sv.;rP<mwC'�m..,.:.,,. ...n..dm a...t.« ue,.?,l w_.v,m: y;..,:V.x....Sr..,;" <am.........,d .< ..�... ,�.,,.�,.a =�`�,,�. �.,.•.��.,�w,.��.�,�,...,nF,r„.�,'�..�.�. �, �,,.r... ;sds, . Elev 65 7 ft k.; .v,: r,, C. vq a"3y.?,, .s2 s; 1 ti".- ,1 fJ6,a. -'a9'4, :qa e-t-n10,:g f^" ;w n fi s es.. :' gElEl+':b"$.T� P. `$ S5,;i, n- 1 �'-t _c, � ti�.� CfimF�Ef�v„238f�.._� ,, ? :; ?: � ,. ,..� V,e .-..ia. ��. }k .� w -0 , ���a Min Elev 520ft � ,. i '. ,y-:,, ,a„,citi „�.... ,- ,.., iQ ,.�,.,y, • iw' Sis.. 'V') Y b• Fn a `u,. `'ki-Wi d T-"-:,7e 1,6 { ay .;F ,. `. • . i��,cy�� ?a. .,CIj�W` g��'�Tt �, �3.,,'kr� '� w,r i � �Desc�Dis`t,3,4T11�ftr� Rry ^''w ' �' ,c.� �a h� �r �"�'� o- uaLw'a'a'�'x,w}" �r' y uk . ''. ' ... .. .,.`�SS...h ��,.�.r•.mw.,w.,ilw.... ..-._�..�- �... ..�._,«....a.�„�,�,,w,...xa....>. _ ,...._...`, e• _, � .. . ."auo,.�c.�lr.,r :.�'`1•. �.:,1.` nt .. iS., -L2 m...w .. <4n,'�5__�<„r _ r.xi[h._.'Rr,�+:�ln _Fm:�:°'+.� .-.'��,. :�f t u' Data use subject to license. maw s,®o mi d 2004 DeLorme.Topo USAF S.o. • e o r u 1 ' IV.Www•delorme;com : ' : MN(4.1' E) ,' .Data Zoom'12-2 APPENDIX E �►, SAMPLE FORMS (0) M W H Change Order Page of Contract Change Order No. Contract Name Orig. Contract Amt.$ Days Contract No. Prey.Appvd. Changes$ Days • Contractor This Change Days Owner Revised Contract Amt.$ Days This Change Order covers changes to the subject contract as described herein. The Contractor shall construct, furnish equipment and materials,and perform all work as necessary or required to complete the Change Order Items for a lump sum price agreed upon between the Contractor and otherwise referred to as Owner. Owner's Name Increase in (Decrease) Contract Description of Changes Contract in Contract Time Amount Amount Extension ($) ($) (days) (wk\1 Totals Net change in contract amount increase or(decrease) The amount of the contract will be increased(decreased)by the sum of$ and the contract time shall be extended by calendar days. The undersigned Contractor approves the foregoing Change Order as to the changes, if any, in the contract price specified for each item including any and all supervision costs and other miscellaneous costs relating to the change in work, and as to the extension of time allowed, if any, for completion of the entire work on account of said Change Order. The Contractor agrees to furnish all labor and materials and perform all other necessary work, inclusive of that directly or indirectly related to the approved time extension, required to complete the Change order items. This document will become a supplement of the contract and all provisions will apply hereto. It is understood that the Change Order shall be effective when approved by the Owner. Recommended: /Engineer Date: (Signature) Accepted: /Contractor Date: (Signature) Approved: /Owner Date: (Signature) C16. CM 1103(Revised 1/9/03) (7 (0) M W H Deviation Request MONTGOMERY WATSON HARZA File No. Owner No. Contractor Projec t Project No. Date Subject Sheet No. Specification Original Contract Requirements: (71 Reason for,Deviation Request: Proposed Deviation: Any change in contract time or cost? Proposed: Approved El Disapproved n Contractor's Signature MW Signature CM 1106(Revised 10/22/01) (0) MWH MONTGOMERYWATsON HARZA Request for Clarification Log. No. Owner Contractor Project Project No. Job No. (FOR CONTRACTOR'S USE) DATE: SUBJECT: REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION DESCRIPTION: CONTRACTOR'S AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: (FOR ENGINEER'S USE) DATE: SUBJECT: REQUEST FOR CLARIFICATION OF DESCRIPTION: • ENGINEERS AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE: CM 302(Revised 9/16/02) (0) M W H Contractor's Submittal MONTGOMERY WATSON HARZA Transmittal Form For all contractor submittals, including shop Date Transmittal No. drawings,samples calculation, data,or other To: MWH From: Attention: Attention: Project Name This is: Check one an original submittal Owner a 2nd submittal a submittal Subject of Submittal Equipment Designation: Specification Section(s): Complete either(a)or(b),following: (a) We have verified that the materials or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified or shown(no exceptions) (b) We have verified that the material or equipment contained in this submittal meets all the requirements specified or shown,except for the following deviations(List Deviations): Contractor's Authorized Representative (1111"1/4 CM 306(Revised 9/16/02) (0) MWH Substitution Request.Form MONTGOMERYWATSON HARZA To: Project: Owner: Specified Item: Section . Page Paragraph Description The undersigned requests consideration of the following: Proposed Substitution: Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs, performance and test data adequate for evaluation of the request. Applicable portions of the data are clearly identified. The undersigned states that the following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments,are correct: 1. The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on Drawings and will not require a change in any of the Contract Documents. 2. The undersigned will pay for changes to the design, including engineering design, detailing, and construction costs caused by the request substitution which is estimated to be$ 3. The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other contractors, the construction schedule (specifically the date of substantial completion), or specified warranty requirements. 4. Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed substitution. 5. The incorporation or use of the substitute in connection with the work is not subject to payment of any license fee or royalty. The undersigned further states that the function, appearance, and quality of the Proposed Substitution are equivalent or superior to the Specified item. Submitted by Contractor: Reviewed by Engineer: [j Accepted 0 Accepted as Noted Signature [) Not Accepted ED Received too Late Firm By Title: Date: Date: Telephone Remarks: 7. Attachments: CM 1110(Revised 10/22/01) APPENDIX F ADDENDA Addendum 1 — Dated August 11 , 2004 Addendum 2 — Dated August 16, 2004 Addendum 3 - Dated September 16, 2004 ADDENDUM NO. 1 Date of Addendum:August 11, 2004 e t0,1"re,112 .'r.5' Project Name: Pearland Wastewater SCADA System ; ` ` A .av»m moo.»+: Bid Date: August 18,2004-NO CHANGE �"". �,�" r 38 � . From: Gordon Island,Purchasing Officer 1tikee`4•490:000047 3519 Liberty Drive 1t1 /�w~w Pearland,Texas 77851 g !/ (/ To: Prospective Bidders Addendum No. 1,consisting of 8 pages including attachments,forms a part of the Bidding Documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Specifications and Drawings are inconsistent, Addendum governs. Minutes of Pre-Bid Meeting Minutes of the Pre-Bid Meeting,held on Wednesday,August 11,20'04, are attached as a record and for the Bidders information. Attachments Minutes of Pre-Bid Meeting including sign-in sheet and Agenda(5 pages). Correction to Invitation for SOQs As discussed during the Pre-bid meeting, Page 0030-4 Invitation to Bidders is in error. This section should mirror item 12 page 00100-4.The bid must include a bid bond, cashier's check s or certified check in the amount of 5% of the total base bid amount. Additionally, the bids should be delivered to the Office of the City Secretary as noted on page 00030-3,NOT to the office of the Purchasing Officer as noted on page 00030-1. Pre-bid Meeting Questions and Clarifications • 1. A bidder asked about the length of the Ethernet cable run between the Barry Rose --- WWTP control panel building and the HMI computer in the Operator's office. During the site visit to the Barry Rose WWTP,it was determined that the encased conduit can be installed in basically a straight line from the control panel building to the Operator's office. Contractor will include a new 18" x 18"x 18"pull box in the conduit run,to be installed as directed within 25' for the control panel building. . In addition,the Contractor is to submit for approval,provide and install an Ethernet compatible copper to fiber converter,minimum 4-strand multi-mode fiber cable, and fiber to copper converter between the control panel building and the HMI computer.Use 1 fiber,terminate 1 spare, and protect the additional August 11,2004 Addendum No. 1 City of Pearland Page A-1 1610296-Wastewater SCADA System ADDENDUM NO. 1 fibers, according to the manufacturer's instructions,for future use.NOTE: This configuration is also to be used for the PLC/HMI Ethernet cable at Longwood WWTP.Provide 120 V power supply and connections for the converter in the RTUs, and a 120V power supply with cord for the converters located at the HMIs. 2. The City of Pearland has committed to arranging for limited working space with property owners adjacent to the Walnut Lift Station (Site L001).The City assumes no responsibility of damage or repair of the private property.The Contractor is responsible for arranging working space with adjacent property owners at all other sites. 3. The"laydown area" at SWEC has been modified.The area inside the SWEC fence line, between the fence and the paved road on either side of the entrance road can be used for material storage, with approval by the City.The City assumes no responsibility for the security of any stored materials. The area must be restored to the original shape, ground cover, and drainage, or better before the project will be considered complete. 4. A bidder asked about the location of the antenna pole at the Barry Rose WWTP, and whether the trailer-mounted generator can be moved during construction.. Answer: The generator can be moved if necessary. Note that the final locations of (al" all cabinets and poles are subject to approval by the City of Pearland.Location modifications to accommodate underground utilities prior to installation are to be made without change to the contract price. 5. The City of Pearland will excavate and expose the buried conduits in the area of the master communications tower at SWEC. 7 days prior notice by the Contractor, and appropriate weather conditions, are required. 6. A bidder asked about working hours.Working hours are limited by noise ordinance to 7AM to 7PM. City staff normally work from 6:30AM to 4:30PM Monday through Thursday and 6:30AM to 12 Noon on Friday.Refer to the contract documents to arrange for staff assistance after normal working hours. 7. A bidder asked if conduits and raceways can match existing or if they must follow the specifications. Answer: The Base Bid should be based on the specifications. 8. A bidder asked about using wood poles at the remote sites. Answer: The specifications require galvanized steel or precast concrete poles. NOTE: This is a correction to the information provided during the site visit. 9. A bidder asked:What is the listed height for the radio tower at SWEC facility? Answer: Per Sheet I-02 of the plans, the listed height is 100 feet above grade. cow - - 10.A bidder asked: Who is responsible for acquisition of HMI software and PLC programming software? Answer: Per section 17520 Pg 7,para C,furnish a August 11,2004 Addendum No. 1 City of Pearland Page A-2 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System ADDENDUM NO. 1 CiPb\ minimum of 2-user licensed copies of the PLC programming software registered to the City of Pearland.The City of Pearland has already purchased the HMI software. 11. A bidder asked: Are bidders required to include costs of various permits in the base bid price or does the City reimburse the contractor upon obtaining the permits?Answer: All bidders are to include the costs in their base bid. NOTE: This is a correction to the information provided during the meeting. 12. A bidder asked: Is provision of any environmental conditioning(in addition to the required sun shield etc) assumed to be included in the base bid?There is no requirement for additional environmental conditioning of enclosures in the base bid beyond the fabrication and installation of sunshields as per Section 17600. 13.A bidder asked: Would it be fair to assume that the instrumentation Iist mentioned in the plans is an all inclusive list? Answer: The list is intended to be all-inclusive but should be used in conjunction with the instruments indicated on the drawings. As noted during the meeting,the float switches FSLW090,FSHW090A, and FSHWO9OB as shown on I-19 should be added to the instrument list for SWEC (W090).Provide float switches similar to those already'in use by the City. 14. A bidder asked:Do taps for installing pressure transmitters exist at all sites? ti Answer.The City will provide taps at all sites for installing pressure transmitters as per the note on detail I-07A,drawing I-07. End of Addendum No. 1 (.77: August 11,2004 Addendum No. 1 City of Pearland Page A-3 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System • (.."‘ Meeting Description SCADA Implementation Project—Pre-Bid Meeting Meeting Date August 11,2004 Meeting Location City of Pearland SWEC Attendees See attached • Meeting minutes - 1. The meeting began at approximately 8:00 AM. A printed Agenda was distributed (attached). 2. Phil Smith opened the meeting and introduced the City of Pearland and MWH staff. 3. The meeting progressed, moving through the items on the agenda. Each item was discussed in turn. Questions that were posed by prospective bidders are recorded on Addendum No. 1. 4. Following reviewing the items on the Agenda, the site visits commenced, beginning with the SWEC facility. After viewing the electrical room,the server rack location, antenna location, and the main pump station, the attendees c traveled to the Twin Creek Lift Station and then on to the Barry Rose WWTP. Questions that were posed during the site visits are recorded on Addendum No. 1. 5. Prospective Bidders were invited to contact William McCart(713-775-4082) or Bobby Whisenant (713-775-4064) regarding arranging specific site visits to the other remote sites. The site visit concluded at approximately 10AM, and attendees departed from Barry Rose WWTP 8/12/2004 1 08-11-04 Pre-Bid Meeting.doc AGENDA Pearland SCADA System Project Pre-Bid Meeting August 11, 2004, 8:00 AM, SWEC 1. Sign-in a. Mandatory meeting attendance for Bidders 2. Introduction of Project Team a. Bobby Whisenant—Water and Wastewater Superintendent b. William McCart—Wastewater Supervisor c. Phil Smith —MWH Project Manager d. Tejal Gholkar— MWH Project Coordinator 3. Overview of Project a. Basic project scope i. First of 3 planned phases ii. Develop communications backbone and HMI b. City of Pearland's role i. Final decision on all scope changes ii. Final decision on acceptance of work iii. Provide site access and any existing available information c. MWH's role i. Design and Integration d. Contractor's role i. Provide, test, install, and start up communications equipment and system hardware e. TWDB loan funding i. Note MWBE guidance and documentation 4. Overview of RFP Requirements a. High Tech Procurement (00030-2) b. SOQ, including pricing i. Evaluation matrix_(00030-5) c. Interviews and negotiations may follow receipt of proposals d. Proposal evaluation by City of Pearland Evaluation Committee e. Bid Forms - Section 00300 i. Addenda acknowledgement ii. Bid schedule iii. Other forms 8/12/2004 1 Prebid Meeting Agenda-081104 REV1.doc 5. Notes on Specifications a. General Conditions_Section 00700-6, 3.4 Order of Precedence. Note SGC, 00800-1, SGC-3.4, Add TWDB contract conditions between "Instructions to Bidders" and "General Conditions" b. Summary of Work- Section 01010, 1.4 Work by Others—Green Tee V construction is planned. - c. Contractor Submittals—Section 01300 d. SCADA Radio Communication System —Section 17620, 1.1.B.2.b — Installation of SWEC antenna and radio path testing. 6. Important Dates a. Bids due by 3:00PM August 18, 2004 b. Anticipated award date September 13, 2004 c. Others based on NTP date— review contract requirements 7. Questions Received to Date and Responses • a. Bid Bond— (handout) Page 00030-4 is INCORRECT. Refer to page 00100-4: "..bid bond, cashier's checks or certified check in the amount of 5% of the total base bid amount. 8. Submitting Questions a. Questions and Responses in writing b. Oral responses 9. Site Visits - handout a. SWEC b. Barry Rose WWTP c. Twin Creek PLS 10.Additional site visits by appointment a. Contact Bobby or William • • 8/12/2004 2 Prebid Meeting Agenda-081104 REV1.doc (--) .'--) . --.) PEARLAND SCADA SYSTEM PRE-BID MEETING ATTENDANCE AUGUST 11 , 2004 Name/Location Project Role/ Office Phone Cell Phone Office Fax Email Title ha/4r-, ceeaweet"/f or-eryz-Solo ra9-782-5495 094(4-yam/ Nede,. e4-'0... Ps.-4./4,,aow.A.4-.4.-a 7hc.M- ;Las) U to MI N as L'o rn egtci. .ac 713-.1-9/ 67 (. •sa-»tz, ,it,Q91-s1 del .jV sec t•c4Vn a a-cv-m.cep PAQA asp c cc. CcNIaZ Comm . 83Z-295-511g_ 831-555o 2.g{,f��;;383 asanche3 annca urn. cow, KitaT-gbSSIPIR-_ UG c-a z81-339.22.1z 231339.385 Q k Voss ice 0 voss le t e(ec Coo-4- -,rat CAv,dc Rr ec116,6I0b 2531 97O$1st 2S/Vi0Hii&r 7 1 Soo-sis4 0 crowcG( e hi ,tarp 614 7v7 144 l4 `/3-tow-gift 113-1 1ifs 9707 e Ai; cl4frif,c . as 5- c7 ai-olgq Boy41^,114c. 113-1466-5395 • 713-96 -919$ SJov'o4K.@ boyee bite. (gm I litha11S N& I/dim �u ixe ' 11/3-W-325 713-5/5-220 '713-764-97�5 yr1 irawn l'?a.�inc ; nu& v.Co� e/Er./'o4e. F7Czeini Jaceo,./ ,e4 F-t.4z5 r e" 97z- -2koV i/y 837-gag 77Z-L23•295.s �eiacvwzbtirge.A-zs4 ,-w 111I /////1 /) Eno;'naee �+y K1Qn l&xroh a../O.:! . 97.2-aa3-6zga4 a14-516-I833 97�-aa3-.1958 torexro62 e rabala;s .Goy l plea prtfrerPectrt Wei((77 gil.. 10a &rvi�alWV rfsi�£c1i1 i ill.5105,`ty6Q 113,Fs$8./t, 1.�73c��1CF vg.2g�'/$/cC -PGei1'1 11 8/9/2004 1 POO /6I8 \-A1V-117101gyc-1u.+0)b)(Pit - V rok to6L-o°a-En- — 1.991-Eo7-EI L 'Le pig \-,n‘k-) ,gv?'-91-Ante.0 '-15: ' '% 22' z7 b J QWr,2 bl agot 1 - vYr0 ' 'I -t4-"'tl zj 2Z -dry 0.)"J (" JVP yr ZEQl-ik C AvgSpt-OG - G- s7'1 pt4i#M-c. Tivropq7 SIP'c.-59-I& 4 / Zsok,(g?. 0 'We )91i979) 42)12L) OTT/0 Liu-) •s,S�- `�ncarD - vn`lA �5��-(h s-��� 1L2.6,5LA-AIL. 515/-/hio- �,� .ems } -tr- D r- ovc3;W /s7/rMO42 c..�7"Lf� rna.9,y/07zfSC c4gf-/%6-£(C gra-.s-o;- s9lf-/hb-Z(1_ fit'/°vr fs' a (• IIg=3 xed aal0 auogd Ila3 auo4d aal�l0 ell!' uol1eao1/MUM/ VON `U . lsnOnd 33NVON31111 JNI133W a18-3uud W31SAS dadoS ONV11:1113d ADDENDUM NO.r. Date of Addendum: August 16, 2004 • oialr:+xo'` Project Name: Pearland Wastewater SCADA System 4':c . 0." '>.. keicho OOOCYI4S Ie•:•:• wt Bid Date: August 18,2004-NO CHANGE *. ,-: rljfto r' pp v ` e.... nr.:cecr� From: Gordon Island,Purchasing Officer '3r fJ 3519 liberty Drive � " Pearland,Texas 77851 r6,•49u s '1t:,:fse • To: Prospective Bidders • Addendum No. 2, consisting of 4 pages including attachments,forms a part of the Bidding Documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Specifications and Drawings are inconsistent,Addendum governs. Attachments (None) r) Response to Questions and Clarifications 1. A question was received regarding the fiber optic-to-copper converter that was added to the project in Addendum No. 1.The converters,fiber optic cable, and installation are to be included in the base bid, and replace the copper CAT-5 cable originally shown on the drawings. a. The converters shall be Startech.Com model ET9003ST or approved equal, and shall include a minimum 5 year warranty from the date of final acceptance of the project. b. The multimode fiber and installation shall meet the following requirements: i. Transmission Media: All transmission media,including connectors,patch panels,shall include a manufacturer 10-year extended product warranty. Manufacturers shall be Lucent Technologies,Corning or equal. ii. Environmental Requirements: Equipment to be utilized indoors shall be rated for continuous operation under ambient environmental conditions of 0 degrees C to 50 degrees C (32 degrees F to 122 degrees F) and 10 percent to 95 percent relative humidity,noncondensing. Fiber optic cables to be utilized indoors shall be rated for continuous operation under ambient environmental conditions of minus 40 degrees C to 70 degrees C (minus 40 degrees F to 158-degrees F). Under this requirement, fiber cables shall be rated higher than electronics and other Addendum No.2 August 16,2004 Page A-1 City of Pearland 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System ADDENDUM NO.2 equipment to ensure the use of quality performing fibers with minimal performance variation due to temperature fluctuation. iii. The fiber-optic cable shall contain a minimum of 4 usable optical fibers. Cable fibers shall not be twisted but shall lay parallel to each other within the cable. The cable shall be jacketed with a PVC sheathing material. Aramid yarn strength members shall cover the fibers and fill the remaining cable space,without a central strength member and with no metallic elements,to preserve the intrinsic strength of the glass. Cables may not contain ripcords that may potentially damage fibers. All cables shall be from the same manufacturer,of the same cable type, and of the same size. Each fiber shall be continuous with no factory splices. iv. Multi-mode, all-dielectric, tight-buffer cable with 12 optical glass fibers encased in primary polymer buffer. v. Indoor/outdoor distribution cable,riser-rated. vi. 62.5 microns core diameter. vii. 125 microns cladding diameter. viii. Primary buffer encased in a secondary hard elastomeric polymer buffer. ix. Flame-retardant,fungus-resistant PVC jacket with dielectric strength members and ripcord. x. UL-listed riser-rated OFNR,meeting NEC sections 770-519(b)and 770-53(b)for use in vertical runs in building riser shafts. xi. Maximum attenuation (dB/kM): 3.5 at 850 nm, 1.0 at 1300 nm. xii. Maximum short-term tensile load rating of 1400 n. (3151bs). xiii. Maximum bend radius during installation=20 times outside diameter. xiv. Minimum bend radius during installation= 10 times outside diameter. xv. Minimum crush resistance: 1800 N/cm. xvi. Maximum optical attenuation after installation:4.5 dB/kM at 850 and 1.5 dB/kM at 1300 nm. c. Optical Connectors i. All connectors shall be field-installable and perfectly matched to the cable used. The connectors shall provide tight fitting termination to the cladding and buffer coating. Epoxy-based or "hot melt" adhesives shall be used to bond the fiber and buffer to the connector ferrule and body prior to polishing the end face. No dry-termination or"quick crimp"connectors are allowed. ii. After termination with connectors,the fiber ends must be visually inspected at a magnification of not less than 100 power to check for cracks or pits in the end face of the fiber. If any irregularities found cannot be removed by further polishing,the entire process must be redone by cutting off and disposing the connector body. iii. Connectors shall have a maximum allowable connection loss of 0.3 dB per mated pair, as measured per EA.-455-34. No index- August 16,2004 Addendum No.2 City of Pearland Page A-2 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System 3. The factory acceptance test shall be conducted at the place where the system was engineered, fabricated, and assembled. 4. All I/Os from each PLC shall be simulated from and through a test board using on-off switches for DI's, lights for DO's and tester generated 4-20 madc for Al's. 5. After the successful completion of the test,the CONTRACTOR will generate a punch list. The list may include items that must be corrected or addressed prior to the shipment of the system, and/or items that must be corrected later in the field during installation and startup. The test results will be furnished to and approved by the ENGINEER prior to shipment. B. Field Tests: The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the Article "EXECUTION" of this Section which delineates all the tests that are required to be performed in the field in order to demonstrate compliance with the Contract Documents. 1.7 RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM A. The communication to the remote sites will be via 902-928 MHz spread spectrum radio system(frequency hopping type). The communication system is part of the SCADA system and shall be provided as specified in Section 17620 and as shown in the Drawings. 1.8 STORAG.E AND HANDLING A. All equipment and materials delivered to the job site shall be stored in a location which will not interfere with the operations of other contractors or the OWNER. Storage and handling will be performed in manners which will afford maximum protection to the equipment and materials. It is the CONTRACTOR's responsibility to assure proper handling and on-site ("6\1 storage of instrumentation and control equipment in accordance with the System Supplier's recommendations. 1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. The instrumentation, controls, and SCADA Systems equipment shall be designed and constructed for satisfactory operation and long,low maintenance service under the following environmental conditions: 1. Central Control room Equipment a. Temperature range: 10°through 32°C (50°through 90°F) b. Thermal shock: 0.55° C (1.0° F) per minute maximum c. Relative humidity: 20 through 80 percent(non-condensing) 2. Remote Site Equipment: a. Ambient temperature range: -18°through 60°C. Exception:for the UPS inside the PLC panels - 0°through 40° C b. Thermal shock: 1.0° (1.8° F) per minute maximum c. Relative humidity: 95 percent maximum non-condensing MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-11 1.10 SERVICE REQUIREMENTS A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide job site visits and services of a manufacturer's technical field representative or subcontractor for supervision of installation, calibration, testing and startup of the following items. 1. Radios B. At no separate additional cost to the OWNER,the CONTRACTOR shall include the following services of qualified technical representatives of the Equipment Manufacturer(see Installation, Calibration,Testing, Start-up herein): 1. Supervise installation and connection of all instruments, elements, and components of every system, including connection of instrument signals to primary measurement elements and to final control elements such as VFD, pumps, valves, engines and chemical feeders. 2. Make all necessary adjustments, calibrations and tests. 1.11 GUARANTEE A. The CONTRACTOR shall guarantee the performance and the new hardware furnished under this contract and of all the control and SCADA equipment and associated installation, as specified herein, for a period of one year following the date of completion and formal acceptance of the WORK. Services shall be performed within 3 calendar days after notification by the OWNER. B. Equipment and materials which do not achieve design requirements after installation shall be replaced or modified by the CONTRACTOR to attain compliance,at no additional cost to the OWNER. Following replacement or modification, the CONTRACTOR shall retest the system and perform any additional procedures needed to place the complete system in satisfactory operation and attain design compliance approval from the ENGINEER. C. All parts, material (excluding consumables), labor, travel, subsistence, or other expenses incurred in providing all the services and service visits during the one year warrantee period and as indicated above shall be borne by the CONTRACTOR under the guarantee. 1.12 CONTRACTS, AGREEMENTS AND LICENSES A. The CONTRACTOR shall provide and assign to the OWNER with all user software and hardware licenses. License of software that is purchased on behalf of the OWNER shall be assigned to the OWNER as licensee. Each software package shall be provided with a"Site License"or with as many licenses as a"Site License"includes(site is defined as the City of Pearland, TX). The CONTRACTOR shall include in the bid price all license fees. PART 2—PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL A. All materials and equipment furnished under this contract shall be new, free from defects, and shall be standard products produced by manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacturer of these products. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-12 B. Where there is more than one item of similar equipment being furnished under this contract, all such similar equipment shall be the product of a singular manufacturer. C. All system hardware,software,and other components shall be the most recent field proven Culb\' models marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop drawings unless otherwise specified to match existing equipment. D. Analog measurements and control signals shall be electrical as indicated herein, and shall vary in direct linear proportion to the measured variable,except as noted. Electrical signals outside control panel(s) shall be 4 to 20 milliamperes dc except as noted. Signals within enclosures may be 1-5 volts dc. E. Instrument and Loop Power: Power requirements and input/output connections for all components shall be verified. Power for transmitted signals shall, in general,originate in and be supplied by the control panel devices. The use of"2-wire"transmitters is preferred,and use of"4-wire"transmitters shall be minimized. Individual loop power supplies shall be provided as required by the Manufacturer's instrument load characteristics to ensure_sufficient power to each loop component. All power supplies shall be mounted within control panels or in the field at the point of application. F. All instrumentation shall be suitable for operation if required, in the ambient conditions at the equipment installation locations. Heating, cooling, and dehumidifying devices shall be • incorporated with indoor and outdoor instrumentation in order to maintain it within its rated environmental operating ranges. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install all power wiring for these devices (e.g., heaters,fans, etc.). NEMA 4 or 12 rated enclosures shall be furnished in all general purpose areas as specified, unless otherwise indicated. 2.2 CENTRAL COMPUTER SYSTEMS Cal-\ A. Server Rack: A server rack enclosure shall be provided to accommodate server(s) and electronic equipment. It shall be a free-standing cabinet, approximately 70" high x 24"w x 30"deep and have a standard 19"width equipment rack. The rack shall be a minimum of 38U high, and 30"deep. The front door shall be a full glass type door with safety glass and a latch and key. The rear door shall be perforated and with latch and key. The enclosure shall have forced ventilation by way of fans mounted in the top panel providing approximately 300 cfm. The enclosure shall be elevated a minimum of 2"from the floor, and mounted down and to a wall or ceiling. It shall include (2) power strips on separate electrical circuits,.mounted down on either side at the rear. All necessary shelving (14-gauge steel) and mounting equipment shall be provided to support necessary computer equipment. The enclosure shall have rugged die-cast aluminum top and bottom. The casters shall be suitable for this application. The frame and louvered top shall have gray textured finish. . . The server rack enclosure shall be Hoffman Enclosures, Inc model E-ER38U6080 or equal. B. Miscellaneous Hardware: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the necessary cabling, extenders, and connectors necessary for a complete installation of the control room hardware. . 2.3 . LOCAL AREA NETWORK (LAN) A. General: The network protocol throughout the individual LANs shall be the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol.(TCP/IP). The new LAN cabling and installation shall MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM . PAGE 17600-13 comply with IEEE 802.3 standards for Ethernet and operate at a minimum bandwidth of 10Mbps. The Network topology at SW EC shall permit either switched 10BASE-T or 100BASE-TX connections. B. Network Cabling: The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the network cabling in the control room. All LAN cabling shall be new and shall be Category 5 UTP and follow industry standards for termination, labeling, and length restrictions. 2.4 MASTER COMMUNICATION UNITS (MCU) A. The central SCADA computer configuration located at SW EC shall include one (1) Master Communication Unit (MCU) as shown. The MCU shall provide a communication path to facilitate communication between operationally related facilities. The MCU shall be connected to the Ethernet network and to a master radio as shown. The MCU shall be housed in the server rack. The MCU shall be a PLC from the same manufacture and family as the PLCs that are specified in Section 17520 and shall be Allen Bradley PLC model SLC 5/05 with serial&Ethernet communication ports,and as specified in section 17520. No equal. 2.5 UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY(UPS) SYSTEM A. General: A completely uninterruptible AC power supply(UPS)system shall be provided for the computers and peripherals noted in the Contract Drawings and are at SWEC control room. The CONTRACTOR shall submit load calculations and size the UPS system to accommodate present and future load requirements as well as overload capacity requirements. The UPS shall be al least three(3)KVA. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a bigger capacity UPS if required by the load calculations. The UPS system shall use on-line, high frequency, line-interactive or double-conversion technology. The UPS system shall be installed in a. single, NEMA 1 floor standing enclosure. The batteries shall be integral to the UPS enclosure. Additional batteries can be separate from the UPS B. Operation and Features: -- 1. Operation: Under normal conditions the AC power line shall feed the UPS to power the protected load. The UPS shall also maintain the batteries in fully charged "float" condition. Whenever the normal AC power fails or dips below the normal range, the critical load shall be continuously supplied to the system. The transfer from normal to AC line to backup power shall be bumpless and without a break in the output of the UPS (0 transfer time). The UPS shall supply power AC line to critical load without disturbance. 2. Features:The UPS shall have the following features: a. Capacity and Duration: The continuous output capacity of the UPS shall be at least 3,000 VA. It shall be sufficient to supply the computers, communication, interface and peripheral equipment(present and future)with regulated AC power for a minimum of 60 minutes from batteries only.Additional set of batteries shall be provided to accommodate the required backup time. The extra batteries shall be as b. Input Power Range: 100 to 132 volts (120vac nominal), 60 Hertz +/- 5 Hertz, MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-14 auto-sensing. c. Output Power Range: 110-132 VAC (120 VAC Nominal), 60 Hertz +/- 0.5 percent. 7\1 d. Transfer Time: 2 ms typical, 4 ms maximum. e. Overload Capacity: It is the responsibility of The CONTRACTOR to size and supply a UPS with sufficient output capacity to supply the inrush current requirement of the computer system, including peripherals. The UPS shall have the ability to supply 110 percent of system requirements for 10 seconds,without degradation of the service life. f. Protection: The UPS output shall be protected (IEEE standards)from lightning, surges overload, short circuit, and EMI/FFI suppression. The input shall be protected by a circuit breaker. g. Recharge Time (with half load): eight (8) hours from total discharge. h. Communication and Alarms: RS 232 communication line i. Installation and connection: The input power shall be hard wired to the UPS. The UPS shall be hard-wired to the protected load. Cords and plugs will not be acceptable. The UPS shall be installed as shown on the drawings and per manufacturer's recommendation. 3. Service Bypass Switch: The UPS system shall be provided with external service bypass switch in order to facilitate continuous power, in case the UPS is taken out of Ca*N"' service and/or removed. The bypass switch shall be for 120VAC service and shall not cause disruption of power when switched from UPS to normal power or vice versa (bumpless transition). The bypass switch shall be separate from the UPS and hard- wired to it, and shall be wall mounted The bypass switch shall be from the same manufacturer as the UPS. C. UPS and Accessories Manufacturer: The UPS system shall be as manufactured by American Power Conversion(APC), or equal a. UPS: APC Smartups model SU3000NET, b. Extra Battery set: APC model SU48BP- c. Hard Wire Kit: APC model SU031 d. UPS Service Bypass Switch: APC Model SBP3000 2. 6 PLC SYSTEMS FOR THE REMOTE SITES A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide PLC systems for the remote sites. The PLC system shall consist of the PLC hardware, communication equipment, such as radio, modem, etc., power supplies, power backup system, terminal blocks, relays, signal conditioning and converters, etc. to meet the specified functions. r6\ MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-15 It is the intent of these specifications to provide a system and PLCs that can be easily expanded and reconfigured. Therefore, all changes in system architecture, expansion of I/Os, modifications to and addition of hardware shall be easily done. The future and spare I/0s shall be wired into the terminal blocks and made ready for future use. The CONTRACTOR shall provide each PLC with all the I/O cards necessary to meet the I/O requirements specified. The CONTRACTOR shall also provide all the I/Os that are defined as "spare" and "future". Each PLC shall also be furnished with all the necessary communication ports,signal conditioning components,converters,etc.to meet the specified functions. B. PLC- See Section 17520 C. PLC Power System(PPS)-Power Supplies and UPS: The CONTRACTOR shall provide a 24 VDC power supply for the field instrumentation(i.e.2-wire 4-20 madc signal loops)and equipment in the PLC panel that requires 24 VDC power. The 24VDC power supply shall have 120 V,60 Hz input,24VDC linear output,+/-0.05%line and load regulation. The power supply shall have short circuit and overload protection. The power supply shall be sized with 25%expansion capability. The power supply shall be by Mean Well 60 series, or Power One, or equal. All power supplies shall be fused. UPS - The PLC panel shall have a UPS that provides 120 VAC power backup system capable of powering all the components in the PLC enclosure that require 120 VAC, including but not limited to,the PLC,the interpose and slave relays,the I/O system and the communication devices. Under normal conditions the AC power line shall feed the UPS to power the protected load. The UPS shall also maintain the batteries in fully charged "float"condition. Whenever the normal AC power fails or dips below the normal range,the critical load shall be continuously supplied to the system. The transfer from normal to AC line to backup power shall be bumpless and without a break in the output of the UPS (0 transfer time). The UPS shall supply power AC line to critical load without disturbance. The UPS for the PLC panels shall meet the same specifications and shall have the same features as the UPS for the control room specified above. The continuous output capacity of the UPS shall be at least 1000 VA for Barry Rose and Longwood Facilities and 700 VA for the rest. It shall be sufficient to The UPS shall back up the PLC panel during power failure for a minimum of 60 minutes from batteries only. The UPS system shall be from the same manufacturer as the UPS for the control room at SWEC. The UPS for Barry Rose and Longwood facilities shall be Smartups Model SU1000NET and for the rest of the remote facilities the UPS shall be model Smartups Model SU700NET as manufactured by American Power Conversion (APC), or equal,. D. PLC and Packaging: 1. General: All the new PLCs systems, communication systems, power supply, UPS, and miscellaneous hardware shall be assembled, mounted and wired in new enclosures. Each PLC packaged assembly shall include the following minimum hardware and with noted exceptions: MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-16 a. New PLC b. Power supply and UPS (see specifications above). (1.6.\,; c. Communication equipment (see specification Section 17620) d. Two(2)circuit breakers:one for the PLC,the communication equipment,and the PLC power system; and one for auxiliary equipment power(duplex outlet, light, etc.). The Circuit breakers shall be properly sized for each application. e. Fuses for 24VDC. f. Terminal blocks for external field connections. g. A ground fault protected duplex outlet for maintenance. h. An internal manually activated fluorescent light. Hoffman X-LF16M18 or equal. (unless already existing). i. A door activated intrusion switch (N.C.) j. Interior and exterior nameplates. 2. Enclosures and Back Panels: a. General Requirements: All PLC system assemblies,shall be mounted in either Clik\ an outdoor or an indoor type enclosure, as required and indicated in Table 17600-1 and/or as shown on the drawings. The enclosure shall be sized to contain the equipment required to make the installation complete and suitable for the intended purpose. Each enclosure shall be provided with interior nameplates to identify functions and site location. b. Types of Enclosures: All new outdoor enclosures shall be NEMA 4Xtype and all indoor enclosures shall be NEMA 12. Each enclosure shall have a hinged front door with lock hasp and a removable interior-mounting panel.Table 17600-1 in this Section has identified what type enclosure should be provided for each facility. The following type enclosures shall be provided. The enclosure sizes specified below are minimum sizes. The CONTRACTOR shall provide a larger size if a larger size is required to contain the required equipment: (1) Type 1 - Enclosure shall be NEMA 12, free standing, pad mounted type (open on the bottom)for indoor application and with a single front access door. The enclosure shall be 12 gauge steel construction with all seams continuously welded with ANSI 61 gray finish over phosphatize surface. The enclosure shall have a continuous hinged door with a 3-point latch and handle. The enclosure shall be 72"H x 24"W x 24"D,Hoffman model A- 722424FS" or equal. Enclosures shall be wall-mounted type with mounting tabs. C MWH-070704 1610296-CITY OF PEARLAND, TX . . SCADA SYSTEM ' SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-17 (2) Type 2 - Enclosures shall be NEMA 12 wall mounted type for indoor applications with minimum size 48"H x 36"W x 12"D. The enclosure shall be made from 14 gauge steel with all seams continuously welded and ground,with ANSI 61 gray finish over phosphatize surface. The enclosure shall have a continuous hinged door and shall be provided with hasp and staple for padlocking. The enclosures shall be Hoffman model A 483612LPs,or equal. (3) Type 3. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X, wall mounted type for outdoor applications with minimum size 48"H x 36"W x 12"D. The enclosure shall be made from 304 stainless steel with all seams continuously welded and ground. Clamps shall also be stainless steel. The Enclosure shall be provided with hasp and staple for padlocking. Finish shall be smooth brushed. The enclosures shall be Hoffman model A 48H3612SSLPs,or equal. This type of enclosure shall be furnished with a sunshield on each of its five sides (top, left and right sides, and front and back), as shown on the drawings. (4) Type 4. Enclosures shall be NEMA 4X, wall mounted type for outdoor applications with minimum size 60"H x 36"W x 12"D. The enclosure shall be the. same as Type 3 except it shall be Hoffman model A- 60H3612SSLPs,or equal. This type of enclosure shall be furnished with a sunshield on each of its five sides (top, left and right sides, and front and back), as shown on the drawings. fl • MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX • SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-18 Table No. 17600-1 City of Pearland SCADA System Enclosure Schedule RTU Facility Name Enclosure Enclosure Enclosure Enclosur No. Type 1 Type 2 Type 3 e Type 4 NEMA 12 NEMA 12 With Sun With Sun Shield Shield NEMA 4X NEMA 4X 1 Barry Rose WWTP X 2 Longwood WWTP X 3 Far Northwest WWTP (*) 4 Walnut Primary Lift Station X 5 Twin Creek Primary Lift X Station 6 Hatfield 1 Primary Lift Station X 7 Green Tee Lift Station X 8 Oakbrook Primary Lift X Station 9 Pearland Parkway Primary X Lift Station ' (*) Equipment to be installed in existing enclosure as shown on the drawings. 2.4 GENERAL INSTRUMENTATION AND PLC ENCLOSURE COMPONENTS The CONTRACTOR shall provide all the instruments and components specified in the paragraph and the appendices: (1.16\ A. Signal and Control Circuit Wiring Instrumentation Enclosure/Panels: 1. Wire type and sizes: Conductor type shall be as specified in Section 16120"Wire and Cables. Wires for control circuits and alarm input circuit shall be at least No. 18 AWG. All other wires, including signal-shielded cables, shall be No. 18 AWG minimum. Cable shield shall be terminated and grounded at the PLC panel. Wires for 120 VAC power circuits shall be No.14 AWG minimum. Wires for 24 VDC power circuits shall be No. 16 AWG minimum. The use of THHN/THWN type wires for power and control is permitted only within the PLC system enclosures. Signal wires for computer use shall be similar to those for non-computer use, except each pair shall be triplexed with a copper drain wire,and aluminum polyester tape shall be.applied over the triplexed group. All cable shields shall be terminated at the computer system grounding bus in the communication panel at the UOC. Continuity of the shield shall be maintained throughout the cable runs. 2. Wire Insulation Colors: Conductors supplying 120-volts ac power on the line side of a disconnecting switch shall have a black insulation for the ungrounded conductor. Grounded circuit conductors shall have white insulation. Insulation for ungrounded 120-volt ac control circuit conductors shall be red. All wires energized by a voltage source external to the Control Panel(s)shall have yellow insulation. Insulation for all do conductors shall be blue. Color code for signal wire shall be positive(+):black and negative (-): white. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-19 Multiconductor cables shall also be 18 AWG copper signal wires twisted in pairs with 90°C,600 V insulation.A copper drain wire shall be provided with a wrap of aluminum polyester shield. The overall bundle jacket shall be FVC. 3. Wire Marking: Each signal,control,alarm,and indicating circuit conductor,connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique wire number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal using numbered wire markers which shall be imprinted plastic devices by, Brady,Thomas and Betts,or equal,or shall be permanently marked heat-shrink plastic. B. Relays: 1. General Purpose Relays: General purpose relays in the Control Panel(s) shall be plug-in type with contacts rated 10 amperes at 120-volts ac; quantity and type of contacts shall be as shown on the Drawings. Each relay shall be provided with a neon light to indicate energized state, and shall be enclosed in a clear plastic heat and shock resistant dust cover. Sockets for relays shall have screw type terminals. Relays shall be Potter and Brumfield Type KRP or KUP,IDEC,Square D Type K,or equal. 2. Slave and Interpose Relays: Additional slave relays shall be provided when the number or type of contacts shown exceed the contact capacity of the specified relays and timers. Additional interpose relays shall be provided when higher contact rating or dry contacts is required in order to interface with starter circuits or other equipment. The slave and interpose relays shall be as the general purpose relays specified above. C. Time Delay Relays- Electronic Type: Time delay relays shall be plug-in electronic type with on-delay or off-delay actuation as required. Output contacts shall be DPDT rated 10-amperes at 120-volts ac minimum. Each unit shall include an adjustable time delay control knob with a graduated time range scale. Operating temperature range of the units shall be -20 to +120 degrees Fahrenheit minimum and each device shall be rated for 10,000,000 mechanical operations and 500,000 electrical operations. Time delay relays shall be Allen-Bradley Series 700,Agastat Series SCC,Magnecraft Class 211,Omron, or equal. D. Indicating Lights: Indicating lights shall be incandescent or ultra-bright multiple LED lamps, push-to-test transformer type and shall be heavy-duty, oil-tight construction. Operators shall be nickel or chrome plated. Each light shall have a screwed-on prismatic lens approximately 1-inch in diameter. Indicating lights shall be Square D Company,Class 9001 Type K,General Electric Company Type CR1 04P,or equal. Each light shall have a factory-engraved legend plate, as shown on the Contract Documents. E. Selector and Pushbutton Switches: Selector and pushbutton switches shall be rated 10- amperes at 600 volts;shall be heavy-duty,oil-tight construction;and shall have the number of positions and poles required. Operators shall be nickel or chrome plated. Switches shall be Square D Company,Class 9001 Type K,General Electric Company Type CR104P, or equal. Each switch shall have a factory-engraved legend plate as shown on the Contract Documents. F. Circuit Breakers, Fuses, and Disconnects: 1. Circuit breakers shall be single pole, 120-volt, 15 ampere rating or as required to protect wires and equipment and mounted inside the panels. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-20 2. When instruments do not come equipped with integral fuses,provide fuses as required for the protection of individual instruments against fault currents. Fuses shall be mounted on the back of the panel in a fuse holder,and each fuse shall be identified by a service name tag. (611'`I In addition to the 120 VAC main circuit breaker to protect the PLC and communication equipment (see PLC enclosure requirements), the CONTRACTOR shall fuse each branch of the"120 VAC circuit. The receptacle, light, heater and fan do not require additional fuse protection. Equipment that requires 24 VDC power shall be powered from an individual branch. Each 24 VDC branch, including spares, shall be provided with a fuse to protect the equipment. A fuse shall protect each I/O module. Each DI loop shall also be fused. The fuses shall be mounted in a din mounted fuse holder terminal block, each with LED indication. The CONTRACTOR shall properly size the fuses suitable for protecting the equipment. The fuse-holder terminal block shall be by Entrelec Type M4/8SF(P/N 115663.23 for 24 VDC and 115661.21 for 120 VAC), or equal. 3. In order to facilitate easy and safe loop maintenance, each Al loop shall have a disconnect with test plugs built into its field terminal flock. G. Nameplates: Nameplates shall be provided for instruments,function titles for each group of instruments,and other components mounted on instruments,enclosures,and equipment in an approved location. The proposed location should be indicated on an appropriate submittal. A nameplate shall be provided for each signal transducer,signal converter,signal isolator, each electronic trip, and the like, mounted inside the panel(s). These shall be descriptive,to define the function and system of such element. These nameplates shall be of the same material as those on the front of the panel(s). Adhesives shall be suitable for permanently attaching nameplates. Painted surfaces shall be prepared to allow permanent bonding of adhesives. Nameplates shall be fabricated from white-face, black-center, laminated engraving plastic. Nameplates shall be by Formica Type ES-1, or equal. Colors, lettering,styles and sizes shall be as shown or as selected by the ENGINEER.Refer also to Section 16050. H. Terminal Blocks: Terminal blocks shall be modular terminals and shall be rated 15 amperes at 600-volts. White marking strips,fastened securely to the molded sections,shall be provided and wire numbers or circuit identifications shall be marked thereon with permanent marking fluid. The CONTRACTOR shall provide additional 25 percent spare terminal blocks for each type of I/O. Terminal blocks shall be by Entrelec, Phoenix, or equal. I. Signal Integrators, Isolators and Converters: Signal isolators shall be furnished and installed in each measurement and control loop,wherever required,to ensure isolated input into the PLC,or to ensure adjacent component impedance match,or where feedback paths may be generated. Signal converters shall be included where required to resolve any signal level incompatibilities. Signal isolators, integrators and converters shall be 24 VDC or 120 VAC powered as.applicable, and shall be AGM Electronic Series 40XX or equal. J. Process Indicators, Digital: Digital process indicators if required shall be self-contained instruments that display process signals directly in engineering units. The unit shall be suitable for panel mounting and shall utilize 41/2 digit plus extra zero LED display of no less than 0.5-inch height. The input signal to the digital process indicator shall be 4-20 mA DC or 1-5 VDC. The input sample rate of the unit shall have provisions for field adjustable scaling and/or offset. Accuracy shall be plus and minus 1 least significant digit. Input power to the MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-21 • digital indicator shall be 24 VDC. Digital process indicators shall be as manufactured by Action Instruments Co. Model V508, Newport, or equal. K. Intrusion Switches for RTU Enclosures:A door activated intrusion switch (N.C.)shall be provided for new and existing PLC enclosures. The switch shall be Square D Class 9007, Model XA73; or equal by MICROSWITCH L. Pressure Transmitter, Gage 1. Operation and Components: Electronic pressure/level transmitter shall measure gage pressure over the specified range. The transmitter shall produce a 2-wire,linear 4-20 madc output signal at 24 VDC,and calibrated for the specified range. The transmitter shall consist of a capsule assembly,bottom works,cover flange, process connection, electronic unit,terminal box and conduit connection. The pressure applied to the unit shall be transmitted by a sealed fill fluid to a sensor cell to produce the signal. A temperature compensation unit shall also be part of the sensing module. 2. Performance and Feature Requirements: a. Continuously (external) adjustable span, zero and dampening (internal) adjustment b. 4-20 madc into a minimum of 600 ohm c. Integral digital indicator (LCD) scaled in linear engineering units (unless otherwise noted). d. Accuracy+/-0.10 percent of span e. Ambient operating range of minus 40 deg. F to +185 deg. F f. Process wetted parts (including diaphragm if applicable)—316 S.S g. Body material—316 S.S. h. Drain plug and vent plug i. Process connection 1-inch NPT j. NEMA 4 rating k. Sensor or transmitter failure alarm. High or low failure mode shall be user selectable I. Stainless steel block-and-bleed valve m. Mounting hardware suitable for the installation application (e.g. surface mounting, 2-inch pipe, etc.). 3. The pressure transmitters shall be Rosemount model 3051TG, or equal. N. Rain Gauge-Tipping Bucket Type t) MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-22 1. Operation and Components: the rain gage shall be a remote tipping bucket type that measures liquid precipitation. The rain gage is a free standing receptacle and the collected rain funneled to a tipping bucket, which incrementally measures the rainfall accumulation and causes a momentary closure of a switch. The tipping action empties the full bucket in preparation for additional measurements. 2. Performance and Feature Requirements a. Collector diameter: 6.066"with knife edge. b. Funnel depth 6.4"(splash out protection->2") c. Resolution: 0.01" English d. Accuracy 1.0% up to 2"/hr. e. Bucket: UV protected ABS . Pivot: Hardened SS jewel and pivot Level: Integral bubble level f. Switch: Hermetically sealed reed switch rated 2A at 30 VDC and 1A @ 115 VAC. Closure time : 135 ms and bounce setting time 0.75 ms. g. Cable: 60',22 gage,2 conductors. h. Pole Mounting Base option h. Ambient operating temperature range: 32 deg. F to+125 deg. F at 0-100% RH. 4. The Tipping bucket rain gauge shall be Texas Electronics, Inc Model TR-525I Rain Gauge, 6" collector English, and MB-525 Pole Mounting base, or equal. O. Current Transmitter Current transmitter shall be either a split-core type or a solid core type with integral signal conditioner.The split core type shall be for ranges of 0-50 and 0-200 amp. The solid core type shall be for 0-750 and 0-2,000 amp. Transmitter shall measure and convert true RMS AC current to an isolated,loop-powered,4- 20mA output with selectable ranges.Loop powered shall be 12 VDC to 40 VDC max.The current transmitter shall be designed and operated with 600 milliseconds response time,± 0.8%to±1%full scale accuracy, 10 to 400Hz frequency range,-20 degrees C to 50 degrees C ambient temperature range, and 0-95% relative humidity, non-condensing. Transmitter shall be UL listed and manufactured by API,model CTX-ACR. P. Phase/Monitor Relay) The phase/voltage monitor relay shall,provide protection against phase loss,phase reversal, over-voltage, and under-voltage,voltage with LED indicator for each condition.An isolated single pole double throw(SPDT)auxiliary contact shall be provided for remote annunciation and be rated at 10-amps resistive @240 VAC. Relay shall have selectable manual or automatic reset with adjustable restart delay time from 6 to 300 seconds. Relay shall be rated for continuous operation at 480 VAC,3-phase,60 Hz, 0(degrees)C to 55(degrees)C. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-23 Relay shall be UL listed and manufactured by ATC, model series SLM, by ABB SSAC, model series WVM, or approved equal. 2.5 SPARE PARTS, SUPPLIES, TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT A. General: It is intended that sufficient spare parts and supplies necessary to support the OWNER's operation and all tools and test equipment necessary to troubleshoot and maintain the system shall be furnished with the system. B. Spare Parts:The CONTRACTOR shall furnish the recommended spare parts from the list approved by the ENGINEER. . The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for the delivery of the spare parts, as directed by the OWNER, after startup. Prior to the purchase and the delivery of the spare parts, the OWNER shall enumerate components based on the recommended spare parts list and the prices for each item on the list. The CONTRACTOR shall include in his submittals a list of the aforementioned spare parts from which the OWNER will select for the above amount. C. Tools and Test Equipment: All tools required to repair,calibrate, program,diagnose,and maintain the new equipment furnished shall be provided. It is intended that the diagnostic software furnished with the system shall be able to troubleshoot the PLC. 2.6 FIELD WIRING A. All field wiring shall comply with specification Division 16- "General Electrical Provisions". PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. General: 1. In accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, all systems specified shall be installed, connected, calibrated and tested, and in coordination with the ENGINEER and the OWNER,shall be started to place the system in operation. This shall include final integration in concert with equipment specified and provided by others under other Contracts. 2. The CONTRACTOR shall employ installers who are skilled and experienced in the installation and connection of all elements,instruments,accessories and assemblies. Electrical work shall be performed as specified in the applicable sections of Division 16 and this Division. 3. Installation personnel have been instructed on installation requirements of the Contract Documents and have at least one copy of the approved shop drawings and data. Technical assistance is also available to installation personnel at least by telephone. 4. The locations of equipment shown on the drawings are approximate unless dimensioned. The exact locations and routing of wiring and cables shall be governed by structural conditions and physical interference and by the location of electrical terminations on equipment. 5. The CONTRACTOR shall install and connect all control center,computer and network components and assemblies under the criteria imposed by these specifications. The MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-24 installation personnel shall be instructed and provided with a final reviewed copy of the shop drawings and data. 6. All equipment shall be located and installed so that it will be readily accessible for operation and maintenance. Where job conditions require reasonable changes in approximate locations and arrangements,or when the OWNER exercises the right to require changes in location of equipment prior to their installation which do not impact material quantities or cause material rework, make such changes without additional cost to the OWNER. 7. The CONTRACTOR shall review the existing site conditions and examine all shop drawings for the various items of equipment in order to determine exact routing and final terminations for all wiring and cables. - 8. The Contract Documents either show or specify all necessary conduit and instruments required to make a complete instrumentation system. The CONTRACTOR shall be responsible for providing any additional or different type connections as required by the instruments and specific installation requirements at no additional cost to the OWNER. B. Installation and Connection: All components and assemblies shall be installed and connected according to the requirements below: 1. The CONTRACTOR shall install all the required conduits and/or wiring to all existing or relocated equipment. Additional network and special wiring shall be provided as shown. 2. In building interior locations, conduits shall be surface mounted on walls or ceilings wherever possible and run parallel to building lines. Conduits shall not be routed on floors in areas subject to foot traffic. In exterior locations conduit shall be routed below grade. Where concrete or asphalt slabs exist they shall be saw cut,conduits installed, and the cut repaired to original condition. Exposed conduits and/or raceway shall be installed perpendicular or parallel to building lines. 3. All wire and cable shall be arranged in a neat manner and securely supported in cable groups and connected from terminal to terminal without splices unless specifically approved by the OWNER or ENGINEER. All wiring shall be protected from sharp edges and corners. 4. Signal and low voltage wiring shall be run in a separate conduit from power and 120- volt control wiring. 5. As a minimum all conduits and wires shall be sized in accordance with NEC unless otherwise required to exceed the NEC. 6. All power and signal wires shall be terminated with crimped type lugs. 7. All wires shall be mounted clearly with an identification tag that is of a permanent and reusable nature. Computer system equipment cables should be identified and marked • for their location at each end of the cable. Computers and peripheral equipment connections/ports shall also be identified as to what cable is connected at that location. 8. All connectors shall be, as a minimum, watertight. 9. All instruments, control panels, and equipment shall be anchored by methods which comply with seismic requirements which apply to the site. All mounting stands and MWH-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX - -SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-25 bracket materials and workmanship shall comply with requirements of the Contract Drawings 10. The CONTRACTOR shall request the OWNER to demonstrate that all existing equipment that is to be reused in this project works properly for the intended function. 11. Sensing Lines and Tubing: Instrument process sensing lines and air signal tubing shall, in general, and if required, be installed in a similar manner to the installation of conduit specified in Division 17. Individual tubes shall be run parallel and near the surfaces from which they are supported. Supports shall be used at intervals of not more than 3 feet of rigid tubing. See Contract Drawings for installation details. All tubing, fittings, valves and appurtenances shall be 316 stainless steel, unless otherwise required by the manufacturer and approved by the Engineer. Tubing for pressure transmitters shall be a minimum of 1-inch. For other applications sizes shall be as specified. Bends shall be formed with the proper tool and to uniform radii and shall be made without deforming or thinning the walls of the tubing. Plastic clips shall be used to hold individual plastic tubes parallel. Ends of tubing shall be square-cut and cleaned before being inserted in the fittings. Bulkhead fittings shall be provided at all panels requiring pipe and/or tubing entries. All capillary tubing shall be installed in flexible conduits. The lengths shall be sufficient , to withdraw the element for periodic maintenance. C. Removal of Abandoned Equipment: Unless otherwise specified,all existing equipment in each facility that is no longer required after the new system has been put in service shall be removed and delivered by the CONTRACTOR to the OWNER. 3.2 ENCLOSURE SIGNAL AND CONTROL CIRCUIT WIRING A. Wiring Installation: All wires shall be run in plastic wireways except field wiring,wiring run between panels/enclosures and mating blocks in adjacent panel sections, wiring run from components on a swing-out panel to components on a part of the fixed structure,and wiring run to panel-mounted components. Wiring run from components on a swing-out or front panel to other components on a fixed panel shall be made up in tied bundles. These bundles shall be tied with nylon wire ties,and shall be secured to panels at both sides of the "hinge loop" so that conductors are not strained at the terminals. Signal and low voltage wiring shall be run separately from power and 120 V control wiring. B. All PLC I/Os, including those which are designed as "future"and "spare", shall be wired to the field interface terminal block(s). C. Field wiring shall terminate at a terminal block in the enclosure. Field wiring shall not be wired directly to equipment in the enclosure. Twenty(20)percent spare terminals for future field connections shall be furnished. D. Wiring run to control devices on the front panels shall be tied together at short intervals with nylon wire ties and secured to the inside face of the panel using adhesive mounts. E. Wiring to rear terminals on panel-mount instruments shall be run in plastic wire-ways secured to horizontal brackets run above or below the instruments in about the same plane as the rear of the instruments. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-26 F. Wire Marking: Each signal,control,alarm,and indicating circuit conductor connected to a given electrical point shall be designated by a single unique number which shall be shown on all shop drawings. These numbers shall be marked on all conductors at every terminal using numbered wire markers which shall be imprinted plastic devices; or permanently marked heat-shrink plastic. 3.3 TRAINING AND INSTRUCTION A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall secure the services of the following equipment manufacturers staff to provide an organized and qualified training class for their equipment: These courses shall be designed to provide the operations, maintenance and supervisory personnel with training in routine and preventive maintenance of all the instrumentation, communication, PLCs. The training course shall include instruction on the use of all maintenance equipment and special tools provided under the contract. During the course, hands-on experience with the system equipment shall be provided. 1. Allen Bradley for the PLCs—Hardware and software, including standard classes in PLC programming , communication, and maintenance and trouble shooting. This information shall be covered in a miniumum of 4-day class (approximately) 2. Microwave Data Systems(MDS)for the radios—hardware and diagnostics software. This information will be covered in a 2-day 3. Each type of instrument or equipment provided under this contract-: • UPS • pressure transmitters • Gas Monitoring Transmitters ^+ • Rain Gage � • Current transmitter and phase monitor The training should be at least 4 hours per instrument/equipment and shall include maintenance, calibration, and troubleshooting The training courses shall be given on-site to three (3)people of the OWNER's staff within 60 days and no less than 7 days prior to the start of the 30 day test. All instruction,tools and training material shall be provided by the CONTRACTOR at the owner's facility . Due to availability and scheduling of the OWNER's staff,the CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER the schedule of the classes. The OWNER reserves the right to videotape the training sessions for later use. The CONYTRACTOR may propose to coonduct the multi- day training classes at the manufacturer's facility whenever it is practical, subject to OWNER's approval.And at a schedule acceptable to the OWNER. However,all travel and accommodation expenses shall be at no additional cost to the OWNER. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-27 3.4 CHECKING, CALIBRATION, TESTING, AND STARTUP A. Calibration: 1. General: All devices provided under Division 17 shall be calibrated according to the manufacturer's recommended procedures to verify operational readiness and ability to meet the indicated functional and tolerance requirements. 2. Calibration Points: Each instrument shall be calibrated at 25, 50, 75 and 100% of span using test instruments to simulate inputs. The test instruments shall have accuracies traceable to National Institute of Testing Standards. 3. Bench Calibration: Instruments which have been bench-calibrated shall be examined in the field after installation to determine whether any of the calibrations are in need of adjustment. Such adjustments, if required, shall be made only after consultation with the ENGINEER. 4. Field Calibration: Instruments which were not bench-calibrated shall be calibrated in the field as specified above to insure proper operation in accordance with the instrument loop diagrams or specification data sheets. 5. Analyzer Calibration: Each analyzer system shall be.calibrated and tested as a workable system after installation. Testing procedures shall be directed by the manufacturers' technical representatives. All samples and sample gases shall be furnished by the manufacturers. 6. Calibration Sheets: Each instrument calibration sheet shall provide the following information and a space for sign-off on individual items and on the completed unit: a. Project name b. Loop number and/or site name and number c. Tag number d. Manufacturer e. Model number f. Serial number g. Calibration range h. Calibration data: Input, output, and error at 10 percent, 50 percent and 90 percent of span i. Switch setting, contact action, and dead-band for discrete elements j. Space for comments k. Space for sign-off by Instrumentation Supplier and date I. Test equipment used and associated serial numbers MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-28 7. Calibration Tags: A calibration and testing tag shall be attached to each piece of equipment or system at a location determined by the OWNER. The CONTRACTOR shall have the Instrumentation Supplier sign the tag when calibration is complete. The OWNER will sign the tag when the calibration and testing has been accepted. B. Final Checks and Validation: After all installation and connection work has been completed,the CONTRACTOR shall check it all for correctness,verifying polarity of electric power and signal connections and all other similar details. C. Loop Testing and Certifications: 1. The CONTRACTOR will test newly installed and/or modified loops for continuity and functionality. The up-to-date loop diagrams shall be used as reference. The OWNER will witness the loop checks. 2. Loop Validation: Controllers and electronic function modules shall be field tested and exercised to demonstrate correct operation. All control loops shall be checked under simulated operating conditions by impressing input signals at the primary control elements and observing appropriate responses of the respective control and monitoring elements, final control elements, and the graphic displays associated with the SCADA system. Actual signals shall be used wherever available. Following any necessary corrections,the loops shall be retested. Specified accuracy tolerances for each analog loop are defined as the root-mean-square-summation of individual component accuracy requirements. Individual component accuracy requirements shall be as indicated by Contract requirements or by published manufacturer accuracy specifications, whenever Contract accuracy requirements are not indicated. Each analog loop shall be tested by applying simulated analog or discrete inputs to the first element of an analog loop. For loops which incorporate analog elements,simulated sensor inputs corresponding to 0,25,50,75 and 100% of span shall be applied, and the resulting element outputs monitored to verify compliance to calculated root-mean-square-summation accuracy tolerance requirements. Continuously variable analog inputs shall be applied to verify the proper operation and setting of discrete devices. All.analog loop test data shall be documented by the CONTRACTOR on the loop validation sheets and included in the O&M Manual. 3. Loop Validation Sheets: The CONTRACTOR shall prepare loop confirmation sheets for each loop covering each active instrumentation and control device except simple hand switches and lights. Loop confirmation sheets shall form the basis for operational tests and documentation. Each loop confirmation sheet shall cite the following information and shall provide spaces for sign-off on individual items and on the complete loop by the Instrumentation Supplier: a. Project name b. Loop number and/or site name and number c. Tag number, description, manufacturer and model number for each element d. Installation bulletin number comb-, e. Specification sheet number MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-29 f. Loop description number g. Adjustment check h. Space for comments i. Space for loop sign-off SCADA System Supplier and date j. Space for ENGINEER or OWNER witness signature and date 4. Loop Certifications: When installation tests have been successfully completed for all individual instruments and all separate analog control networks,a certified copy of all test forms signed by the ENGINEER or the ENGINEER's representative as a witness,with test data entered, shall be submitted to the ENGINEER together with a clear and unequivocal statement that all instrumentation has been successfully calibrated, inspected, and tested. D. Proof of Conformance: The burden of proof of conformance of the system to specified performance is on the CONTRACTOR. The CONTRACTOR shall supply necessary test equipment and technical personnel if called upon to prove accuracy and/or performance,at no separate additional cost to the OWNER, wherever reasonable doubt or evidence of malfunction or poor performance may appear. The proof of conformance shall include an operational and functional test specified below. E. Operational and Functional Hardware Testing: 1. General: After the completion of installation, all systems shall be exercised through field operational tests, as a complete system, in the presence of the ENGINEER in order to demonstrate achievement of the specified performance and requirements. It shall demonstrate proper operation of all systems with process equipment operating over full operating ranges under conditions as closely resembling actual operating conditions as possible. Operational tests depend upon completion of work specified elsewhere in these Contract Documents. The scheduling of tests shall be coordinated by the CONTRACTOR among all parties involved so that the tests may proceed without delays or disruption by uncompleted work. Field operational and functional testing must be successfully completed prior to the start of the 30-day acceptance test. The result of the testing shall be documented,including a punch list by the ENGINEER. 2. Operational Validation: Where feasible, system operational and functional testing activities shall include the use of water and actual field conditions, where possible, to establish service conditions that simulate, to the greatest extent possible, normal final control element operating conditions in terms of applied process loads,operating ranges, and environmental conditions. Final control elements, PLCs, communication and network equipment, and ancillary equipment shall be tested (including diagnostics checks) under start-up and steady-state operating conditions to verify that proper and stable control is achieved using motor control center and local field mounted instruments and control circuits. All hardwired and software control circuit interlocks and alarms shall be operational. The control of final control elements and ancillary equipment shall be tested using both manual and automatic (where provided) control. The stable steady-state operation of final control elements running under the control of PLCs,field mounted automatic analog controllers,or software based controllers shall be assured by adjusting the controllers as required to eliminate oscillatory final control element MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-30 operation. The transient stability of final control elements operating under the control of field mounted, and software based automatic analog controllers shall be verified by applying control signal disturbances, monitoring the amplitude and decay rate of control parameter oscillations(if any)and making necessary controller adjustments as required to eliminate excessive oscillatory amplitudes and decay rates. F. Startup: When all equipment and systems have been assessed by the CONTRACTOR to have been successfully carried through complete operational tests by simulating each installed I/O point, and the ENGINEER concurs in this assessment, system startup by the OWNER'S operating personnel can follow. System start-up and training and instruction of the OWNER's personnel must be completed a minimum of seven (7)days prior to the final accepting test. The CONTRACTOR shall participate in all start-up activities. If problems occur, The CONTRACTOR and the SSSI shall jointly participate in the diagnosis of hardware and software problems and correct deficiencies under each's responsibilities. G. Hardware Acceptance Test: 1. General: After startup and the functional test have been completed, the SCADA system hardware will be given a final 30-day acceptance test. The 30-day test must be successfully completed prior to,the date of and as a condition to completion of the entire project. The SCADA system hardware must run continuously for30 consecutive days. During this period, all system functions shall be exercised, and any system interruption and accompanying component, subsystem, or program failure shall be logged for cause of failure, as well as time of occurrence and duration of each failure. The CONTRACTOR shall provide,staff on-call during all normal working days and hours from the start of the acceptance test until final acceptance of the system. The on-call staff shall be ready to respond within two hours of the notification of the problem. (111*c' 2. Testing: Each system function, e.g.,status report-backs, alarms,field data, controls shall be exercised several times at a minimum, and in a manner which approximates "normal"system operation. Failure of any hardware component of the system during the above program testing shall be considered as indicating that the field equipment does not meet the requirements of the specifications and corrective action shall be required before restarting the acceptance test. Only those components,subsystems, and systems covered in this specification and supplied under this contract shall be considered for this acceptance test. Problems and failures of other systems shall not be considered as part of this test(except as they display the capabilities of this system to detect failures).- The CONTRACTOR shall participate in the diagnosis of both hardware and software .problems if•requested, and correct it if it is under its responsibility. 3. Failures:- Failures shall be classified as either major or minor. A minor failure would be a small and non-critical component failure that can be corrected by the OWNER's operators: This occurrence shall be logged but shall not be reason enough for stopping the test and shall not be grounds for non-acceptance. However,should the same or similar component failure occur repeatedly, this may be considered as grounds for non-acceptance and termination of the test. Failure of one printer, or of one monitor shall be considered a minor failure providing all functions can be provided by backup equipment(alternate printers and monitor's)and repairs can be made and equipment returned to service within 3 working days. A major failure shall be considered to have occurred when a component, subsystem, communication, or program fault causes a halt in operation of the system and/or when a technician's work is required to make a repair or to re-initiate operation of the system. A major failure MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-31 shall cause termination of the acceptance test. When the causes of a major failure have been corrected, a new acceptance test shall be started. 4. Technician Report: Each time a technician is required to respond to a system malfunction he or she must complete a report which shall include details concerning r''1 the nature of the complaint or malfunction and the resulting repair action required and taken. If a malfunction occurs which clears itself or which the operator on duty is able to correct, no report shall be required (logged as specified above). If a technician has performed work but no report is written, then a major failure shall be considered to have occurred. Each report shall be submitted within 24 hours to the ENGINEER or its representative, and the OWNER. 3.5 EXISTING CONDITIONS The CONTRACTOR is responsible for becoming familiar with the jobsite conditions and restrictions prior to preparing and submitting a BID.The OWNER will provide access prior to the bid date as described in the Advertisement for Bids. 3.6 CONTROL CENTER A. General Requirements: The requirements described below shall supplement and clarify requirements in other sections in the specifications and drawings,or add required work that will provide control and monitoring of the OWNER's of facilities: 1. Control Center at the SWEC: a. The CONTRACTOR shall install, under SSSI oversight, OWNER furnished computers, network,and peripheral equipment,as well as applicable equipment furnished under this contract for the control room and those for in the server rack b. Install new communications hardware and UPS as shown on the drawings c. Connect the existing Sequential Batch Reactor (SBR) PLC to the new SW EC Field PLC with the proper cable in order to establish ModBus communication link between the two PLC. 22. Far Northwest WWTP:Connect the existing PLC to the new PLC with the proper cable in order to establish ModBus communication link between the two PLCs. 3.7 REMOTE SITES OPERATION AND REQUIREMENTS A. General Requirements: The requirements described below shall supplement and clarify requirements in other parts of the specifications and Drawings, or add required work. 1. Programming: The CONTRACTOR shall provide new PLC systems programmed by the SSSI Contractor and install them as specified and as shown on the drawings. 2. Monitoring Position of Existing Switches, and Status and Alarm Signals: a. Hand-Off-Auto and Miscellaneous Switches: The CONTRACTOR shall add a new contact block to the existing Hand-Off-Auto and other switches where required, to monitor their "in-auto" and "in-hand" or other required positions. However, the CONTRACTOR may have to replace the switch if the switch condition or its brand will not allow the addition of a contact block. At the CONTRACTOR's discretion,slave relays may be used in lieu of adding a contact blocks or replacing the switch. Similar provisions shall be provided to other types of switches as listed in the I/O list. MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-32 b. Run Status Signals: Run Signals, if not available from other sources, shall be obtained from the electric pump starter(dry contacts). If currently not existing, the CONTRACTOR shall add a.contact to the starter or use a slave relay to the starter circuit to obtain pump run signal. c. Miscellaneous Status and Alarm Signals: Whenever an existing panel mounted indicating light is a source of a status and alarm signals(DI),the CONTRACTOR shall install a slave relay that will be energized when the light is on and thereby generate a dry contact(DI)to the PLC. 3. Modification to Existing Panels and Circuits: a. Based on the CONTRACTOR's field investigation,as specified elsewhere in this specification,and as shown on the drawings,the CONTRACTOR is required to remove or disconnect some existing equipment as a result of their complete or partial replacement of their functionality,and in some cases to provide space for the new equipment. In all cases the CONTRACTOR shall disconnect the replaced equipment and functions and ensure that the remaining equipment and their remaining (not replaced)functionality shall continue to function/operate as originally intended. The CONTRACTOR shall also restore the condition of the modified operational control or monitoring circuit. b. Analog Loops: Whenever an existing analog loop is modified, the CONTRACTOR shall ensure that the integrity and isolation of the loop is maintained and the shield is grounded correctly. In modifying the analog loop the CONTRACTOR shall also modify the 24 VDC to that loop so that the power supply source of that loop is part of the PLC system and is backed up by the batteries of PLC system. Cul\ c. In some cases slave relays or isolators must be installed in existing enclosures to provide the required functions. The CONTRACTOR shall install these devices and additional terminal blocks neatly and in an accessible and safe location in the existing panel. 4. Field Connection Panels and Interface Terminal Blocks: In cases where field I/O wiring has to be extended to the PLC systems from enclosures, the CONTRACTOR shall provide separate enclosures/field connection panel (FCP), as required,to which field I/Os are wired, and from which the signals shall be wired to the PLCs. I/Os from MCCs shall be wired first to an interface terminal block and then wired to the PLCs. 5. Power: The power source (120V, 60Hz) exists at each facility. The CONTRACTOR shall provide dedicated circuit breakers for the PLC systems where required and wire the power to the PLC system enclosures.The location of the power source is shown on the Drawings. If the location is not shown,the CONTRACTOR shall assume it is within 30 ft of the PLC enclosure. 3.9 WORK SEQUENCE A. The CONTRACTOR's attention is directed to the fact that because of the critical nature of the wastewater systems, no part of the system can be interrupted without the approval of the OWNER. Prior scheduling of all possible interruptions will be required. The OWNER may postpone all scheduled interruptions to some later date if required by high demands or operational considerations. The CONTRACTOR shall submit a request to the City a MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-33 minimum of three (3) days in advance of an interruption. The CONTRACTOR shall not construe this request as a guarantee or an authorization to interrupt the operation and the OWNER may not authorize such interruption. B. Due to the nature of the WORK,the CONTRACTOR shall execute the installation of the new computer monitoring and control system in an organized and coordinated manner to minimize down time. The CONTRACTOR shall execute the addition of a site to the system in such a manner that no one site shall be shut down for more than 8 hours and no more than one site shall be shut down at any one time. This time constraint may be shortened or extended as required/allowed by system operational needs. The CONTRACTOR shall coordinate with the OWNER and the SSSI the order and sequence the sites are to be added to the new computer system. The CONTRACTOR and the OWNER shall first test and verify proper control of the remote site from the Control Center before proceeding to the next scheduled site. - END OF SECTION - MW H-070704 1610296 -CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17600-34 SECTION 17620—SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM PART 1 —GENERAL (°w ' 1.1 THE REQUIREMENT A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide the radio communication system, complete with antennas, antenna mast, antenna cables and connectors as specified. The communication system shall be furnished as an integral part of the SCADA system specified in Section 17600. It shall provide a complete and functional communication link for data transmission between the control center at SWEC and all the remote sites. Prior to installation of the radio equipment, the CONTRACTOR shall conduct a field test to verify that the radio paths and signals are reliable based on the present terrain and structure conditions: The CONTRACTOR shall determine the received signal strength (RSSI) for each path at the specified minimum elevation. If any site does not meet the specified RSSI of —85db at .the specified antenna elevation, the elevation change needed to meet the specified RSSI level shall be determined. Any increase in the minimum antenna height requirements shall be brought to the attention of the ENGINEER for review and approval. For the purpose of the bid, the CONTRACTOR shall include in the bid price the antenna masts shown in the drawings. B. Scope and Responsibilities: The CONTRACTOR shall, through the use of qualified radio personnel, be responsible for pre-installation, testing, installation, and participation in the final testing of the radio communication system and the communication links to the SWEC facility. The following is a summary of the. CONTRACTOR's scope and responsibility associated with the communication system: 1. The radio network, Radio Network: o k, as specified and as shown on the drawings, shall consist of the following: a. SWEC. It is the site for the central SCADA computer system. One (1) sets of redundant digital spread spectrum master radios shall be installed at this site and communicate to radios at the remote sites. The CONTRACTOR shall provide an antenna pole at SWEC at the specified height and location. One Omni directional antennas shall be installed at SWEC on the newly installed radio mast as shown on the drawings. The antenna pole and the antenna shall be installed prior to conducting the field test specified below. b. Radios for Remote Sites: A digital spread spectrum radio shall be installed at each remote site with PLCs as shown in the Contract Drawings. The CONTRACTOR shall install at each site a Yagi antenna, antenna mast or support structure as specified. The antenna heights at the remote sites shall be as shown on the drawings. 2. Radio System Surveying and Testing: a. The communication configuration and the location of the individual antennas were determined during the design by conducting-the line of sight analysis between the various sites and field investigation. The ENGINEER obtained preliminary longitude and latitude coordinates of each site and analyzed MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX. SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-1 these paths by using computerized. USGS topography maps and database. The field investigation confirmed that there is a signal from the remote sites to the SWEC. The result of this analysis indicates that it is reasonable to assume that there is a reliable radio communication from the remote sites and the specified configuration and method can be constructed. The CONTRACTOR can obtain a list of preliminary longitude and latitude coordinated of each site for comparison to his/her survey. Copies of the profiles of these paths are included in the Appendices. b. The CONTRACTOR shall perform field/site radio path field-testing for each site and confirm communication reliability and suitable signal strength to provide an RSSI of—85db and meet the manufacturers other recommended practices and specifications. The CONTRACTOR shall conduct the field test after installing the antenna pole and the antenna at SWEC. The actual radio path field testing shall be conducted by using the newly installed antenna and cable at SWEC and by using the same radios and antennas that will be used for this project. A temporary non-redundant radio system may be used for this test. Any temporary configuration must be installed and grounded similar to the final configuration, including antenna size and length. c. Prior to conducting the test The CONTRACTOR shall submit to the ENGINEER test procedure for approval. The procedure shall include the proposed tests and example of proposed forms and checklist. The radio test results shall include, as a minimum, the following: (1) Site name and location (coordinates) (2) Verification of antenna height (recommend height if different from the specified height) (3) Fade margin (4) Total path loss (db) (5) Bit error rate (BER) pass data with a maximum BER of 10-6 (6) Receive signal strength — must be within 6dB of the calculated value based on free air losses. (7) Total number of polls (8) Total number of misses (9) Average path quality (%) —must be over 99% d. Antenna_ieight and I ocations: The CONTRACTOR shall confirm antenna heights to assure the operability of the radio network. The CONTRACTOR shall also be responsible for the exact location and orientation of each radio antenna in order to optimize the signal strength. l MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-2 e. Antenna Downtilt: The contractor shall determine through the field test if the omni directional antenna at SWEC should be a downtilt type antenna. The CONTRACTOIR shall provide a downtilt type if required. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall provide submittal data and operational and maintenance (O&M) manuals for all radio and communication components furnished as part of the documentation of and as specified in Sections 01300 and 17600. PART 2— PRODUCTS 2.1 SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIOS A. Technology and Application: The digital spread spectrum radios for the communication system shall use a pseudo random frequency-hopping technology and pattern in the unlicensed frequency spectrum. The radios shall use digital signal processing technology with self-equalization and forward error correction. The radios shall be able to communicate to other radios in an urban setting providing there is an unobstructed line of sight between the antennas at each location. All equipment shall be the most recent field-proven model regularly offered and marketed by their manufacturers at the time of submittal of the shop drawing. Custom made or one of a kind equipment will not be acceptable. B. Requirements and Performance: The digital spread spectrum radio equipment for the master, repeaters and remote facilities shall meet the following requirements: 1. General Frequency Range 902 to 928 MHz FCC Part15 Frequency Hopping Range Minimum=of. 128 usable frequencies (two different hop times) Frequency Zones 8 zones;user selectable. Frequency Stability ±0.00015%at—30°. C to +60° C Half-Duplex Operation ±1.6MHz spacing Repeater Configuration Single Radio Store—and—forward Approval UL Listed Sleep Mode Yes—available Unit Addresses 0-65,000 System Addresses 1-65,000 2. Data Signaling Standard RS-232C Interface (or RS-485, user selectable) Connector DB-9 Female Data Rate 1200 to 115,200 BPS Asynchronous Data Latency 7 ms (typical) (6-10 AVG) Operation RTS/CTS Flow Control Modulation Type Binary CPFSK MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY'OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-3 3. Transmitter Frequency Range Master: 902-928 MHz Remote: 902-928 MHz Modulation - Binary CPFSK Output Power at Antenna Connector .1 to 1.0 Watt (20-30 dbm +/- 1db) Duty Cycle Continuous, 100% Output Impedance 50 ohms Bandwidth Compatibility 200 KHz Spurious Emissions -60 dBc Harmonic Emission -70 dBc Transmitter Keying Data Activated 4. Receiver Type Double conversion superheterodyne Frequency Range Master: 902-928 MHz Remote: 902-928 MHz Bit Error Rate Less than 1 X10-at—110 dBm Intermodulation 59 dB Minimum (EIA) Spurious 70 dB Minimum RSSI Range -40 dBm to—120 dBm 5. Redundancy: The redundant radios shall provide automatic and bumpless switch-over. The switch over shall occur when no packets of data are received in a programmed time frame. Such an event shall send an alarm status to the central SCADA computer system. The redundant radios shall be packaged in a metal enclosure suitable for the installation environment (rack or shelf mounted). The radios shall be furnished with a single type N antenna connection and a port for PLC connection. 6. Power Voltage Supply 13.8 Nominal (6—30Vdc range) TX Supply Current <510 ma RX Supply Current <115 ma Power Connector Phoenix Terminal Connector Fuse 1.5 Amp 7. Diagnostics Measurements: RSSI Received signal strength average over 8 hops Main supply voltage 13.8 Vdc input voltage Temperature Internal temperature Signal quality Signal to noise ratio Radio status Syncronization indicator 8 zone quality level Availability of data in each frequency zone Radio alarm and status indicator External LEDs (PWR, SYNC, TXD, RXD) MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-4 In addition, the radios shall have "frequency analysis mode" designed specifically to detect and document sub-channels which have significant interference and block these selects frequencies from hop pattern and transmission to avoid Csulh interference. The above diagnostic information shall be provided locally or remotely (over-the-air) with a Windows-based software (Windows 98 or higher through XP and 2000). The: equipment, shall gather the remote diagnostic information in a non-intrusive format so that no data corruption takes place. Non- intrusive diagnostics means_ on-line diagnostics while the system operates and polls. 8. Environmental Operating Conditions: The radios shall be able to operate under the following conditions with degradation in performance: Humidity 95% at 40 Deg. C; non-condensing Temperature -40 Deg. C to+70 Deg. C C. Software: Each radio shall built-in diagnostic software. In addition, the CONTRACTOR shall furnish two (2) user licensed copies of the radio diagnostic software registered to the City of Pearland to be loaded and used on owner furnished portable computers. The software shall run on Windows 2000 or XP. All software upgrades shall be included for a period of two (2) years from date of project acceptance. D. Spare Radios and Tools: One (1) spare radio of each type/model shall be furnished. In addition to the furnished radios, Two (2) sets of test and set-up hardware shall be furnished, including accessories, such as cables and connectors. E. The master and the remote radios shall be Model transNET900 manufactured by MDS, no or equal. 2.2 ANTENNAS AND HARDWARE FOR SPREAD SPECTRUM RADIOS A. General 1. Antenna systems shall be furnished and installed at specified sites as shown in the drawings, complete and functional for the intended use. Systems shall include, but not limited to, new antennas,-new mounting hardware, grounding rods, and coaxial cables with connectors. Unless specified otherwise, new antennas shall be installed on new poles or towers. 2. All antennas mounting components and hardware shall be or stainless steel. Aluminum antennas shall be anodized. All RF connection shall be.N type. B. Directional Antenna The CONTRACTOR shall provide the following Yagi type directional antenna for the specified remote and repeater sites as specified and shown in the Contract drawings. The antenna shall be designed to operate in the 902-928 MHz band and meet the following requirements: 1. Antenna gain shall be 10-dB, 7 elements, 20 dB front to back ratio. MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-5 2. Output impedance 50 ohm 3. Maximum VSWR shall be less than 1.5 to 1 4. Polarization—capable of vertical or horizontal 5. Welded aluminum construction (anodized) 6. The antenna shall be sealed against moisture penetration 7. The antenna shall withstand winds up to 120 mph. 8. The antenna shall be provided with all the required mounting brackets The directional antenna shall be MDS Clearwave part No. 97-3662A14 MDS or equal. C. Omni-Directional Antenna: The CONTRACTOR shall use the following Omni-directional antenna for the master radios and repeater sites as specified and as shown in the Contract drawings. The antenna shall be designed to operate in the 902-928 MHz band and meet the following requirements: 1. Antenna gain shall be 9-dB 2. Output impedance 50 ohm 3. Maximum VSWR shall be less than 1.5 to 1 4. Downtilt- electrical downtilt of 0, 3, or 5 degrees (determine based on field test results). 5. Polarization -vertical 6. Aluminum construction (anodized) 7. The antenna shall be sealed against moisture penetration 8. Mounting hardware shall be provided. The antenna shall withstand winds up to 120 mph. The Omni-directional antenna shall be Kathrein-Scala Division model OGB9-915N, or equal. D. Spare Antennas One (1) spare antenna of each type/model shall be furnished. MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-6 E. Cables 1. At the remote sites and at the repeater stations with antenna cable less than 50 feet in length, the transmission cable,between the antenna and the radio shall be coaxial low loss jacketed 1-inch foam heliax, Andrews Corp. Type LDF4-50A, Celwave Model FLC 12-50J, or equal. 2. The antenna cable between the antenna and the radio with length greater than 50 feet shall be coaxial low loss jacketed 7/8-inch foam heliax by Andrews Corp. Type LDF5=50A,.:Celwave Model FLC 78-50J, or equal. 3. For maintenance purposes at each radio-site, provide a minimum of 3-feet "super- flexible" jumper antenna cable between the radio and the lightning suppressor. Components inside an enclosure shall be arranged in such a way the length of the "super-flexible" cable shall not exceed 5-feet. The cable shall be by Andrews Corp., Type FSJ1-50A or equal F. Radio System Grounding and Protection 1. Grounding: a. - Steel Poles: Each new antenna.support structure (e.g.. mast, tower, etc.) shall be grounded.to.a 10 ft x 3/a inch diameter copper clad steel ground rod driven in the ground at the base of the antenna support structure. The tower itself may serve as the ground conductor, if the tower sections at their junctions-are electrically bonded. The grounding conductors shall be sized no smaller than No. 6 AWG bare copper and shall be installed without sharp bends. All ground conductor connections shall- be either clamped or exothermically welded with no dissimilar metals. The antenna grounds shall be connected to the ground rod and to the PLC panel ground connection. The cable grounding system shall include a cable grounding kit by Andrew SGL4-15B3 (part number 204989) for a/a heliax cable (for larger cable provide as required), or equal. b. Precast Concrete Poles: Concrete poles shall be grounded using a butt ground. A No.:6 AWG stranded bare copper wire shall be embedded in the concrete, tied to the reinforcement at 8' intervals, and extending out the top and the bottom of the pole. At the bottom of:the pole, the ground wire shall be wrapped around the pole a minimum of 4 times, 6-inches from the bottom of the pole and clamped to hold it in place. At the top of the pole, the bare copper wire shall extend out of the pole 12 inches to allow it to be bonded to the antenna ground. A bonded tap to the ground wire will be provided at the handhole adjacent to the cable exit point, and a cable grounding kit shall be provided and installed as required for steel poles. A ground rod is not required for this type of pole and installation. - 2. Lightning Suppressors: Lightning suppressors shall be furnished on all antenna coaxial feed lines. They shall also be rated for the operating power and frequency. Lightning suppressors shall be PolyPhaser Corp. IS-50NX-C2 for 1/2 heliax cable(for larger cable provide as required), or equal. MWH-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM - PAGE 17620-7 • G. Antenna Masts: - 1. General: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install antenna masts at the various sites as shown on the drawings. Antenna masts and extensions shall allow the antenna to be installed at the required height, including and required embedded length. The term mast and pole are synonymous. The antenna mast and its installation shall be able to withstand a minimum wind speed of 120 miles per hour. The antenna mast shall include wire inlet(s) (as required) at the top with a handhole and cable support and a handhole with a ground attachment or lug at the bottom. Support for the cable to relieve stress shall also be provided. Antenna mast height shall be as shown or as determined necessary during the radio path analysis. If required by local codes, Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) or FCC, a beacon shall be provided at the top of the pole. Power wires for the beacon shall be separated from the antenna cable. 2. Mast Styles: a. Style No. 1 - Directly Embedded Galvanized Metal Pole: This type pole is intended for use at the Master Communications Antenna located at SWEC. The contractor may propose using steel poles at the remote sites by making an appropriate submittal. The metal antenna pole shall be a metal shaft produced from a high grade steel conforming to ASTM A570. The shaft shall have a minimum thickness of 7 gauge (0.1793 inches). A single full-length longitude seam shall be welded by electric resistance process. The shaft.shall be round in cross section and tapered at a rate of 0.1375 inch per foot. The metal antenna poles shall be hot-dipped galvanized after fabrication. The embedded length of the pole, plus 1 foot, shall be coated for additional protection against corrosion using the manufacturer's standard polyurethane or asphalt coating. The pole shall be equipped with the following: • A tenon top with the proper length (6" min., configured as shown on the drawings) plus extension, and diameter suitable to mount one antenna and brackets. The tenon top shall have a cap. The Master Communication antenna at SW EC shall be equipped with provisions for multiple antenna mounting locations. These provisions shall be made to allow mounting additional, similar antennas at points 6 feet and 12 feet below the base of the top antenna. • A cable inlet (as shown on the drawings) on the upper part of the pole. • Rectangular handhole openings (about 4" X 6.5") on the upper and lower part of the pole reinforced with 'A inch x 2-inch steel bar and with a cover. The handhole cover shall be 11-gauge steel and secured to a clip-on lock with tamper-proof screws. MW H-052604 1610296- CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM' SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-8 • A grip to support cable weight at the top cable entrance • . Grounding lug at the bottom handhole area • Butt plate For poles 50 feet or:higher, the CONTRACTOR shall also provide an embedded foundation design by a Professional Engineer licensed in the State of Texas based on soil boring(s), pertinent local conditions, and future and current attached equipment. Steel poles shall be guaranteed for 15 years against deterioration due to corrosion or faulty materials or workmanship. b. Style No. 2 - Directly Embedded Precast Concrete poles: The precast concrete poles shall include similar features to the steel pole, but without Corrosion- resistant coating. However, the concrete-shall be formulated and manufactured to inherently resist water penetration and damage to the reinforcing steel. Precast concrete poles shall be guaranteed for 15 years against,deterioration due to corrosion or faulty materials or workmanship. PART 3— EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION AND FIELD WIRING A. The installation of the communication equipment shall conform to the equipment manufacturer recommendation, the FCC and the installation detail shown in the Contract Drawings. The installation of the communication equipment and field wiring shall also be in accordance with the pertinent requirements and paragraphs specified in Section 17600- 3.1 "Installation" and Division 16. The antenna poles, antenna, and cable at SWEC shall be installed prior to and used during the radio field test. B. The location of each antenna shown in the Contract drawings is approximate, unless dimensioned. The CONTRACTOR shall install the antenna at a height and location based on the following: • The results of the field radio test and in order to optimize data transmission, • The field and structure conditions and to prevent physical interference, • The location of electrical termination of equipment. • OWNER' approval Minor revisions in the location of the antennas may be required but these will be subject to OWNER's approval and shall not alter the scope of work or cause increase or (11*.\ decrease in the Contract price. MWH-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-9 Antenna feed lines shall be routed to radio transceivers through conduits and inside the antenna mast unless otherwise noted. The antenna and its cable connection and entries into the antenna mast shall be sealed and weatherproofed to prevent moisture penetration. } C. Directly Embedded Masts at Remote Sites and at SW EC 1. These masts will be installed in drilled caissons to the minimum depth and diameter shown on the drawings. 2. Under normal conditions, 2500 psi portland cement Ready-mix concrete meeting the requirements of ASTM C 94 will be placed in the annular space surrounding the antenna mast to secure the mast in place, following the mast manufacturer's recommendations. A mix certification for the 2500 psi mix with a 3 inch (+/- 1 inch) slump must be submitted for approval by the ENGINEER. The CONTRACTOR may propose a dry-pack method of securing the mast, providing sufficient documentation is submitted for review and approval regarding the materials and methods to be used. 3. The CONTRACTOR is responsible for installing the mast vertically plumb in all directions, and for correcting any deviations from the vertical greater than one (1)- inch that occurs during the warranty period. The CONTRACTOR is also responsible for making any antenna aiming corrections that are necessary due to shifts in the mast's position during the warranty period. The CONTRACTOR will make necessary modifications to restore the communication signal to the strength and characteristics as of the final acceptance of the WORK. This requirement does NOT include remediating loss of signal due to construction or activities by others. 3.2 TESTING —See above for field testing requirement. 3.3 PERFORMANCE— The installed radio system at each site shall meet the following criteria: a. An RSSI of—85db at the antenna elevation. b. Bit error rate (BER) —pass data with a maximum BER of 10-6 c. Average path quality (%) —must be over 99% - END OF SECTION— MW H-052604 1610296 - CITY OF PEARLAND, TX SCADA RADIO COMMUNICATION SYSTEM SCADA SYSTEM PAGE 17620-10 APPENDIX A SITE ADDRESSES and COORDINATES t'� ,-----) f---) II Pearland, TX SCADA System Site Addresses and Coordinates .APPROXIMATE TYPE .NUMBER FACILITY Address r LIFT PUMPS, Longitude Latitude L 001 WALNUT 4103 WALNUT ST 3 N 29-33.597 W 95-17.259 L 005 TWIN CREEK 3201 WHEATRIDGE 3 N 29-35.632 W 95-16.24 L 013 HATFIELD#1 2637 HATFIELD 2 - N 29-33.598 W 95-18.361 L 034 GREEN TEE V 2915 A GREEN TEE DR 2 N 29-33.405 W 95-14.660 L 038 OAKBROOK 1702 OAKBROOK 2 N 29-32.340 W 95-14.638 L 054 PEARLAND PARKWAY 3444 PEARLAND PARKWAY 2 N 29-32.509 W 95-16.039 W 090 SOUTH WEST ENVIROMENTAL CENTER 3423 HARKEY RD 5 N29-32.63 N95-18.63 W 091 BARRY ROSE 1902-1/2 BARRY ROSE RD 4 N 29-34.375 W 95-15.518 W 092 LONGWOOD 2727 DIXIE FARM RD 4 N 29-33.417 W 95-13.007 W 093 FAR NORTHWEST 1818 REFLECTION BAY DR 5 N 29-34.772 W 95-24.410 - Page 1 of 1 APPENDIX B INPUT/OUTPUT LIST (---) /---) GREEN TEE V PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L034)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) > FACILITY. STATE.:1 STATE_0 TERM ENGINEERING RANGE •' L034YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - L034JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - L034JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L034JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/6 - - - _ - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/7 - - - L034AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) GREEN TEE V COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - L034LAH011 DI DRY WELL HIGH LEVEL GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/9 - - - L034LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL GREEN TEE V ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - + - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:01/12 - - - L034LS121 " DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL GREEN TEE V ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - L034LS022 DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL GREEN TEE V ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L034LSL021 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL GREEN TEE V ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - L034HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE GREEN TEE V SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - L034MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS GREEN TEE V ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - L034HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE GREEN TEE V SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L034MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS GREEN TEE V ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:02/4 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - 1:02/5 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:02/6 - - - DI NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:02/7 - - - - L034MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL GREEN TEE V START STOP 0:03/0 - - - L034MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL GREEN TEE V START _ STOP 0:03/1 - - - DO _ NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/2 - - - L034MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP GREEN TEE V SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L034MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP GREEN TEE V SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - - DO NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/5 - - - DO NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/6 - - - DO NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 0:03/7 - - - Green Tee V Primary LS Page 1 of 12 7/16/2004 GREEN TEE V PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L034)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_t. STATE_O TERM ENGINEERING RANGE MIN MAX EGU L0341T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0341T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.04 - - - L034PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED - GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED GREEN TEE V - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Green )Primary LS Ps ')f 12 )/16/2004 HATFIELD NO. 1 PRIMARY LIFT STATION(LO13)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT. SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1, STATE O. TERM: ENGINEERING RANGE L013YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - L013JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL I:01/1 - - - L013JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L013JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - v - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO. - - 1:01/7 - - - L013AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) HATFIELD NO.1 COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/9 - - - L013LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:01/12 - - - L013LS121 DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - -1 - L013LS022 DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L013LSL021 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL HATFIELD NO.1 ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - - L013HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE HATFIELD NO.1 SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - L013MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS - HATFIELD NO.1 ON OFF I:02/1 - - - L013HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE HATFIELD NO.1 SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L013MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS HATFIELD NO.1 ON _ OFF 1:02/3 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:02/4 - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO..1 - 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:02/7 - - - L013MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL HATFIELD NO.1 START STOP 0:03/0 - - - _ L013MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL HATFIELD NO.1 START STOP 0:03/1 - - - - DO. NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/2 - - - L013MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP HATFIELD NO.1 SET _ RESET 0:03/3 - - - L013MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP HATFIELD NO.1 SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - - DO NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/5 - - - - , DO NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 0:03/7 - Hatfield No.1 Primary LS Page 3 of 12 7/16/2004 HATFIELD NO. 1 PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L013) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1. STATE_O TERM MIN MAX EGU L0131T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT HATFIELD NO.1 - w - _ 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0131T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.03 - -— - _ - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.04 - - - _ L013PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - . 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED HATFIELD NO.1 - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/3 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Hatfic. j 1 Primary LS F Jof 12 ji/16/2004 (I/ /---) 1 OAKBROOK PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L038) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT ' SIGNAL DESCRIPTION `SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_0, TERM ENGINEERING RANGE L038YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - L03BJA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL I:01/1 - - - L038JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L038JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/7 - - - L038AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) OAKBROOK COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/9 - - - L038LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL OAKBROOK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:01/12 - - - L038LS422B DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL OAKBROOK ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - L038LS422C DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL OAKBROOK ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L038LSL422 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL OAKBROOK ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - L038HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE OAKBROOK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - _ L038MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS OAKBROOK ON OFF I:02/1 - - - L038HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE OAKBROOK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L038MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS OAKBROOK ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:02/4 - - - V - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:0217 - - - L038MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL OAKBROOK START STOP 0:03/0 - - - L038MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL OAKBROOK START STOP _ 0:03/1 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/2 - - - L038MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP • OAKBROOK SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L038MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP OAKBROOK SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/5 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 0:03/7 - - - Oakbrook Primary LS Page 5 of 12 7/16/2004 • OAKBROOK PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L038)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_O TERM MIN MAX EGU L0381T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT OAKBROOK - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0381T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT OAKBROOK - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.03 - - - - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.04 - - - L038PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE OAKBROOK - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED OAKBROOK - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Oakbi jrimary LS P. jof 12 J7/16/2004 PEARLAND PARKWAY PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L054) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING _. ENGINEERING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE 0 TERM N L054YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 MI �- - L054JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - L054JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L054JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/4 - - -- - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/5 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/6 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/7 - - - L054AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) PEARLAND PKWY COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/9 - - - _ L054LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:01/12 - - - L054LS422B DI LAG PUMP START LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/13 - - - L054LS422C DI LEAD PUMP START LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/14 - - - L054LSL422 DI ALL PUMP STOP LEVEL PEARLAND PKWY ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:01/15 - - - L054HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE PEARLAND PKWY SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - L054MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS PEARLAND PKWY ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - L054HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE PEARLAND PKWY SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L054MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS PEARLAND PKWY _ ON OFF 1:02/3 - -' - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:02/4 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - 1:02/5 - - - DI NOT USED • PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:02/6 - - - DI NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:02/7 - - - L054MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL PEARLAND PKWY START STOP 0:03/0 - - L054MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL PEARLAND PKWY START STOP 0:03/1 - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/2 - - - L054MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP PEARLAND PKWY _ SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L054MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP PEARLAND PKWY SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/5 - - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/6 - - - DO NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 0:03/7 - - - Pearland Parkway Primary LS Page 7 of 12 _ 7/16/2004 PEARLAND PARKWAY PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L054) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY' STATE_1; . STATE_O TERM ENGINEERING RANGE. MIN MAX EGU L0541T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0541T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.03 - - Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.03 - - - Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY 1:06.04 - - - L054PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.06 - - - Al NOT USED PEARLAND PKWY - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR • Pearl, , )rkway Primary LS P, )f 12 41/16/2004 T 1---) (---) TWIN CREEK PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L005) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME. RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE 0 TERM ENGINEERING RANGE , L005YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/ - - - L005JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - L005JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L005JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED _ TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/7 - - - L005AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) TWIN CREEK COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - L005LAH011 DI DRY WELL HIGH LEVEL TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/9 - - - L005LAH422 DI WET WELL HIGH LEVEL TWIN CREEK ALARM NORMAL 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/11 - - - _ - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/12 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/13 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/14 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:01/15 - - - LOO5HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE TWIN CREEK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/ - - - L005MN121 ` DI PUMP 1 STATUS TWIN CREEK ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - L005HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE TWIN CREEK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - L005MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS TWIN CREEK ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - L005HC321 DI PUMP 3 CONTROL MODE TWIN CREEK SCADA LOCAL 1:02/4 - - - L005MN321 DI PUMP 3 STATUS TWIN CREEK ON OFF 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:02/7 - - - LOO5MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL TWIN CREEK START STOP 0:03/ - - - L005MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL TWIN CREEK START STOP 0:03/1 - - - L005MD321 DO PUMP 3 CONTROL TWIN CREEK START STOP 0:03/2 - - - LOO5MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP TWIN CREEK SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - L005MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP TWIN CREEK SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - L005MB321 DO PUMP 3 EMERGENCY STOP TWIN CREEK SET RESET 0:03/5 - - - - DO NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 0:03/7 - - - Twin Creek Primary LS Page 9 of 12 7/16/2004 TWIN CREEK PRIMARY LIFT STATION(L005)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING TAG NAME - RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE_0 , TERM MI M L0051T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0051T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS L0051T321 Al PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT TWIN CREEK - 1:06.02 0 20 AMPS • - Al NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.03 - - - L005LIT020 Al WET WELL LEVEL TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.04 0 TBD FT L005PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.05 0 ' TBD PSI - Al NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.06 - - - Al NOT USED TWIN CREEK - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Twin+jPrimary LS PL J of 12 ,)/16/2004 '''') 7-) (-----) WALNUT PRIMARY LIFT STATION(,LOO1)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME FIT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION ,~SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE 1 STATE_0 TERM. ENGINEERING RANGE * E _ .;. ., .. ,, MIN MAX':. .EGU L001 YA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL OPEN WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/0 - - - LOO1JA012A DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/1 - - - LOO1JA012B DI PUMP CONTROL PANEL PHASE FAILURE WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/2 - - - L001JA011 DI SCADA CONTROL PANEL POWER FAILURE WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/3 - - - v - DI NOT USED WALNUT - v - 1:01/4 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/5 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/6 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/7 - - - LOO1AQ011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) WALNUT COUNT READY 1:01/8 - - - LOO1LAH011 DI DRY WELL HIGH LEVEL WALNUT ALARM NORMAL 1:01/9 - - - - DI _ NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/10 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/11 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/12 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/13 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/14 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:01/15 - - - LOO1HC121 DI PUMP 1 CONTROL MODE WALNUT SCADA LOCAL 1:02/0 - - - LOO1MN121 DI PUMP 1 STATUS WALNUT ON OFF 1:02/1 - - - LOO1 HC221 DI PUMP 2 CONTROL MODE WALNUT SCADA LOCAL 1:02/2 - - - V LOO1MN221 DI PUMP 2 STATUS WALNUT ON OFF 1:02/3 - - - LOO1 HC321 DI PUMP 3 CONTROL MODE WALNUT SCADA LOCAL 1:02/4 - - - LOO1 MN321 DI PUMP 3 STATUS WALNUT ON OFF 1:02/5 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - 1:02/6 - - - - DI NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:02/7 - - - L001MD121 DO PUMP 1 CONTROL WALNUT START STOP 0:03/0 - - - LOO1 MD221 DO PUMP 2 CONTROL WALNUT START STOP 0:03/1 - - - LOO1 MD321 DO PUMP 3 CONTROL WALNUT START STOP _ 0:03/2 - - - LOO1MB121 DO PUMP 1 EMERGENCY STOP WALNUT SET RESET 0:03/3 - - - LOO1 MB221 DO PUMP 2 EMERGENCY STOP WALNUT SET RESET 0:03/4 - - - LOO1 MB321 DO PUMP 3 EMERGENCY STOP WALNUT SET RESET 0:03/5 - - - - DO NOT USED WALNUT - - 0:03/6 - - - - DO NOT USED WALNUT - - 0:03/7 - - - Walnut Primary LS Page 11 of 12 7/16/2004 WALNUT PRIMARY LIFT STATION (L001) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_0 TERM MIN MAX EGU L0011T121 Al PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT WALNUT - 1:06.00 0 20 AMPS L0011T221 Al PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT WALNUT - - 1:06.01 0 20 AMPS L0011T321 Al PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT WALNUT - - 1:06.02 0 20 AMPS - Al NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:06.03 - - - L001 LIT020 Al WET WELL LEVEL WALNUT - - 1:06.04 0 TBD FT L001 PIT091 Al WATER DISTRIBUTION PRESSURE WALNUT - - 1:06.05 0 TBD PSI - Al NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:06.06 - - - - Al NOT USED WALNUT - - 1:06.07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 7-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 7: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 8-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 4: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 5: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TYPICALLY THE LOCAL CONTROL PANEL(LCP)-TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR Wain; jary LS Pt jof 12 j/16/2004 "--") II SWEC(W090)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING • TAG NAME FIT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE�3� TERM NEERING RANGE ,,.:.. EN -FACILITY-, STATE 1 STATE_O MIN :°_ MAX EGU W090YI111C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/00 - - - W090YA111A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/01 - - - W090YL111A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/02 - W090YI211C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/03 - - - W090YA211A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/04 - - - W090YI211A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/05 - - W090YI311C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/06 - - - W090YA311A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/07 - - - W090YL311A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/08 - - - W090YA191 DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/09 - - - W090YL191A DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/10 - - - W090YA291 DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/11 - - W090YL291A DI NON-POTABLE'WATER PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:01/12 - - - WO9OPSL191 DI NON-POTABLE WATER SYSTEM PRESSURE LOW ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:01/13 - - DI SPARE SWEC - 1:01/14 - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:01/15 - - - W090YI411C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:02/00 - - - W090YA411A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/01 - - - W090YL411A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON r OFF 1:02/02 - - - W090YI511C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 5 AUTO ENABLED MCC SWEC ENABLED DISABLED 1:02/03 - - - W090YA511A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 5 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/04 - - - W090YL511A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 5 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:02/05 - - - WO9OLSH020 r DI INFLUENT CHANNEL HIGH LEVEL ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/06 - - - WO9OLSHO11 DI LIFT STATION HIGH LEVEL FLOAT MCC SWEC ACTIVE N_ACTIVE 1:02/07 - - - W090YA011 DI SECURITY ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/08 - - - W090JA011 DI UTILITY POWER FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/09 - - - W090YI141 DI UV CHANNEL 1 FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/10 - - - W090YI241 DI UV CHANNEL 2 FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:02/11 - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/12 - - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/13 - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/14 - - - DI SPARE - SWEC - - 1:02/15 - - - W090YA181 DI DIGESTER BLOWER 1 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/00 - - - W090YI181A DI DIGESTER BLOWER 1 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/01 - - - W090YA281 DI DIGESTER BLOWER 2 FAILURE MCC T SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/02 - - - SWEC WWTP Page 1 of 11 7/9/2004 SWEC(W090)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1. STATE_O TERM 1 MAX EGU_ MN L W090YI281A DI DIGESTER BLOWER 2 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/03 - - - W090YA381 DI DIGESTER BLOWER 3 FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/04 - - • W090YI381A DI DIGESTER BLOWER 3 RUN STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/05 - - - W090JA012 DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/06 W090YA012 DI GENERATOR COMMON ALARM MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/07 - - - W090YI012 DI GENERATOR STATUS MCC SWEC ON OFF 1:03/08 - - - WO9OZS012 DI GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH POSITION MCC SWEC UTILITY GEN 1:03/09 - - - W090YA013 DI HEADWORKS FINE SCREEN FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/10 - - - W090YA013A DI SAND FILTER FAIL MCC SWEC ALARM NORMAL 1:03/11 - - - W090YA161 DI SBR 1 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/12 - - - W090YA261 DI SBR 2 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/13 - - - W090YA361 DI SBR 3 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/14 - - - W090YA461 DI SBR 4 BASIN FAIL MCC SWEC CLOSE STOP 1:03/15 - - - WO9OHS181B DO DIGESTER BLOWER 1 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/00 - - - WO9OHS181A DO DIGESTER BLOWER 1 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/01 - - - W090H5281B DO DIGESTER BLOWER 2 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/02 - - - WO9OHS281A DO DIGESTER BLOWER 2 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/03 - - - WO9OHS381B DO DIGESTER BLOWER 3 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/04 - - - WO9OHS381A DO DIGESTER BLOWER 3 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/05 - - - WO9OHS111B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:04/06 - - - WO9OHS111A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:04/07 - - - WO9OHS211B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/00 - - - WO9OHS211A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/01 - - - WO9OHS311B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/02 - - - WO9OHS311A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/03 - - - WO9OHS411B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/04 - - W090HS411A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/05 - - - WO9OHS511B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 5 SCADA STOP MCC SWEC STOP READY 0:05/06 - - - WO9OHS511A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 5 START CONTROL MCC SWEC START READY 0:05/07 - - - W090FT090 Al CENTRIFUGE INFLUENT FLOW RATE ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:11/00 0 _ 100 MGD W090FT091 Al EFFLUENT FLOW RATE ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:11/01 0 10 MGD WO9OFT010 Al INFLUENT FLOW RATE ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:11/02 0 10 MGD W090IT110 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:11/03 0 20 AMPS W090IT210 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:11/04 0 20 AMPS SWE' P.P, �f 11 .i 7/9/2004 ."^) 1-1) cl SWEC(W090)INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT• SIGNAL DESCRIPTIONSOURCE(3) ENGINEERING RANGE FACILITY STATE 1 ,' STATE...0 TERM MIN' MAX EGU W090IT310 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:11/05 0 20 AMPS W090IT410 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 4 MOTOR CURRENT SWEC - 1:11/06 0 20 AMPS W090IT510 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 5 MOTOR CURRENT nil SWEC - 1:11/07 0 20 AMPS W090LT010 ICE LIFT STATION WET WELL LEVEL ELEC RM SWEC - - 1:12/00 0 30 FT W090IT170 SBR 1 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:12/01 0 100 AMPS W090IT270 SBR 2 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:12/02 0 100 AMPS W090IT370 Al SBR 3 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT MCC SWEC - - 1:12/03 0 100 AMPS W090IT470 Al SBR 4 SLUDGE PUMP MOTOR CURRENT SWEC - - 1:12/04 0 100 AMPS W090FT080 Al WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE FLOW RATE M ! - - 1:12/05 0 100 MGD - Al - - - Al - 1:12/06 1:12/07 NOTES:. 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-L005 IS A 13-SLOT CHASSIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 12: - SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD - SLOT 3: 16-CHANNEL"DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 4: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 5: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 6: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 7: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 8: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 9: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 10: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 11: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE SLOT 12: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR SWEC WWTP Page 3 of 11 7/9/2004 BARRY ROSE WWTP(W091) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_O , TERM MIN MAX EGU W091YI111C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 AUTO ENABLED l MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/00 - - - - W091YL111A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/01 - - - 1 W091YI211C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 AUTO ENABLED MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/02 - - - W091YI211A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/03 - - - W091YI311C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 AUTO ENABLED MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/04 - - - W091YL311A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/05 - - W091YI411C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 AUTO ENABLED MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/06 - - - W091YL411A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/07 - - - W091YI131A DI AERATION 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/08 - - - W091YI231A DI AERATION 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/09 - - - W091YI151A DI BLOWER 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/10 - - - W091YI251A DI BLOWER 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/11 - - - W091YI171C DI BOOSTER PUMP 1 AUTO ENABLED MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/12 - - - W091YL171A DI BOOSTER PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/13 - - - W091YI271C DI BOOSTER PUMP 2 AUTO ENABLED MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/14 - - - W091YL271A DI BOOSTER PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:01/15 - - - W091YA141A DI CLARIFIER 1 HIGH TORQUE ALARM MCC BARRY ROSE ALARM NORMAL 1:02/00 - - - W091YI141A DI CLARIFIER 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/01 - - - W091YA241A DI CLARIFIER 2 HIGH TORQUE ALARM MCC BARRY ROSE ALARM NORMAL 1:02/02 - - - W091YI241A DI CLARIFIER 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/03 - - - W091JA012 DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE MCC BARRY ROSE NORMAL ALARM 1:02/04 - - - W091LSH020 DI INFLUENT CHANNEL HIGH LEVEL ALARM MCC BARRY ROSE NORMAL ALARM 1:02/05 - - - W091YL191A DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/06 - - - W091YL291A DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/07 - - - W091YI011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) MCC BARRY ROSE COUNT READY 1:02/08 - - - W091YI171A DI RAS PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/09 - - - W091YI271A DI RAS PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/10 - - - W091YI371A DI RAS PUMP 3 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/11 - - - W091YA011 DI SECURITY ALARM MCC BARRY ROSE NORMAL ALARM 1:02/12 - - - W091YA161A DI SLUDGE THICKENER 1 HIGH TORQUE ALARM MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/13 - - - W091YI161A DI SLUDGE THICKENER 1 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/14 - - - W091YA261A DI SLUDGE THICKENER 2 HIGH TORQUE ALARM MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:02/15 - - - W091YI261A DI SLUDGE THICKENER 2 RUN STATUS MCC BARRY ROSE ON OFF 1:03/00 - - W091JA011 DI UTILITY POWER FAILURE MCC BARRY ROSE NORMAL ALARM 1:03/01 - - - - DI SPARE BARRY ROSE - - 1:03/02 - - - BAR )SE WWTP F Jof 11 j 7/9/2004 ,-----) (-) /II BARRY ROSE WWTP(W091) INPUTLOUTPUT L.ISTINS TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_O TERM ENGINEERING RANGE - MIN. . MAX . EGU - DI SPARE BARRY ROSE - - 1:03/03 - - - - DI SPARE BARRY ROSE - - 1:03/04 - - - - DI SPARE BARRY ROSE - - 1:03/05 - - - DI SPARE BARRY ROSE - - 1:03/06 - - - - DI SPARE BARRY ROSE - - 1:03/07 - - - W091HS111B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:04/00 - - - W091HS111A DO . LIFT STATION PUMP 1 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:04/01 - - - W091HS211B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:04/02 - - - W091HS211A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:04/03 - - - W091HS311B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:04/04 - - - W091HS311A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:04/05 - - - W091HS411B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:04/06 - _ - - W091HS411A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:04/07 - - - W091HS131B DO AERATION 1 SCADA START(15 SEC) MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:05/00 - - - W091HS131A DO AERATION 1 SCADA STOP(15 SEC) - MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:05/01 - - - W091HS231B DO AERATION 2 SCADA START(15 SEC) MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:05/02 - - - W091HS231A DO AERATION 2 SCADA STOP(15 SEC) MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:05/03 - - - W091HS151B DO BLOWER 1 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:05/04 - - - W091HS151A DO BLOWER 1 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:05/05 - - - W091HS251B DO BLOWER 2 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:05/06 - - W091HS251A DO BLOWER 2 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:05/07 - - - W091HS171B DO BOOSTER PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:06/00 - - - W091HS171A DO BOOSTER PUMP 1 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:06/01 - - - W091HS271B DO BOOSTER PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:06/02 - - - W091HS271A DO BOOSTER PUMP 2 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:06/03 - - - W091HS141B DO CLARIFIER 1 SCADA START MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:06/04 - - - W091HS141A DO CLARIFIER 1 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:06/05 - - - W091HS241B DO CLARIFIER 2 SCADA START MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:06/06 - - - W091HS241A DO CLARIFIER 2 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER. 0:06/07 - - - W091HS171B DO RAS PUMP 1 SCADA START MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:07/00 - - - W091HS171A DO RAS PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP . OTHER 0:07/01 - - - W091HS271B DO RAS PUMP 2 SCADA START MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:07/02 - - - W091HS271A DO RAS PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:07/03 - - - BARRY ROSE WWTP Page 5 of 11 7/9/2004 BARRY ROSE WWTP(W091) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_1 STATE_O TERM MIN MAX EGU W091HS371B DO RAS PUMP 3 SCADA START MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:07/04 - - - W091HS371A DO RAS PUMP 3 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:07/05 - - - - DO SPARE MCC BARRY ROSE - - 0:07/06 - - - - DO SPARE MCC BARRY ROSE - - 0:07/07 - - - W091HS161B DO SLUDGE THICKENER 1 SCADA STOP 3Luulot 'SLuuUt STOP OTHER 0:08/00 - - - W091HS161A DO SLUDGE THICKENER 1 START CONTROL TUT!vF�IFD ] TNTCV r!cD 1 START OTHER 0:08/01 - - - W091HS261B DO SLUDGE THICKENER 2 SCADA STOP MCC BARRY ROSE STOP OTHER 0:08/02 - - - W091HS261A DO SLUDGE THICKENER 2 START CONTROL MCC BARRY ROSE START OTHER 0:08/03 - - - - DO SPARE MCC BARRY ROSE - - 0:08/04 - - - - DO SPARE MCC BARRY ROSE - - 0:08/05 - - - - DO SPARE MCC BARRY ROSE - - 0:08/06 - - - - DO SPARE MCC BARRY ROSE - - 0:08/07 - - - W091FT091 AI EFFLUENT FLOW RATE TXMTR BARRY ROSE - - I:11/00 0 TBD MGD W091IT110 AI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:11/01 0 20 AMPS W091IT210 AI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:11/02 0 20 AMPS W091IT310 AI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:11/03 0 20 AMPS W091IT410 AI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:11/04 0 20 AMPS W091LT010 AI LIFT STATION WET WELL LEVEL TXMTR BARRY ROSE - - I:11/05 0 TBD FT W091PT070 AI NON-POTABLE WATER PRESSURE TXMTR BARRY ROSE - - I:11/06 0 TBD PSI - Al SPARE BARRY ROSE - - I:11/07 - - - W091IT180 AI RAS PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:12/00 0 100 AMPS W091IT280 AI RAS PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:12/01 0 100 AMPS W091IT380 AI RAS PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT MCC BARRY ROSE - - I:12/02 0 100 AMPS W091FT080 AI RAS PUMP FLOW RATE TXMTR BARRY ROSE - - I:12/03 0 100 GPM - Al SPARE BARRY ROSE - - I:12/04 - - - - Al SPARE BARRY ROSE - - I:12/05 - - - - Al SPARE BARRY ROSE - - I:12/06 - - - - Al SPARE BARRY ROSE - - I:12/07 - - - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-W091 IS A 13-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 12: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD BAR )SE WWTP F jof 11 ) 7/9/2004 BARRY ROSE WWTP(W091) INP TLOUTPUT LISTING TAG NAME RT `SIGNAL DESCRIPTION (3) ENGINEERING RANGE FACILITY � STATE 1 STATE 0 � TERM SOURCE SLOT 2: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 4: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 5: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 7: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 8: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 9: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 10: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 11: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE SLOT 12: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR BARRY ROSE WWTP Page 7 of 11 7/9/2004 LONGWOOD WWTP(W092) k I _ ► _, TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATEJ S TATE_O TERM ENGINEERING RANGE.; MIN _. MAX' EGU W092YI111C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 AUTO ENABLED MCC LONGWOOD ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/00 - - - W092YL111A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/01 - - - W092YI211C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 AUTO ENABLED MCC LONGWOOD ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/02 - - - _ _ W092YI211A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/03 - - - W092YI311C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 AUTO ENABLED MCC LONGWOOD ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/04 - - - _W092YL311A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/05 - - - W092YI411C DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 AUTO ENABLED MCC LONGWOOD ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/06 - - - W092YL411A DI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/07 - - - W092YI151A DI BLOWER 1 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/08 - - - _ W092YI251A DI BLOWER 2 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/09 - - - W092YI351A DI BLOWER 3 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/10 - - - W092YI171C DI BOOSTER PUMP 1 AUTO ENABLED MCC LONGWOOD ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/11 - - - W092YL171A DI BOOSTER PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/12 - - - W092YI271C DI BOOSTER PUMP 2 AUTO ENABLED MCC LONGWOOD ENABLED DISABLED 1:01/13 - - - W092YL271A DI BOOSTER PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/14 4 - - - W092YL191A DI NON-POTABLE WATER PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:01/15 - - - W092YA141A DI CLARIFIER 1 HIGH TORQUE ALARM MCC LONGWOOD ALARM NORMAL 1:02/00 - - - W092YI141A DI CLARIFIER 1 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/01 - - W092YA141A DI CLARIFIER 2 HIGH TORQUE ALARM MCC LONGWOOD ALARM ' NORMAL 1:02/02 - - - W092YI241A DI CLARIFIER 2 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/03 - - - W0923A012 DI FACILITY POWER FAILURE MCC LONGWOOD NORMAL ALARM 1:02/04 - - - W092YA012 DI GENERATOR COMMON ALARM MCC LONGWOOD NORMAL ALARM 1:02/05 _ - - - W092YI012 DI GENERATOR STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/06 - - - W092ZS012 DI GENERATOR TRANSFER SWITCH POSITION MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/07 - - - W092LSH020 DI INFLUENT CHANNEL HIGH LEVEL ALARM MCC LONGWOOD ALARM NORMAL 1:02/08 - - - W092YI011 DI RAINFALL(PULSE) MCC LONGWOOD COUNT READY 1:02/09 - - - W092YA011 DI SECURITY ALARM MCC LONGWOOD NORMAL ALARM 1:02/10 - - - W092YI181A DI SLUDGE PUMP 1 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/11 - - - W092YI281A DI SLUDGE PUMP 2 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/12 - - - W092YI381A DI SLUDGE PUMP 3 RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/13 - - - W092YA161A DI SLUDGE THICKENER HIGH TORQUE MCC LONGWOOD ALARM NORMAL 1:02/14 - - - W092YI161A DI SLUDGE THICKENER RUN STATUS MCC LONGWOOD ON OFF 1:02/15 - - - W0923/1011 DI UTILITY POWER FAILURE 1 MCC LONGWOOD ON ALARM 1:03/00 - - - - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:03/01 - - - _- - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:03/02 - - LON( )D WWTP F Jof 11 J 7/9/2004 (,--) (1 (-) LONGWOOD WWTP(W092) INPU_T/OUIPUT TING ' IN ERING RANGE- TAG NAME RT (3) SIGNAL DESCRIPTION_ SOURCE FACILITY- ." STATE_1 ; STATE_0' TERM E - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:03/03 - - - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - _ - 1:03/04 - - - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:03/05 - - - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:03/06 - - - DI SPARE MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:03/07 - - W092HS111B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:04/00 - - - W092HS111A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 1 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD _ START OTHER 0:04/01 - - W092HS211B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:04/02 - - W092HS211A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 2 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:04/03 - - _ W092HS311B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:04/04 - - W092HS311A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 3 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:04/05 - - - W092HS411B DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:04/06 - - - W092HS411A DO LIFT STATION PUMP 4 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:04/07 - - - W092HS151B DO BLOWER 1 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:05/00 - W092HS151A DO BLOWER 1 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:05/01 - - - W092HS251B DO BLOWER 2 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:05/02 - - - W092HS251A DO BLOWER 2 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:05/03 - - - W092HS351B DO BLOWER 3 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:05/04 - - - W092HS351A DO BLOWER 3 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:05/05 - - - - DO SPARE LONGWOOD - - 0:05/06 - - - - DO SPARE LONGWOOD - - 0:05/07 - - - W092HS171B DO BOOSTER PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:06/00 - - - W092HS171A DO BOOSTER PUMP 1 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:06/01 - - - _ W092HS271B DO BOOSTER PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:06/02 - - _ W092HS271A DO BOOSTER PUMP 2 START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:06/03 - - - W092HS141B DO CLARIFIER 1 SCADA START MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:06/04 - - - W092HS141A DO CLARIFIER 1 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:06/05 - - - W092HS241B DO CLARIFIER 2 SCADA START _ MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:06/06 - - - W092HS241A DO CLARIFIER 2 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:06/07 - - - W092HS181B DO SLUDGE PUMP 1 SCADA START MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:07/00 - - - W092HS181A DO SLUDGE PUMP 1 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:07/01 - - - W092HS281B DO SLUDGE PUMP 2 SCADA START MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:07/02 - - - W092HS281A DO SLUDGE PUMP 2 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:07/03 - - - LONGWOOD WWTP Page 9 of 11 7/9/2004 LONGWOOD WWTP(W092) INPUT/OUTPUT LISTING ENGINEERING RANGE TAG NAME RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) FACILITY STATE_ .. STATE_O TERM _ MIN MAX EGU W092HS381B _ DO SLUDGE PUMP 3 SCADA START MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:07/04 — - - - W092HS381A DO SLUDGE PUMP 3 SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:07/05 - _ - - W092HS161B DO SLUDGE THICKENER SCADA STOP MCC LONGWOOD STOP OTHER 0:07/06 - - - _W092HS161A DO SLUDGE THICKENER START CONTROL MCC LONGWOOD START OTHER 0:07/07 - - - W092FT091 AI EFFLUENT FLOW RATE ErrLut 1 ti-rwtivl 1-LWO - - 1:11/00 0 TBD MGD W0921T110 Al LIFT STATION PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT Elr11AK"ii7iv Efr`T�SiH�trna - I:11/01 0 20 AMPS _m_i o 1 of iMlLtNJnTOD W092IT210 AI _LIFT STATION PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT MCC LONGWOOD - - I:11/02 0 20 AMPS ^ W092IT310 AI LIFT STATION PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT MCC LONGWOOD - - 1:11/03 0 20 AMPS_ W W092IT410 AI LIFT STATION PUMP 4 MOTOR CURRENT MCC LONGWOOD - - _ I:11/04 0 20 AMPS W092LT010 AI LIFT STATION WET WELL LEVEL TXMTR LONGWOOD - - I:11/05 0 TBD FT W092PT070 AI BOOSTER PUMP WATER PRESSURE TXMTR LONGWOOD - - I:11/06 0 TBD PSI Al SPARE LONGWOOD - - I:11/07 - - - W092IT180 AI SLUDGE PUMP 1 MOTOR CURRENT MCC LONGWOOD - - I:12/00 0 100 AMPS W092IT280 AI SLUDGE PUMP 2 MOTOR CURRENT MCC LONGWOOD - - I:12/01 0 100 AMPS W092IT380 AI SLUDGE PUMP 3 MOTOR CURRENT MCC LONGWOOD - - I:12/02 0 100 AMPS Al SPARE LONGWOOD - - I:12/03 - - - Al SPARE LONGWOOD - - I:12/04 - - - Al SPARE LONGWOOD - - I:12/05 - - - Al SPARE LONGWOOD - - I:12/06 - - - - _ Al SPARE LONGWOOD - I:12/07 - NOTES: 1. THE PLC LOCATED IN SCADA CONTROL PANEL SCP-W092 IS A 13-SLOT CHASIS. 2. THE FOLLOWING MODULES ARE LOCATED IN SLOTS 0 THROUGH 12: SLOT 0-SLC 5/03 PROCESSOR SLOT 1: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 2: 16-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 3: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE INPUT CARD SLOT 4: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 5: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 6: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 7: 08-CHANNEL DISCRETE OUTPUT CARD SLOT 8: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 9: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) SLOT 10: NOT USED(PROVIDED W/FILLER MODULE) LONG JD WWTP P.. j of 11 )7/9/2004 1/11 LONGWOOD WWTP(W092) MIT/OUTPUT L TINO TAG NAME I RT SIGNAL DESCRIPTION SOURCE(3) ENGINEERING RANGE• � FACILITY STATE 1 STATE 0 � TERM MIN MAX EGU SLOT 11: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE SLOT 12: 08-CHANNEL ANALOG INPUT MODULE 3.TO BE CONFIRMED BY CONTRACTOR LONGWOOD WWTP Page 11 of 11 7/9/2004 APPENDIX C INSTRUMENT LIST ADDENDUM NO.2 matchinggel is to be used, interfaces only. Connectors must dry Y be capable of mounting on either 0.9 mm buffered-fiber or 3.0 mm cordage. iv. Each connector shall be of the industry standard ST type compatible, designed for and shall meet or exceed the applicable provisions of EA.-455-5, 455-2A, and 455-34, and shall be capable of 100 repeated matings with a maximum loss increase of 0.1 dB. Connectors shall incorporate a keyway design and shall have a zirconia ceramic ferrule. Connector bodies and couplings shall be made of corrosion-resistant and oxidation-resistant materials, such - as nickel plated zinc, designed to operate in humid environments without degradation of surface finishes. v. Fiber-optic connectors shall be the straight tip (ST type), bayonet style, and field installable, self-aligning and centering. Fiber-optic connectors shall match the fiber core and cladding diameters. The connector coupler shall be nickel plated, and the alignment ferrule shall be ceramic. The connector shall have a short boot for strain relief. Fiber-optic equipment and cable shall use the same type connectors for correct mating. Connector insertion loss shall not exceed 0.3dB. Connectors must be capable of mounting on either 0.9 mm buffered fiber or 3.0 mm cordage. The connector shall be Lucent Technologies Series ST II, or equal. 2. A question was received regarding the Pre-bid meeting comment about the City excavating and exposing the conduits at the SWEC antenna tower location.The comment was intended to indicate that the City needed 7 days notice to perform the excavation prior to the Contractor performing any soil sampling or other test excavation in the area. 3. A question was received regarding the use of wood antenna poles at the remote sites, as is indicated in the standard detail I-08A. The specifications only allow for precast concrete or galvanized metal poles, and the detail should be considered modified to reflect this requirement. 4. A question was received regarding the float switches shown to be installed at SWEC on drawings 1-19 and as discussed in Question/Response No. 13 of Addendum No. 1.The float switches (FSLW090,FSHWO90A, and FSHWO90B) should be added to the-instrument list to be provided by the Contractor.Two of the float switches are already shown in the I/O listing as WO9OLSH020 and WO9OLSH011. A third 1/0 point will be added to the same I/O card.Note that instrument names and 1/0 tagnames do not match due to existing naming conventions in use by the City. - 5. A question was received regarding the SWEC antenna pole. In addition to the tom' single monolith shown on the drawings, this-pole can be submitted as segmented, flanged base, and have either a round or polygon cross section.The engineering August 16,2004 Addendum No.2 City of Pearland Page A-3 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System ADDENDUM NO.2 design of the pole and foundation must meet the performance and feature requirements of the specifications. Any variations from the configuration shown on the drawings or in the specifications must be noted on the appropriate bid form. End of Addendum No. 2 • • • August I6,2004 Addendum No.2 City of Pearland Page A-4 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System ADDENDUM NO. 3 Clus- Date of Addendum: September 16, 2004 � �^yam Project Name: Pearland Wastewater SCADA System ''�Y g ;.) e 7:s-0 eeees+w eaJ 1x<vZ�•n Bid Received: August 18, 2004 »•� M1 = ' =••lor,v�-d.•s.e From: Gordon Island,Purchasing Officer a �_&.. �:; „` At,� 3519 Liberty Drive F t `Y' °�9%/d 4 Pearland,Texas 77851 To: Boyer, Inc Addendum No. 3, consisting of 28 pages including attachments, forms a part of the Bidding Documents and will be incorporated into the Contract Documents, as applicable. Insofar as the original Specifications and Drawings are inconsistent, Addendum governs. Attachments Boyer, Inc Alternate Proposal Information dated September 1, 2004 (27 Pages) Modification to Contract Requirements 1. The following changes to the project technical requirements are made in accordance with negotiations between the City of Pearland and Boyer, Inc. for the construction of the SCADA project: a. A direct buried conduit system is acceptable in lieu of a concrete encased system. Schedule 80 PVC electrical conduit will be direct buried. The conduit(s) will have 24 inches of compacted earth cover with warning tape buried at 12 inches below the finished grade. Concrete and pavement cutting and repairing requirements remain unchanged for all installation locations. ' b. A Foxboro pressure transmitter Model IGP10-A22D1F can be supplied in lieu of the specified Rosemount Model 3051TG. A formal submittal will be made during construction. 2. The following item is included for clarification: a. Electrical pull boxes approximately 18 inches on a side, suitable for traffic loading, are to be provided at locations indicated on the drawings and as may be necessitated due to construction conflicts. End of Addendum No.3 September 16,2004 Addendum No.3 City of Pearland Page A-1 1610296—Wastewater SCADA System (00--' 9318 Reid Lake • Houston,Texas 77064 YEf� Telephone: (713)466-5395 • Fax: (713)466-8198 • www.boverinc.com Clarifications and Modifications to Proposal City or Pearland Wastewater SCADA System BID NUMBER: 2004-070 Original Total Bid Price: $556,095.00 Pullboxes (Clarification): In lieu of providing full size electrical vaults similar to the existing at SWEC, a smaller pull box is the intent of the specification. Brooks Model No. 66 Body with Brooks Model No. 66 Cast Iron Cover is proposed. See the attached drawing of the Brooks Pull Box. Credit for Pullboxes: ($13,500.00) Underground Raceway System (Modification): In lieu of providing concrete encased duct bank system as the specified method for underground raceway systems, a direct buried conduit system is proposed. Schedule 80 PVC will be direct buried. The raceway system will have 24" of cover with warning tape at 12"below finished grade. Concrete/Pavement sawcutting and replacement per plans and specifications still apply. Credit for Underground Raceway System Modification: ($9,000) Pressure Transmitter (Modification): In lieu of providing Rosemount Model 3051 TG as specified for the (9) nine pressure transmitters, an equivalent Foxboro pressure transmitter is proposed. The Foxboro Model IGP10- A22D 1 F model that meets the Performance and Feature specification of the Rosemount 3051 TG model will be used as a direct replacement. See the attached Foxboro Specification. Credit for Pressure Transmitter Modification: ($8,500) 1 • C Total Credit Available: ($31,000) New Total Bid Price with all Credits: $525,095 Name: Stacy Jordan Date: September 1, 2004 C 2 't NO. 66 PULL BOX le>� WW/Qi ��, 16'/2 x 29'/2' x 12` PRODUCTS \\ '01°6' law S Wayside D: PHONE t_ 3)991-2400 21=/j i-i�.,s+on.TX 7704e FAx , ;;;x1.{8 i5 �• \. •• '� 343/ No. 66 Steel Cover r Weight - 128 Lbs. \' ;:�� >� \`'. >'/'/ . ., �;").1V?... �`,� •' ' • 17 i/2' `\\ ; ice " 30'/2' No. 66 Concrete Cover :t Weight - 97 lbs. ;\ 2' Cover May Be Marked ~~\ ` 77,„ \� 'Electrical' `., .::<",-;;;%---::::: se>-"` 2)Blank `. �'^ .. '�� may. Litt Eye Brass 'L' Bolt Nuts i 13 and 6 Gauge ' / In Diagonal Corner Welded Wire Grid Ai. i ell--. __ ,....,.. See Detail 'A' 22' '" • t ,.. ='��'\��j' 35' Detail "A" I weight - 142 Lbs. 4401. .t..14:,..,,,,.,:2,,,•10'e, 12' i \ y.• 's� r -- !J &te x f - } I ,o 66 Extension N h N 3 Weight - 144 Lbs. • 1 : 11'/2 No. 66 Base • l . Weight - 98 Lbs. i 6' Thinwali Knockouts — (Typ.r t Houston Plant t r. SPECIFICATIONS I, Concrete • Concrete has a design strength of 5500 PSI. !I et 28 days. I Reinforcement • WWF • 4 I dcasti C.I. Castings • ASTM A 46 Ciass 30/35 LI Oi , Dais• I Scsis• l D:mrisp No.• Rev. Pry_.. .. . ,-<: ; 02/13/97 t hone i PB-066 , A 1 • Product Specifications PSS 2A-1C13 C I/A Series® Electronic Pressure Transmitters with 4 to 20 mA Analog Output for Absolute and Gauge Pressure Measurement IAP10 IGP10 .. * - ,° t F 1.4 ; -1-,-.2"..,:. fil teLv-,-; ,....„ ...Edo 0.1. ` IAP20/IGP20 f. a " { i��, ,tip . -+' f .. i V. r C) \.,:.; 1 7 i•'''.."e' • `.44 —`-',___-, The IAP10, IGP10, IAP20, and IGP20 Series of electronic analog output,two-wire transmitters provide precise, reliable measurement of absolute or gauge pressure, and transmit a 4 to 20 mA output signal. HIGH DEPENDABILITY INTELLIGENT TRANSMITTER FEATURES AT AN • Simple, elegant sensor packaging uses very few ECONOMICAL PRICE parts to achieve exceptionally high reliability When you want the flexibility and performance of a • Aluminum housing has durable, corrosion- configurable, intelligent transmitter but you don't need resistant epoxy finish; 316 ss housing also a digital output signal, these transmitters provide available; both meet NEMA®4X and IEC IP66. exceptional benefits at a very affordable price: • Sensor wetted materials include Co-Ni-Cr, • Liquid Crystal Display(LCD) digital indicator with 316L ss, and Hastelloy®; additionally, Monel®, on-board pushbuttons tantalum, and gold-plated 316L ss sensors • Pushbutton configuration and calibration: offered for the IAP20/IGP20 Transmitters. — Zero and Span Settings • Can be provided as a sealed system with direct — Adjustable Damping connect or capillary connected seals. — Forward or Reverse Output • Seals available with flanged, threaded, in-line — Failsafe Output; Upscale or Downscale saddle weld, or sanitary connections. — Reranging without applying pressure • Integral process connections for sanitary, and • Upgradeable to fully intelligent version pulp/paper installations with IAP10/IGP10. (FoxComTM, HARTb, or FOUNDATION®fieldbus) • Meet numerous Agency requirements for with just an electronics module change hazardous locations. • Standard 2-year warranty; 5-year optional Invensys' tOXBORd • PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 2 ( "I's I/A Series®PRESSURE TRANSMITTER FAMILY STANDARD LCD DIGITAL INDICATOR The I/A Series Electronic Pressure Transmitters are a A two-line digital indicator with on-board pushbuttons complete family of d/p Cell®, gauge, absolute, displays the measurement with a choice of units.The multirange, multivariable, and premium performance pushbuttons allow zero and span adjustments as well transmitters, as well as transmitters with remote or as local configuration without the need for a Hand- direct connect pressure seals, all using field-proven Held Terminal or PC-based.Configurator. silicon strain gauge sensors and common topworks. When local process indication is not required or Select the electronics module you need to provide desired, an optional blind (solid) cover can be just the right level of intelligence for your application substituted for the standard window cover. and budget. If your needs change, the modular design allows easy migration to other protocols, CHOOSE MOUNTING CONFIGURATION NEEDED including FoxComTM, HART®, FOUNDATION®Fieldbus, Direct Connected Transmitter (Figure 1) and 1 to 5 V do versions. Light weight and easy-to-install. Uses 316L ss or ELECTRONICS VERSION-A TRANSMITTER Hastelloy C process connections and a choice of This 4 to 20 mA analog output transmitter uses the either 316L ss, Cobalt-Nickel-Chrome, or Hastelloy C -A electronics module. It is the most cost effective for the sensing diaphragm. See Direct-Connected analog output transmitter available providing full Transmitters on next page. configuration capability. It represents the latest Invensys Foxboro advancements in providing the ;' greatest functionality for the largest number of • applications at the least possible cost to you. ,? The transmitter even provides the ability to rerange to ;. new calibrated ranges, using the standard LCD ' — ` `. Indicator with on-board pushbuttons,without the need `= to apply calibration pressure. These transmitters are explosionproof for use in Division 1 hazardous areas and comply with Division 2 requirements.The IAP20 and IGP20 bracket- mounted transmitters also provide the flameproof certification for use in Zone 1 hazardous areas. Figure 1. Direct Connected Transmitter with Standard LCD Indicator HIGH PERFORMANCE Bracket-Mounted Transmitter (Figure 2) • Both direct-connected and bracket-mounted A large selection of corrosion resistant materials; transmitters utilize microprocessor-based correction suitable for applications requiring low spans, vacuum to achieve excellent accuracy and ambient service, and high overrange pressure.These temperature compensation. transmitters meet ATEX flameproof requirements. EASE OF INSTALLATION See Bracket-Mounted Transmitters on next page. Rotatable Topworks allows transmitter installation in tight places, allows indicator to be positioned in preferred direction, and eases field retrofit. Two Conduit Entrances offer a choice of entry positions for ease of installation and self-draining of ,;„ ' condensation regardless of mounting osition and topworks rotation. Wiring Guides and Terminations provide ease of wire entry and support, plenty of space to work and store =i I' excess wire, and large, rugged, rugged screw terminals for easy wire termination. Figure 2. Bracket-Mounted Transmitter with Standard LCD Indicator PSS 2A-1C13 C Page 3 DIRECT-CONNECTED TRANSMITTERS—IAP10 AND IGP10 (See Figure 1) EXCEPTIONAL VALUE 316L ss, HASTELLOY C, AND Co-Ni-Cr PROCESS The combination of small size, light weight, direct WETTED PARTS mounting,standard materials, and wide measurement With process connection of 316L ss or Hastelloy C, capability with high performance makes these and sensor diaphragm available in either 316L ss, transmitters an exceptionally cost effective solution for Hastelloy C, or highly corrosion resistant Co-Ni-Cr, process pressure measurement. this transmitter is an excellent choice for the vast majority of process pressure measurements. DIRECT PROCESS MOUNTING Because of their light weight and external threaded HIGH GAUGE PRESSURE VERSIONS connection, these transmitters can be installed Two high gauge pressure versions with upper range directly on process piping without mounting brackets. limits of 105 and 210 MPa (15 000 and 30 000 psi) However,for unique requirements,an optional bracket are available in the IGP10 line. See PSS 2A-1C13 F. is offered and connection can be made to the SANITARY AND PULP AND PAPER VERSIONS standard 1/4 NPT internal thread. These transmitters are also available with integral WIDE RANGEABILITY process connections for use in sanitary and pulp and Three absolute pressure versions are offered to allow paper installations. See PSS 2A-1C13 K and spans from 7 to 21 000 kPa (1 to 3000 psi), and five PSS 2A-1C13 L, respectively. gauge pressure versions are offered to allow spans from 0.87 to 42 000 kPa (0.13 to 6000 psi). Refer to the IGP20 Transmitter section below for gauge pressure vacuum service. BRACKET-MOUNTED TRANSMITTERS — IAP20 AND IGP20 (See Figure 2) SENSOR CORROSION PROTECTION VACUUM SERVICE Choice of Co-Ni-Cr, 316L ss, Gold-Plated 316L ss, The IGP20 Gauge Pressure Transmitter is suitable for Hastelloy C, Monel, or Tantalum materials. High use in vacuum applications. corrosion resistance of Co-Ni-Cr (TI 037-038) means PROCESS CONNECTOR long service life in many difficult applications without the extra cost for exotic materials. Also see TI 37-75b Removable, gasketed process connector (Figure 3) for process application with Co-Ni-Cr and other allows a wide range of selections, including 1/4 NPT, wetted parts materials. 1/2 NPT, Rc 1/4, Rc 1/2, and weld neck connections. WIDE RANGEABILITY For highly corrosive chemical processes, a 1/2 NPT pvdf (Kynar®) insert is installed in the HI-side 316 ss Gauge pressure measurement spans may be as low cover and is used as the process connector. In these as 0.12 kPa (0.5 inH2O)to as high as 21 MPa applications, tantalum is used as the sensor (3000 psi) by choosing one of only five sensors, and diaphragm material. absolute pressure spans may be as low as 0.87 kPa SENSOR ASSEMBLY (3.5 inH2O) to as high as 21 MPa (3000 psi) by — choosing one of only four sensors.This provides VITON 0-RING z 11 exceptional measurement range capability with a PROCESS _ O �CJI minimum of versions. INLET r�i � _ ATEX FLAMEPROOF DESIGN Or .g - 0 �\ The transmitter meets the rigorous requirements for ��� 1/2 NPT pvdf INSERT USED ATEX Flameproof rating. ' AS PROCESS CONNECTION EASE OF MOUNTING TWO-VALVE MANIFOLD HI SIDE COVER NORMALLY ACCEPTS CONVENTIONAL Optional two-valve manifold,to isolate transmitter and PROCESS CONNECTOR to vent pressure, is easily mounted directly to the Figure 3. Bracket-Mounted Transmitter Shown with transmitter. 1/2 NPT pvdf Insert Installed in HI-Side Cover PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 4 CPRESSURE SEALS Pressure seals are used with the IAP10, IGP10, Tables 1 and 2 list the various seals that can be used IAP20, and IGP20 Series Transmitters when it is with these transmitters.To order a transmitter with necessary to keep the transmitter isolated from the seals, both a Transmitter Model Number and Seal process. A sealed system is used for a process fluid Model Number are required. See PSS 2A-1Z11 A for that may be corrosive,viscous, subject to temperature a complete listing of pressure seal models and extremes,toxic,sanitary, or tend to collect and specifications. Also see Figure 4 for typical pressure solidify. seal configurations. Table 1. Pressure Seals Used with IAP10, IGP10, IAP20, and IGP20 Transmitters -::4- *-',,;‘,,_,..4. 4 = Direct Connect_P.reAt ssure Seal Assei`nb"liesP t 4 , l oriel „ eal Description .. - ,? ,.x .. w I3rocess Connections 7 t.'* PSFLT Flanged, Direct Connect (Flanged Level), Flush ANSI Class 150/300/600 flanges and or Extended Diaphragm BS/DIN PN 10/40, 10/16, 25/40 flanges PSFAD Flanged, Direct Connect, Recessed Diaphragm ANSI CLass 150, 300, 600, 1500 flanges PSTAD Threaded, Direct Connect, Recessed Diaphragm 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, or 1 1/2 NPT internal thread PSISD In-Line Saddle Weld, Direct Connect, Recessed Lower housing of seal is in-line saddle welded Diaphragm to nominal 3- or 4-inch (and larger) Pipe PSSCT Sanitary, Direct Connect (Level Seal), Flush Process Connection to Sanitary Piping with Diaphragm 2-or 3-inch Tri-Clamp PSSST Sanitary, Direct Connect (Level Seal), Extended Process Connection to 2-in Mini Spud or 4-in Diaphragm Standard Spud;Trl Clamp Remote I'Pou t aps1Iary-Conn ec d Pressure Seal Assemblies Vt- v Seal a Seal De'scripttb:W.. .`a l � ? rocess Donne tion --. ,F. _ ; �,�.. �.,� -.Win. .� :�� .�,�� �.-' PSFPS Flanged, Remote Mount, Flush Diaphragm ANSI Class 150/300/600 flanges and BS/DIN PN 10/40 flanges PSFES Flanged, Remote Mount, Extended Diaphragm ANSI Class 150/300/600 flanges and BS/DIN PN 10/40, 10/16, 25/40 flanges PSFAR Flanged, Remote Mount, Recessed Diaphragm . ANSI Class 150/300/600/1500 flanges PSTAR Threaded, Remote Mount, Recessed Diaphragm 1/4, 1/2, 3/4, 1, or 1 1/2 NPT internal thread PSISR In-Line Saddle Weld, Remote Mount, Recessed Lower housing of seal is in-line saddle welded Diaphragm to nominal 3- or 4-inch (and larger) Pipe PSSCR Sanitary, Remote Mount, Flush Diaphragm Process Connection secured with a Tri-Clamp to a 2-or 3-inch pipe PSSSR Sanitary, Remote Mount, Extended Diaphragm Process Connection to 2-in Mini Spud or 4-in Standard Spud;Tri-Clamp Table 2. I/A Series Pressure Transmitters and Applicable Pressure Seals • 3 L• Y vq" -� Ana, i .,"i. S.%°" t$ �CC[��'. z:4 3 �" G �� = %O w li Prissu4!Seai'11i1�s1e1 {l �t !0 ViAz f-ia:::alit "Transmitter 3 x�a _t u � � 0 ,� Model �^FLT FADh TAD ISD SCT' SST } FPS DES_: FAR. 3 TA i _ISA SC 1 `�SSR IAP10 — ✓ V V — — V V V V V V V IGP10 — V V ✓ — — V V ✓ V ✓ ✓ ✓ IAP20 - — — — — — — V V • V V V V V IGP20 V — — — ✓ V V ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ ✓ (a) For other transmitter PSSs,see table at end of this document. C (b) Pressure Seal models are shown with an abbreviated code;all seal codes have a PS prefix;for example, FLT is really PSFLT. ` Y . PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 5 s z` ,,- t. U. vE (1 - .,..4,-„.„..., :�..a3^'x i` }taw S35' II ," >' .+°1 i A'ot idm s s t2.µ ,*w "�. ` T - Figure 4. Typical Pressure Seals used with IAP10, IGP10, IAP20, and IGP20 Transmitters FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS Span and Range Limits for IAP10 and IGP10 Transmitters Span Span Limits Range Limits (Absolute or Gauge Units) Code MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 C 0.007 and 0.21 1 and 30 0.07 and 2.1 0 and 0.21 0 and 30 0 and 2.1 D 0.07 and 2.1 10 and 300 0.7 and 21 0 and 2.1 0 and 300 0 and 21 E 0.7 and.21 _ 100 and"3000 7 and 210 0 and 21 0 and 3000 0 and 210 C."-` I F (a) 14 and 42 2000 and 6000 140 and 420 0 and 42 0 and 6000 _ 0 and 420 1 '. (a) Span Limit Code F is applicable to IGP10 Transmitter only. Maximum Overrange and Proof Pressure Ratings for IAP10 and IGP10 Transmitters Span Maximum Overrange Pressure Rating (a) Proof Pressure Rating (a)(b) Code MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 C 0.31 45 3.15 0.827 120 8.27 D 3.1 450 31.5 8.27 1200 82.7 E 31 4500 315 79.3 11500 793 F (c) 59 8400 580 152 22000 1517 (a) Values listed are in absolute or gauge pressure units,as applicable.Maximum overrange pressuresp the maximum pressure that may be applied without causing damage to the transmitter. (b) Proof pressure ratings meet ANSI/ISA Standard S82.03-1988.Unit may become nonfunctional after application of proof pressure. (c) Span Limit Code F is applicable to IGP10 Transmitter only. Span and Range Limits for IAP20 and IGP20 Transmitters Span Span Limits Range Limits (Absolute or Gauge Units)(a) Code kPa . inH2O mbar kPa inH2O mbar A (b) 0.12 and 7.5 0.5 and 30 1.2 and 75 -7.5 and +7.5 -30 and+30 "-75 and+75 B 0.87(c) and 50 3.5(c) and 200 8.7(c) and 500 -50(a) and +50 -200(a) and +200 -500(a) and+500 MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 C 0.007 and 0.21 1 and 30 0.07 and 2.1 -0.1(a) and 0.21 -14.7(a) and +30 -1(a) and +2.1 D 0.07 and 2.1 10 and 300 0.7 and 21 -0.1(a) and 2.1 -14.7(a) and+300 -1(a) and+21 E (d) 0.7 and 21 100 and 3000 7 and 210 -0.1(a) and 21 -14.7(a) and +3000 -1(a) and +210 (a) For absolute pressure transmitters(IAP20),the lower range limit is 0. Cab.'- (b) Span Code A is applicable to the IGP20 Transmitter only.Also,Span Limit Code A is not available when pressure seals are specified. (c) For IAP20,the minimum span for factory calibration is 1.2 kPa(5 inH2O,12.4 mbar).Can be field reranged within limits shown in table. (d) When certain options are specified,the upper span and range limit values are reduced as listed in the"Options Impact"table. PSS 2A-1C13 C v Page 6 Cin'' FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Maximum Overrange and Proof Pressure Ratings for IAP 20 and IGP20 Transmitters (a) Overrange Pressure Rating Proof Pressure Rating (b) Transmitter Configuration bar or bar or (See Model Code for Description of Options) MPa psi kg/cm2 MPa psi kg/cm2 With Option -D9 40 5800 400 100 14500 1000 Standard or with Option -B2, -D3, or-D7 25 3625 250 100 14500 1000 With Option -B3 20 2900 200 70 11150 700 With Option -D1 16 2320 160 64 9280 640 With Option -B1 or-D5 15 2175 150 60 8700 600 With Option -D2, -D4, -D6, or-D8 • 10 1500 100 40 6000 400 With Structure Codes 78 and 79 (pvdf insert) 2.1 300 21 8.4 1200 84 (a) Refer to Model Code section for application and restrictions related to the items listed in the table. (b) Proof pressure ratings meet ANSI®/ISA®Standard S82.03-1988.Unit may become nonfunctional after application of proof pressure. Impact of Certain Options on IAP20/IGP20 Span and Range Limits (a) Option Description (Also see Model Code) Span and Range Limits Derated to: -B3 . B7-M Bolts and Nuts(NACE) 20 MPa (2900 psi,200 bar,or kg/cm2) -D1 DIN Construction 16 MPa (2320 psi, 160 bar or kg/cm2) -D5 or-B1 DIN Construction or 316 ss Bolting 15 MPa(2175 psi, 150 bar or kg/cm2) -D2,-D4,-D6,or-D8 (a) DIN Construction (a) 10 MPa (1500 psi, 100 bar or kg/cm2) (a) (a)Refer to Model Code section for application and restrictions related to the items listed in the table. Output Signal Suppressed Zero and Elevated Zero • 4 to 20 mA, Linear Suppressed or elevated zero ranges are acceptable as long as the Span and Range Limits are not •Field Wiring Reversal exceeded (elevated zero applicable to IGP20 only). No transmitter damage Zeroing for Nonzero-Based Ranges Supply Voltage Requirements and External Loop Dual Function Zeroing is provided to allow zeroing Load Limitations (Figure 5) with the transmitter open to atmosphere, even when . Minimum supply voltage is 11.5 V dc.This can be there is a nonzero-based range.This greatly reduced to 11 V dc using a plug-in jumper in the field simplifies position effect zeroing on many pressure wiring compartment terminal block as shown in the and level applications. It applies to the standard LCD "Physical Specifications" section. Indicator, and External Zero Adjustment option. 1500 I I I I 1450 _ Zero and Span Adjustments (See Figure 8) TYPICAL SUPPLY j Zero and span adjustments can be accomplished — VOLTAGE AND Y, — _ LOAD LIMITS /0 - using the pushbuttons on the LCD indicator. V do LOAD O j'/ _ loco— 30 594 % % Optional External Zero Adjustment(See Figure 8) a / % - _ 32 975 �j,/A - An external zero pushbutton mechanism is isolated oe�'%�� from the electronics compartment and magnetically •-, �, - activates an internal reed switch through the a — � ,, ! -i- _ fj , ;/ housing. This eliminates a potential leak path for p 500— %,6.-./,,:,%!%<r;; moisture or contaminants to get into the electronics ' PERATING, _ compartment.The external zero adjustment can be — / AREA - j�; -, - disabled by a configuration selection. �,%/m*,,,,�', - - , 4,:,..,,;;;;%i %% - ,,,, '= .%Ag',��; Write Protect Jumper 0 I; I I I a Can be positioned to lock out all configurators from 0 10 20 30 40 50 making database changes.This makes transmitter 11.5 42 (11*-‘: SUPPLY VOLTAGE,V dc suitable for Safety Shutdown System Applications. Figure 5. Supply Voltage vs. Output Load I • PSS 2A-1C13 C Page 7 rib' FUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Adjustable Damping European Union Directives Transmitter response time is normally 0.75 s, or the • Complies with Electromagnetic Compatibility electronically adjustable setting of 0 (none),2, 4, or Requirements of European EMC Directive 8 seconds, whichever is greater, for a 90% recovery 89/336/EEC by conforming to the following from an 80% input step per ANSI/ISA S51.1. (For CENELEC and IEC Standards: EN 50081-2, 63.2%recovery, 0.5 s with sensors B to F, and 0.6 s EN 50082-2, and IEC 801-2 through 801-6. with sensor A.) • Transmitter Complies with NAMUR Part 1 Minimum Allowable Absolute Pressure vs. Interference Immunity Requirement (EMC) Process Temperature • Transmitter Conforms to Applicable European WITH SILICONE FILL FLUID Union Directives ("CE"Logo marked on product). Full vacuum: up to 121°C (250°F) WITH FLUORINERT®FILL FLUID (FIGURE 6.) Configuration and Calibration Data, and TEMPERATURE,°C Electronics Upgradeability - o I o .0 40 120 All factory characterization data and user =140 _J configuration and calibration data are stored in the E 120 \ sensor(Figure 7).This means that the electronics Lii 100 \\\\ module may be replaced,with one of like type, 'FLUOR eoco FC-43 without the need for reconfiguration or recalibration. cc 60OPERa �; ARAlthough module replacement can affect accuracy w 40 by a maximum of 0.20%of span,this error can be 0 20 \ removed by an mA trim without application of m 0 (.1.1.‘ `c -25 0 50 100 150 200 250 pressure. TEMPERATURE,'F Changing module types (e.g.,from one protocol to Figure 6. Minimum Allowable another protocol) may require reconfiguration and Absolute Pressure vs. Process Temperature, recalibration, as well as a different terminal block, Fluorinert FC-43, 2.6 cSt at 25°C (77°F) but all factory characterization data is retained. Sensor i Electronics Module z .1 ` '` Y Analog to Digital Digital to AAI -, Converter Analog I , . 1 I Converter Nonvolatile :.I I t Memory I E 'I Microprocessor -User 1 _ z 4to 20 mA E. - Sensor Linearization I 2, Configuration& i � � ► m Calibration I - Reranging I -Correction ;"I I - Damping I MCD . Coefficients + - Engineering Units 0 , 2,1 ► m . -Factory I - Failsafe .-.1 I .x Calibration ..aj I - Communications } y Data r - Temp.Compensation , . 1 I. - Pressure Sensor I a - Sensor _1 ,. - D/A Converter - Temperature I — J Measurement 1 I `;1 'Piezo-Resistive Sensor 1 I _ °_j I 4_Measured Pressure . 1 I • `, ; .� I • 1 1 Atmospheric•`.1 _ '`,1 Vent( auge);1 (lb-\ I / or Referelednc _I I: LCD Indicator/Configurator External Zero .1 (Absolute including Zero and Span Adjustment =1 I (Absolute) • "1 I 9 P 1 Figure 7.Transmitter Functional Block Diagram t PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 8 CTFUNCTIONAL SPECIFICATIONS (Cont.) Standard LCD Indicator with On-Board Optional Custom Configuration (Option -C2) Pushbuttons(Figure 8) Provides: For the transmitter to be custom configured by the • Two lines;four numeric characters on top line, factory,the user must fill out a data form. If this and seven alphanumeric characters on bottom option is not selected, a standard default • line. configuration will be provided. See Tables 3 and 4. • Measurement Readout; value on top line and units label on bottom line. Table 3. Example of Option -C2 • Configuration and Calibration Prompts. Standard Typical Custom (Default) Configuration Parameter Configuration Option-C2 _ TOPWORKS WITH COVER Calibrated Range '44 REMOVED •Pressure EGU per S.O.(a) KG/CM2(a) •LRV per S.O. 0 �� •URV per S.O. 1 �� Output Direction Forward Forward �� LCD INDICATOR Damping None 2 Failsafe Action Upscale Downscale irn, Ext.Zero Option Enabled Disabled OPTIONAL 1EXTERNAL Other • •`� •Label(2nd line) (b) KG/CM2(b) ZERO \ 1� ENTER° PUSHBUTTON h•-, • PUSHBUTTON 'Display LRV (c) 0(c) •Display URV (c) 1 (c) "NEXT" AMP (a) Select from list in Table 4 below. PUSHBUTTONIIIIIIIIIIII (b) Same as pressure units used for calibrated range,or percent. C 7.:' (c) Same as calibrated range or 0 and 100 for percent. Figure 8. Standard LCD Indicator with Pushbuttons Table 4. Available Pressure Units in Calibrated Range (a) inH2O inHg kPa mbar kg/cm2 ftH2O mmHg MPa ' bar psi mmH2O Pa torr g/cm2 atm (a) Absolute or gauge pressure units,as applicable. NOTE There is a maximum of 4 digits for entering range values. \ - PSS 2A-1 C13 C - Page 9 OPERATING, STORAGE, AND TRANSPORTATION CONDITIONS Reference Storage and Operating Normal Operating Transportation • Influence Conditions Conditions (a) Operative Limits (a) Limits Process Connection Temp. • with Silicone Fill Fluid. • 24 ±2°C • -29 to + 82°C • -46 and+121°C (b) • -46 and+121°C (75±3°F) (-20 to+180°F) (-50 and+250°F) (b) (-50 and+250°F) • with Fluorinert Fill Fluid • 24±2°C • -29 to+ 82°C • -29 and +121°C • -29 and+121°C _ (75±3°F) (-20 to+180°F) (-20 and+250°F) (-20 and +250°F) Electronics Temperature • 24 ±2°C • -29 to+ 82°C • -40 and +85°C (b) • -54 and +85°C (75±3°F) (-20 to+180°F) . (-40 and+185°F) (b) (-65 and +185°F) • with LCD Display (Note c) • 24 ±2°C • -20 to + 82°C • -20 and+85°C • -54 and+85°C (75±3°F) (-4 to+180°F) (-20 and +185°F) (-65 and +185°F) Relative Humidity (Note d) 50±10% 0 to 100% 0 and 100%0 0 and 100% Noncondensing Supply Voltage - mA Output 30±0.5 V dc 11.5 to 42 V dc (e) 11.5 and 42 V dc (e) Not Applicable Output Load - mA Output 650 S2 0 to 1450 1-2 0 and 1450 S2 Not Applicable Vibration 1 m/s2 6.3 mm (0.25 in) Double Amplitude: 11 m/s2 (0.1 "g") from 5 to 15 Hz with Aluminum Housing and (1.1 "g") from 5 to 9 Hz with 316 ss Housing from 2.5 to 5 Hz (in Shipping 0 to 30 m/s2(0 to 3 "g") from 15 to 500 Hz Package) with Aluminum Housing; and 0 to 10 m/s2 (0 to 1 "g") from 9 to 500 Hz with 316 ss Housing Mounting Position Upright (f) Upright (f) No Limit Not Applicable (a)Temperature limits are derated as follows: IAP20 and IGP20 Transmitters: to-7 and+82°C(20 and 180°F)when Structure Codes 78/79(pvdf inserts)are used,and to 0 and 60°C(32 and 140°F)when DIN Construction Options D2/D4/D6/D8 are used. (b) Selection of Option-J extends the low temperature limit of transmitters with silicone filled sensors down to-50°C(-58°F). (c) Although the LCD will not be damaged at any temperature within the"Storage and Transportation Limits",updates will be slowed and readability decreased at temperatures outside the"Normal Operating Conditions". (d) With topworks covers on and conduit entrances sealed. (e) 11.5 V dc can be reduced to 11 V dc by using a plug-in shorting bar;see"Physical Specifications"sections. (f) Sensor process wetted diaphragms in a vertical plane for IAP20 and IGP20 Transmitter. C . • • PSS 2A-1 C13 C • Page 10 PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS • • Zero-Based Calibrations; Cobalt-Nickel-Chromium or Stainless Steel Sensor with Silicone Fluid; Under Reference Operating Conditions unless otherwise specified; URL= Upper Range Limit, and Span = Calibrated Span Accuracy (includes Linearity, Hysteresis, and Vibration Effect Repeatability) Total effect:±0.2% of URL per"g"for vibrations in ±0.20% of Span the frequency range of 5 to 500 Hz;with double Small Span Accuracy for Spans <5% and<6.7% of amplitudes of 6.35 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 15 Hz, or accelerations of 3 "g" in the range of 15 to URL 500 Hz, whichever is smaller, for transmitters with See Table 5 below. aluminum housings; and with double amplitudes of Table 5. Accuracy with Small Spans 6.35 mm (0.25 in) in the range of 5 to 9 Hz, or accelerations of 1 "g"in the range of 9 to 500 Hz, For Span If Span Then Small Span Accuracy whichever is smaller, for transmitters with 316 ss Code(a) is: in % of Span is: housings. <5%B Spa�ll • Switching and Indirect Lightning Transients of URL ±r(0.10)+(0.005)( A, C, D, E, <6.7% URL/J The transmitter can withstand a transient surge up to and F of URL -r(0.10)+(0.0067)(Span)� 2000 V common mode or 1000 V normal mode (a) See Model Code for Span CodesL applicable to each without permanent damage. The output shift is less transmitter. than 1.0%. (Per ANSI/IEEE C62.41-1980 and IEC Std. 801-5.) Stability Ambient Temperature Effect Long term drift is less than ±0.05% of URL per year Total effect for a 28°C (50°F) change within Normal ri-s over a 5-year period. Operating Condition limits is: Power-Up Time FOR THE IAP10 AND IGP10 TRANSMITTERS . Less than 5 seconds for output to reach first valid Span Code(a) Ambient Temperature Effect measurement. C, D, E, and F ±(0.08% URL+0.1% Span) Supply Voltage Effect (a) Span Code F applicable to IGP10 Transmitter only. The output changes less than 0.005% of span for each 1 V change within the specified supply voltage FOR THE IAP20 AND IGP20 TRANSMITTERS requirements. See Figure 5. Span Code Ambient Temperature Effect Position Effect A (a) ±(0.18% URL+ 0.15%Span) The transmitter may be mounted in any position.Any B and C ±(0.03% URL +0.20%Span) zero effect caused by the mounting position can be D ±(0.05% URL+ 0.18%Span) eliminated by rezeroing. There is no span effect. E ±(0.08% URL+ 0.15%Span) (a) Span Limit Code A applicable to IGP20 Transmitter only. RFI Effect The output error is less than 0.1% of span for radio NOTE frequencies in the range of 27 to 1000 MHz and field For additional ambient temperature effect intensity of 30 V/m when the transmitter is properly when pressure seals are used, see installed with shielded conduit and grounding, and PSS 2A-1Z11 A. housing covers are in place. (Per IEC Std. 801-3.) • PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 11 PHYSICAL SPECIFICATIONS Direct Connected Bracket-Mounted Absolute and Gauge Pressure Absolute and Gauge Pressure Description Transmitters IAP10 and IGP10 Transmitters IAP20 and IGP20 • Process Wetted Parts Mat'Is.' (High Pressure Side) 4 • Process Connection • 316L ss or Hastelloy C • Carbon Steel, 316 ss, Hastelloy C, • Monel, or pvdf (Kynar®) • Gaskets • Not Applicable • Glass-filled ptfe (Chemloy®), Viton® • Sensor Diaphragm • 316L ss, Co-Ni-Cr, or • Co-Ni-Cr, 316L ss, Gold-plated 316L ss, Hastelloy C Monel, Hastelloy C, or Tantalum Reference Side Materials IGP10 Transmitter: Sensor Diaphragm: (Atmospheric Pressure Side) • Silicon, Pyrex, RTV, and • Same as specified for High Pressure side 316 ss process wetted material. IAP10 Transmitter: Cover: • N/A • 316 ss Sensor Fill Fluid Silicone or Fluorinert Silicone or Fluorinert Bolts and Nuts for Process N/A Standard Bolting: Cover and Connector • ASTM A193, Grade B7 Bolts • ASTM A194, Grade 2H Nuts Optional Bolting: • 316 ss, Type 17-4 ss,or B7M (NACE) Electrical Housing and Two compartments to separate electronics from field connections. Material is Housing Covers low copper(1% maximum) die-cast aluminum alloy with epoxy finish; or 316 ss. Environmental Protection Dusttight and weatherproof per IEC IP66 and NEMA 4X. Electronics Module Printed wiring assemblies are conformally coated for moisture and dust protection. Electrical Connections 1/2 NPT or PG 13.5 entrances on both sides of electronics housing, as specified. Unused entrance must be plugged to ensure moisture and RFI protection (aluminum or 316 ss plug supplied by Invensys Foxboro). Mounting Position The transmitter may be mounted in any orientation. Approximate Mass (a) Standard Transmitter With Process Connectors 1.5 kg (3.3 Ib) 4.2 kg (9.2 Ib) With 316 ss Housing Without Process Connectors Add 1.1 kg (2.4 lb) 3.5 kg (7.8 lb) With 316 ss Housing Add 1.1. kg (2.4 Ib) Field Terminal Connections EARTH(GROUND) TERMINAL BLOCK TERMINAL SCREW, LOCATED IN FIELD 0.164-32 � r— TERMINAL SIDE OF OPTIONAL TRANSMITTER SHORTING BAR (+)AND(-) + V (SB-11)REDUCES POWER � O � , USED TO CHECK MINIMUM VOLTAGE TERMINAL TRANSMITTER SCREWS, 4 TO 20 mA FROM 11.5 V dc 0.164-32 '1111111MIM/►� O OUTPUT TO 11 V do RECEPTACLES(3) `�j� CAL+ ~IIII FOR STANDARD O BANANA PLUGS � • �I' I /► (TOP ONE UNUSED AND PLUGGED) (a) LCD Indicator is standard with these transmitters.For approximate mass with pressure seals,see PSS 2A-1Z11 A. • PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 12 ELECTRICAL SAFETY SPECIFICATIONS Electrical • Safety Testing Laboratory,Types of Design Protection, and Area Classification Application Conditions Code ATEX flameproof; II 2 G EEx d IIC,Zone 1. Flameproof classification applicable to • IAP20 and IGP20 Transmitters only. D Temperature Class T6. See certificate KEMA 00ATEX2019 X for conditions. CSA explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, Temperature Class T6 at 80°C (176°F) C, and D; and dust-ignitionproof apparatus for and T5 at 85°C (185°F) maximum Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F, and G;and Class III, ambient. Division 1 hazardous locations. CSA for Class I, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, and D; Connect to source not exceeding 42.4 V. Class II, Division 2, Groups F and G; and Class Ill, Temperature Class T6 at 40°C (104°F), Division 2 hazardous locations. and T4A at 85°C (185°F) maximum ambient. FM explosionproof for Class I, Division 1, Groups B, Temperature Class T6 at 80°C (176°F) C, and D; and dust-ignitionproof apparatus for and T5 at 85°C (185°F) maximum Class II, Division 1, Groups E, F,and G;and Class III, ambient. Division 1 hazardous locations. F FM nonincendive apparatus for Class I, Division 2, Connect to source not exceeding 42.4 V. Groups A, B, C, and D; Glass II, Division 2, Groups F Temperature Class T6 at 40°C (104°F), C and G; and Class III, Division 2 hazardous locations. and T4A at 85°C (185°F) maximum ambient. SAA Ex d IIC. Flameproof, Gas Group IIC, Zone 1. Temperature Class T6. A SAA Ex n IIC. Nonincendive, Gas Group IIC,Zone 2. Temperature Class T4. K NOTE Transmitters have been designed to meet the electrical safety descriptions listed. Contact Invensys Foxboro for information or status of testing laboratory approvals or certifications. t PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 13 C' IAP10 AND IGP10 ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS MODEL CODES Description Model I/A Series, Electronic, Direct Connected Absolute Pressure Transmitter IAP10 I/A Series, Electronic, Direct Connected Gauge Pressure Transmitter IGP10(a) Electronics Versions and Output Signal Electronic;4 to 20 mA Analog Output(Version-A) —A Structure Code Select if Transmitter Only—No Pressure Seals,Sanitary or Pulp/Paper Process Connections Process . Connection Sensor Fill Fluid Connection Type 316L ss Co-Ni-Cr Silicone 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 20 316L ss Co-Ni-Cr Fluorinert 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 21 3 6 ss 3 6L ss Si icone 2 NP Externa T read, NPT n erne read 22 316L ss 316L ss Fluorinert 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 23 316L ss Hastelloy C Silicone 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 30 316L ss Hastelloy C Fluorinert 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 31 Hastelloy C Hastelloy C Silicone 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 32 Hastelloy C Hastelloy C Fluorinert 1/2 NPT External Thread, 1/4 NPT Internal Thread 33 Select Only with Invensys Foxboro Model Coded Pressure Seals(e) This selection requires specifying the Seal Model Number(Reference PSS 2A-1Z11 A) Seal Quantity and Orientation Fill Fluid Available with: Transmitter installed with Direct Connect Seal c Silicone IAP10 and IGP10 I D1 Transmitter installed with Direct Connect Seal(c) Fluorinert • IAP10 only D2 (7 Transmitter installed with Remote Mount Seal(d) Silicone IAP10 and IGP10 S3 Transmitter installed with Remote Mount Seal(d) Fluorinert IGP10 only S4 Select Only if Other Seals are Used-Do not specify Foxboro Model Coded Seals Remote Seal; Silicone Fill in Sensor(e) SC Remote Seal; Fluorinert Fill in Sensor(f) SD Span Limits-Absolute or Gauge Pressure Units.as Applicable MPa psi bar or kg/cm Available with: 0.007 and 0.21 1 and 30 0.07 and 2.1 IAP10 and IGP10 C 0.07and2.1 10and300 0.7and21 IAP10 and IGP10 D 0.7 and 21 100 and 3000 7 and 210 IAP10 and IGP10 E I 14 and 42 2000 and 6000 140 and 420 IGP10 only I F Conduit Connections and Housing Material 1/2 NPT,Aluminum Housing 1 1/2 NPT,316 ss Housing 3 Electrical Safety(See Electrical Safety Specifications Section for Description and Approval Status) CSA®Certified d and Division 2 C FM®Approved d and n F SAA Certified Ex d IIC,Zone 1 A SAA Certified Ex n IIC,Zone 2 K Optional Selections See descriptions below. Mounting Bracket Set(g) - Painted Steel Bracket with Plated Steel Bolts, 1/2 NPT(with Conduit Connection Codes 1 and 3 only) -M1 Stainless Steel Bracket with Stainless Steel Bolts, 1/2 NPT(with Conduit Connection Codes 1 and 3 only) -M2 Blind (Solid)Cover over LCD Indicator Blind(Solid) Cover replaces Window Cover -L2 Model Code continued on next page • PSS 2A-1 C13 C /� Page 14 l . IAP10 AND IGP10 ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Cont.) MODEL CODES (Cont.) Optional Selections(Cont.) Vent Screw and Block& Bleed Valve(h) 316 ss Vent Screw in Process Connection(Not with Options-G,-X1,-X2,or Structure Codes 30-33) -V1 Block and Bleed Valve, Carbon Steel -V2 Block and Bleed Valve,316 ss -V3 Block and Bleed Valve,316 ss w/Monel®Trim -V4 Electronics Housing Features External Zero Adjustment • -Z1 Custody Transfer Lock and Seal -Z2 - External Zero Adjustment and Custody Transfer Lock and Seal -Z3 Custom Factory Configuration Full Factory Configuration(Requires Configuration Form to be filled out) • -C2 • Cleaning and Preparation Unit Degreased-for Silicone Filled Sensors Only -X1 Not for Oxygen/Chlorine Service,Option-V1,or Pressure Seals Cleaned and Prepared for Oxygen Service-for Fluorinert Filled Sensors Only -X2 Not with Option-V1 or Pressure Seals Cleaned and Prepared for Chlorine Service-with Structure Code 33 Only -X3 Not for Option-V1 or Pressure Seals Instruction Books(Common MI, Brochure,and Full Documentation Set on CD-ROM is Standard) Without Instruction Book and CD-Only"Getting Started"Brochure is supplied -K1 Miscellaneous Optional Selections G 1/2 B Manometer Process Connection (Not Available with Option-V1 or Pressure Seals) (h) -G Low Temperature Operative Limit of Electronics Housing Extended Down to-50°C (-58°F) (i) -J R 1/2 Process Connection(1/2 NPT to R 1/2 Adapter) (j) -R Supplemental Customer Tag (Stainless Steel Tag wired onto Transmitter) -T Five Year Warranty -W (a) See PSS 2A-1 C13 F for very high gauge pressure versions with URLs of 105 and 210 MPa(15 000 and 30 000 psi).Also see PSSs 2A-1C13 K and 2A-1C13 L for transmitters with process connections for sanitary and pulp and paper processes,respectively. (b) Both transmitter and pressure seal Model Numbers are required.Refer to PSS 2A-1Z11 A for pressure seal Model Codes. (c) Direct Connect Seal Models that may be specified are PSTAD,PSFAD,and PSISD. (d) Remote Mount Seal Models that may be specified are PSFPS,PSFES,PSFAR,PSTAR,PSISR, PSSCR,and PSSSR. (e) For transmitters with Silicone fill prepared for direct connect seal by others,specify Structure Code 22. (f) For transmitters with Fluorinert fill prepared for direct connect seal by others,specify Structure Code 23. (g) Mounting sets not offered with direct connect seals.However,if a direct connect PSTAD threaded seal with a 1/4 NPT process connection is used,then a mounting set is recommended. (h) Not available with Structure Codes S3,S4,SC,or SD. (i) Not available with Fluorinert fill in sensor or seal. (j) Not available with Structure Codes 30-33,S3,S4,SC,or SD. • ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Model Number(s) as follows: — Transmitter only if pressure seals are not selected — Both transmitter and pressure seal(s) if pressure seal(s) is(are) selected. See PSS 2A-1Z11 A. 2. Calibrated Pressure Range (using Allowable Pressure Units from Table 4). 3. Configuration Data Form when Factory Calibration Option -C2 is specified. • 4. Options and Accessories not in Model Code (see PSS 2A-1Z9 E). 5. User Tag Data. - PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 15C . IAP20 AND IGP20 ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS MODEL CODE Description Model I/A Series, Electronic, Bracket-Mounted Absolute Pressure.Transmitter IAP20 I/A Series, Electronic, Bracket-Mounted Gauge Pressure Transmitter IGP20 Electronics Versions and Output Signal Electronic;4 to 20 mA Analog Output(Version-A) —A Structure Code Select if Transmitter only(Pressure Seals are NOT required) Hi-Side Cover Sensor Material Fill Fluid Steel Co-Ni-Cr Silicone 10 Steel Co-Ni-Cr Fluorinert® 11 Steel 316L ss Silicone 12 Steel 316L ss Fluorinert 13 Steel Hastelloy C Silicone 16 Steel Hastelloy C Fluorinert 17 316 ss Co-Ni-Cr Silicone 20 316 ss Co-Ni-Cr Fluorinert 21 316 ss 316L ss Silicone 22 316 ss 316L ss Fluorinert 23 316 ss 316L ss,Gold Plated Silicone 2G 316 ss Monel Silicone 24 316 ss Monel Fluorinert 25 316 ss Hastelloy C Silicone 26 ('''. 316 ss Hastelloy C Fluorinert 27 Monel Monel Silicone 34 Monel Monel Fluorinert 35 Hastelloy C Hastelloy C Silicone 46 Hastelloy C Hastelloy C Fluorinert 47 Hastelloy C ' Tantalum Silicone 48 Hastelloy C Tantalum Fluorinert 49 pvdf Insert(Kynar) Tantalum Silicone(Used with Process Connector Type 7 below) 78 (a) pvdf Insert(Kynar) Tantalum Fluorinert(Used with Process Connector Type 7 below) 79(a) Select only if Foxboro Installed Remote,Model Coded Pressure Seal IS required(b) Seal Quantity and Orientation Fill Fluid Available with: Remote Seal on HI Side Silicone IAP20 and IGP20 S3(c) Remote Seal on HI Side Fluorinert IGP20 only S4 (c) Select only if Foxboro Installed Direct Connect,Model Coded Pressure Seal IS required(b) Seal Quantity and Orientation Fill Fluid Available with: Flanged PSFLT,or Sanitary PSSCT or PSSST Seal,HI Side Silicone IGP20 only F1 Flanged PSFLT,or Sanitary PSSCT or PSSST Seal,HI Side Fluorinert IGP20 only F2 Select only if Other Seals are used-Do not specify Foxboro Model Coded Seals Remote Seal;Silicone Fill in Sensor SC Remote Seal; Fluorinert Fill in Sensor SD Span Limits(Absolute or Gauge Pressure Units1 kPa inH2O mbar Available with: 0.12and7.5 0.5and30 1.2and75 IGP20only A(d) 0.87 and 50 3.5 and 200 8.7 and 500 IAP20 and IGP20 B MPa psi bar or kg/cm2 Available with: 0.007 and 0.21 1 and 30 0.07 and 2.1 IAP20 and IGP20 C 0.07 and 2.1 10 and 300 0.7 and 21 IAP20 and IGP20 D Cs° ' 0.7 and 21 100 and 3000 7 and 210 IAP20 and IGP20 E(e) "Model Code continued on next page PSS 2A-1C13 C Page 16 • IAP20 AND IGP20 ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Cont.) MODEL CODE(Cont.) Process Connector Type(Material Same as Process Cover Material) None;connect directly to process cover(not available with Structure Codes 78 and 79) 0 1/4 NPT(not available with Structure Codes 46,47,48,49,78,79,or with seals) 1 1/2 NPT(not available with Structure Codes 78,79,or with seals) 2 Rc 1/4(not available with Structure Codes 46,47,48,49,78,79,or with seals) 3 Rc 1/2 (not available with Structure Codes 78,79, or with seals) 4 1/2 Schedule 80 Welding Neck(not available with Structure Codes 46,47,48,49,78,79,or with seals) 6 None;pvdf(Kynar)insert tapped for 1/2 NPT on side of 316 ss Process Cover(only with Codes 78/79) 7 Conduit Connection and Housing Material 1/2 NPT,Aluminum Housing 1 PG 13.5,Aluminum Housing(Available with Electrical Safety Code D only) 2 1/2 NPT,316 ss Housing 3 PG 13.5,316 ss Housing (Available with Electrical Safety Code D only) 4 Electrical Safety ATEX II 2 G, EEx d IIC D CSA Certified d and Division 2 C FM Approved d and n F SAA Certified Ex d IIC,Zone 1 A SAA Certified Ex n IIC,Zone 2 K Optional Selections Refer to Optional Selection descriptions below. Mounting Bracket Set-Not available with Direct Connect Seals.Codes F1 and F2 C..' Painted Steel Bracket with Plated Steel Bolts, 1/2 NPT(with Conduit Connection Codes 1 and 3 only) -M1 Stainless Steel Bracket with Stainless Steel Bolts, 1/2 NPT(with Conduit Connection Codes 1 and 3 only) -M2 Blind(Solid)Cover over LCD Indicator Blind(Solid)Cover replaces Window Cover -L2 DIN 19213 Construction-Specify Process Conn.Code 0,and 316 ss Covers Only(f) Single Ended Process Cover with M10, B7 Steel Bolting -D1 (i) Double Ended Process Cover with M10,B7 Steel Bolting(Blind Kidney Flange on Back) (g)(h) -D2(i) Single Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in, B7 Steel Bolting -D3(i) Double Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in, B7 Steel Bolting(Blind Kidney Flange on Back)(g)(h) -D4 (i) Single Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in,316 ss Bolting -D5(i) Double Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in,316 ss Bolting (Blind Kidney Flange on Back) (g)(h) -D6(i) Single Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in, 17-4 ss Bolting -D7(i) Double Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in, 17-4 ss Bolting(Blind Kidney Flange on Back) (g)(h) -D8(i) Single Ended Process Cover with 7/16 in, 17-4 ss Bolting;rated 400 bar,5800 psi,40 MPa -D9 Cleaning and Preparation-Not Available w/Gold-Plated Sensor.Structure 2G Unit Degreased-for Silicone Filled Sensors Only -X1 (f) (Not for Oxygen/Chlorine/Other Fluids that may react with Silicone) Cleaned and Prepared for Oxygen Service-for Fluorinert Filled Sensors Only -X2(f) (Not available with Carbon Steel Covers or with Silicone Filled Sensors) Cleaned and Prepared for Chlorine Service-for Fluorinert Filled Sensors Only(j) -X3(f) (Not available with Carbon Steel Covers or with Silicone Filled Sensors) Bolting for Process Covers/Connectors 316 ss Bolts and Nuts(Pressure Derated)(i)(k) -B1 17-4 ss Bolts and Nuts(j)(k) -B2 B7M Bolts and Nuts(NACE) (i)(k) -B3 Conduit Thread Adapters Hawke-Type 1/2 NPT Cable Gland for use with Conduit Connection Codes 1 and 3(I) -Al M20 Connector for use with Conduit Connection Codes 1 and 3(I) -A3 C. Model Code continued on next page PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 17 IAP20 AND IGP20 ABSOLUTE AND GAUGE PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS (Cont.) MODEL CODES (Cont.) Optional Selections(Cont.) Electronics Housing Features External Zero Adjustment -Z1 Custody Transfer Lock and Seal -Z2 External Zero Adjustment and Custody Transfer Lock and Seal -Z3 Custom Factory Configuration Full Factory Configuration(Requires Configuration Form to be filled out) -C2 Ermeto Connectors-Specify Only One(Only 316 ss process covers: no side vents on cover) Steel,Connecting 6 mm Tubing to 1/4 NPT Process Connector -El (f) Steel,Connecting 12 mm Tubing to 1/2 NPT Process Connector -E2(f) 316 ss, Connecting 6 mm Tubing to 1/4 NPT Process Connector -E3(f) 316 ss,Connecting 12 mm Tubing to 1/2 NPT Process Connector -E4(f) Gaskets Gasket for Vacuum Service with Pressure Seals(m) -G1 Available with IGP20 Transmitters only (Standard with IAP20 Transmitters) Instruction Books(Common MI. Brochure.and Full Documentation Set on CD-ROM is Standard) Without Instruction Book and CD-Only"Getting Started"Brochure is supplied -K1 Miscellaneous Optional Selections Low Temperature Operative Limit of Electronics Housing Extended Down to-50°C (-58°F) -J Not available with sensors and seals with fluorinert fill, Structure Codes 78 and 79, or DIN Options-D2,-D4,-D6, and-D8 Vent Screw in side of Process Cover(with 316 ss process covers only) -V(f) Five Year Warranty -W Supplemental Customer Tag(Stainless Steel Tag wired onto Transmitter) -T Examples: IGP2O-D20B21F-M1Z2; IAP20-DS3C11F-T (a) Maximum overrange pressure is 2.1 MPa(300 psi);temperature limits are-7 and+82°C(20 and 180°F). (b)Transmitter and Pressure Seal Model Codes are both required.See PSS 2A-1Z11 A for the various pressure seal model codes. (c) Remote Seal Models that may be specified are PSFPS,PSFES,PSFAR,PSTAR,PSISR,PSSCR,and PSSSR. (d) Span Limit Code A is not available with pressure seals(Structure Codes F1,F2,S3,S4,SC,SD). (e) Span Limit Code E is not available with Structure Codes 78 and 79(pvdf insert in HI Side Cover). • (f) Not available when Remote Mount or Direct Connect Pressure Seals are specified. (g) Mounting Set option is not available. (h)Temperature limits derated to 0 and 60°C(32 and 140°F). (i) See applicable installation Mls for pressure/temperature deratings when certain DIN 19213 versions and Options-B1 and-B3 are specified. (j) When-X3 is specified,the standard bolting is replaced with 17-4 ss bolts and nuts.Therefore,there is no need to specify Option-B2 when selecting the Chlorine Service Option-X3. (k) Not available with DIN construction options.For stainless steel bolts with DIN construction,specify-D5 to-D9,as required. (I) Available with Electrical Safety Code D only. (m)Standard offering with IAP20 Transmitters.However,-G1 is a required option with IGP20 Transmitters when pressure seal(Structure Codes S3,S4,F1,F2,SC,and SD)will be used in vacuum applications.This option substitutes vacuum service metal gasket for standard ptfe process cover gasket. ORDERING INSTRUCTIONS 1. Model Number(s) as follows: — Transmitter only if pressure seals are not selected — Both transmitter and pressure seal(s) if pressure seal(s) is(are) selected. See PSS 2A-1Z11 A. 2. Calibrated Pressure Range (using Allowable Pressure Units from Table 4). 3. Configuration Data Form when Factory Calibration Option -C2 is specified. 4. Options and Accessories not in Model Code (see PSS 2A-1Z9 E). 5. User Tag Data. • • PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 18 SUGGESTED RFO SPECIFICATIONS The manufacturer shall provide two-wire, 4 to 20 mA do output pressure transmitter(s) suitable for field mounting.These transmitters shall also be provided (as required) with direct connect pressure seals, or remote capillary connected pressure seals. The specifications for these transmitters are as follows: Accuracy: ±0.20% of calibrated span. Span Limits: From 1 psi to 6000 psi for standard direct-connected transmitters, and from 0.5 inH2O to 3000 psi for standard bracket-mounted transmitters, as specified; or SI and Metric equivalents. • Damping: Settable for a range of none to 8 seconds. RFI Protection: The maximum error shall be no more than an additional±0.1% of calibrated span for 30 V/m field intensity between 27 and 1000 MHz. Electronics Housing: IEC IP66 (NEMA 4X); 316 ss or aluminum housing with Epoxy finish; • two compartments (field wiring and electronics); housing sealed with 0-rings for double protection against moisture or other contaminants. Modular Electronics: Easily replaceable modular electronics; optional integral LCD Digital Indicator with on-board configuration pushbuttons. Mounting: Direct to process or bracket mounted to pipe. Process Connection: IAP10/IGP10 Transmitters: Direct to process piping or pressure seal with 1/2 NPT; optional Rc 1/2 or G 1/2 B external threads to process piping. Internal 1/4 NPT thread also provided as plumbing connection to process; or prepared for a direct connect seal or capillary connected seal. IAP20/IGP20 Transmitters: Used with process connectors to accept 1/4 NPT, 1/2 NPT, Rc 1/4, Rc 1/2, Schedule 80 welding neck; or a pvdf insert(tapped for 1/2 NPT) in HI side process cover is used as process connection. Process connection can also be prepared to accept a direct connect seal; or prepared for a remote capillary connected seal. Process Cover Materials Available: Applicable to IAP20/IGP20 transmitters only. Industry Standard 316 ss, Carbon Steel, Monel, and Hastelloy C. Sensor Materials: Co-Ni-Cr, 316L ss, and Hastelloy C for IAP10/IGP10 transmitters; and Co-Ni-Cr, 316L ss, Hastelloy C, Monel,Tantalum, and Gold-Plated 316L ss for IAP20/IGP20 transmitters. LCD Indicator: Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) Indicator, with on-board pushbuttons for calibration and configuration, is standard. Electrical Classification: Nonincendive for Class I and Class II, Division 2 locations, and explosionproof for Class I and Class II, Division 1 locations. Designed to comply with applicable European Union Directives. Approximate Mass: Direct Connected Transmitter: 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) Bracket-Mounted Transmitter: 3.5 kg (7.8 Ib) w/o process connector 4.2 kg (9.2 lb) w/process connector With 316 ss Electronics Housing:Add 1.1 kg (2.4 Ib) With Pressure Seals: See PSS 2A-1Z11 A Model Codes: I/A Series IAP10-A or IGP10-A, Direct Connected Absolute or Gauge Pressure Transmitters; or IAP20-A or IGP20-A Bracket Mounted Absolute or Gauge Pressure Transmitters; with or without pressure seals; or equivalent. - • 4 PSS 2A-1C13 C Page 19 ("2.1 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL mm III IAP10 AND IGP10 DIRECT CONNNECTED TRANSMITTERS 84 124 ALLOW 50mm(2in) CONDUIT I 1-44 9_ 1 CLEARANCE FOR CONNECTION 1---. COVER REMOVAL (SEE NOTE 1) III TI 0 R ;OVER ENDS(NOTE 5) �l �\ , — • II; ,,.,,I I _ CONDUIT - I CONNECTION .e O �,II'III 11 (SEE NOTE I) r 04 _ i 165 ./, � , 6.5 OPTIONAL EXTERNALIIME FIELD TERMINAL CUSTODY EARTH ! CONNECTIONS "mu'�_ TRANSFER (GROUND) OPTIONAL EXTERNAL .. BOTH ENDS LOCK ) 4 SI Mil ZEROLe_0 23 0-*- 25 !- ADJUSTMENT 0,9 _ 32 o PROCESS 1.25 PROCESS CONNECTION 1/2 NPT EXTERNAL CONNECTION (ACROSS FLATS) THREAD AND 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD(NOTE 6) G 1/2 B(-G OPTION) IAP20 AND IGP20 BRACKET MOUNTED TRANSMITTER (7: _ 124 84 —H CONDUIT CONDUIT 4'9 I._ CONNECTION CONNECTION E10 = (NOTE 1) (NOTE 1) I *- ma . C r. E- _, �dll .� ° G III I II PROCESS _ II I I��,' CONNECTOR EXTEREARTHNAL / - �,) _e_'pe/ii TYPE 7 .. (GROUND) PROCESS STANDARD H L OR L-H I I .VENT/ ' �' INDICATES CONNECTOR i, HIGH OR LOW I SEE NOTE 2 DRAIN ON HIGH SIDE /\ PRESSURE SIDE Ilu o% 203 _ i OOPTIONALN —� w, ... .J 8.0 � �pvdf INSERTp`VENT/DRAT TAPPED FOR CSEE NOTE 3 O . Gil T N O 1ml 1.625 1/2 NPT O PROCESS � _! J�� j HIGH SIDE ® _ CONNECTOR �I G—���'��I: ■� © � COVER AND -1(F-- ON HIGH SIDE USED AS ONLY(NOTE 4) 4.7 17-436 .— 64 --►1 PROCESS 4.7 1 4 114 2•5 CONNECTOR. NOTES 4.5 r. 1.CONDUIT CONNECTION 1/2 NPT OR PG 13.5,BOTH SIDES:PLUG UNUSED CONNECTION WITH METAL PLUG(SUPPLIED). 2. PROCESS CONNECTOR CAN BE REMOVED AND CONNECTION MADE DIRECTLY TO PROCESS COVER USING 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD IN PROCESS COVER.NOTE THAT WITH PROCESS CONNECTION CODE"0",THERE IS NO CONNECTOR. 3. PROCESS COVER CAN BE INVERTED MAKING OPTIONAL SIDE VENT A SIDE DRAIN. /�"N 4.FOR USERS WHO DESIRE THE PROCESS CONNECTOR ON THE RIGHT SIDE,MERELY ROTATE TRANSMITTER 180'AND ( RELOCATE PROCESS CONNECTOR SHOWN TO THE RIGHT'SIDE. ` 5.TOPWORKS ROTATABLE TO ANY POSITION WITHIN ONE TURN COUNTERCLOCKWISE OF FULLY TIGHTENED POSITION. 6. DO NOT USE THE 1/4 NPT INTERNAL THREAD TO DIRECT-CONNECT THE TRANSMITTER. - PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 20 DIMENSIONS-NOMINAL(Cont.) mm in IAP20 OR IGP20 TRANSMITTER IAP10 OR IGP10 TRANSMITTER WITH OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET SET WITH OPTIONAL MOUNTING BRACKET SET OPTIONS -M1 OR -M2 ONLY OPTIONS -M1, -M2, -M3, OR -M4 IIII EXTERNAL EARTH SPACER THREADS (GROUND) INTO CONDUIT II „� EARTHNAL CONNECTION t III •, FOR HORIZONTAL Vtb\h.L 1�Q (GROUND) PIPE MOUNTING u �IIIIII (U-BOLT IS ROTATED 90') . I I Iyr 111 � I kIIII . '� FOR SURFACE *-1 1lI ." G, VI _ U MOUNTINBOLT WITH TWO REPLACE I '! D :fir 0.375 in DIAMETER � lie� III BOLTS OF SUFFICIENT `�— LENGTH TO PASS all_--_,.. _, �aimo THROUGH BRACKET .._-__,,y, 111111E OQ J AND SURFACE. VERTICAL PIPE 99 MOUNTING 111 3.9 MOUNTING BRACKET REQUIRED FOR DIRECT CONNECTED TRANSMITTER 11= — WHEN USING 1/4 NPT INTERNAL ` VERTICAL DN 50 OR PROCESS CONNECTION THREAD. 2 in PIPE SHOWN. ALSO RECOMMENDED WHEN A BRACKET--/-*r ROTATE U-BOLT 90` PSTAD DIRECT MOUNTED SEAL FOR MOUNTING TO CONNECTION IS USED. j HORIZONTAL PIPE. IAP1 O OR IGP10 TRANSMITTER OPTIONS METRIC PROCESS VENT SCREW IN BLOCK AND BLEED CONNECTOR PROCESS CONNECTOR VALVE OPTION -R OPTION-V1 OPTION-V2,-V3,OR-V4 ill N 32 mm AD in) , �il 33 HEX HEAD !II I ;.�;,:, I 1.3 BLOCK AND ��� A I BLEED VALVE 1 .`III' v_n_� III_ 203 !k�1�1, 244 mit - 8.0 I 9.6I 27 mm e t r� ii Ii, III 89 (1.1 in) se ili 1 HEX 48 3I.5 HEAD o 1I'9 o VENT SCREW 5/32 INCH PROCESS CONNECTION Rc 1/2. SOCKET HEAD PROCESS /� 64 • CONNECTION 2.5 (1/2"": NOTE 1/2 NPT REFER TO DIMENSIONAL PRINT DP 020-447 FOR ADDITIONAL OPTIONS AVAILABLE WITH THESE TRANSMITTERS. PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 21 CDIMENSIONS-NOMINAL(Cont.) mm in . IAP20 AND IGP20 TRANSMITTER WITH CONDUIT CONNECTOR OPTIONS-Al AND-A3 -e�: III! \�, III',. 1 a1 �Ip l 101_ it Tier CABLE ` ���,' / ,' GLAND I WI:f M20 , 1/2 NPT II I III 1/2 NPT 11.11 I--n I.- (-Al) (-A3) IAP20 OR IGP20 TRANSMITTER WITH OPTIONAL 3-VALVE BYPASS MANIFOLD AND MOUNTING BRACKET 188 7.4 'if! __ YPASS ALVE 1,7 BM M4A MANIFOLD SHOWN.BOLT-ON • PROCESS CONNECTORS C ® =1-5-1 pis MOUNT TO THIS .�. SURFACE OPTIONAL r 1 i Si.� lei: (WI I S • MOUNTING �a. I -1 BRACKET O '- `0 JI ! -- it NI IF-1 IAP20 OR IGP20 TRANSMITTER WITH DIN CONSTRUCTION OPTIONS PROCESS imomi 1 . . IL CONNECTION PROCESS /I � ® CONNECTION • \__. ...„) C _--:c--)-_-_, . /---- -0--/ NO PROCESS - CO - BLIND E - �' CONNECTION t = FLANGE l��l (THIS END) 64 I 99 I 2.5 3.9 OPTIONAL DIN CONSTRUCTION OPTIONAL DIN CONSTRUCTION SINGLE ENDED PROCESS COVER DOUBLE ENDED PROCESS COVER OPTIONS-D1,-D3,-D5,-D7,-D9 OPTIONS-D2,-D4,-D6,-D8 • • a • PSS 2A-1C13 C Page 22 • A PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 23 C".‘ l 4. A • PSS 2A-1 C13 C Page 24 CPT OTHER M&I PRODUCTS Invensys Foxboro provides a broad range of measurement and instrument products, including solutions for pressure, flow, analytical, positioners, temperature, controlling and recording. For a listing of these offerings, visit the Invensys Foxboro web site at: www.foxboro.com/m&i. C 33 Commercial Street Invensys,Foxboro,d/p Cell, FoxCom,and I/A Series are trademarks of Invensys plc,its subsidiaries, Foxboro,MA 02035-2099 and affiliates. United States of America All other brand names may be trademarks of their respective owners. www.foxboro.com Inside U.S.: 1-866-746-6477 Outside U.S.: 1-508-549-2424 Copyright 1999-2003 Invensys Systems,Inc. or contact your local Foxboro All rights reserved representative. Facsimile:1-508-549-4999 MB 010 Printed in U.S.A. 0603